• 84000
  • The Collection
  • The Kangyur
  • Tantra
  • Tantra Collection
  • Action tantras
  • Toh 543

This rendering does not include the entire published text

The full text is available to download as pdf at:
/translation/toh543.pdf

འཇམ་དཔལ་གྱི་རྩ་བའི་རྒྱུད།

The Root Manual of the Rites of Mañjuśrī
Chapter 1

Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa
འཕགས་པ་འཇམ་དཔལ་གྱི་རྩ་བའི་རྒྱུད།
’phags pa ’jam dpal gyi rtsa ba’i rgyud
The Noble Root Manual of the Rites of Mañjuśrī
Ārya­mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa

Toh 543

Degé Kangyur, vol. 88 (rgyud ’bum, na), folios 88.a–334.a (in 1737 par phud printing), 105.a–351.a (in later printings)

ᴛʀᴀɴsʟᴀᴛᴇᴅ ɪɴᴛᴏ ᴛɪʙᴇᴛᴀɴ ʙʏ
  • Kumārakalaśa
  • Śākya Lodrö

Imprint

84000 logo

Translated by Dharmachakra Translation Committee
under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha

First published 2020

Current version v 1.21.34 (2025)

Generated by 84000 Reading Room v2.26.1

84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha is a global non-profit initiative to translate all the Buddha’s words into modern languages, and to make them available to everyone.

Logo for the license

This work is provided under the protection of a Creative Commons CC BY-NC-ND (Attribution - Non-commercial - No-derivatives) 3.0 copyright. It may be copied or printed for fair use, but only with full attribution, and not for commercial advantage or personal compensation. For full details, see the Creative Commons license.

Options for downloading this publication

This print version was generated at 1.27pm on Tuesday, 4th February 2025 from the online version of the text available on that date. If some time has elapsed since then, this version may have been superseded, as most of 84000’s published translations undergo significant updates from time to time. For the latest online version, with bilingual display, interactive glossary entries and notes, and a variety of further download options, please see
https://84000.co/translation/toh543.


co.

Table of Contents

ti. Title
im. Imprint
co. Contents
s. Summary
ac. Acknowledgements
i. Introduction
tr. The Translation
+ 37 chapters- 37 chapters
1. Chapter 1
2. Chapter 2
3. Chapter 3
4. Chapter 4
5. Chapter 5
6. Chapter 6
7. Chapter 7
8. Chapter 8
9. Chapter 9
10. Chapter 10
11. Chapter 11
12. Chapter 12
13. Chapter 13
14. Chapter 14
15. Chapter 15
16. Chapter 16
17. Chapter 17
24. Chapter 24
25. Chapter 25
26. Chapter 26
27. Chapter 27
28. Chapter 28
29. Chapter 29
30. Chapter 30
31. Chapter 31
32. Chapter 32
33. Chapter 33
34. Chapter 34
35. Chapter 35
36. Chapter 36
37. Chapter 37
38. Chapter 38
50. Chapter 50
51. Chapter 51
52. Chapter 52
53. Chapter 53
54. Chapter 54
c. Colophon
ap. Sanskrit Text
+ 37 chapters- 37 chapters
app. Introduction to the Sanskrit text of the Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa
ap1. Chapter A1
ap2. Chapter A2
ap3. Chapter A3
ap4. Chapter A4
ap5. Chapter A5
ap6. Chapter A6
ap7. Chapter A7
ap8. Chapter A8
ap9. Chapter A9
ap10. Chapter A10
ap11. Chapter A11
ap12. Chapter A12
ap13. Chapter A13
ap14. Chapter A14
ap15. Chapter A15
ap16. Chapter A16
ap17. Chapter A17
ap24. Chapter A24
ap25. Chapter A25
ap26. Chapter A26
ap27. Chapter A27
ap28. Chapter A28
ap29. Chapter A29
ap30. Chapter A30
ap31. Chapter A31
ap32. Chapter A32
ap33. Chapter A33
ap34. Chapter A34
ap35. Chapter A35
ap36. Chapter A36
ap37. Chapter A37
ap38. Chapter A38
ap50. Chapter A50
ap51. Chapter A51
ap52. Chapter A52
ap53. Chapter A53
ap54. Chapter A54
ab. Abbreviations
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· Abbreviations Used in the Introduction and Translation
· Abbreviations Used in the Appendix‍—Sources for the Sanskrit text of the Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa (MMK)
n. Notes
b. Bibliography
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· Source Texts (Sanskrit)
· Source Texts (Tibetan)
· Secondary Sources
g. Glossary

s.

Summary

s.­1

The Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa is the largest and most important single text devoted to Mañjuśrī, the bodhisattva of wisdom. A revealed scripture, it is, by its own classification, both a Mahāyāna sūtra and a Mantrayāna kalpa (manual of rites). Because of its ritual content, it was later classified as a Kriyā tantra and assigned, based on the hierarchy of its deities, to the Tathāgata subdivision of this class. The Sanskrit text as we know it today was probably compiled throughout the eighth century ᴄᴇ and several centuries thereafter. What makes this text special is that, unlike most other Kriyā tantras, it not only describes the ritual procedures, but also explains them in terms of general Buddhist philosophy, Mahāyāna ethics, and the esoteric principles of the early Mantrayāna (later called Vajrayāna), with an emphasis on their soteriological aims.


ac.

Acknowledgements

ac.­1

This translation was produced by the Dharmachakra Translation Committee under the supervision of Chökyi Nyima Rinpoche. Wiesiek Mical translated the text from the Sanskrit manuscripts, prepared the Sanskrit edition, and wrote the introduction. Paul Thomas, Ryan Damron, Anna Zilman, Bruno Galasek, and Adam Krug then compared the translation draft against the Tibetan text found in the Degé and other editions of the Tibetan Kangyur. Wiesiek Mical then completed the translation by incorporating all the significant variations from the Tibetan translation either into the English translation itself or the annotations.

The translation was completed under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.


ac.­2

The generous sponsorship of 中國宗薩寺堪布彭措郎加, which helped make the work on this translation possible, is most gratefully acknowledged.


i.

Introduction

i.­1

The Mañjuśrīmūlakalpa (henceforth MMK) is a scripture devoted to Mañjuśrī, the bodhisattva of wisdom. It is a vaipulya sūtra‍—only a few large sūtras can claim this title‍—that was later classified as a tantra of the Kriyā class. Reflecting its status as a sūtra, the chapter colophons found in the MMK variously identify the work as a Mahāyāna sūtra, a bodhisattvapiṭaka (bodhisattva basket),1 and bodhisattvapaṭalavisara (full bodhisattva collection). The phrase “bodhisattva basket” is significant as it implies that the MMK is part of the Bodhisattva Basket, in contradistinction to the Śrāvaka Basket in the binary classification made by Asaṅga in the Abhidharmasamuccaya. While the Tibetan translations of the MMK refer to it as a “tantra,” the Sanskrit text refers to itself as a kalpa (“manual of rites”), a kalparāja (“king of rites”), and a mantratantra (“mantra treatise”). The term mantratantra, used throughout the MMK to refer to its own content and to tantric teachings in general, could also be understood as “mantra systems/methods,” or the “art of mantras.”


Text Body

The Translation
The Root Manual of the Rites of Mañjuśrī

1.

Chapter 1

[F.88.a] [F.105.a]8


1.­1

Oṁ, homage to all the buddhas and bodhisattvas!


Thus did I hear at one time. Lord Śākyamuni dwelt above the Pure Abode, in an inconceivable, wondrous pavilion, circular in shape, with a congregation of bodhisattvas9 distributed all around, located in the canopy of the sky. There the Lord addressed the gods of the Pure Abode: {1.1}

1.­2

“Honored gods! Listen as I tell of the inconceivable, wondrous miracles of Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, bodhisattva, and great being‍—listen as I tell of his conduct, different types of samādhi, and magical power; his liberation, maṇḍala, and his miraculous bodhisattva manifestations; and how he is the sustenance for all beings and brings them life, health, and sovereignty! I will explain, for the benefit of all beings, the mantra subjects that completely fulfill one’s wishes. Listen well and duly reflect upon it‍—I will now tell you about him.” {1.2}

1.­3

Thereupon the gods of the Pure Abode, folding their hands, said:10

“Then tell us, Lord, about the conduct of the bodhisattvas; their different samādhis and their attainment of the bodhisattva levels; their sitting upon the vajra throne, overpowering of Māra, and turning of the wheel of Dharma; their liberating of all śrāvakas and pratyeka­buddhas; their ensuring for all beings rebirth as a god or a human and the pacification of all suffering; their removal of diseases of the poor, sick, and wealthy alike; their invulnerability to the use of all mundane and supramundane mantras; and their fulfilling of all wishes that thus makes the speech of all the tathāgatas fruitful.11 Lord, speak with a mind full of love and concern for our welfare, [F.88.b] [F.105.b] and out of pity for all sentient beings.” {1.3}

1.­4

Then Lord Śākyamuni, casting a glance with his buddha eye over the entire realm of the Pure Abode, entered the samādhi called the spreading and diffusing of the light of the pure sphere.12 As soon as the Lord entered this samādhi, out of his ūrṇā came an array of light rays called arouser of the bodhisattva Saṃkusumita;13 he was surrounded by many hundreds of thousands of millions of rays. The light circumambulated the Buddha three times and, having passed through billions of trichiliocosms and crossed as many worlds in the northeastern direction as there are grains of sand in one hundred thousand Gaṅgā rivers, it came to the world sphere called Kusumāvatī, where the tathāgata Saṃkusumita Rājendra was staying. Due to the power of his previous aspirations, Mañjuśrī was also staying there together with other bodhisattvas, great beings engaged in bodhisattva activity. Seeing this effulgence of light, he gently smiled and addressed the multitude of bodhisattvas: {1.4}

1.­5

“This arousing ray of light, O sons of the victorious ones, has come here to wake me up. Do pay attention!” {1.5}

1.­6

Then Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, the bodhisattva, the great being, with his eyes wide and unblinking, sat facing the radiance of the ray. And this arousing ray, illuminating the Kusumāvatī world sphere with great radiance, circumambulated the thus-gone lord Saṃkusumita Rājendra clockwise three times and dissolved into the head of the great being, the bodhisattva Mañjuśrī. {1.6}

1.­7

The divine youth Mañjuśrī then got up from his seat [F.89.a] [F.106.a] and circumambulated the thus-gone lord Saṃkusumita Rājendra three times. Then, bowing his head and placing his right knee on the ground, he spoke to Lord Saṃkusumita Rājendra: {1.7}

1.­8

“May Lord Śākyamuni, the tathāgata, the arhat, the completely awakened one, think of me. Let me go, O lord, from here to the Sahā world sphere to see Lord Śākyamuni, to honor him and serve him. Let me go so that he may instruct me in the mantra practice, the sādhana practice, and the procedure of constructing the right maṇḍala; the secrets of the ritual and the procedure of drawing the picture; and the secret mudrā empowerment into the heart of all the tathāgatas, so that all the wishes of all beings are fulfilled.” {1.8}14

1.­9

Being so addressed, the thus-gone lord Saṃkusumita Rājendra said this to Mañjuśrī, the divine youth:

“You may go, divine youth Mañjuśrī, if you think that this is the right time. And please ask Lord Śākyamuni, on my behalf, if he is without pain and without worry, if his efforts come easily to him, and if his life is comfortable.” {1.9}

1.­10

Then, the thus-gone lord Saṃkusumita Rājendra [F.90.a] [F.107.a]15 further said this to Mañjuśrī, the divine youth:

“Also, O divine youth, the tathāgatas, the arhats, the completely awakened ones, numerous as grains of sand in one hundred thousand Gaṅgā rivers, have taught and will teach again of your proficiency in mantra practice, maṇḍala ritual, the secret empowerment, the mudrās, the picture drawing procedure, the homa rite, the mantra recitation, and the regular observations, all of which fulfill every wish and bring joy to every being. They will teach of your proficiency in the vast fields of astrology and gemology; of your knowledge of the past, present, and future; and of your ability to govern and make predictions. They will teach of your mantra repetition, your ability to travel to the ends of the earth and to become invisible, and your vast knowledge of the right time and occasion for anything. They will teach how to traverse all the stages of the buddhas, bodhisattvas, śrāvakas, and pratyeka­buddhas, and all the mundane and supramundane stages without exception. They will teach the way in which you are established in the practice of all of these. So that I too may rejoice, please go Mañjuśrī, O divine youth, if you think that the time is right. You will hear these teachings in the presence of Śākyamuni, face to face with him, and you will later give them yourself. The mantra for this is as follows: {1.10}

1.­11

“Homage to all the tathāgatas whose instructions are inconceivable and perfect!

“Oṁ, ra ra! Do remember! O perfect teacher possessing the form of a divine youth! Hūṁ hūṁ! Phaṭ phaṭ! Svāhā!16 {1.11}

1.­12

“This was, O divine youth Mañjuśrī, the root mantra. It is the heart essence of all the tathāgatas, and it was and will be17 recited by them. You will also now recite this, the all-accomplishing mantra, together with all its parts, having arrived in the Sahā world. This has been sanctioned by Śākyamuni. Here, the ultimate heart mantra is:

“Oṁ, this [mantra] is [my] homage to speech!18 {1.12}

1.­13

“The subsidiary heart mantra in this set is:

“Speech, hūṁ!”19 {1.13}

1.­14

Lord Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, being thus granted leave by Saṃkusumita Rājendra, [F.90.b] [F.107.b] the tathāgata, entered the samādhi called the ornament of all supernal manifestations that brings the attainment of the essence of awakening which is a product of the conduct of a bodhisattva. As soon as Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, entered this samādhi, the world sphere with all its directions‍—above, below, and across‍—up to its farthest reaches, became filled with lord buddhas. Saṃkusumita Rājendra then said: {1.14}

1.­15

“Good, good it is, O son of the Victorious One, that you have entered this particular samādhi! No śrāvakas, pratyeka­buddhas, or bodhisattvas who are established in the perfect conduct, not even those on the tenth bodhisattva level, are able to enter this samādhi.” {1.15}

1.­16

Then Saṃkusumita Rājendra, having conferred with the lord buddhas, the tathāgatas, taught the following mantra of Mañjuśrī, the divine youth‍—his ultimately secret, innermost heart essence that accomplishes all purposes. This most secret, divine mantra, called One Syllable,20 [F.89.b] [F.106.b] which serves the interests of all beings, is also fit to accomplish the special mantra practice.21 {1.16}

1.­17

Lord Saṃkusumita Rājendra, the tathāgata, became quiet for a moment. Looking with his buddha eye over all the world spheres, he considered all the lord buddhas dwelling there, and with a mind filled with love, pronounced the mantra:22

“Homage to all the buddhas!

“Oṁ maṁ!”23

“This mantra is the ultimate heart essence of Mañjuśrī, which accomplishes all endeavors.” {1.17}

1.­18

Then Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, arose from the aforementioned samādhi and performed, in the time that it takes a strong person to bend or to extend their arm, or to snap their fingers, or to close and open their eyes, the miraculous, special samādhi called the intellect with the force of magical power, and went to the Sahā world. Having arrived there, he established himself in the palace of the gods of the Pure Abode founded upon fine jewels and gems in the canopy of the sky. Illuminating this entire realm of the Pure Abode with powerful rays of light, he entered the samādhi called the illuminator adorned with brilliant jewels. {1.18}

1.­19

As soon as Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, entered this samādhi, he manifested through the power of bodhisattva transformation, for the worship of Lord Śākyamuni, a divinely created palace sumptuously studded with many gems and adorned with jeweled parasols spanning many hundred of thousands of leagues; bedecked with divinely beautiful great bundles of silk streamers; decorated with celestial flowers, banners, flags, garlands, and jewels; and pleasant with the sweet sound of draperies of latticed wind-chimes. Also, in the act of worshiping Lord Śākyamuni, he manifested a copious rain of perfume, garlands, ointments, wreaths, and scented powders. {1.19}

1.­20

Seeing this extraordinary and marvelous display‍—a miracle of a bodhisattva‍—the hair of the gods of the Pure Abode stood on end in excitement. When, however, they saw their abodes trembling, their hearts became tormented and pained. They immediately began to wail loudly, with a sense of great urgency, “Oh, what can this be? Could it be that we are being deprived of our divine powers?” And they implored, “Please protect us, Lord! Please protect us, Śākyamuni!” {1.20}

1.­21

Lord Śākyamuni then addressed the entire assembly of the gods of the Pure Abode:

“Do not be afraid, friends! Do not be afraid! Mañjuśrī, the divine youth present here, the bodhisattva, the great being, has come here from the presence of the tathāgata Saṃkusumita Rājendra in the buddhafield Saṃkusumita, in order to see, worship, and serve me. He has come to teach the conduct of great purpose, the mantra subjects, and the vast and amazing Dharma subjects.” {1.21}

1.­22

The divine youth Mañjuśrī, in turn, circumambulated Lord Śākyamuni three times and, looking at him with unblinking eyes, bowed down to his feet and praised him with these succinct words: {1.22}

1.­23
“Homage to you, the liberated one not subject to birth!
Homage to you, the best among men!
Homage to you, the elder of men,
Who accomplishes all purposes of [mantra]24 conduct! {1.23}
1.­24
“Homage to you, O lion of a man,
Who prevents anything undesirable from occurring!
Homage to you, the great hero
Who eliminates all evil destinies! {1.24}
1.­25
“Homage to you, [F.91.a] [F.108.a] white lotus of a man,
Who is fragrant with the scent of merit!
Homage to you, O lotus of a man,
Who purifies the mire of the three types of existence! {1.25}
1.­26
“Homage to you, O liberated one,
Who delivers from all pain!
Homage to you, the tranquil one
Who perfectly tames all the untamed ones! {1.26}
1.­27
“Homage to you, the accomplished one
Who fulfills the purpose of all mantra practice!
Homage to you, the auspicious one,
The most auspicious among all auspicious! {1.27}
1.­28
“Homage to you, the awakened one
Who awakens others to the complete truth of the Dharma!
Homage to you, the tathāgata,
The one who abides in and teaches
The suchness of all phenomena,
Which is devoid of conceptual elaboration! {1.28}
1.­29

“Homage to the omniscient one who is established, and is establishing others, in nirvāṇa and in the path of the three vehicles that encompasses all consciousnesses and all knowable objects, both conditioned and unconditioned!” {1.29}

1.­30

Having praised Lord Śākyamuni in his presence with these words, Mañjuśrī said:

“There is, O lord, in the eastern direction beyond world spheres as numerous as the grains of sand in one hundred thousand Gaṅgā rivers, a buddhafield called Saṃkusumita. There is a world sphere there called Kusumāvatī where the tathāgata Lord Saṃkusumita Rājendra dwells. An arhat, one perfectly awakened, perfected in wisdom and conduct, the bliss-gone one, the supreme knower of the world, the guide of people who need to be tamed, the preceptor of gods and men, he expounds the Dharma that is good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end. He presented an account of the buddha activity25 that is profoundly meaningful, full of beautiful figures of speech, original, complete, perfectly pure, and highly polished. He is presently living and teaching all sentient beings the Dharma, the bodhisattva basket26 that pertains to the mantra practice, [F.91.b] [F.108.b] the path that conforms to the practice of the threefold path, the protection, the place of rest, the refuge, the highest aim, the well-being, and the ultimate and final cessation. It is by his command that I have arrived here in your presence, to be at your feet. Lord Saṃkusumita Rājendra, the tathāgata, asks if you are without pain and without worry, if your efforts come easily to you, and if your life is comfortable. He also said this: {1.30}

1.­31

“ ‘It is indeed wonderful that in this time of the five degenerations Lord Śākyamuni, the awakened one, has appeared and is giving complete Dharma teachings with nothing missing27‍—the Dharma that consists of the threefold path and that brings about rebirth as a god or a human and final emancipation. Wonderful indeed is Lord Śākyamuni’s courage, that in this world of helpless beings he establishes them on the path that leads to escape from the three realms, and he also establishes them in the state of nirvāṇa, which is complete with boundless spiritual accomplishment and happiness.28 Is it not true that only the awakened ones can know the minds of the lord buddhas? How could I know how to perform the magical feats29 of the lord buddhas, whose miracles stem from an inconceivable, wondrous, superhuman power? How could I know of their engagement in the mental and physical conduct that constitutes their potential for the accomplishment of tasks?30 Would I be able to even summarize these things in hundreds of thousands of millions of eons? The accomplishments of the tathāgatas, and all their forms without exception, whether separate and distinct or altogether, should be seen in terms of unconditioned dharmas. Only you, O Lord, the tathāgata, can explain the conduct and the qualities related to the elimination of traits eliminable through the path of seeing.31 I cannot do that.’ ” {1.31}

1.­32

Seated on a great jeweled lotus miraculously created through his own magical power, Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, [F.92.a] [F.109.a] watched Lord Śākyamuni with anticipation. The latter, following the usual practice of a tathāgata, first gave by way of introduction the customary manifold preamble preceded by questions from the audience, and then he spoke to Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, the bodhisattva, the great being, with a voice as sweet as Brahmā’s, a voice that resembled the call of a cuckoo or the resounding of thunder or a drum, a voice that is fitting to a Dharma discourse and causes the bodhisattva to be accomplished: {1.32}

1.­33

“Welcome to you, Mañjuśrī! The extensive tract of this great manual will now be explained; it has been approved by me and taught by all the buddhas. It is the manual that effects the accomplishment of the conduct of great beings; that is blessed by the buddhas; that achieves the aims of bodhisattvas; that contains the mantra topics together with the secret empowerments, mudrās, maṇḍalas, and empowerment rituals; that brings about long life, lack of illness, and dominion and fulfills all wishes; that contains all the tantras on sādhana rites; that causes one to know all minds and mental objects, the occurrences in all times, all hidden phenomena, and the kingdoms and realms in the past, present, and future‍—in short, the fulfillment of all the wishes of all beings. This is a mantra practice that facilitates the generation of good qualities and is the cause of the joy of beings. This manual contains instructions on becoming invisible; traveling through space; fast walking; increasing intelligence; the magic of summoning; the ability to visit subterranean paradises; the rites of assault; the obtainment of every sensual pleasure; the power to summon the multitudes of yakṣas and yakṣiṇīs, kiṃkaras, piśācas, and bhūtas; and the power to become a child, an old person, or a youth, as required by circumstances. {1.33}

1.­34

“In short, this teaching has the power to perform all actions; it fulfills the heart’s every wish, magically manifesting itself in the magic of assault, of enriching, and of pacifying. It will be accomplished exactly according to how it is applied. Please teach now this ornament of the bodhisattva basket, this great, jewel-like, extensive manual, [F.92.b] [F.109.b] this treasury of teachings on the mantra practice of pure beings that was sanctioned by me and taught by all the buddhas. Teach it for the benefit and happiness of many beings, gods and humans, with all sentient beings in mind.” {1.34}

1.­35

Upon hearing this, Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, entered the bodhisattva samādhi called arousing with an array of light rays the blessing power of all the buddhas.32 As soon as he, the pure being, entered this samādhi, the light primarily illuminated the world spheres that were as numerous as the grains of sand in many Gaṅgā rivers, as well as all the buddhafields from the Akaniṣṭha heaven to the Avīci hell. Any beings that were experiencing pain attained a peaceful state with their suffering pacified. Having aroused all the śrāvakas, pratyeka­buddhas, bodhisattvas, and lord buddhas, the light again disappeared into the bodhisattva Mañjuśrī’s forehead. Immediately, all the lord buddhas who inhabited the buddhafields in the eastern direction were impelled by the display of the light sphere illuminating everything around. These buddhas were: {1.35}

1.­36

The tathāgata Jyotis­saumya­gandhāvabhāsa­śrī, the tathāgata Bhaiṣajya­guru­vaiḍūrya­prabha­rāja, the tathāgata Samantāvabhāsa­śrī, the tathāgata Samudgata­rāja, the tathāgata Śālendra­rāja, the tathāgata Lokendra­rāja, the tathāgata Amitāyurjñāna­viniścaya­rāja, the tathāgata Anantāvabhāsa­rājendra, and the tathāgata Jyoti­raśmirājendra. {1.36}

1.­37

The lord buddhas headed by those just mentioned, [F.93.a] [F.110.a] surrounded by multitudes of bodhisattvas and residing in numberless and infinite world spheres‍—the tathāgatas, the arhats, the fully awakened ones‍—all congregated in the Sahā world in the realm of the Pure Abode where Śākyamuni, the tathāgata, the arhat, the fully awakened one, was staying together with Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, and expounding the vast topic of mantras and bodhisattva conduct. {1.37}

1.­38

So it was also in the southern, western, and northern directions, and in the intermediate directions. The light illuminated there all the buddhafields that lie above, below, and across, and it obscured all the abodes of the māras. All the tathāgatas who were surrounded by multitudes of bodhisattvas and accompanied by congregations of śrāvakas, desiring to see the Pure Abode, the miraculous power of the buddhas, and the greatness of bodhisattvas, and desiring to make the instructions of the tathāgatas‍—the vast topics of the different types of samādhi produced by the mantra practice‍—shine unimpeded throughout the world, took their places. They were: {1.38}

1.­39

Subāhu, Suratna, Suvrata, Sunetra, Surata, Sudharma, Sarvārtha­siddhi, Sarvodgata, Dharmodgata, Ratnodgata, Ratnaśrī, Meruśrī, Acintyaśrī, Prabhākaraśrī, Prabhaśrī, Jyotiśrī,33 Sarvārthaśrī, Sarvaratnapāṇi, Cūḍāmaṇi,34 Merudhvajapāṇi, Vairocana­garbha, Ratnagarbha, Jñānagarbha, Sacintyārtha­garbha,35 Acintyārtha­garbha, [F.93.b] [F.110.b] Dharmodgata­garbha, Dhvajaketu, Suketu, Anantaketu, Raśmiketu, Vimalaketu, Aśeṣaketu, Gaganaketu, Ratnaketu, Garjita­ghoṣa­dundubhi­svara­rāja, Anantāvabhāsa­jñāna­rāja, Sarva­tamāndha­kāra­vidhamana­rāja, Sarva­vikiraṇa­bodhi­vidhvaṃsana­rāja,36 Sarva­caryātiśaya­jñāna­rāja,37 Lokendra­rāja, Atiśayendra­rāja,38 Vidhamanarāja, Nirdhūtarāja, Ādityarāja, Abhāva­samudgata­rāja, Svabhāva­samudgata­rāja,39 Abhāva­svabhāva­samudgata­rāja, Avipakṣitarāja, Svabhāvabha, Puṇyābha, Lokābha, Amitābha,40 Anantābha, Sunetrābha, Susambhavābha,41 Arthabhāvābha, Adhṛṣya, Amṛṣya, Akarma, Akaniṣṭha, Amala, Anala, Dyuti, Pati,42 Mati, Sukha, Sukhanemi, Nimiketu, Ṛkṣa, Divideva, Divya,43 Nābhi, Bharata, Lokaśānti, Umāriṣṭa, Dundubhi, Siddha, Sita, Ākhyadivya, Duḥprasaha, Durgharṣa,44 Durālabha,45 Dūraṅgama, Durāla, Dūrasthita, Ucca, Uccatama, Khadyota, Samantadyota, Adyota, Ṛṣabha, Ābha, Sumanāpa, Sumanas, Mahādeva, Sunirmala, Malānta, Dānta, Sami, [F.94.a] [F.111.a] Sūci, Cihna,46 Śvetadhvaja, Imi, Kimi, Kaniṣṭha, Nikarṣa, Jīva, Sujāta, Dhūmaketu, Dhvajaketu,47 Śvetaketu, Suketu,48 Vasuketu, Vasava, Pitāmaha, Pitā, Niṣkakuru, Lokākhya, Sahākhya, Mahākhya, Śreyās, Tejās, Jyotis, Kiṃkara, Samaṃkara, Lokaṃkara, Divaṃkara,49 Dīpaṃkara, Bhūtāntakara, Sarvārthaṃkara, Siddhaṃkara, Jyotiṃkara, Avabhāsaṃkara, Dundubhisvara, Rutasvara, Susvara, Anantasvara, Ketusvara, Bhūtamuni,50 Kanakamuni, Krakucchanda, Kāśyapa, Śikhin, Viśvabhuk, Vipaśyin, and Śākyamuni. {1.39}

1.­40

These and many other lord buddhas, having illuminated the realm of the Pure Abode, sat on their lotus seats. There was also a multitude of bodhisattvas there who arrived in a similar way. They were: {1.40}

1.­41

Ratnapāṇi, Vajrapāṇi, Supāṇi, Gagaṇapāṇi, Anantapāṇi, Kṣitipāṇi, Ālokapāṇi, Sunirmala, Sukūpa,51 Prabhūtakūṭa, Maṇikūṭa, Ratnakūṭa, Ratnahastin, Samantahastin, Gandhahastin, Sugati, Vimalagati, Lokagati, Cārugati, Anantagati, Anantakīrti, Sukīrti, Vimalakīrti, Gatikīrti, Amalakīrti, Kīrtikīrti,52 Nātha, [F.94.b] [F.111.b] Anātha,53 Nāthabhūta, Lokanātha,54 Samantanātha, Ātreya, Anantatreya, Samantatreya, Maitreya, Sunetreya, Namantreya,55 Tṛdhatreya, Saphalātreya, Triratnātreya, Triśaraṇātreya, Triyāṇātreya, Visphūrja, Sumanojña, Valgusvara, Dharmeśvara, Abhāveśvara, Samanteśvara,56 Lokeśvara, Avalokiteśvara, Sulokeśvara, Vilokiteśvara, Lokamaha, Sumaha, Garjiteśvara, Dundubhīśvara,57 Vitateśvara, Vidhvasteśvara, Suvakṣa, Sumūrti, Sumahat,58 Yaśovat, Ādityaprabhāva, Prabhaviṣṇu,59 Someśvara,60 Soma, Saumya, Anantaśrī, Lokaśrī, Gagana, Gaganāḍhya, Gaganagañja, Kṣiteśvara, Maheśvara, Kṣiti, Kṣitigarbha, Nīvaraṇa, Sarvāvaraṇa, Sarvāvaraṇa­viṣkambhin, Sarva­nīvaraṇa­viṣkambhin, Samanta­nirmathana, Samantabhadra, Bhadrapāṇi, Sudhana, Susaṃhata, Supuṣya, Sunala,61 Ākāśa, Ākāśagarbha, Sarvārtha­garbha, Sarvodbhava, Anivartin,62 Anivartita,63 Apāyajaha, Avivartita, Avaivarttika,64 and Sarva­dharmopaccheda.65 {1.41}

1.­42

Lord Śākyamuni dwelt with these and other bodhisattvas in the realm of the Pure Abode. There were also other bodhisattva great beings. Some, with female forms, fulfill the purpose of bodhisattva conduct throughout the infinite universe.66 Some embody the inconceivable magical formulae of mantras and dhāraṇīs with the power to establish the minds of all beings on the path of no return. Some take on the forms of medicinal herbs. Some emulate the ways of different types of beings, entering flocks of birds, yakṣas, rākṣasas, or entities not designated as sentient beings (asattva­saṁkhyāta), such as jewels, mantras, or wish-fulfilling kings of gems. [F.95.a] [F.112.a] They act in a manner suitable for taming beings according to their individual capacities and take on the forms most suited to this purpose. The Lord dwelt there with uṣṇīṣa kings who67 grant proficiency in the Dharma based on perfect realization in accordance with the instructions pertaining to vidyārāja.68 They cause beings to enter the Tathāgata, Lotus, and Vajra families and all the worldly and supramundane families. They prevent beings from breaking their samaya vows, establish them on the path of the teachings, and keep the lineages of the Three Jewels from breaking up. They were: {1.42}

1.­43

Uṣṇīṣa, Atyadbhuta, Atyunnata, Sitātapatra, Anantapatra, Śatapatra, Jayoṣṇīṣa, Lokottara, Vijayoṣṇīṣa, Abhyudgatoṣṇīṣa, Kamalaraśmi,69 Kanakaraśmi,70 Sitaraśmi, Vyūḍhoṣṇīṣa, Kanakarāśi, Sitarāśi, Tejorāśi, Maṇirāśi, Samanantarāśi, Vikhyātarāśi, Bhūtarāśi, Satyarāśi, Abhāva­svabhāva­rāśi, and Avitatharāśi. {1.43}

1.­44

Lord Śākyamuni dwelt with these and other uṣṇīṣa kings, who abide in the sphere of phenomena fulfilling the heart aspirations of beings and pursuing the heart essence of all the victorious ones, in the realm of the Pure Abode. It would be impossible to list all of these uṣṇīṣa kings71 down to the last one, or to describe their greatness, with their inconceivable might and powers, even in hundreds of thousands of millions of eons. Therefore, they are described here only briefly in an abbreviated form. {1.44}

1.­45

The gathering of vidyārājñīs will now be enumerated:

Ūrṇā, Bhrū, Locanā, Pakṣmā, [F.95.b] [F.112.b] Śravaṇā, Grīvā, Abhayā, Karuṇā, Maitrī, Kṛpā, Prajñā, Raśmi, Cetanā, Prabhā, Nirmalā, and Dhavalā.72 {1.45}

1.­46

Along with the vidyārājñīs, emitted from the infinite and unbounded form73 of the tathāgatas, there were others, namely:

Tathāgata’s Bowl, Tathāgata’s Dharma Wheel, Tathāgata’s Couch, Tathāgata’s Splendor, Tathāgata’s Speech, Tathāgata’s Lip, Tathāgata’s Thigh, Tathāgata’s Purity, Tathāgata’s Banner, Tathāgata’s Ensign, and Tathāgata’s Sign. {1.46}

1.­47

Lord Śākyamuni dwelt with these and with other beings‍—the vidyārājas and vidyārājñīs, the ceṭas and ceṭīs, the dūtas and dūtīs, the yakṣas and yakṣiṇīs, and other sentient and non-sentient beings‍—uttering tathāgata mantras, created out of the Cloud of Dharma, and distinguishable by their adornments. They were themselves a product of special samādhis, surrounded by enormous retinues of hundreds of thousands of millions, vidyārājas ranking at the top of all the groups of vidyā beings. They also dwelt in the realm of the Pure Abode. Among the vidyārājas belonging to the Lotus family, there were: {1.47}

1.­48

The lords, Dvādaśabhuja, Ṣaḍbhuja, Caturbhuja, Halāhala, Amoghapāśa, White Hayagrīva, Anantagrīva, Nīlagrīva, Sugrīva, Sukarṇa,74 Śvetakarṇa,75 Nīlakaṇṭha, Lokakaṇṭha, Vilokita,76 Avalokita, Īśvara, Sahasraraśmi, Manas, Manasa, Vikhyātamanasa, [F.96.a] [F.113.a] Kamala, Kamalapāṇi, Manoratha, Āśvāsaka, Prahasita, Sukeśa, Keśānta, Nakṣatra, Nakṣatrarāja, Saumya, Sugata,77 and Damaka. {1.48}

1.­49

He dwelt with these and with other vidyārājas, headed by Abjoṣṇīṣa, who had attained the samādhis arising from the infinite accomplishment, the Cloud of Dharma, and who were surrounded by many hundreds of thousands of millions of vidyās and many vidyārājñīs created through the form-samādhi of the lord of the world. These vidyārājñīs were: {1.49}

1.­50

Tārā, Sutārā, Naṭī, Bhṛkuṭī, Anantaṭī, Lokaṭī, Bhūmiprāpaṭī, Vimalaṭī, Sitā, Śvetā, Mahāśvetā, Pāṇḍaravāsinī, Lokavāsinī, Vimalavāsinī,78 Abjavāsinī, Daśabalavāsinī, Yaśovatī, Bhogavatī, Mahābhogavatī, Ulūkā, Alūkā,79 Amalāntakarī, Vimalāntakarī,80 Samantāntakarī, Duḥkhāntakarī, Bhūtāntakarī, Śriyā, Mahāśriyā, Stupaśriyā,81 Anantaśriyā, Lokaśriyā, Vikhyātaśriyā, Lokamātā, Samantamātā, Buddhamātā, Bhaginī,82 Bhāgīrathī, Surathī,83 Rathavatī, Nāgadantā,84 Damanī, Bhūtavatī, Amitā,85 Āvalī, Bhogāvalī, Ākarṣaṇī, Adbhutā, Raśmī, Surasā, Suravatī, Pramodā, Dyutivatī, [F.96.b] [F.113.b] Taṭī, Samantataṭī, Jyotsnā, Somā, Somāvatī, Māyūrī, Mahāmāyūrī, Dhanavatī, Dhanandadā, Suravatī,86 Lokavatī, Arciṣmatī, Bṛhannalā,87 Bṛhantā, Sughoṣā, Sunandā, Vasudā, Lakṣmī, Lakṣmīvatī, Rogāntikā, Sarva­vyādhi­cikitsanī, Asamā, Devī, Khyātikarī, Vaśakarī, Kṣiprakarī, Kṣemadā, Maṅgalā, Maṅgalāvahā, Candrā, Sucandrā, and Candrāvatī. {1.50}

1.­51

These and other vidyārājñīs, headed by Parṇaśavarī, Jāṅgulī, and Mānasī, whose accomplishment is limitless, who have the nature of the space of the sphere of phenomena, and whose mental states arise due to the presence of the bodhisattva conduct and marvels‍—the dūtas and dūtīs, ceṭas and ceṭīs, kiṃkaras and kiṃkarīs, yakṣas and yakṣiṇīs, rākṣasas and rākṣasīs, and piśācas and piśācīs who have taken the samaya vows of the Lotus family and perform the mantra practice‍—also dwelt in the gods’ realm of the Pure Abode inhabited by pure beings. Staying there, they remained wholly preoccupied with acts of worship of Lord Śākyamuni. {1.51}

1.­52

In Lord Śākyamuni’s presence, the bodhisattva Vajrapāṇi then summoned his own retinue of vidyās, saying, “Please gather here, venerable friends‍—hosts of vidyās of my retinue‍—krodharājas,88 vidyārājas and vidyārājñīs, and great dūtīs!” Then, merely by the power of thought, all the multitudes of vidyā beings were gathered. The male vidyā beings were: {1.52}

1.­53

Vidyottama, Suvidya, [F.97.a] [F.114.a] Susiddha, Subāhu, Suṣeṇa, Surāntaka, Surada, Supūrṇa, Vajrasena, Vajrāntaka, Vajrākara, Vajrabāhu, Vajrahasta, Vajradhvaja, Vajrapatāka, Vajraśikhara, Vajraśikha,89 Vajradaṃṣṭra, Śuddhavajra, Vajraroman, Vajrasaṃhata, Vajrānana, Vajrakavaca, Vajragrīva, Vajravakṣas, Vajranābhi, Vajrānta, Vajrapañjara, Vajraprākāra, Vajrāstra, Vajradhanuḥ, Vajraśara, Vajranārāca,90 Vajrāṅka, Vajrasphoṭa,91 Vajrapāṭāla, Vajrabhairava, Vajranetra, Vajrakrodha, Jalānantaścara, Bhūtāntaścara, Bandhanānantaś­cara, Mahā­vajra­krodhāntaś­cara, Maheśvarāntaś­cara, Dānavendrāntaś­cara, Sarva­vidyāntaś­cara, Ghora, Sughora, Kṣepa, Upakṣepa, Padavikṣepa, Vināya­kānta­kṣepa, Suvinyāsakṣepa, Utkṛṣṭakṣepa, Bala, Mahābala, Sumbha,92 Bhramara,93 Bhṛṅgiriṭi, Krodha, Mahākrodha, Sarvakrodha, Ajara, Ajagara, Jvara, Śoṣa, Nāgānta, Daṇḍa, Nīladaṇḍa, Aṅgada, Raktāṅga, Vajradaṇḍa, Megha, Mahāmegha, Kāla, Kālakūṭa, Śvitraroga, Sarva­bhūta­saṃkṣayaka, Śūla, Mahāśūla, Ārti, Mahārti, Yama, Vaivasvata, Yugāntakara, Kṛṣṇapakṣa, Ghora,94 Ghorarūpin, Paṭṭisa, Tomara, Gada, Pramathana, [F.97.b] [F.114.b] Grasana, Saṃhāra, Arka,95 Yugāntārka, Prāṇahara, Śakraghna, Dveṣa, Āmarṣa, Kuṇḍalin, Sukuṇḍalin, Amṛtakuṇḍalin, Anantakuṇḍalin, Ratnakuṇḍalin, Bāhu, Mahābāhu, Mahoraga, Duṣṭasarpa,96 Visarpa, Kuṣṭha, Upadrava, Vidrava,97 Vidrāpaka, Bhakṣaka, Atṛṣṇa, and Ucchuṣma. {1.53}

1.­54

These and other vidyārājas and mahākrodhas98 who completely tame all beings; who perform the activities of banishing, dispersing, killing, and destroying; who are generous toward worshipers; and who engage in the awakened activities of pacifying, enrichment, and assault, themselves surrounded by their own retinues of hundreds of thousands of millions of vidyārājas, bowed, in anticipation of orders, to their vidyārāja Vajrapāṇi, who, for his part, was intently observing Lord Śākyamuni and the divine youth Mañjuśrī.99 All these vidyārājas sat down on their seats in the places assigned to them according to their buddha family affiliation. {1.54}

1.­55

Also the great dūtīs, the messengers of Lord Vajrapāṇi, together with their retinues of thousands of millions of vidyārājñīs, abiding nonconceptually in their own sphere of phenomena that has the nature of the sky, gathered in that place. They were: {1.55}

1.­56

Mekhalā, Sumekhalā, Śṛṅkhalā, Vajrārṇā,100 Vajrajihvā, Vajrabhrū,101 Vajralocanā, Vajrāṃsā, Vajrabhṛkuṭī, Vajraśravaṇā, Vajralekhā, Vajrasūcī, Vajramuṣṭī, Vajrāṅkuśī, Vajraśāṭī,102 Vajrāsanī,103 Vajraśṛṅkhalā, Vajraśālavatī,104 Śālā,105 [F.98.a] [F.115.a] Viraṭī, Kāminī, Vajrakāminī, Kāmavajriṇī, Paśyikā, Paśyinī, Mahāpaśyinī, Śikharavāsinī, Guhilā,106 Guhamatī, Guhavāsī, Dvāravāsinī, Kāmavajriṇī,107 Manojavā, Atijavā, Śīghrajavā, Sulocanā, Surasavatī, Bhramarī, Bhrāmarī, Yātrā, Siddhā, Anilā, Pūrā, Keśinī,108 Sukeśā, Hiṇḍinī, Tarjanī, Dūtī, Sudūtī, Māmakī, Vāmakī, Rūpiṇī, Rūpavatī, Jayā, Vijayā, Ajitā, Aparājitā, Śreyasī, Hāsinī, Hāsavajriṇī, Lokavatī, Yaśavatī, Kuliśavatī, Adāntā, Trailokya­vaśaṅkarī, Daṇḍā, Mahādaṇḍā, Priyavādinī, Saubhāgyavatī, Arthavatī, Mahānarthā,109 Tittarī, Dhavalatittarī, Dhavalā, Sunirmitā, Sunirmalā, Ghaṇṭā, Khaḍgapaṭṭiśā,110 Sūcī,111 Jayantī, Ambarā,112 Nirmitā,113 Nāyikā,114 Guhyakī,115 Viśrambhikā, Musalā,116 and Sarva­bhūta­vaśaṅkarī. {1.56}

1.­57

These and other great dūtīs, surrounded by retinues of many other dūtīs, were all gathered in that great assembly. There were also many dhāraṇī goddesses who arise in the mind absorbed in samādhi, and who let their chastising sticks fall upon wicked beings to control them. They were: {1.57}

1.­58

Vajrānala­pramohanī­dhāraṇī, Meru­śikhara­kūṭāgārādhāraṇī, [F.98.b] [F.115.b] Ratna­śikhara­kūṭāgāra­dharaṇiṃdharā, Sukūṭā, Bahukūṭā, Puṣpakūṭā, Daṇḍadhāriṇī, Nigrahadhāraṇī, Ākarṣaṇa­dhāriṇī, Keyūrā, Keyūravatī, Dhvajāgra­keyūrā, Ratnā,117 Ratnāgrakeyūrā, Lokāgrakeyūrā, Patāgrakeyūrā, Triparivartā, Lokāvartā, Sahasrāvartā, Vivasvatāvartā, Sarva­bhūtāvartā, Ketuvatī, Ratnavatī, Maṇiratnacūḍā, Bodhyaṅgā, Balavatī,118 Anantaketu, Samantaketu, Ratnaketu, Vikhyātaketu, Sarvabhūtaketu, Ajiravatī,119 Asvarā,120 Sunirmalā,121 Ṣaṇmukhā, Vimalā, and Lokākhyā. {1.58}

1.­59

These and other dhāraṇī goddesses, surrounded by retinues of many hundreds of thousands of millions of such dhāraṇīs, all gathered in this great assembly. Through the infinite blessing of the buddhas, and the great blessing of the samādhi of the bodhisattvas, there assembled in this great gathering also venerable pratyeka­buddhas from other buddhafields where there are no tathāgatas122 present. Among them were both the solitary, rhinoceros-like ones and those who move among people, working for the benefit of beings. They demonstrate the way of the Dharma that involves habituation to silence. However, as their mindstreams are devoid of great compassion, they circle in saṃsāra with their minds ever weary. Their minds brim over with habitual thought patterns, and thus their previously generated bodhicitta is also tainted by habitual thinking. Their minds thus stall in progress when they reach the first, second, third … or any bodhisattva level up to the eighth, and they are fearful of saṃsāra, with minds ever weary. [F.99.a] [F.116.a] They were: {1.59}

1.­60

Gandhamādana, Samantāyatana, Samantaprabha, Candana,123 Kāla, Upakāla, Nemi, Upanemi, Riṣṭa,124 Upariṣṭa,125 Upāriṣṭa,126 Pārśva,127 Supārśva, Dundubhi, Upadundubhi,128 Lokākhya,129 Lokaprabha,130 Jayanta,131 Areṇu, Reṇu, Upareṇu, Aṃśa, Upāṃśa, Cihna, Sucihna, Dinakara, Sukara, Prabhāvanta,132 Prabhākara, Lokakara, Viśruta, Suśruta,133 Sukānta, Sudhānta,134 Sudānta, Anantānta, Bhavānta, Sitaketu, Cihnaketu, Ketu, Upaketu, Tiṣya, Padmottara,135 Padmasambhava, Svayambhu, Adbhuta, Manojña, Manasa, Mahendra, Kūṭākhya, Kumbhaka,136 Saṃlākṣa, Śaṅkara, Upakara, Śānta, Śāntamānasa, Dharma, Upadharma, Vairocana, Kusuma, Sunīla, Śreyasa, Svabandhu­dūrāntaka, Duḥprasaha, Kanaka, Vimalaketu, Soma, Susoma, Suṣeṇa, Sucīrṇa, Śukra, Kratu, Iṣṭa, Upendra, and Vasu.137 {1.60}

1.­61

Lord Śākyamuni dwelt with these and other hundreds of thousands of millions of pratyeka­buddhas who had entered and were established in what is taught as the “middling vehicle,”138 which, unconditioned and free from mental elaboration, corresponds in nature to the sky-like sphere of phenomena, which is inconceivable, unmatched, and free of aim139‍—the pratyeka­buddhas who are basically free from attachment and anger. There was also a great congregation of śrāvakas who, in turn, [F.99.b] [F.116.b] were accompanied by many hundreds of thousands of millions of śrāvakas. They were: {1.61}

1.­62

Kāśyapa,140 Mahākāśyapa, Nadīkāśyapa, Gayākāśyapa,141 Uru­bilvā­kāśyapa,142 Bharadvāja, Piṇḍola,143 Maudgalyāyana, Mahā­maudgalyāyana, Śāriputra, Mahāśāriputra, Subhūti, Mahāsubhūti, Gavāmpati, Kātyāyana, Mahākātyāyana, Upāli, Bhadrika, Kaphiṇa, Nanda, Ānanda, Sunanda,144 Upananda, Sundarananda,145 Lokabhūta, Anantabhūta,146 Varṇaka, Upavarṇaka, Nandika, Upanandika, Aniruddha, Pūrṇa, Saṃpūrṇa, Upapūrṇa, Tiṣya, Punarvasu, Aruru,147 Raudraka, Raurava, Kuru, Pañcika, Upapañcika, Kāla, Sukāla, Devala, Rāhula, Harita, Upaharita, Dhyāyanandi, Dhyāyika, Udāyin, Upodāyika, Śreyasaka, Dravya, Mallaputra, Upadravya, Upeta,148 Khaṇḍa, Tiṣya,149 Mahātiṣya, Samantatiṣya, Āhvayana, Yaśoda, Yaśika, Dhanika, Dhanārṇava,150 Upadhanika, Pilindavatsa,151 Pippala, Kimphala,152 Upaphala, Anantaphala, Saphala, Kumāra, Kumārakāśyapa, Mahodaya,153 Ṣoḍaśavargika, Nandana,154 Upanandana, Jihva, Jihma, Jitapāśa, Maheśvāsa, Vātsīka, Kurukulla, Upakurukulla, Śroṇakoṭīkarṇa, Śravaṇa,155 Śroṇaparāntaka,156 Gāṅgeyaka, Girikarṇika, Koṭikarṇika,157 Vārṣika, Jeta,158 Sujeta,159 Śrīgupta, Lokagupta, [F.100.a] [F.117.a] Gurugupta, Guruka, Dyotīrasa, Śamaka, Ḍimbhaka, Upaḍimbhaka, Viṃśachoṭika,160 Anāthada, Upavartana, Nivartana, Unmattaka, Dyota, Samanta, Bhaddāli,161 Suprabuddha, Svāgata,162 Upāgata, Lokāgata, Duḥkhānta, Bhadrakalpika, Mahābhadrika, Arthacara, Pitāmaha, Gatika, Puṣpa, Pālaka, Puṣpapālaka, Puṣpakāśika, Upakāśika, Mahauṣadha, Mahojaska, Mahojas, Anurādha, Rādhaka, Rāśika, Subrahma, Suśobhana, Suloka, Samāta, and Susmita.163 {1.62}

1.­63

Lord Śākyamuni dwelt with these and many other śrāvakas who knew the taste of infinite freedom in the sphere of phenomena. Out of the collection of the three vehicles, they had reached the lesser one. Fleeing saṃsāra,164 they had immersed themselves in the contemplation of the triple liberation. They were endowed with the deportment of the four immeasurable thoughts. They focused single-mindedly, became properly ordained, and followed the correct conduct. Having adopted the right system (sunaya),165 they attained the state of nirvāṇa with its mental tranquility and freedom from mental elaboration. They too were seated in this great assembly along with Lord Śākyamuni and the others, established on the tenth level, who constitute the Three Jewels. {1.63}

1.­64

Together with them there were many female śrāvakas. Relying on the path of the unconditioned, they abided in the state of nirvāṇa‍—the attainment of śrāvakas. Pure and free from desire, they developed halos of light. They were all objects worthy of veneration, being repositories of good qualities who facilitate purification. The best among the multitude of beings, they were the foremost leaders of the world. [F.100.b] [F.117.b] They were objects of worship of gods and humans and were their fields of merit. They were the supreme leaders of two-legged, four-legged, multi-legged, and legless beings. They were: {1.64}

1.­65

Yaśodharā, Yaśodā, Mahāprajāpatī, Prajāpatī,166 Sujātā, Nandā, Sthūlanandā, Sunandā, Dhyāyinī, Sundarī, Anantā, Viśākhā,167 Manorathā, Jayavatī, Vīrā,168 Upavīrā,169 Devatā, Sudevatā, Āśritā, Śriyā, Pravarā, Pramuditā, Priyaṃvadā, Rohiṇī, Dhṛtarāṣṭrā, Dhṛtā,170 Svāmikā, Sampadā, Vapuṣā, Śrāddhā, Premā, Jaṭā, Upajaṭā, Samantajaṭā, Bhavāntikā,171 Bhāvatī,172 Manojavā, Keśavā, Viṣṇulā, Viṣṇuvatī, Sumanā, Bahumatā, Śreyasī, Duḥkhāntā, Karmadā, Karmaphalā, Vijayavatī, Jayavatī, Vāsavā,173 Vasudā, Dharmadā, Narmadā, Nāmrā, Sunāmrā, Kīrtivatī, Manovatī, Prahasitā, Tribhavāntā, Trimalāntā, Duḥkhaśāmikā,174 Nirviṇṇā, Trivarṇā, Padmavarṇā, Padmāvatī, Padmaprabhā, Padumā, Padumāvatī,175 Triparṇā, Saptaparṇā, and Utpalaparṇā. {1.65}

1.­66

These and other of the most senior of the great female śrāvakas approached in order to salute the Lord’s feet. Desiring to swell the ranks176 of this great gathering, which was a great miraculous feat of the bodhisattvas, they congregated and took their seats. They were eager to hear the Lord’s teaching and to become a shining example to demonstrate the accomplishment of mantra practice. {1.66} [F.101.a] [F.118.a]

1.­67

Lord Śākyamuni then looked at this entire gathering and, knowing with his pure heart that the realm of beings177 extends beyond the three times and is sky-like in nature, without independent existence, he addressed Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, as follows: {1.67}

1.­68

“Please focus your attention, Mañjuśrī, on the acts that serve the interests of beings! Enter now the bodhisattva samādhi that will delight them according to their wishes, that is accompanied by faith in karmic results, and that will fulfill the purpose of their mantra practice; the samādhi that is the seat of the Dharma, the seat of right action, and the seat of tranquility and liberation; the samādhi that accomplishes ritual procedures and brings a state of equipoise free of all conceptuality; the bodhisattva samādhi that is endowed with the complete power of the ten powers of the tathāgatas and overwhelms the power of Māra.” {1.68}

1.­69

Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, then entered the samādhi that was just described by the Lord. As soon as he entered it, he illuminated with a great light and caused to shake great trichiliocosms equal in number to the minute dust particles in many hundreds of thousands of world spheres, similar to this trichiliocosm of ours. He also displayed the use of magical powers, and then pronounced the words of his own mantra: {1.69}

1.­70

“Homage to all the buddhas who arise out of the nature of nonexistence of individual entities! Homage to the pratyeka­buddhas and the noble śrāvakas! Homage to the bodhisattvas, the lords established on the ten levels, the great beings! This is the mantra proper: {1.70}

1.­71

“Oṁ, kha kha! Devour, devour! O tamer of evil beings, with a sword, a club, an axe, and a noose in your hands! One with four arms, four faces, and six feet, go, go! O great destroyer of obstacles with contorted face, inspiring fear in all nonhuman beings! One who roars with wild laughter and wears a tiger skin, perform, perform all tasks!178 [F.101.b] [F.118.b] Cut, cut all the mantras [of non-believers]! Break, break all the mudrās of non-believers! Draw here, draw here all nonhuman beings! Grind, grind all the wicked ones! Cause them to enter into the center of the maṇḍala! O terminator of the life of Vaivasvata, perform, perform tasks for me! Burn, burn! Cook, cook! Do not delay, do not delay! Remember your samaya pledge! Hūṁ hūṁ! Phaṭ phaṭ! Split, split! Fulfiller of all wishes! Hey, hey, blessed one! Why do you tarry? Accomplish all my aims! Svāhā!179 {1.71}

1.­72

This mantra of Lord Mañjuśrī, called Yamāntaka, Great Lord of Wrath, will crush or summon even the king Yama, not to mention ordinary beings. As soon as the Great Lord of Wrath is pronounced, all beings will come into Lord Mañjuśrī’s presence, unhappy, frightened, and terrified, their minds disturbed and their spirits broken, without any other refuge, no other protection or recourse apart from Lord Buddha and the divine youth Mañjuśrī. {1.72}

1.­73

Any beings that live on dry land, or in water, or fly in the sky, the mobile and the immobile, those enumerated as born from a womb, from an egg, from moisture, or as born spontaneously, those that are situated in the infinite world spheres up to their farthest reaches, and those that are hidden in the cardinal and intermediate directions, above, across, and below will be removed at that very moment from those places by the Great Lord of Wrath himself and brought into the presence of Mañjuśrī. The Lord of Wrath must not be pronounced in the presence of those whose desires have not been extinguished, for they also would wither and die. It should be recited by those who keep their samaya pledges, in front of a buddha image, or a caitya containing relics, or a book containing a genuine Dharma teaching, or in front of Mañjuśrī, the divine youth. It must not be recited for the sake of performing other acts in just any place, otherwise terrible omens and great ruin will come to the reciter. {1.73} [F.102.a] [F.119.a]

1.­74

For the lord buddhas are indeed filled with utmost compassion, and the bodhisattvas, the great beings, exclusively strive to establish beings in the practice of the insight of omniscient knowledge; enthralling all beings, they establish them in the way of the Dharma. They deliver into nirvāṇa the entire realm of sentient beings; they give instructions and establish beings on the triple path; they prevent breaks in the lineages of the Three Jewels; they illuminate the mantra practice. With minds born of the power of great compassion, they obliterate the power of Māra. They destroy obstacle makers and keep the lords of evil in check. They increase180 their own power and hold back the power of opponents. They perform the acts of paralyzing, killing, destroying, chastising, burning, and gratifying. They teach the practice of their own mantra. They cause the lifespan, health, and power of beings to increase. They swiftly accomplish all tasks. They readily assume the modes of181 great love, great compassion, great equanimity, and great sympathetic joy. That is why the Yamāntaka mantra was now recited with a mind free from all doubt and deliberation. Summoned by the mantra were: {1.74}

1.­75

Nāgas, great nāgas, yakṣas, great yakṣas, rākṣasas, great rākṣasas, piśācas, great piśācas, pūtanas, great pūtanas, kaṭapūtanas, great kaṭapūtanas, mārutas, great mārutas,182 kuṣmāṇḍas, great kuṣmāṇḍas, vyāḍas, great vyāḍas, vetāḍas, great vetāḍas, kambojas, great kambojas, bhaginīs, great bhaginīs, ḍākinīs, great ḍākinīs, cūṣakas, great cūṣakas, utsārakas, great utsārakas, ḍimphikas, great ḍimphikas, kimpakas, great kimpakas, rogas, [F.102.b] [F.119.b] great rogas, apasmāras, great apasmāras, grahas, great grahas, ākāśamātṛs, great ākāśamātṛs, rūpiṇīs, great rūpiṇīs, virūpiṇīs,183 great virūpiṇīs,184 krandanās, great krandanās, chāyās, great chāyās, preṣakās, great preṣakās, kiṅkarās,185 great kiṅkarās,186 yakṣiṇīs, great yakṣiṇīs, piśācīs, great piśācīs, jvarās, great jvarās, cāturthakās, great cāturthakās, nityajvarās, viṣamajvarās, sātatikās, mauhūrtikās, vātikās, paittikās, śleṣmikās, sānnipātikās,187 vidyās,188 great vidyās,189 siddhas, great siddhas, yogins, great yogins, ṛṣis, great ṛṣis, kinnaras, great kinnaras, mahoragas, great mahoragas, gandharvas, great gandharvas, gods, great gods, humans, great humans, country people, great country people, oceans, great oceans, rivers, great rivers, mountains, great mountains, treasures, great treasures, lands, great lands, trees, great trees, birds, great birds, kings, great kings, Śakras, Mahendras, Vāsavas, Kratis, Īśāna the Lord of Beings, Yama, Brahmā, Great Brahmā, Vaivasvata, Dhanada, Dhṛtarāṣṭra,190 Virūpākṣa, Kubera, Pūrṇabhadra, Maṇibhadra, Pañcika, Jambhala, Stambhala, Kūṣmala,191 Hārīta, Harikeśa, Hari, Hārīti, Piṅgalā, Priyaṅkara, Arthaṅkara, [F.103.a] [F.120.a] Jalendra, Lokendra, Upendra, Guhyaka, Great Guhyaka, Cala, Capala, Jalacara, Sātatagiri, Hemagiri, Mahāgiri, Kūtākṣa, and Triśiras. {1.75}

1.­76

These and other great yakṣa generals, surrounded by many hundreds of thousands of millions of yakṣas, gathered together through the blessing and magical power of the bodhisattva, in that great assembly in the realm of the Pure Abode. Having assembled, they took their seats in order to listen to the Dharma. Also, the great kings of the rākṣasas, with retinues of many hundreds of thousands of millions of rākṣasas, had been brought by the Great Lord of Wrath. They were: {1.76}

1.­77

Rāvaṇa, Draviṇa, Vidrāvaṇa, Śaṅkukarṇa, Kumbha,192 Kumbhakarṇa, Samantakarṇa, Yama, Vibhīṣaṇa, Bhīṣaṇa, Ghora, Sughora,193 Akṣayamati,194 Saṃghaṭṭa,195 Indrajit, Lokajit,196 Yodhana, Suyodhana, Śūla, Triśūla, Triśiras, and Anantaśiras. {1.77}

1.­78

They all gathered to hear the Dharma. Also the great piśācas with retinues of many hundreds of thousands of millions of piśācas gathered there. They were: {1.78}

1.­79

Pīlu, Upapīlu, Supīlu, Anantapīlu, Manoratha, Amanoratha,197 Sutāpa, Grasana, Supāna,198 Ghora, and Ghorarūpin. {1.79}

1.­80

They all gathered to hear the Dharma. Also, the great nāga kings, with retinues of many hundreds of thousands of millions of nāgas, were brought by the Lord of Wrath through his display of the power of the bodhisattva. They were: {1.80}

1.­81

Nanda, Upananda, Kambala, Upakambala, Vāsuki, Ananta, Takṣaka, Padma, Mahāpadma,199 Śaṅkha, Śaṅkhapāla, Karkoṭaka, Kulika, [F.103.b] [F.120.b] Akulika, Māṇa, Kalaśoda, Kuliśika, Cāṃpeya, Maṇināga, Mānabhañja, Dukura, Upadukura, Lakuṭa, Mahālakuṭa, Śveta, Śvetabhadra, Nīla, Nīlāmbuda, Kṣīroda, Apalāla, Sāgara, and Upasāgara. {1.81}

1.­82

These and other nāgas, with retinues of many hundreds of thousands of millions of nāgas, gathered together in this great assembly and took their seats to hear the Dharma. Also, the sages and the great sages gathered there. They were: {1.82}

1.­83

Ātreya, Vasiṣṭha, Gautama, Bhagīratha, Jahnu, Aṅgirasa, Agasti,200 Pulasti,201 Vyāsa, Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇagautama, Agni, Agnirasa, Jāmadagni, Āstika, Muni,202 Munivara, Ambara, Vaiśampāyana, Parāśara,203 Paraśu, Yogeśvara, Pippala, Pippalāda, Vālmīki, and Mārkaṇḍa. {1.83}

1.­84

These along with other great sages, with retinues of many hundreds of thousands of other great sages, entered this great gathering. Having saluted Lord Śākyamuni, they sat down in order to hear and rejoice at this basket of bodhisattva teachings explaining the purpose of mantra practice. Also, the great kings of the mahoragas entered this great gathering and took their seats. They were: {1.84}

1.­85

Bheraṇḍa,204 Bheruṇḍa,205 Maruṇḍa,206 Marīca, Mārīca, Dīpta, and Sudīpta.207 {1.85}

1.­86

Also, the garuḍa kings came together in this great assembly, with retinues of many of hundreds of thousands of garuḍas. They were: {1.86}

1.­87

Suparṇa,208 Śvetaparṇa, Pannaga, Parṇaga, [F.104.a] [F.121.a] Sujātapakṣa, Ajātapakṣa, Manojava, Pannaganāśana, Dhenateya,209 Vainateya, Bharadvāja, Śakuna, Mahāśakuna, and Pakṣirāja.210 {1.87}

1.­88

They too joined this great assembly. Also, the kinnara kings, with retinues of many hundreds of thousands of kinnaras, came to this great gathering. They were: {1.88}

1.­89

Druma, Upadruma, Sudruma, Anantadruma, Lokadruma, Ledruma, Ghanoraska, Mahoraska, Mahojaska, Mahoja,211 Maharddhika, Viruta, Susvara, Manojña, Citton­mādakara,212 Unmāda,213 Unnata,214 Upekṣaka, Karuṇa, and Aruṇa.215 {1.89}

1.­90

These and other great kinnara kings, with retinues of many hundreds of thousands of kinnaras, came all together for the purpose of hearing the Dharma. So did come: {1.90}

1.­91

The Sahāmpati Brahmās, the Great Brahmās, the gods from the heavens of Ābhāsvara,216 Prabhāsvara, Śuddhābha, Puṇyābha, Avṛha, Atapas, Akaniṣṭha, Sukaniṣṭha, Lokaniṣṭha,217 Ākiñcanya, Naivakiñcanya, Ākāśānantya, Naivākāśānantya,218 Sudṛśa, Sudarśana, Sunirmita, Paranirmita, Śuddhāvāsa, Tuṣita, and Yāma; the gods from the realm of the Thirty-Three and from the realm of the four great kings; the gods from the heavens of Sadāmatta, Mālādhāra, Karoṭapāṇi, and Vīṇātṛtīyaka; the gods who dwell in mountains, on mountaintops, and on mountain peaks; those dwelling in Alaka, those who dwell in palaces and mansions, those who dwell in the sky, those who dwell on the earth, those who dwell in trees, and those who dwell in houses. {1.91}

1.­92

Also came the kings of the dānavas, headed by Prahlāda, Balin, Rāhu,219 Vemacitri, Sucitri, Kṣemacitri, Devacitri,220 Rāhu,221 and Bāhu. {1.92}

1.­93

They had retinues of many hundreds of thousands of asuras‍—titans with [F.104.b] [F.121.b] extravagant habits, great and varied wealth, and a predilection to engage the gods in battle. Because of the bodhisattva’s blessing, they also joined this great assembly in order to witness, pay respect to, and attend this miraculous bodhisattvic event. In addition, there were also the grahas and the great grahas who work for the benefit of mankind and who dwell in the sky. They were: {1.93}

1.­94

Āditya, Soma, Aṅgāraka, Budha, Bṛhaspati, Śukra, Śanaiścara, Rāhu, Kampa, Ketu, Aśani, Nirghāta, Tāra, Dhvaja, Ghora, Dhūmra, Dhūma, Vajra, Ṛkṣa,222 Vṛṣṭi, Upavṛṣṭi, Naṣṭārka,223 Nirnaṣṭa, Hasānta, Yāṣṭi,224 Ṛṣṭi,225 Duṣṭi, Lokānta, Kṣaya,226 Vinipāta, Āpāta,227 Tarka, Mastaka, Yugānta, Śmaśāna, Piśita, Raudra,228 Śveta, Abhija, Abhijata, Maitra, Śaṅku, Triśaṅku, Lubdha, Raudraka,229 Dhruva, Nāśana, Balavān, Ghora, Aruṇa, Vihasita, Mārṣṭi,230 Skanda, Sanat, Upasanat, Kumāra, Krīḍana, Hasana, Prahasana, Nartāpaka,231 Nartaka, Khaja, and Virūpa. {1.94}

1.­95

These great grahas too, along with retinues of many of hundreds of thousands of grahas, were in this great assembly. They gathered together in the great assembly in the realm of the Pure Abode by the blessing of the Buddha and took their seats. Also, the nakṣatras, who move across the sky in the manner of birds, along with retinues of many hundreds of thousands of nakṣatras, were present there.232 They were: {1.95}

1.­96

Aśvinī, Bharaṇī, Kṛttikā, Rohiṇī, Mṛgaśirā, Ārdrā, both Punarvasus,233 Puṣya, Āśleṣā, Maghā, both Phalgunī,234 Hastā, Citrā, Svāti, Viśākhā, Anurādhā, Jyeṣṭhā, Mūlā, both Āṣāḍhās,235 Śravaṇā, Dhaniṣṭhā, Śatabhiṣā, both Bhadrapadās,236 Revatī, Devatī, Abhijā, Punarnavā,237 Jyotī, Aṅgirasī, Nakṣatrikā, both Phalgu and Phalguvatī, Lokapravarā, Pravarāṇikā, Śreyasī, [F.105.a] [F.122.a] Lokamātā,238 Īrā,239 Ūhā,240 Vahā,241 Arthavatī, and Surārthā. {1.96}

1.­97

These nakṣatra queens, with retinues of many hundreds of thousands of nakṣatras, gathered together in this great assembly in the realm of the Pure Abode through the blessing of the Buddha and took their seats. Present were also the following thirty-six signs of the zodiac: {1.97}

1.­98

Meṣa, Vṛṣabha, Mithuna, Karkaṭaka, Siṃha, Kanyā, Tula, Vṛścika, Dhanus, Makara, Kumbha, Mīna, Vānara,242 Upakumbha, Bhṛṅgāra, Khaḍga, Kuñjara, Mahiṣa, Deva, Manuṣya, Śakuna, Gandharva, Loka, Sarvajita,243 Ugratejas, Jyotsna, Chāya,244 Pṛthivī, Tama, Raja, Uparaja, Duḥkha, Sukha, Mokṣa,245 Bodhi,246 Pratyeka, Śrāvaka, Naraka, Vidyādhara,247 Mahoja, Mahojaska, Tiryak, Preta, Asura, Piśita, Piśāca, Yakṣa, Rākṣasa, Sarvabhūtika, Bhūtika, Nimnaga,248 Ūrdhvaga, Tiryaga, Vikasita, Dhyānaga, Yogapratiṣṭha,249 Uttama, Madhyama, and Adhama. {1.98}

1.­99

These great rāśis, with retinues of many hundreds of thousands of rāśis, came to this great gathering in the realm of the Pure Abode. Having arrived, they bowed to the Lord’s feet and sat down in their respective seats. Also, the great yakṣiṇīs, with retinues of many hundreds of thousands of yakṣiṇīs, were present there. They were: {1.99}

1.­100

Sulocanā, Subhrū, Sukeśā, Susvarā, Sumatī, Vasumatī, Citrākṣī, [F.105.b] [F.122.b] Pūrāṃśā, Guhyakā, Suguhyakā,250 Mekhalā,251 Sumekhalā, Padmoccā, Abhayā,252 Abhayadā, Jayā, Vijayā, Revatikā, Keśinī, Keśāntā, Anilā, Manoharā, Manovatī, Kusumā,253 Kusumāvatī, Kusuma­pura­vāsinī, Piṅgalā, Hārītī, Vīramatī, Vīrā, Suvīrā, Sughorā, Ghoravatī, Surasundarī, Surasā, Guhyottarī, Vaṭavāsinī, Aśokā, Andhārasundarī, Ālokasundarī, Prabhāvatī, Atiśayavatī, Rūpavatī, Surūpā, Asitā, Saumyā, Kāṇā,254 Menā,255 Nandinī, Upanandinī, and Lokottarā. {1.100}

1.­101

These great yakṣiṇīs, with retinues of many hundreds of thousands of yakṣiṇīs, bowing to Lord Śākyamuni from a distance, were present in this great gathering. Also the great piśācīs, with retinues of many hundreds of thousands of piśācīs, joined in, paying respects to Lord Śākyamuni. They were: {1.101}

1.­102

Maṇḍitikā, Pāṃsupiśācī, Raudrapiśācī, Ulkāpiśācī, Jvālāpiśācī, Bhasmodgirā, Piśitāśinī, Durdharā, Bhrāmarī, Mohanī, Tarjanī, Rohiṇikā, Govāhiṇikā, Lokāntikā, Bhasmāntikā, Pīluvatī, Bahulavatī, Bahulā, Durdāntā, Elā, Cihnitikā, Dhūmāntikā,256 Dhūmā, and Sudhūmā.257 {1.102}

1.­103

These great piśācīs, with retinues of many hundreds of thousands of piśācīs, also entered this great gathering. Also, the mātṛs and the great mātṛs, [F.106.a] [F.123.a] who wander throughout the world harming living beings and seizing oblatory offerings of food and garlands, joined in. They were: {1.103}

1.­104

Brahmāṇī, Māheśvarī, Vaiṣṇavī, Kaumārī, Cāmuṇḍā, Vārāhī, Aindrī, Yāmyā, Āgneyā, Vaivasvatī, Lokāntakarī, Vāruṇī, Aiśānī, Vāyavyā, Paraprāṇaharā, Mukhamaṇḍitikā, Śakunī, Mahāśakunī, Pūtanā, Kaṭapūtanā, and Skandā. {1.104}

1.­105

These great mātṛs, with retinues of many hundreds of thousands of mātṛs, were present in this great assembly, calling out, “Homage to the Buddha!” {1.105}

1.­106

Similarly, the entire expanse of space with its many hundreds of thousands of beings, both human and nonhuman, sentient and non-sentient, from the great hell of Avīci to the pinnacle of saṃsāra, became open and accessible to sight. Within the totality of beings there was not a single one who would be in disharmony with another. By the blessing of the Buddha enriched with the magical power of the bodhisattvas, all these beings then saw Lord Buddha and the divine youth Mañjuśrī seated on the crowns of their heads. {1.106}

1.­107

Now, Lord Śākyamuni, having looked over this entire assembly with his buddha eye, said to Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, “Please speak, O pure being! Give a full presentation of the section on samādhi that explains the meaning of mantra practice. Present this basket of bodhisattva teachings if you think that the moment is right.” {1.107}

1.­108

Then Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, with the approval of Lord Śākyamuni, entered the samādhi called the ornament of a contiguous formation [F.106.b] [F.123.b] solid as fused vajras, adorned with miraculous displays258 of the space-like nature. As soon as Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, entered this samādhi, he blessed the realm of the Pure Abode, which extended over many hundreds of thousands of leagues, so that it became made of vajras. All the many yakṣas, rākṣasas, gandharvas, mārutas, and piśācas‍—in short, the entire universe inhabited by living beings‍—became situated by the blessing of the bodhisattvas in this great palace that resembled diamond jewels and gems, and there took their seats together, without any mutual enmity. {1.108}

1.­109

Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, seeing that this great assembly had gathered, said to Yamāntaka, the Lord of Wrath, “Ho, ho, Great Lord of Wrath, who emanates from all the buddhas and bodhisattvas! Please protect this great gathering! Protect and enthrall it! Tame the wicked ones! Awaken the gentle ones into realization! Placate the implacable ones! As long as I am teaching this bodhisattva basket that accords with my own mantra practice and contains the extensive instructions on mantra practice and the maṇḍala, please go outside and guard this gathering.” {1.109}

1.­110

Thus addressed, the Great Lord of Wrath, of extremely ugly, misshapen appearance,259 acknowledged the command and went outside in order to protect all the beings and to train the assembled audience in every respect. Letting out a terrible roar into the four directions, above, below, and across, he took up his position in the form of Yamāntaka Lord of Wrath, with a retinue of many hundreds of thousands of wrathful deities. Thus all beings, having become peaceful and content, did not transgress his orders. They also heard these words: “Those who would disobey this injunction, their heads will split into one hundred parts [F.107.a] [F.124.a] like a garland made of basil plants. For such is the power of the bodhisattvic blessing. {1.110}

1.­111

Mañjuśrī then gave a Dharma teaching on the practice of his mantra.

“When a bodhisattva, a great being, possesses a single quality, his mantras become effective. What is this single quality? It is the mind that beholds all phenomena without mentally elaborating upon them. {1.111}

1.­112

“When a bodhisattva, a great being, possesses two qualities, his mantras become effective. What are these two? They are (1) never abandoning bodhicitta, and (2) having equanimity toward all sentient beings. {1.112}

1.­113

“With three qualities, his exposition of the meaning of mantra practice will be perfect. What are these three? They are (1) never abandoning any sentient being, (2) guarding the vows of the bodhisattva’s discipline, and (3) never abandoning his mantra. {1.113}

1.­114

“When a bodhisattva, who has made the initial resolution of a bodhisattva, possesses four qualities, his mantras become effective. What are these four? They are (1) never abandoning his mantra, (2) not neutralizing the mantras of others,260 (3) generating loving kindness for all sentient beings, and (4) suffusing his mindstream with compassion. The mantras of a bodhisattva who has made an initial resolution and possesses these four qualities become effective. {1.114}

1.­115

“Five qualities will bring the bodhisattva’s mastery of his mantra practice and his engagement in the basket of teachings to perfection. What are these five? They are (1) frequenting solitary places, (2) frequenting remote, peaceful places, (3) not hating others, (4) not considering employing mundane mantras, and (5) establishing others in discipline, learning, and good character. These five qualities [F.107.b] [F.124.b] will completely fulfill the purpose of his mantra practice. {1.115}

1.­116

“Six qualities will completely fulfill the purpose of mantra practice. What are these six? They are (1) not giving up faith in the Three Jewels, (2) not giving up faith in the bodhisattvas, (3) praising both mundane and supramundane mantras, (4) perceiving the sphere of phenomena that is free of elaboration, (5) not rejecting the sūtras of the Great Vehicle that contain profound words and meaning, (6) never losing heart, (7) pursuing the mantra practice, and (8) not letting virtue decline.261 These six qualities will bring complete success in the practice of mantra and the knowledge of vidyās. {1.116}

1.­117

“There are seven qualities that lead to the taking up of mantra practice that are helpful at the time of the actual application of magical vidyās. What are these seven? They are (1) taking up the profound path by cultivating the perfection of wisdom; (2) resolving upon the bodhisattva conduct that consists in reciting, teaching, studying, and writing; (3) taking up the right demeanor, thoughts, recollections, and the holding on to insight, without being impeded by time, place, ritual injunctions, mantra recitation, homa offerings, vows of silence, or the practice of austerities;262 (4) entering the way of the deep teachings of the Great Vehicle through the two accumulations of a bodhisattva; (5) skill in the procedures of summoning the mantra deities of one’s own lineage263 or in effecting protection;264 (6) cultivating great compassion, great loving kindness, great equanimity, and great sympathetic joy, as well as the six perfections;265 (7) pursuing the two types of omniscient wisdom by bringing together the sphere of sentient beings, the sphere of phenomena, and ‘suchness’ through nonconceptuality; (8) never abandoning any sentient being; and (9) not seeking the Lesser Vehicle.266 These seven qualities lead to the perfect mastery of mantras and magical knowledge. {1.117} [F.108.a] [F.125.a]

1.­118

“Eight qualities will completely fulfill the purpose of the practice of mantra and magical vidyās.267 What are these eight? They are (1) faith in karmic results, both seen and unseen; (2) refraining from investigating anything out of mere curiosity or the desire to know;268 (3) displaying magical powers made effective through the grace of a bodhisattva;269 (4) out of respect for the teacher, learning from him the undistorted mantras;270 (5) taking to heart the master’s instructions on the buddhas and bodhisattvas’ own mantra system; (6) keeping one’s word;271 (7) renouncing all of one’s possessions; (8) being able to skillfully explain the signs received in one’s sleep about suitable and unsuitable places for gaining accomplishment;272 (9) freeing oneself from all stains of stinginess, sleepiness, and dullness, and constantly practicing diligence; and (11) always offering oneself to the buddhas and bodhisattvas.273 In short, never being complacent about accumulating the roots of virtue, donning great armor, or desiring to remove all obstacles, one will ascend the seat of awakening and experience great bliss as anticipated. One will be known as a great being and will also fall in with other great beings. One will never be separated from a spiritual friend and will be accompanied by Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, the bodhisattva. The aforementioned eight qualities will completely fulfill the purpose of mantra practice. {1.118}

1.­119

“Friends! To sum up, a person who is not separated from bodhicitta, who is devoted to the Three Jewels, who continually exerts himself with unwearied mind even if he were of extremely bad disposition, will succeed in the infinite and marvelous mantra practice of a bodhisattva as taught in the detailed chapter on my mantra, and will develop the mind that arises from this practice. It should not be known to be otherwise. Once someone has become free from dualistic thinking, he will succeed even if his original motive was mere curiosity.” {1.119} [F.108.b] [F.125.b]

1.­120

Then, the entire gathering, graced with the presence of buddhas, bodhisattvas, pratyeka­buddhas, and venerable śrāvakas, said these words: {1.120}

1.­121

“Good! It is good, O son of the victorious ones! This Dharma discourse, which leads beings to enter an illustrious Dharma path whose special purpose is mantra practice, has been well presented for the benefit of all beings. O divine youth Mañjuśrī, this talk that is in accord with mantra practice and complies with the requirements of a fine Dharma discourse has been eloquently presented. If any king has this chapter, which records the coming together of the audience, retold, or causes it to be memorized or reflected upon, or if, before a battle, he has it mounted on an elephant and worshiped with various flowers, incense, scents, and ointments, there we will also be present. We will bring his opponents and enemies under control, and we will destroy the armies that oppose him. Or, if anyone keeps it in their house written in the form of a book, we will grant to that son or daughter of the Buddha family‍—be they a king or a queen, a monk or a nun, or a male or female lay practitioner‍—protection, prosperity, long life, life free from disease, and the continuous increase of good fortune.” {1.121}

1.­122

Having said this, the great assembly fell silent. {1.122}

1.­123

This concludes the first chapter, describing the coming together of the audience, from this great root manual containing an exposition of the mantra practices of the Great Vehicle, an extensive textbook that is a miraculous bodhisattva display of Mañjuśrī, the divine youth.


2.

Chapter 2

2.­1

Now Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, gazing at this entire assembly, [F.109.a] [F.126.a] entered the samādhi called the gaze that causes all sentient beings to take up the samaya pledge. As soon as Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, entered this samādhi, a ray of light issued from his navel. Along with many hundreds of thousands of millions of other rays, it entirely illuminated all the realms of sentient beings and, reflecting back onto the realm of the Pure Abode, suffused it with light. {2.1}


3.

Chapter 3

3.­1

Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, again looked at the realm of the Pure Abode and, bowing to all the buddhas and bodhisattvas gathered together in that great assembly, pronounced the most secret single-syllable mantra, which removes all poisons and can be employed in all rites the mantra that is effective in the practices of his maṇḍala and which can also be used in all minor ritual activities. What is that mantra? {3.1}

3.­2

“Homage to all the buddhas! This mantra is:


4.

Chapter 4

4.­1

Homage to the Buddha and all buddhas and bodhisattvas!528

Mañjuśrī then looked at the entire realm of the Pure Abode and again directed his gaze at the great assembly gathered there. Prostrating at the feet of Śākyamuni, he smiled and said this to the Blessed One: {4.1}

4.­2

“It is good fortune, O Blessed One, that there is a painting procedure, intended for the benefit of all beings, from the extensive chapters that produce a rain of desired results falling down from the Cloud of Dharma that arises from the accomplishment of sādhana methods of mantra practice. This procedure generates a vast amount of merit and creates the seed of perfect awakening; it also brings complete omniscience.529 {4.2}


5.

Chapter 5

5.­1

Now, Lord Śākyamuni, looking at the entire assembly, spoke to Mañjuśrī, the divine youth:

“There is, Mañjuśrī, yet another procedure from your ritual of cloth painting‍—the medium one. I will teach it now, so listen well and duly reflect upon it. {5.1}

5.­2

“First, to produce the medium painting, thread should be used as previously described, following the same procedure as before. The work should be done by craftsmen who have been trained beforehand, applying the same measurements as the previous cloth. Just as before, the cloth should be of excellent quality, white, tightly woven, and thoroughly clean604 and have fringe tassels.605 The painting should then be executed using uncontaminated paints free of hairs, dust, or other debris, with everything done just as before, except for the sizes and forms of the painted figures. {5.2}


6.

Chapter 6

6.­1

Now, Lord Śākyamuni again addressed Mañjuśrī, the divine youth:

“There is, Mañjuśrī, yet another secret611 cloth-painting procedure,612 a third type, referred to as ‘smallest,’613 by the means of which all beings can effortlessly win accomplishment. {6.1}

6.­2

“Following the procedures as previously described, skilled craftsmen should prepare a cloth one width of the Buddha’s hand across that is in the same four-sided shape as before. The painting should then be done with the paints as previously described. {6.2}


7.

Chapter 7

7.­1

Now Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, rose from his seat, circumambulated Lord Śākyamuni three times clockwise and, having prostrated at his feet, said this to the Blessed One:

“Good! It is good that you, the blessed one, the tathāgata, the worthy one, the perfectly awakened one, gave this Dharma discourse in such a clear way for the benefit, the welfare, and the happiness of all who observe their vidyā vows and in order to show your compassion for the world. You exemplified the bodhisattvas’ skill in means with this particular method that takes them higher than nirvāṇa623 [F.140.a] [F.157.a] and, with their continuous dedication to the goal of awakening,624 accomplishes their conduct consistent with all the goals of the mantras. This will promote the spread of this625 secret mantra among all people. {7.1}


8.

Chapter 8

8.­1

Now Lord Śākyamuni addressed Mañjuśrī, the divine youth:

“The full topic of the cloth-painting procedure, Mañjuśrī, has now been taught by me for the benefit of those beings you foretold. They will succeed even with little skillful means.664 For their benefit I will now teach a sādhana method classified according to the type of activity, describing at length its different virtues. Listen to it well, [F.143.a] [F.160.a] and reflect upon it thoroughly. I will speak for the benefit of all beings.”665 {8.1}


9.

Chapter 9

9.­1

Now Lord Śākyamuni addressed the hosts of gods who were sitting among the entire assembly:

“Esteemed friends! Please listen to my discourse about the method for accomplishing the conduct, maṇḍala, and mantra of Mañjuśrī, the divine youth. Hear this great vidyārāja‍—the supremely secret and sublime heart mantra that was taught by all the tathāgatas for the sake of protecting the practitioner‍—by the uttering of which all mantras are uttered. {9.1}


10.

Chapter 10

10.­1

At that time Lord Śākyamuni taught yet another supreme ritual practice:

“Having chosen another mantra from this king of manuals, one should go down to [the bank of] the great river Gaṅgā. Staying in a boat in the middle of the river, one should incant rice gruel mixed with milk three million times on the days of one’s choice. Subsequently, at the end of recitation, one will perceive all the nāgas. One should then start the main practice. For that, one should prepare, in the middle of the boat, a fire pit in the shape of a lotus. One should prepare a big offering of ironwood blossoms to the painting. The painting of the superior type should be positioned facing west, with oneself sitting on a bundle of kuśa grass facing east. One should incant each of the ironwood blossoms seven times and offer it into the blazing fire of cutch tree sticks. One should do this until one has offered thirty thousand such blossoms, each smeared with white sandalwood and saffron paste. One should use nothing else. One should wait for the nāgas to appear.717 They will be enticed by the power substances, but will not take them. {10.1}


11.

Chapter 11

11.­1

Now Lord Śākyamuni looked again at the realm of the Pure Abode, and said this to Mañjuśrī, the divine youth:

“There is, Mañjuśrī, in your ritual, a painting procedure of the medium type, a practice procedure serving as the means for accomplishing middling rites. I will teach it in brief, so please listen carefully and reflect upon it well. I will teach it now.” {11.1}

11.­2

Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, for his part, said this to the Blessed One:

“May the Blessed One, the teacher, full of compassion for the world and delighting in benefiting all beings, speak! Please speak, if you think that the time is right, out of compassion for us and regard for future generations.” {11.2}


12.

Chapter 12

12.­1

Now Lord Śākyamuni again looked at the entire Pure Abode, and said this to Mañjuśrī, the divine youth:

“Listen, Mañjuśrī, to [the instructions] for the followers of your vidyā mantra who strive to benefit all beings‍—what mantras956 they should be made to recite, by whom these mantras are to be recited, and the attendant rosary rites that are methods for accomplishing all the common mantras of all tantras. Listen carefully and reflect on this well. I will teach this [now].” {12.1}


13.

Chapter 13

13.­1

Now Lord Śākyamuni again looked at the realm of the Pure Abode, and said this to Mañjuśrī, the divine youth:

“There is, O Mañjuśrī, a ritual sequence for a special worship of [the god of] fire, which is meant for those practitioners of vidyā who engage in the rite of homa according to the special procedure that has been succinctly explained in the chapter on mantras in your manual. Once established in this routine, beings become actively engage in the conduct of all vidyās. What is this sequence? The mantric words of the secret vidyā spell are as follows: {13.1} [F.169.b] [F.186.b]


14.

Chapter 14

14.­1

Then Lord Śākyamuni again directed his gaze at the realm of the Pure Abode and said this to Mañjuśrī, the divine youth:

“There is, O Mañjuśrī, a secret vidyā mantra of yours that accomplishes all mantras. It was granted by the tathāgatas, arose from the treasury of their teachings, belongs to the ‘Cloud of Dharma,’ and is of the essence of the sky. This vidyā is the supreme lord of all mundane and supramundane mantras, just like the divine youth is the lord of all beings. This lord is described as a tathāgata, the supreme and the most excellent. Just as Lord Buddha, O divine youth, is the most eminent person among gods and men, so he‍—this supreme vidyārāja‍—is among all the mantras. He has been formerly taught by the blessed buddhas who are equal in number to the grains of sand in the river Gaṅgā and whose merits are ineffable. He has been regarded by them as the supremely secret heart mantra [F.172.b] [F.189.b] of the tathāgata Ratnaketu, auspicious in every respect. He is praised and extolled by all the buddhas, is the relief of all beings, and is the destroyer of every evil. He grants every wish and fulfills every hope. So what is this mantra?”1021 {14.1}


15.

Chapter 15

15.­1

At that time, the bodhisattva Vajrapāṇi, the great being, was present in the midst of the same gathering. Seated, he rose from his seat, circumambulated the Blessed One clockwise three times, and, prostrating at the Blessed One’s feet, said this to him: {15.1}

15.­2

“Good, O Blessed One! For the sake of those who follow the conduct entailing the ritual divisions of vidyā and homa rites performed at the junctions of the day, you have clearly explained and elucidated with supreme eloquence the path that consists of rites involving vidyā mantras; the path that manifested from the great Cloud of Dharma; the path that comprises the detailed ritual instructions pertaining to the cakravartin, the great vidyārāja who is the heart essence of all the tathāgatas; the path that brings results and fulfills all aims completely; the unsurpassable path that leads to awakening; the path marked with the cause that generates the conditions, actions, and their certain results; the path that is the root of virtue that causes the attainment of the ten miraculous powers, and whose ultimate goal is to ascend to the seat of awakening. That, Blessed One, is excellent! May the teacher please instruct us on the signs that accord with the accomplishment of mantra that appear in dreams, signs indicating the time1123 when the beings who engage in the practice of all vidyā mantras should commence the activities that cause accomplishment, so that all vidyā mantras‍—the causes that fulfill the rites‍—bear results.” {15.2}


16.

Chapter 16

16.­1

The blessed Śākyamuni looked again at the realm of the Pure Abode and spoke to Mañjuśrī, the divine youth:

“Mañjuśrī! Requested by the wise king of yakṣas who holds a vajra in his hand, I already taught in detail, in the middle of this assembly, your complete chapter1295 on the ritual activities intended for all purposes.1296 {16.1}

16.­2
“I taught about the good and bad aspects of dreams
And how they relate to all the mantra purposes.
I taught all of it at length
For the mantra reciters.”1297 {16.2}

17.

Chapter 17

17.­1

Now Lord Śākyamuni entered the samādhi called the magical display of all the tathāgatas. As soon as he entered this samādhi, rays of blue, yellow, dazzling white, red, and crystal-colored light issued from the tuft of hair between his eyebrows. They brightened the entire buddhafield and illuminated the interior of every realm of the universe, while darkening all the planets and constellations and summoning them in an instant. After summoning them, the light assigned them to their respective places and drew them, by the power of the Buddha’s blessing, into the circle of the assembly. It then disappeared into the same tuft of hair between Lord Śākyamuni’s eyebrows. All the planets, constellations, and stars, their light blocked, approached Lord Śākyamuni, pained and frightened. They stood with folded hands, trembling and prostrating themselves on the ground again and again. {17.1}


24.

Chapter 24

24.­1

1359The blessed Śākyamuni now addressed all the most important grahas among the constellations, planets, stars, and celestial bodies that exist in all the world spheres‍—the grahas dwelling in all the directions and endowed with great magical powers: {24.1} [F.194.a] [F.211.a]

24.­2

“Listen, venerable friends, to my presentation on the respective powers of all the planets and constellations. Show your power, sirs, and accomplish the purpose of all the rituals involving the mantra. Keep your samayas and eagerly pursue an accomplishment in the doctrine contained in this sovereign manual of Mañjughoṣa and later expounded in other manuals as well.” {24.2}


25.

Chapter 25

25.­1

Lord Śākyamuni once again addressed the planets, the nakṣatras, the stars, and other celestial bodies: {25.1}

25.­2

“Please listen, all of you, venerable sirs, the planets and the nakṣatras!1487 This sovereign manual of the divine youth Mañjuśrī, which contains ritual instructions on the empowerment and the maṇḍala according to the mantra system,1488 should not be transgressed against. You honored celestial bodies should not obstruct the knowledge holders trained in this supreme manual who engage in the practice of recitation, homa,1489 the observance of rules, and magic. [F.203.b] [F.220.b] Nor should you hinder the insights gained by the calculations of the behavior (carita) of the asterisms and nakṣatras.1490 Instead, you and the hosts of gods should all protect those who engage in the instructions thereof. All the wicked beings should be warded off, restrained,1491 and properly instructed. None of them should be hurt in any way. [Instead,] they should be established in the stages of this doctrine that confers the ten powers.” {25.2}


26.

Chapter 26

26.­1

At that time Blessed Śākyamuni, looking again1521 at the realm of the Pure Abode, addressed Mañjuśrī, the divine youth:

“Listen, Mañjuśrī, to my short teaching on the painting procedure of One Syllable‍—the cakravartin of great power. This procedure was previously taught at length, but now only briefly.1522 {26.1}

26.­2

“During this lowest eon beings have little diligence or wisdom, and are rather dull. They would be unable to successfully execute the painting in its extensive version.1523 {26.2}


27.

Chapter 27

27.­1

At that time, the blessed Śākyamuni again directed his gaze at the realm of the Pure Abode and the hosts of gods dwelling there, as well as all the buddhas, bodhisattvas, pratyeka­buddhas, and the noble śrāvakas, and once again addressed Mañjuśrī the divine youth: {27.1}

27.­2

“This complete basket of teachings of all the tathāgatas, O Mañjuśrī, is as illustrious as a wish-fulfilling gem. It is taught in order to make beings into receptacles wherein results will be born.1616 During the lowest eon, at the time when the buddhafield is empty, [F.215.a] [F.232.a] the tathāgatas are in the state of nirvāṇa and the genuine Dharma tools have disappeared. At such a time, in order to preserve the mantra basket of all the tathāgatas’ teachings, this One Syllable, O Mañjuśrī, taught in this king of manuals of your mantra methods, the manual of the divine youth, will become a shared treasure, which, when recited according to procedure, will fulfill the wishes of all beings.1617 This cakravartin, One Syllable, taught in your king of manuals, constitutes the essential core of the mantra systems of all the tathāgatas and is the most prominent [part of] them. When one recites him, all the tathāgata-vidyārājas1618 are being recited. {27.2}


28.

Chapter 28

28.­1

Now the blessed Śākyamuni looked again at the realm of the Pure Abode and said this to Mañjuśrī, the divine youth:

“There is, Mañjuśrī, in your ritual a painting procedure‍—a sādhana aid that accomplishes all activities. The ritual performed in front of this painting1685 should employ the aforementioned one-syllable heart mantra, or the six-syllable mantra that ends with ma, or your six-syllable root mantra that starts with oṁ, or the one-syllable mantra.1686 This king of rites will become the means of protection in the future time, when I, the Tathāgata, am in parinirvāṇa and the buddhafield is empty‍—at the time when the lowest eon has arrived, and the world is without protection or refuge, and with nothing to resort to. This king of rites will then become the refuge, the succor, the place of rest, and the final resort. What is this rite? {28.1}


29.

Chapter 29

29.­1

At that time the blessed Śākyamuni again directed his gaze at the realm of the Pure Abode and spoke to Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, as follows: {29.1}

29.­2

“There is, Mañjuśrī, in this division of your ritual prescriptions, a seventh [set of] rites involving a painting that will be effective at the end of the [dark] eon and will without fail lead to accomplishment. This accomplishment will include the arising and maturing of happiness, the knowledge of the physical world, and the forestalling of all painful destinies, and it will certainly lead to awakening.” {29.2}


30.

Chapter 30

30.­1

At that time, the blessed Śākyamuni again directed his gaze at the realm of the Pure Abode and spoke to Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, as follows: {30.1} [F.231.a] [F.248.a]

30.­2

“There is, Mañjuśrī, in your mantra treatise, a list of places for accomplishing any vidyārāja mantra, starting with the mantra of Cakravartin‍—the foremost among all tathāgata-uṣṇīṣas.1804 In brief, everywhere in the northern regions, the mantras of tathāgata-1805vidyārājas will become accomplished. {30.2}


31.

Chapter 31

31.­1

At that time the blessed Śākyamuni again directed his gaze at the realm of the Pure Abode and said to Mañjuśrī, the divine youth:

“Listen Mañjuśrī, divine youth, as I teach about the ways of spirits who possess other beings, and the accompanying auspicious and inauspicious signs.” {31.1}

31.­2

Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, rose from his seat, prostrated at the feet of the Blessed One, folded his hands, and said to the Blessed One:


32.

Chapter 32

32.­1

At that time the blessed Śākyamuni again directed his gaze at the realm of the Pure Abode and spoke to Mañjuśrī, the divine youth: {32.1}

32.­2

“Your mantras, Mañjuśrī, hold the key to the complete understanding of all the tantras; they possess the secrets of all the vidyās,1877 and, in consequence, they can also cause the ripening of all the results of good qualities accumulated over a long period of time. I will now authoritatively teach the factors of accomplishment, which are as follows: {32.2}


33.

Chapter 33

33.­1

At that time the blessed Śākyamuni again directed his gaze at the realm of the Pure Abode and spoke to Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, as follows: {33.1}

33.­2

“Your king of manuals, Mañjuśrī, styled as a nirdeśa,1899 is a treasury of the sphere of phenomena, as it proceeds from the sphere of phenomena, which is the essence of the tathāgatas. This great sūtra, precious as a jewel, is divided into detailed sections. It is sanctioned [to teach] the greatest secrets of the tathāgatas and brings accomplishment of the supreme mantras. It contains auxiliary practices pertaining to the knowledge of signs and the rules for ascertaining the right time.1900 [It also explains] the voices of all the [different] beings, differentiating the sounds made by sentient and insentient entities. {33.2}


34.

Chapter 34

34.­1

At that time the blessed Śākyamuni again directed his gaze at the realm of the Pure Abode and spoke to the divine youth Mañjuśrī as follows: {34.1}

34.­2

“Listen, Mañjuśrī, to your most esoteric and secret teaching on your mudrās and mantras. No followers of your mantra path should ever disclose this teaching to people who have no trust and no faith in the doctrine of the Tathāgata; to people who do not have the authorizing samaya or do not maintain the continuity of the lineage of the Three Jewels; to people who are in bad company; to people who do not desire religious merit; to people who interact and mix with evil companions or are surrounded by bad friends; to people who distance themselves from the Buddha’s teaching; to people who have not been instructed by their master and so this manual would bring no results for them; to people, divine youth, who have not been initiated into your supreme and most secret maṇḍala; or to people who do not observe their samaya or who have no connection to the family of the Tathāgata. {34.2}


35.

Chapter 35

35.­1

At that time the blessed Śākyamuni again directed his gaze at the realm of the Pure Abode [F.245.a] [F.262.a] and entered the samādhi called that which animates the great receptacle of mudrās of the tathāgatas. As soon as he entered this samādhi, a great light issued from the tuft of hair between his eyebrows. This mass of light, surrounded by innumerable billions of light rays, illuminated many buddhafields, arousing all the buddhas [dwelling there], and entered back into Lord Śākyamuni’s tuft of hair. {35.1}


36.

Chapter 36

36.­1

At that time the blessed Śākyamuni again directed his gaze at the realm of the Pure Abode and spoke to Mañjuśrī, the divine youth:

“There is, Mañjuśrī, a most secret mudrā presentation that includes your root2238 mudrā and its assorted mudrās. [These mudrās] may be employed in all rites. In short, they bring every kind of good fortune and produce results; they supplement every mantra and accomplish the aim of every activity. {36.1}


37.

Chapter 37

37.­1

At that time the blessed Śākyamuni again directed his gaze at the realm of the Pure Abode and spoke to Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, as follows: {37.1}

37.­2

“There is, Mañjuśrī, in your root manual, another most secret mudrā. Its ritual procedure [represents] the entire mudrā system. [F.259.b] [F.276.b] It is recommended for all the mantras and can be employed with any of them. It accomplishes all rites and purifies the path to perfect awakening.2254 It destroys all the paths that lead to saṃsāric existence. It sustains all beings and grants long life, freedom from disease, and powerful sense faculties. It fulfills all wishes and gives rise to all the factors of awakening. It gives joy to all beings and produces the results they all wish and hope for. It fulfills all activities and makes all mantras efficacious. It comprises all the other mudrās and mantras. Listen, Mañjuśrī, divine youth! {37.2}


38.

Chapter 38

38.­1

At that time the blessed Śākyamuni again directed his gaze at the realm of the Pure Abode and spoke to Mañjuśrī, the divine youth:

“Listen, Mañjuśrī!

“Briefly, there are detailed [teachings on] the characteristics of the mudrās and the mantras, the procedures of the maṇḍalas and the association-based2456 distribution of mudrās therein, and the secret maṇḍala of all the mantra [deities] in all the tantras.2457 {38.1}

38.­2
“All of them were taught before
By every buddha of great majesty.
The exalted function of the mantras
Was explained for each of the families2458
By the former buddhas from the earliest time
To bring benefit to sentient beings. {38.2}

50.

Chapter 50

50.­1

2485At that time Blessed Vajrapāṇi, the general of the yakṣas who was in the assembly, got up from his seat, draped his upper robe over the left shoulder, placed his right knee on the ground, bowed2486 to the Blessed One with his palms pressed together, and made the following request: {50.1}

50.­2

“O Blessed One! You have not fully explained2487 the ritual of the lord of wrath called Yamāntaka that was taught by Mañjuśrī, the divine youth. Nor has Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, explained it. I request you, Blessed One, to teach this ritual, out of regard for human beings during the final age, so that, at the time when you are in the state of complete nirvāṇa, when the teachings have disappeared, during the dreadful time of the worst age when the buddhafield is completely devoid of śrāvakas and pratyeka­buddhas, the teachings of the tathāgatas may be preserved, the domain of the Dharma may remain for a long time, all wicked kings may be subdued, those who harm the Three Jewels may be suppressed, the inconceivable bodhisattva conduct may bring the virtues of beings who require guidance to completion, and innumerable sentient beings may be brought to complete maturity. {50.2}


51.

Chapter 51

51.­1

At that time Vajrapāṇi, the lord of guhyakas, looked at the entire great assembly and addressed all the hosts of beings seated [in the space] above the realm of the Pure Abode: {51.1}

51.­2

“Listen, honorable friends! For a start I will teach the painting procedure of Lord of Wrath Yamāntaka‍—one of infinite power and courage, the tamer of those difficult to tame, one who terminates the life of Vaivasvata,2540 a great bodhisattva devoted to restraining wicked beings‍—the procedure that was taught by Mañjuśrī.2541 {51.2}


52.

Chapter 52

52.­1

At that time the great being, Bodhisattva Śāntamati, who was sitting in the midst of that great gathering, got up from his seat, bowed to each of the buddhas, and stood in the middle of the assembly. Having circumambulated the blessed Śākyamuni three times clockwise, he bowed at his feet and, looking in the direction of Vajrapāṇi, the great general of the yakṣa army, said: {52.1}

52.­2

“You are exceedingly cruel,2605 Vajrapāṇi, in that you teach mantra methods that are harmful to all sentient beings, or serve to obtain sensual pleasures. It is not proper, O son of the victorious ones, for the bodhisattvas, the great beings, to act like this because bodhisattvas, great beings, are endowed with great compassion and practice bodhisattva conduct. Practicing benevolence for the sake of all beings, they do not cast off the fetters of existence.2606 {52.2}


53.

Chapter 53

53.­1

Blessed Śākyamuni, having now emerged from his samādhi,2758 continued to teach the Dharma to the assembly that resembled a great ocean. There, sitting in front of all the [assembled] beings and hosts of spirits, were uncountable thousands of bodhisattvas, headed by Vajrapāṇi; uncountable thousands of arhats, headed by Śāriputra; innumerable gods devoted to the four great kings, headed by Vaiśravaṇa; innumerable gods from the realm of the Thirty-Three, headed by Śakra; as well as innumerable gods from the realms of Suyāma, Tuṣita, Nirmāṇarati, Paranirmita, Vaśavartin, Brahmakāyika, Brahmapurohita, Mahābrahmā, Parīttābha, Apramāṇa, Ābhāsvara, and so forth, until Puṇyaprasava, Bṛhatphala, Avṛha, Atapas, and Akaniṣṭha. The Blessed One addressed them as follows: {53.1}


54.

Chapter 54

54.­1

Directing his gaze again at the realm of the Pure Abode, the blessed Śākyamuni said this to Mañjuśrī, the divine youth: {54.1}

54.­2

“Wherever, Mañjuśrī, this Dharma discourse is disseminated, you should know that I am present there myself, surrounded by the hosts of all the bodhisattvas, taking the place of honor among the congregation of śrāvakas, and attended upon by a retinue of all the gods, nāgas, yakṣas, garuḍas, gandharvas, kinnaras, mahoragas, siddhas, vidyādharas, and other nonhuman and human beings. The Tathāgata resides there for the sake of protecting, sheltering, and defending. {54.2}


c.

Colophon

c.­1

By order of the glorious ruler and renunciant king Jangchub O, this text was translated, edited, and finalized by the great Indian preceptor and spiritual teacher Kumārakalaśa and the translator Lotsawa and monk Śākya Lodrö.3397


ap.
Appendix

Sanskrit Text

app.

Introduction to the Sanskrit text of the Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa

app.­1

The Sanskrit text presented here is meant to accompany the English translation. It is based on five manuscripts as detailed in the list of abbreviations for this appendix. The default source for the text presented here was Śāstrī’s (Śāstrī 1920–25)3398 published transcript of manuscript T. Variant readings are reported only when they replace Śāstrī’s readings or when deemed relevant. The notes in the critical apparatus list the variants in the order of relevance, departing from the usual practice of listing them in the alphabetical order of the sigla. It is incomplete; it leaves out three blocks of chapters not included in the Tibetan canonical translation.

ap1.

Chapter A1

ap1.­1

{S1} {V1} {B1v} oṁ3399 namaḥ sarva­buddha­bodhi­sattvebhyaḥ ||


evaṃ mayā śrutam ekasmin samaye | bhaga­vāñ śuddhāvāsopari gagana­tala­pratiṣṭhite 'cintyāś­caryādbhuta­pravibhakta­bodhi­sattva­sannipāta­maṇḍala­māḍe3400 viharati sma | tatra bhaga­vāñ śuddhāvāsa­kāyikān deva­putrān āmantrayate sma || 1.1 ||

ap1.­2

śṛṇvantu bhavanto3401 deva­putrāḥ mañjuśriyaḥ3402 kumāra­bhūtasya bodhi­sattvasya mahā­sattvasyācintyādbhuta­prātihārya­caryā­samādhi­rddhi3403viśeṣa­vimokṣa­maṇḍala­bodhi­sattva­vikurvaṇaṃ sarva­sattvopajīvyam āyur ārogyaiśvaryam3404 | manoratha­paripūrakāṇi3405 mantra­padāni sarva­sattvānāṃ hitāya bhāṣiṣye | taṃ śṛṇu sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca manasi kuru | bhāṣiṣye 'haṃ te3406 || 1.2 ||

ap2.

Chapter A2

ap2.­1

atha khalu mañjuśrīḥ kumara­bhūtaḥ sarvāvantaṃ parṣanmaṇḍalam avalokya sarvasattvasamayānupraveśāvalokinīṃ nāma samādhiṃ samāpadyate sma | samanantarasamāpannasya ca mañjuśriyaḥ kumara­bhūtasya nābhimaṇḍalapradeśād raśmir niścaranti sma | {B25r} anekaraśmi­koṭī­niyuta­śatasahasra­parivāritā samantāt sarvasattvadhātum avabhāsya punar eva taṃ śuddhāvāsabhavanaṃ avabhāsya sthitābhūt || 2.1 ||

ap2.­2

atha khalu vajrapāṇir bodhisattvo mahā­sattvo mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma |

ap3.

Chapter A3

ap3.­1

atha tṛtīyaḥ parivartaḥ ||

atha khalu mañjuśrīḥ kumara­bhūtaḥ punar api taṃ śuddhāvāsabhavanam avalokya tān mahā­parṣanmaṇḍalasannipatitān sarvabuddhabodhisattvān praṇamya • ekākṣaraṃ paramaguhyaṃ sarvaviṣaghātasarvakarmikaṃ ca mantraṃ svamaṇḍalasādhanaupayikaṃ sarvakṣudrakarmeṣu copayojyaṃ bhāṣate sma | katamaṃ ca tat || 3.1 ||

ap3.­2

namaḥ samanta­buddhānām | tadyathā jaḥ | eṣa sa mārṣāḥ sārvabhūtagaṇāś ca asyaiva mantram ekākṣarasya dvitīyaṃ maṇḍalavidhānaṃ saṃkṣepato yojyam || 3.2 ||

ap4.

Chapter A4

ap4.­1

namo buddhāya sarvabuddhabodhisattvebhyaḥ ||

atha khalu mañjuśrīḥ sarvāvantaṃ śuddhāvāsabhavanam avalokya punar api tan mahā­parṣanmaṇḍalasannipātam avalokya śākyamuneś caraṇayor nipatya prahasitavadano bhūtvā bhagavantam etad avocat || 4.1 ||

ap4.­2

tat sādhu bhagavān sarvasattvānāṃ hitāya mantra­caryā­sādhana­vidhānanirhāraniṣyanda­dharma­megha­pravarṣaṇa­yathepsita­phalaniṣpādana­paṭala­visarāt4349 paṭavidhānam anuttarapuṇyaprasavaḥ samyaksambodhibīja4350•abhinirvartakaṃ sarvajñajñānāśeṣa•abhinirvartakam || 4.2 ||

ap5.

Chapter A5

ap5.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ sarvaṃ tatparṣanmaṇḍalam avalokya mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate4427 sma |

asti mañjuśrīr aparam api tvadīyaṃ madhyamaṃ paṭavidhānam | tad bhāṣiṣye 'ham | śṛṇu sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca manasi kuru || 5.1 ||

ap5.­2

ādau tāvat pūrvanirdiṣṭenaiva sūtrakeṇa pūrvoktenaiva vidhinā pūrvaparikalpitaiḥ śilpibhiḥ pūrvapramāṇaiva madhyamapaṭaḥ suśobhanena śuklena suvratena sadaśena • aśleṣakai raṅgair apagatakeśasaṃkārādibhir yathaiva prathamaṃ tathaiva tat kuryād varjayitvā tu pramāṇarūpakāt tat paṭaṃ paścād abhilikhāpayitavyam || 5.2 ||

ap6.

Chapter A6

ap6.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ punar api mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma | asti mañjuśrīr aparam api paṭavidhānarahasyaṃ tṛtīyaṃ kanyasaṃ nāma yaḥ sarvasattvānām ayatnenaiva siddhiṃ gaccheyuḥ || 6.1 ||

ap6.­2

pūrvanirdiṣṭenaiva vidhinā śilpibhiḥ sugatavitastipramāṇaṃ tiryak tathaiva samaṃ caturasraṃ pūrvavat paṭaś citrāpayitavyaḥ pūrvanirdiṣṭai raṅgaiḥ || 6.2 ||

ap6.­3

ādau tāvad ārya­mañjuśrīḥ siṃhāsanopaniṣaṇṇo bāladārakarūpī pūrvavad dharmaṃ deśayamānaḥ samanta­prabhā•arciṣo nirgacchamānaś cārurūpī citrāpayitavyaḥ | vāmapārśve ārya­samanta­bhadro ratnopalasthitaś camaravyagrahastaś cintāmaṇivāmavinyastakaraḥ priyaṅguśyāmavarṇaḥ pūrvavac citrāpayitavyaḥ | dakṣiṇapārśve • ārya­mañjuśriyasya ratnopalasthita āryāvalokiteśvaraḥ | pūrvavac camaravyagrahasto vāmahastāravindavinyastaḥ samanta­dyotitamūrtir abhilekhyaḥ || 6.3 ||

ap7.

Chapter A7

ap7.­1

atha khalu mañjuśrīḥ kumara­bhūta utthāyāsanād bhagavantaṃ śākya­muniṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavataś caraṇayor nipatya bhagavantam evam āha ||

sādhu sādhu bhagavatā yas tathāgatenārhatā samyaksambuddhena subhāṣito 'yaṃ dharma­paryāyaḥ sarvavidyāvratacāriṇām arthāya hitāya sukhāya lokānukampāyai | bodhisattvānām upāyakauśalyatā darśitā nirvāṇoparigāminī vartmopaviśeṣā niyataṃ bodhiparāyaṇā saṃtatir bodhisattvānāṃ sarvamantrārthacaryā sādhanīyam | etanmantrarahasyasarvajanavistāraṇakarī bhaviṣyati || 7.1 ||

ap8.

Chapter A8

ap8.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­munir mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma |

ye te mañjuśrīs tvayā nirdiṣṭā sattvā teṣām arthāya • idaṃ paṭavidhānaṃ visaram ākhyātam | te svalpenaivopāyena sādhayiṣyante | teṣām arthāya sādhanopayikaṃ4498 guṇa­vistāra­prabhedavibhāgaśaḥ karma­vibhāgaṃ samanubhāṣiṣyāmi | taṃ śṛṇu sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca manasi kuru | bhāṣiṣye sarva­sattvānām arthāya || 8.1 ||

ap8.­2

atha khalu mañjuśrīḥ kumara­bhūto bhaga­vantam etad avocat |

ap9.

Chapter A9

ap9.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ sarvāvatīparṣanmaṇḍalopaniṣaṇṇān deva­saṅghān āmantrayate sma |

śṛṇvantu bhavanto mārṣā mañjuśriyasya kumara­bhūtasya caryāmaṇḍalamantrasādhanopāyikaṃ4509 rakṣārthaṃ sādhakasya paramaguhyatamaṃ paramaguhyahṛdayaṃ sarvatathāgatabhāṣitaṃ mahā­vidyārājaṃ yena japtena sarvamantrā japtā bhavanti || 9.1 ||

ap9.­2

anatikramaṇīyo 'yaṃ bho deva­saṅghā ayaṃ vidyārājā | mañjuśriyo 'pi kumara­bhūto 'nena vidyārājñā • ākṛṣṭo vaśam ānīto sammatībhūtaḥ | kaḥ punarvādaḥ | tadanye bodhisattvā laukikalokottarāś ca mantrāḥ | sarvavighnāṃś ca nāśayaty eṣa mahā­vīryaḥ prabhāva ekavīrya eka • eva sarvamantrāṇām agram ākhyāyate | eka • eva • ekākṣarāṇām akṣaram ākhyāyate | katamaṃ ca tat || 9.2 ||

ap10.

Chapter A10

ap10.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ punar api karmasādhanottamaṃ bhāṣate sma |

iha kalparāje anyatamaṃ mantraṃ gṛhītvā gaṅgāmahā­nadīm avatīrya nauyānasaṃsthitaḥ gaṅgāyā madhye kṣīrodanāhāras triṃśallakṣāṇi japet yatheṣṭadivasaiḥ | tato japānte sarvān nāgān paśyati | tataḥ sādhanam ārabhet4521 | tatraiva naumadhye agnikuṇḍaṃ kārayet padmākāram | tato nāgakesarapuṣpaiḥ paṭasya mahatīṃ pūjāṃ kṛtvā jyeṣṭhaṃ paṭaṃ paścānmukhaṃ pratiṣṭhāpya ātmanaś ca pūrvābhimukhaṃ kuśaviṇḍakopaviṣṭo nāgakesarapuṣpam ekaikaṃ saptābhimantritaṃ kṛtvā khadirakāṣṭhendhanāgniprajvālite juhuyād yāvat triṃśasahasrāṇi śvetacandanakuṅkumapūtānāṃ nāgakesarapuṣpānāṃ4522 nānyeṣām | nāgānāṃ darśanam avekṣyam | siddhadravyaiś ca pralobhayanti | na grahītavyāni || 10.1 ||

ap11.

Chapter A11

ap11.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ punar api śuddhāvāsabhavanam avalokya mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma |

asti mañjuśrīs tvadīyaṃ madhyamaṃ paṭavidhānaṃ madhyamakarmopayikasādhanavidhiḥ | samāsatas tāṃ bhāṣiṣye | taṃ śṛṇu sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca manasi kuru | bhāṣiṣye || 11.1 ||

ap11.­2

atha khalu mañjuśrīḥ kumara­bhūto bhagavantam evam āhuḥ |

tad vadatu bhagavān lokānukampakaḥ śāstā sarvasattvahite rato yasyedānīṃ kālaṃ manyase | asmākam anukampārtham anāgatānāṃ ca janatām avekṣya || 11.2 ||

ap12.

Chapter A12

ap12.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ punar api sarvāvantaṃ śuddhāvāsabhavanam avalokya mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma ||

śṛṇu tvaṃ mañjuśrīs tvadīyaṃ vidyāmantrānusāriṇāṃ sakalasattvārthasamprayuktānāṃ sattvānāṃ yena jāpyante mantrā yena vā jāpyante • akṣasūtravidhiṃ sarvatantreṣu sāmānyasādhanopayikasarvamantrāṇām | taṃ śṛṇu sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca manasi kuru | bhāṣiṣye || 12.1 ||

ap12.­2

evam ukte mañjuśrīḥ kumara­bhūto bhagavantam etad avocat |

ap13.

Chapter A13

ap13.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ punar api4723 śuddhāvāsabhavanam avalokya mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma | asti mañjuśrīḥ tvadīya4724mantra­paṭala­samasta­vinyasta­viśeṣavidhinā homakarmaṇi prayuktasya vidyāsādhakasya • agnyupacaryā4725viśeṣavidhānato yatra pratiṣṭhitā sarvavidyācaryāniyuktāḥ sattvāḥ prayujyante | katamaṃ ca tat | rahasyavidyāmantrapadāni | tadyathā ||4726 13.1 ||

ap13.­2

{A27v3}4727 oṁ uttiṣṭha4728 haripiṅgala lohitākṣa dehi dadāpaya hūṃ phaṭ phaṭ sarvavighnān vināśaya svāhā ||

ap14.

Chapter A14

ap14.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ punar api śuddhāvāsabhavanam avalokya mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma |

asti mañjuśrīs tvadīyavidyā­rahasya­sādhanopayika­sarva­mantrāṇāṃ samanujñas tathāgatadharmakośavisṛta dharmameghānupraviṣṭa gagana­svabhāva sarva­mantrāṇāṃ laukika­lokottarāṇāṃ prabhur jyeṣṭhatamo yathā kumāraḥ sarvasattvānām | tathāgato 'tra •ākhyāyate jyeṣṭhatamaḥ śreṣṭhaḥ | devamanuṣyāṇāṃ puruṣaṛṣabho buddho bhagavān evaṃ hi kumāra sarvamantrāṇām ayaṃ vidyārājā • agram ākhyāyate śreṣṭhatamaḥ | pūrvanirdiṣṭaṃ tathāgatair anabhilāpyair gaṅgānadīsikatapuṇyair buddhair bhagavadbhī ratnaketos tathāgatasya paramahṛdayaṃ paramaguhyaṃ sarva­maṅgalasammata­sarva­buddha­saṃstuta­praśastaṃ sarvabuddha sattvasamāśvāsakaṃ sarvapāpapraṇāśakaṃ sarvakāmadaṃ sarvāśāparipūrakam | katamaṃ ca tat || 14.1 ||

ap15.

Chapter A15

ap15.­1

atha khalu vajrapāṇir bodhisattvo mahā­sattvas tatraiva parṣanmadhye saṃnipatito 'bhūt | saṃniṣaṇṇaḥ sa utthāyāsanād bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavataś caraṇayor nipatya bhagavantam etad avocat || 15.1 ||

ap15.­2

sādhu sādhu bhagavan | sudeśitaṃ suprakāśitaṃ paramasubhāṣitaṃ vidyāmantraprayogamahā­dharmameghavinisṛtaṃ sarvatathāgatahṛdayaṃ mahā­vidyārājacakravartinamahā­kalpavistarasarvārtha4832pāripūrakaṃ saphalaṃ sampādakabodhimārganiruttaraṃ kriyābheda­saṃdhya­japa­homa­vidya­caryānuvartināṃ mārgaṃ dṛṣṭa­phala­karma­pratyayajanitahetunimitta­mahādbhuta­daśa­balākramaṇa­kuśala­bodhi­maṇḍa-m-ākramaṇaniyataparāyaṇam | tat sādhu bhagavān vadatu śāstā mantrasādhanānukūlāni svapnasaṃdarśanakālanimittam yena vidyāsādhakānuvartinaḥ sattvāḥ siddhinimittaṃ karma • ārabheyuḥ saphalāś ca sarvavidyāḥ karmanimittāni bhavanti-r-iti || 15.2 ||

ap16.

Chapter A16

ap16.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ punar api śuddhāvāsabhavanam avalokya4907 mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma |

śṛṇu mañjuśrīḥ | tvadīye sarvārthakriyākarmapaṭalavisaraṃ pūrvanirdiṣṭaṃ parṣanmaṇḍalamadhye savistaraṃ vakṣye 'ham | pṛṣṭo 'yaṃ yakṣarājena vajrahastena dhīmatā || 16.1 ||

ap16.­2
sarvamantrārthayuktānāṃ svapnānāṃ ca śubhāśubham |
ata prasaṅgena sarvedaṃ kathitaṃ mantrajāpinām || 16.2 ||
ap16.­3
yakṣarāṭ tuṣṭamanaso mūrdhni kṛtvā tu • añjalim |
praṇamya śirasā śāstur abhyuvāca girāṃ tadā4908 || 16.3 ||
ap17.

Chapter A17

ap17.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ sarvatathāgatavikurvitaṃ nāma samādhiṃ samāpadyate sma | samanantarasamāpannasya bhagavataḥ śākyamuner ūrṇākośād raśmayo niścarati sma | nīlapītāvadātamāñjiṣṭhasphaṭikavarṇaḥ | sarvaṃ cedaṃ budhakṣetram avabhāsya sarvalokadhātvantarāṇi cālokayitvā sarvagrahanakṣatrāṃś ca muhūrtamātreṇa jihmīkṛtyākṛṣṭavān4928 | ākṛṣṭā ca svakasvakā sthānāni saṃniyojya tat parṣanmaṇḍalaṃ buddhādhiṣṭhānenākṛṣya ca tatraiva bhagavataḥ śākyamuner ūrṇākośāntardhīyate sma | sarvaṃ ca grahanakṣatratārakāḥ • jyotiṣo-r-uparudhyamānā ārtā bhītā bhagavantaṃ śākya­muniṃ prajagmuḥ | kṛtāñjalayaś ca tasthure prakampayamānā muhur muhuś ca dharaṇitale prapatanamānāḥ || 17.1 ||

ap24.

Chapter A24

ap24.­1

4945atha bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ sarvanakṣatragrahatārakajyotiṣāṃ sarvaloka­dhātuparyāpannānāṃ sarvadigvyavasthitān sarvamaharddhikotkṛṣṭatarāṅ grahān4946 āmantrayate sma || 24.1 ||

ap24.­2

śṛṇvantu bhavanto mārṣāḥ sarva­graha­nakṣatra­prabhāva­svavākyaṃ4947 | prabhāvaṃ nirdeśayituṃ4948 bhavantaḥ | sarvamantrakriyārthāṃ sādhayantu4949 bhavantaḥ | samaye ca tiṣṭhantu bhavantaḥ4950 | iha kalparāje mañjughoṣasya śāsane siddhiṃ parataś cānyāṃ kalparājāṃsi • autsukyamānā bhavantu bhavanta iti || 24.2 ||

ap25.

Chapter A25

ap25.­1

atha bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ punar api grahanakṣatratārakajyotiṣagaṇān āmantrayate sma || 25.1 ||

ap25.­2

+ + + + śṛṇvantu bhavantaḥ sarve | anatikramaṇīyo 'yaṃ kalparājā mañjuśriyaḥ kumara­bhūtasya mantratantrābhiṣekamaṇḍalavidhānaṃ | na ca5305 japahomaniyamavidyāsādhanapravṛttānām asmiṃ kalpavare vidyādharāṇāṃ tithinakṣatracaritagaṇitām abhijñānāṃ nakṣatrabhavadbhiḥ vighnaṃ kartavyam | pravṛttānāṃ śāsane 'smin sarvaiś ca devasaṅghais tatra rakṣā kāryā | sarve ca duṣṭasattvāni niṣeddhavyāni roddhavyāni śāsayitavyāni | sarve sarvaṃ na ghātayitavyāni | vyavasthāsu ca sthāpayitavyāni śāsane 'smin daśabalānām || 25.2 ||

ap26.

Chapter A26

ap26.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ punar api śuddhāvāsabhavanam avalokya mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma | śṛṇu mañjuśrīr ekākṣaracakravartinasya mahānubhāvasya saṃkṣepeṇa paṭavidhānaṃ bhavati | vistaraśaḥ pūrvam udīritam adhunā saṃkṣepeṇa || 26.1 ||

ap26.­2

yugādhame sattvā alpavīryā bhavanti • alpaprajñā mandacetasaḥ | na śakyante vistaraśaḥ paṭapramāṇaprayogaṃ sādhayitum || 26.2 ||

ap26.­3
saṃkṣepeṇa vakṣye 'haṃ sattvānāṃ hitakāmyayā |
uttamārthaṃ tu yathā siddhiṃ5321 prāpnuvanti sa jāpinaḥ || 26.3 ||
ap27.

Chapter A27

ap27.­1

atha bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ punar api śuddhāvāsabhavanam avalokya tatrasthāṃś ca devasaṅghān sarvāṃś ca buddhabodhisattvā pratyeka­buddhāryaśrāvakān punar api mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma || 27.1 ||

ap27.­2

nirdiṣṭo 'yaṃ mañjuśrīḥ sarvatathāgatānāṃ sarvasvabhūtaṃ dharmakośaṃ cintāmaṇipratiprakhyaṃ lokānām āśayasaphalīkaraṇārthaṃ tasmin kāle yugādhame śūnye buddhakṣetre parinirvṛtānāṃ tathāgatānāṃ saddharmanetrī•antardhānakālasamaye tasmin kāle tasmin samaye sarvatathāgatānāṃ mantrakośasaṃrakṣanārthaṃ tvadīyakumāramantratantrāṇāṃ kalparāje 'smin nidhānabhūto bhaviṣyati japyamāno vidhinā sārabhūto 'yaṃ mañjuśrīḥ | sarvatathāgatamantratantrāṇāṃ tvadīye ca kumārakalparāje 'grabhūto bhaviṣyaty ayam ekākṣaracakravartī | anena japyamānena sarve tāthāgatā vidyārājānaḥ japtā bhavanti || 27.2 ||

ap28.

Chapter A28

ap28.­1

atha bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ punar api śuddhāvāsabhavanam avalokya mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma |

asti mañjuśrīr aparam api tvadīyapaṭavidhānaṃ sādhanaupayikaṃ sarvakarmārthasādhakam | etenaiva tu • ekākṣareṇa hṛdayamantreṇa ṣaḍakṣareṇa5366 vā makarāntena tvadīyena mūlamantreṇa vā ṣaḍakṣarahṛdayena • oṁkārādyena • ekākṣareṇa vā paṭasyāgrataḥ • asyaiva kalpaṃ bhavati | paścime kāle paścime samaye mayi tathāgate parinirvṛte śūnye buddhakṣetre yugādhame prāpte • atrāṇe loke • aśaraṇe • aparāyaṇe idam eva kalparājā trāṇabhūtaṃ bhaviṣyati | śaraṇabhūtaṃ layanabhūtaṃ parāyaṇabhūtam | katamaṃ ca tat || 28.1 ||

ap29.

Chapter A29

ap29.­1

atha bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ punar api śuddhāvāsabhavanam avalokya mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma || 29.1 ||

ap29.­2

asti mañjuśrīs tvadīye kalpavidhānaparivarte saptamaṃ5397 paṭakarmavidhānaṃ yo5398 tasmin kāle tasmin samaye yugānte sādhayiṣyati5399 • amoghā tasya siddhir bhaviṣyati | saphalā sukhodayā sukhavipākā5400 dṛṣṭadharmavedanīyā sarvadurgatinivāraṇīyā5401 niyataṃ tasya bodhiparāyaṇīyā5402 siddhir bhaviṣyati || 29.2 ||

ap30.

Chapter A30

ap30.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ punar api śuddhāvāsabhavanam avalokya mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma || 30.1 ||

ap30.­2

asti mañjuśrīs tvadīyamantratantre vidyārājñāṃ cakravartiprabhṛtīnāṃ sarvatathāgatoṣṇīṣapramukhānāṃ sarvamantrāṇāṃ siddhisthānāni bhavanti | tatrottarāpathe sarvatra tāthāgatīvidyārājñaḥ siddhiṃ gacchanti saṃkṣepataḥ || 30.2 ||

ap30.­3
cīne caiva mahācīne mañjughoṣaḥ sedhiṣyate5436 |
ye ca tasya mantrā vai siddhiṃ yāsyanti tatra vai || 30.3 ||
ap31.

Chapter A31

ap31.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ punar api śuddhāvāsabhavanam avalokya mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma |

śṛṇu mañjuśrīḥ kumāra pūrvanirdiṣṭaṃ padaṃ sattvāviṣṭānāṃ caritaṃ śubhāśubhaṃ nimittaṃ ca vakṣye || 31.1 ||

ap31.­2

atha khalu mañjuśrīḥ kumara­bhūtaḥ • utthāyāsanād bhagavataś caraṇayor nipatya murdhnim añjaliṃ kṛtvā bhagavantam etad avocat ||

tat sādhu bhagavān vadatu sattvānāṃ parasattvadehasaṅkrāntānām ārya­divya †eti† siddha­gandharva­yakṣa­rākṣasa­piśāca­mahoraga­prabhṛtīnāṃ vicitrakarmakṛtaśarīrāṇāṃ vicitragatiniśritānāṃ vividhākārānekacihnānāṃ manuṣyāmanuṣyabhūtānāṃ cittacaritāni | samayo bhagavān samayaḥ sugataḥ | yasyedānīṃ5450 kālaṃ manyase || 31.2 ||

ap32.

Chapter A32

ap32.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ punar api śuddhāvāsabhavanam avalokya mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma || 32.1 ||

ap32.­2

asti mañjuśrīs tvadīyamantrāṇāṃ sarvatantreṣu samanupraveśaṃ5477 sarvavidyārahasyam anekakālaguṇasakalaphalodayam apy anubandhanimittam | pramāṇato vakṣye siddhikāraṇāni | tadyathā || 32.2 ||

ap32.­3
janmāntaritā siddhir na siddhiḥ kālahetutaḥ |
tatpramāṇaprayogas tu pūrvasambaddham udbhavā || 32.3 ||
ap32.­4
ahitāvahito siddhir bhaved yuktivicāraṇam |
tvatkumārāśrayayuktir dṛśyate sarvadehinām || 32.4 ||
ap33.

Chapter A33

ap33.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ sarvāvantaṃ śuddhāvāsabhavanam avalokya mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma || 33.1 ||

ap33.­2

tvadīye mañjuśrī kalparāje nirdeśa5487samākhyāte dharma­dhātu­kośa­tathāgata­garbha­dharma­dhātu­niṣpandānucarite mahāsūtravararatnapaṭalavisare tathāgataguhyavara-m-anujñāte mantravara5488sādhyamāne nimitta­jñāna­cihnakāla­pramāṇāntarita­sādhanaupayikāni sarvabhūtarutavitāni • asattvasattvasaṃjñānirghoṣāni bhavanti || 33.2 ||

ap34.

Chapter A34

ap34.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ punar api taṃ śuddhāvāsabhavanam avalokya mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma || 34.1 ||

ap34.­2

śṛṇu mañjuśrīḥ tvadīyamudrāmantraṃ5527 sarahasyaṃ paramaguhyatamam | aprakāśya-m-aśrāddhasattvatathāgataśāsane 'nabhiprasannam asamayānujñātatri­ratnavaṃśānucchedanakare • akalyāṇamitraparigṛhīte puṇyākāme5528 duṣṭajanasamparkavyatimiśrite pāpamitraparigṛhīte dūrībhūte buddhadharmāṇāṃ niṣphalībhūte kalpe 'smin nācāryānupadeśe • anabhiṣikte5529 tava kumāra paramaguhyatame maṇḍale • adṛṣṭasamaye tathāgatakule • asamante jane • aprakāśya sarvabhūtānāṃ tvanmantrānuvartināṃ || 34.2 ||

ap35.

Chapter A35

ap35.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ punar api śuddhāvāsabhavanam avalokya tathāgatamahāmudrākośasañcodanī nāma samādhiṃ samāpadyate sma | samanantarasamāpannasya bhagavataḥ śākyamune • ūrṇākośān mahāraśmir niścacāra | anekaraśmi­koṭī­nayuta­śata­sahasra­saṅkhyeya­parivārāḥ sā raśmijālā anekān buddhakṣetrān avabhāsayitvā sarvabuddhān sañcodya punar api bhagavataḥ śākyamuner ūrṇākośe 'ntarhitā || 35.1 ||

ap35.­2

samanantarasañcoditāś ca sarve buddhā bhagavanto gaganasvabhāvāṃ samādhiṃ samāpadya śuddhāvāsopari gaganatale pratyaṣṭhāt | atha bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ sarvabuddhān abhyarcya mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma |

ap36.

Chapter A36

ap36.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ punar api śuddhāvāsabhavanam avalokya mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma |

asti mañjuśrīḥ paramaguhyatamaṃ tvadīyaṃ mūlamudrāsameta saparivāraṃ mudrālakṣaṇaṃ sarvakarmeṣu copayojyaṃ sarvasampattidāyakaṃ saphalaṃ sarvamantrānuvartanaṃ sarvakarmārthasādhakaṃ saṃkṣepataḥ | śṛṇu mañjuśrīḥ || 36.1 ||

ap36.­2

ādau tāvat prasṛtāñjalis tarjanyānāmikāmadhyaparvatānupraviṣṭā pṛthak pṛthak | sā eṣā mañjuśrīs tvadīyā mūlamudrā vikhyātā sarvakarmikā bhavati || 36.2 ||

ap37.

Chapter A37

ap37.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ punar api śuddhāvāsabhavanam avalokya mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma || 37.1 ||

ap37.­2

asti mañjuśrīs tvadīye mūlakalpe • aparam api mudrā paramaguhyatamam | sarveṣāṃ mudrātantravidhānaṃ sarvamantrāṇāṃ sammataṃ sarvamantraiś ca saha saṃyojyaṃ5619 sarvakarmaprasādhakaṃ samyaksambodhimārgaviśodhakaṃ sarvabhavamārgavināśakaṃ sarvasattvopajīvyam āyurārogyaiśvaryasarvāśāpāripūrakaṃ sarvabodhipakṣadharmaparipūrakaṃ sarvasattvasantoṣaṇakaraṃ sarva­sattva­manāśābhirucita­saphalābhikaraṇaṃ sarvakarmakaraṃ sarvamantrānuprasādhakaṃ sarvamudrāmantrasametam | śṛṇu kumāra mañjuśrīḥ || 37.2 ||

ap38.

Chapter A38

ap38.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­muniḥ punar api śuddhāvāsabhavanam avalokya mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma | śṛṇu mañjuśrīḥ |

saṃkṣepato mudrāṇāṃ lakṣaṇaṃ mantrāṇāṃ ca savistaram | saṃkṣepataś ca maṇḍalānāṃ vidhiḥ samayānuvartanaṃ5670 mudrāsthānaṃ ca teṣu vai | sarahasyaṃ sarvamantrāṇāṃ sarvatantreṣu5671 maṇḍalam || 38.1 ||

ap38.­2
etat sarvaṃ purā proktaṃ sarvabuddhair maharddhikaiḥ |
mantrāṇāṃ gatimāhātmyaṃ kathitaṃ sarvakuleṣv api |
ādimadbhiḥ purābuddhaiḥ sattvānāṃ hitakāraṇāt || 38.2 ||
ap50.

Chapter A50

ap50.­1

5679atha khalu bhagavān vajrapāṇir yakṣasenāpatis tasyāṃ parṣadi sannipatito 'bhūt | sanniṣaṇṇaḥ • utthāyāsanād ekāṃśam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya sa yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantam etad avocat || 50.1 ||

ap50.­2

yo hi bhagavan mañjuśriyā kumara­bhūtena krodharājā yamāntako nāma bhāṣitaḥ tasya kalpaṃ vistaraśo bhagavatā na prakāśitam | nāpi mañjuśriyā kumara­bhūtena | ahaṃ bhagavan paścimatā janatām avekṣya bhagavatā parinirvṛte śāsanāntardhānakālasamaye vartamāne mahābhairavakāle yugādhame sarvaśrāvakapratyeka­buddhavinirmukte buddhakṣetre tathāgataśāsanasaṃrakṣaṇārthaṃ dharmadhātucirasthityarthaṃ sarvaduṣṭarājñāṃ nivāraṇārthaṃ ratnatrayāpakāriṇāṃ nigrahārthaṃ vaineyasattvakauśalācintyabodhi­sattvacaryāparipūraṇārtham acintyasattvapāka-m-abhinirharaṇārthaṃ ca || 50.2 ||

ap51.

Chapter A51

ap51.­1

atha khalu vajrapāṇir guhyakādhipatiḥ sarvāvantaṃ mahāparṣanmaṇḍalam avalokya sarvāṃs tān śuddhāvāsopariniṣaṇṇān bhūtasaṅghān āmantrayate sma || 51.1 ||

ap51.­2

śṛṇvantu bhavanto mārṣā yamāntakasya krodharājasyāparimitabalaparākramasya durdāntadamakasya vaivasvatajīvitāntakarasya duṣṭasattvanigrahatatparasya mahābodhi­sattvasya mañjuśriyabhāṣitasya • ādau5691 tāvat paṭavidhānaṃ bhavati || 51.2 ||

ap51.­3
na tithir na ca nakṣatraṃ nopavāso vidhīyate |
arīṇāṃ bhaya5692 utpanne paṭam etaṃ likhāpayet || 51.3 ||
ap52.

Chapter A52

ap52.­1

atha khalu śāntamatir bodhisattvo mahā­sattvas tasminn eva parṣatsannipāte sannipatitaḥ sanniṣaṇṇo 'bhūt | utthāyāsanāt sarvabuddhaṃ praṇamya parṣanmaṇḍalamadhye sthitvā bhagavantaṃ śākya­muniṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya caraṇayor nipatya sa yena vajrapāṇir mahāyakṣasenāpatis tena vyavalokya vācam udīrayati sma || 52.1 ||

ap52.­2

atikrūras tvaṃ vajrapāṇe5790 yas tvaṃ sarvasattvānāṃ sattvopaghātikaṃ kāmopasaṃhitaṃ ca mantratantrāṃ bhāṣayase | na khalu bho jinaputra bodhisattvānāṃ mahā­sattvānām eṣa dharmaḥ | mahākaruṇāprabhāvitā hi mahābodhisattvā bodhi­sattvacārikāṃ carante | sarvasattvānām arthāya hitādhyāśayena pratipannā bhavabandhanān na mucyante || 52.2 ||

ap53.

Chapter A53

ap53.­1

atha khalu bhaga­vāñ śākya­munis tasmāt samādher vyutthāya mahāsāgaropamāyāṃ parṣanmaṇḍalaṃ dharmaṃ deśayamānaḥ sarvasattvānāṃ sarvabhūtagaṇānām agrataḥ sanniṣaṇṇās tatra vajrapāṇipramukhānām anekabodhisattvā6072sṅkhyeyasahasrāṃ śāriputrapramukhām anekāsaṅkheyārhatsahasrāṃ vaiśravaṇapramukhām asaṅkhyeyārcacāturmahārājikadeva­putrāṃ śakrapramukhāṃ trāyastriṃśām asaṅkhyeyadeva­putrāṃ suyāmasantuṣita­nirmāṇarati­paranirmita­vaśavarti­brahmakāyika­brahmapurohita­mahābrahma­parīttābhāpramāṇābhāsvarair yāvat puṇyaprasavā bṛhatphalāvṛhā6073tapākaniṣṭhā devān āmantrayate sma || 53.1 ||

ap54.

Chapter A54

ap54.­1

atha bhagavān śākya­muniḥ punar api śuddhāvāsabhavanam avalokya mañjuśriyaṃ kumara­bhūtam āmantrayate sma || 54.1 ||

ap54.­2

ayaṃ mañjuśrīḥ • dharma­paryāyaḥ • asmin sthāne pracariṣyati tatrāhaṃ6782 svayam evaṃ veditavyaḥ | sarvabodhi­sattvagaṇaparivṛtaḥ śrāvakasaṅghapuraskṛtaḥ sarvadeva­nāgayakṣagaruḍagandharvakinnaramahoragasiddhavidyādhara6783mānuṣāmānuṣaiḥ parivṛto vihare 'haṃ veditavyaḥ | tathāgato 'tra rakṣāvaraṇaguptaye tiṣṭhatīti || 54.2 ||

ap54.­3

daśānuśaṃsā mañjuśrīḥ kumāra veditavyāḥ6784 • yatra sthāne6785 'yaṃ dharmakośas tathāgatānāṃ pustakagato vā lekhayiṣyati6786 vācayiṣyati dhārayiṣyati satkṛtya manasikṛtya vividhaiś cāmaracūrṇa6787cchatradhvaja­patākāghaṇṭābhir vādyamālyavilepanair dhūpagandhaiś ca sugandhibhiḥ pūjayiṣyati mānayiṣyati satkariṣyaty ekāgramanaso vā cittaṃ dhatse | katame daśa || 54.3 ||


ab.

Abbreviations

Abbreviations Used in the Introduction and Translation

C Choné Kangyur
D Degé Kangyur
H Lhasa Kangyur
J Lithang Kangyur
K Kangxi Kangyur
L Shelkar Kangyur
MMK Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa
N Narthang Kangyur
Skt. Sanskrit text of the Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa as it is represented in the appendix
TMK Tārāmūlakalpa
Tib. Tibetan text of the Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa as witnessed in the Pedurma Kangyur
Y Yongle Kangyur

Abbreviations Used in the Appendix‍—Sources for the Sanskrit text of the Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa (MMK)

Published editions
M Martin Delhey 2008
S Śāstrī 1920–25
V Vaidya 1964
Y Jayaswal 1934 (the section containing chapter 53 from Śāstrī’s edition of the MMK corrected by Rāhula Saṅkṛtyāyana)
Manuscripts
A NAK (National Archives, Kathmandu) accession no. 5/814
B NAK accession no. 3/303
MSS all manuscripts (as used for any given section of text)
R NAK accession no. 3/645
T manuscript accession no. C-2388 (Thiruvanantha­puram)
Tibetan sources
C Choné (co ne) Kangyur
D Degé (sde dge) Kangyur
H Lhasa (lha sa/zhol) Kangyur
J Lithang (li thang) Kangyur
K Kangxi (khang shi) Kangyur
N Narthang (snar thang) Kangyur
TMK Tibetan translation of the Tārāmūlakalpa (Toh 724)
Tib. Tibetan translation (supported by all recensions in the Pedurma Kangyur)
U Urga (phyi sog khu re) Kangyur
Y Yongle (g.yung lo) Kangyur
Critical apparatus
* text illegible (in a manuscript)
+ text reported as illegible in S, or in Delhey’s transcript of manuscript A
? text illegible (in a printed edition)
[] (square brackets) text hard to decipher (in a manuscript)
] right square bracket marks the lemma quoted from the root text
a.c. ante correctionem
conj. conjectured
em. emended
lac. lacunae in the text (physical damage to the manuscript)
m.c. metri causa
om. omitted
p.c. post correctionem
r recto
v verso
† (dagger) text unintelligible
• (middle dot) lack of sandhi or partial sandhi

n.

Notes

n.­1
Not to be confused with the division of the Buddhist canon of the same name.
n.­2
Cf. Wallis 2002, pp. 9–10. The canonical Chinese translation, done in at least two stages, dates to the 11th century (ib., p. 10).
n.­3
Jean Przyluski (Przyluski 1923, p. 301) wrote, “C’est une sorte d’encyclopédie qui traite, sous forme de sermons, des sujets les plus variés: iconographie, rituel, astrologie, etc…”
n.­4
In the MMK as a whole, there are more than 1,600 proper names, excluding place names.
n.­5
The accumulations are mentioned, e.g., in the passage: “There is, in the extensive manual of rites of Bodhisattva Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, an ocean-like chapter on useful practices whereby beings who have undertaken the complete practice of the mantra system [can perfect] the accumulations [required for the attainment of] awakening” (asti mañjuśriyaḥ kumārabhūtasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya kalpavisare samudrā­paṭala­sādhanopayikaṃ sarvamantra­tantra­caryānupraviṣṭānāṃ sattvānāṃ bodhisambhārakāraṇam). The chapter that this quotation is taken from is not included in our translation, but is appended to chapter 36 in Śāstrī’s edition (Śāstrī 1920-25, vol. 2, p. 384, lines 8–10).
n.­6
Comment left by Harunaga Isaacson at http://tibetica.blogspot.com/2008/11/in-window-of-sweet-shop.html.
n.­7
The number 55 is arbitrary inasmuch as this count includes only one of the two chapters, each specified in its colophon in the Trivendrum manuscript as “the thirty-fourth.” These two chapters are placed together in Śāstrī’s edition where they form chapter 36. Only the first of them is included in our translation. Also, another couple of chapters seem to have been created artificially, such as, e.g., “chapter” 55, appended in Śāstrī’s edition after the final chapter 54, where it clearly does not belong.
n.­8
Two sets of folio references have been included in this translation due to a discrepancy in volume 88 (rgyud ’bum, na) of the Degé Kangyur between the 1737 par phud printings and the late (post par phud) printings. In the latter case, an extra work, Bodhi­maṇḍasyālaṃkāra­lakṣa­dhāraṇī (Toh 508, byang chub snying po’i rgyan ’bum gyi gzungs), was added as the second text in the volume, thereby displacing the pagination of all the following texts in the same volume by 17 folios. Since the eKangyur follows the later printing, both references have been provided, with the highlighted one linking to the eKangyur viewer.
n.­9
byang chub sems dpa’ ’dus pa’i ’khor gyi tshogs Tib. The word “pavilion” is missing from the Tibetan. The Sanskrit word maṇḍala, taken here to describe “pavilion” (cf. Edgerton 1970, maṇḍalamāḍa, p. 416), is translated in the Tibetan as tshogs (“assembly”) and refers to the “congregation of bodhisattvas.”
n.­10
de nas gnas gtsan ma’i ris kyi lha’i bu de dag gis thal mo sbyar ba btud nas/ bcom ldan ’das la legs so zhes gsol te/ Tib. The Tibetan translates as, “Thereupon, the divine sons of the Pure Abode, folding their hands and bowing, said, ‘Excellent!’ to the Blessed One.” This variant is also reflected in TMK.
n.­11
The last clause starting from “thus makes the speech” belongs with the next sentence in TMK.
n.­12
The translation of the name of this samādhi is unclear in both the Skt. and the Tib. It could also be translated as, one that destroys impairments/bad influences (vikaraṇa) with the light of the pure sphere.
n.­13
me tog kun tu skyed pa zhes bya ba dang / byang chub sems dpa’ yang dag par bskul ba zhes bya ba’i ’od phyung ste/ D. The Tibetan interprets this as two lights, one called me tog kun tu skyes pa zhes bya ba (saṃ­kusumita nāma) and one called byang chub sems dpa’ yang dag par bskul ba zhes bya ba (bodhisattva­saṃcodanī nāma). TMK is closer to the Skt.
n.­14
The Tibetan contains a passage beginning here at D.106a.4 and continuing to D.106b.6 that occurs later in the Skt.
n.­15
The page number 106.b comes later on, as this translation follows the Sanskrit text, where the order of passages differs from the Tibetan.
n.­16
Skt.: namaḥ sarva­tathāgatānām acintyā­pratihata­śāsanānāṃ oṁ ra ra smara | apratihata­śāsana kumāra­rūpa­dhāriṇa hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ phaṭ svāhā ||.
n.­17
de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyis gsungs la/ /gsung shing gsung bar ’gyur la/ Tib. The Tibetan translates as, “It was, is, and will be recited by all of the tathāgatas.”
n.­18
Skt.: oṁ vākyedaṃ namaḥ.
n.­19
Skt.: vākye hūṁ.
n.­20
“One Syllable” possibly refers to the syllable maṁ in the mantra that will presently be given. It is capitalized as it refers equally to the mantra and the deity.
n.­21
sngags kyi spyod pa khyad par can bzang po yang dag par sgrub par byed pa D. The translation here is influenced by the Tibetan, which does not use the instrumental case for the phrase “special mantra practice.”
n.­22
TMK seems to equate sangs rgyas kyi dgongs pa (buddānām āśaya for buddhān bhagavataḥ samanvāhṛtavān) with rig sngags (“mantra”): “He uttered the mantra, the intent of the buddhas, with a mind of love.”
n.­23
Skt.: namaḥ sarva­buddhānām oṁ maṁ |.
n.­24
Mantracaryā (mantra conduct) is a recurrent phrase in this text, used about eighty-nine times. Even if “mantra” is not mentioned explicitly, the “conduct” (caryā) implies “mantra conduct” (mantracaryā), especially when talking about its purpose (artha).
n.­25
tshangs par spyod pa Tib. This tanslates as ”chaste conduct.”
n.­26
The phrase “bodhisattva basket” (bodhisattva­piṭaka), which refers to the text and teachings of the MMK, is clearly intended to indicate that the MMK belongs to the Bodhisattva Basket, as opposed to the Śrāvaka Basket (in the binary classification of Buddhist literature by Asaṅga).
n.­27
“Complete … with nothing missing” (anūna­pada­vyañjanaṃ) om. Tib.
n.­28
bcom ldan ’das bsam gyi mi khyab bo Tib. The Tibetan adds this line here which translates as, “The Blessed One is inconceivable.”
n.­29
rnam par ’phrul pa shes par ram/ ’tshal bar ram/ D. The Tibetan translation in D translates as “How could I understand or know the magical feats.”
n.­30
thugs kyi spyad pa spyod pa’i rjes su ’jug pa’i sgrub pa dang / spyod pa ’tshal bar ram D. The translation of this sentence is uncertain.
n.­31
The path of seeing is the third of the five paths of a bodhisattva; it also marks the first of the ten levels of a realized bodhisattva, the Joyous. It leads to the elimination of certain afflictions (kleśa) that include both negative emotions and erroneous views of reality.
n.­32
The name of this samādhi could also be translated as the array of light rays of the blessing power of all the buddhas, the arouser.
n.­33
Om. Tib.
n.­34
phyag na gtsug gi rin chen Tib. The Tibetan translation reflects the Sanskrit *Cūḍāmaṇipāṇi.
n.­35
Om. Tib.
n.­36
gnod pa thams cad rnams par ’jigs pa’i rgyal po Tib. The Tibetan translation corresponds to B. Sarva­vikiraṇa­vidhvaṃsana­rāja.
n.­37
spyod pa thams cad kyi yul shes pa’i rgyal po Tib. The Tibetan translation reflects the Sanskrit *Sarva­caryā­viṣaya­jñāna­rāja.
n.­38
In place of Atiśayendra­rāja, the Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit *Abhigamendra­rāja.
n.­39
Svabhāva­samudgata­rāja om. Tib.
n.­40
The Skt. has Mitābha after Amitābha, which could be a case of dittography.
n.­41
In place of Susambhavābha, the Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit *Asambhavābha.
n.­42
In place of Pati, the Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit *Buddhi.
n.­43
lha dang lha yul na yod pa Tib.
n.­44
Om. Tib.
n.­45
gdul bar dka’ ba dang / bsnyen par dka’ ba dang D. The Tibetan translation includes these two names after Durālabha (rnyed par dka’ ba).
n.­46
mtshan bzang Tib. The Tibetan translation preserves a name that reflects the Sanskrit *Sucihnaḥ and may be a combination of the two names Suci and Cihnaḥ that are attested in the Skt.
n.­47
Dhvajaketu seems to be listed twice.
n.­48
Suketu seems to be listed twice.
n.­49
thos ris byed Tib. The Tibetan translation includes this additional name after the name Divaṃkara (lha byed).
n.­50
ngan spong gi bu Tib. The name recorded in the Tibetan does not match the Skt. name Bhūtamuni. Negi notes that elsewhere in the Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa the Tibetan ngan spong gi bu/ngan spong bu translates the Sanskrit Bhārgava.
n.­51
bzang brtsegs Tib. The Tibetan translation supports the variant in B.
n.­52
grags pa dang / drags pa ’dren pa dang / Tib.
n.­53
Om. Tib.
n.­54
Om. Tib.
n.­55
byams pa bzang po’i bu dang / byams pa’i bu ma yin pa dang / Tib. In place of the Skt. Sunetreya, Namantreya, the Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit names *Sumaitreya and *Amaitreya. TMK supports the Skt.
n.­56
Om. Tib.
n.­57
rnga chen dbang phyug Tib. His name is, more likely, *Dundubhisvara (“Sound of a Drum”), rather than *Dundubhīśvara (”Lord of Drums”). The Tibetan supports the latter.
n.­58
Om. Tib.
n.­59
khyab ’jug bdag po Tib. The Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit *Prabhuviṣṇu.
n.­60
bdag po’i ngang tshul Tib. The Tibetan might correspond to the Sanskrit *Śīleśvara.
n.­61
The Tib. is missing all the names from Soma to Sunala.
n.­62
Om. Tib.
n.­63
Om. Tib.
n.­64
phyir mi ldog pa Tib. The Tibetan combines the Skt. Avivartita and Avaivarttika into one name.
n.­65
chos ma yin pa gcod par byed pa Tib. The Tibetan translation may correspond to the Sanskrit *Adharmopaccheda.
n.­66
The Skt. of this sentence is not clear. The translation is based on the Tibetan, inasmuch as it follows the word order as reflected in the Tibetan translation, namely *ananta­loka­caryārtha­nirhāra in place of ananta­caryārtha­loka­nirhāra.
n.­67
The phrase “The Lord dwelt there with uṣṇīṣa kings who” has been added to introduce the next group, the uṣṇīṣa kings, which the text fails to introduce.
n.­68
“Instructions pertaining to vidyārāja” could mean “instructions given by the vidyārāja (the deity),” or “instructions pertaining to [the mantra that is] the vidyārāja.”
n.­69
pad+ma’i ’od dang / me tog pad+ma’i ’od dang Tib. The Tibetan appears to have listed the name Kamalaraśmi twice here.
n.­70
me tog ka ta ka’i ’od Tib.
n.­71
gtsug tor kyi rgyal mo Tib. The Tibetan translates this as “uṣṇīṣa queens” or *uṣṇīṣrājñayaḥ.
n.­72
sgrib pa dang / mchog sbyin thams cad Tib. Instead of the name Dhavalā, the Tibetan has two names that correspond to the Sanskrit *Avaraṇā and *Aarvavaradā. TMK has Cīvarā.
n.­73
In place of “form,” TMK reflects ūrṇā (the tuft of hair between the eyebrows).
n.­74
mgul bzang Tib.
n.­75
mgul dkar D.
n.­76
lta ba Tib. The Tibetan adds this name, which may translate the Sanskrit variant *Lokita, after Vilokita (rnam par lta ba).
n.­77
bskal pa bzang po Tib.
n.­78
byang chub kyi yan lag gi gnas ma D; byang chub kyi lag gi gnas ma Y, K, N, H; This name is added in the Tibetan translations of the text. The name is also included in B.
n.­79
In place of Alūkā, the Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit *Anūlūkā, and TMK has (in transliteration) Ṣalūkā.
n.­80
For Vimalāntakarī, the Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit *Vimalānanta or its equivalent.
n.­81
For Stupaśriyā, the Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit *Pūjāśriyā or its equivalent.
n.­82
chu bo ma Tib. The Tibetan most likely reflects a variant and not a translation of the Skt. Bhāginī.
n.­83
shing rta bzang mo Tib. The Tibetan only contains one name here, and it could reflect a translation of either *Bhāgīrathī or *Surathī.
n.­84
glang po’i ’dul byed ma Tib.
n.­85
dpal byed ma Tib.
n.­86
Suravatī seems to be listed twice.
n.­87
Om. Tib. The Negi dictionary lists me chen ma as the equivalent of Bṛhannalā when me chen ma is in fact the translation for Arciṣmatī. The Tibetan does include a translation for the next name, Bṛhantā (chen mo nyid). It is also possible that the Tibetan has recorded both Bṛhannalā and Bṛhantā as a single name.
n.­88
Krodharāja, a term applied to wrathful vidyārājas, has been left here in Sanskrit as it appears to be used as a generic term. Otherwise, in much of the text, it is used as an epithet-name of Yamāntaka or applies specifically to Yamāntaka, and in such cases it was translated as “Lord of Wrath.”
n.­89
rdo rje rtse mo Tib. The Tibetan records the name of a single krodharāja here instead of translations for the Skt. names of the two krodharājas Vajraśikhara and Vajraśikha. The Tibetan rdo rje rtse mo could translate either of these two Skt. names.
n.­90
rdo rje sa mtshon pa D; rdo rje mtshon pa J, K, C. The Tibetan translation adds this name after Vajranārāca (rdo rje lcags mda’).
n.­91
Om. Tib.
n.­92
ne tso D; ne tsho Y.
n.­93
TMK combines Śumbha and Bhramara into one, translating it as “Killer of the Well-Arisen.”
n.­94
Ghora appears to be listed twice.
n.­95
TMK takes Grasana, Saṃhāra, and Arka to be one name, with Arka somehow interpreted as “Hero” (reflecting the reading araha from manuscript B?).
n.­96
ma rungs pa dang / sbrul dang / Tib. The Tibetan breaks the Skt. Duṣṭasarpa into two separate names.
n.­97
The last several names seem rather strange. The Tibetan has “Victorious Chariot” for Upadrava, and “Fearsome Chariot” for Vidrava. TMK interprets Visarpa, Kuṣṭha, and Upadrava as one entry meaning “Victorious over All Leprosy.”
n.­98
Mahākrodha, “great wrath,” seems to be a synonym of krodharāja or a wrathful vidyārāja.
n.­99
bcom ldan ’das shAkya thub pa dang ’jam dpal gzhon nur gyur pa la nges par sems shing bdag nyid kyi rig pa’i rgyal po phyag na rdo rje la phyag ’tshal zhing bka’ rab tu sdod cing ’dug ste Tib. The Tibetan translates as, “fixed their minds upon Blessed Śākyamuni and Mañjuśrī, the divine youth, bowed to their own vidyārāja Vajrapāṇi, and sat and waited for a command.”
n.­100
For Vajrārṇā, the Tib. reflects the Sanskrit Vajrābhā or its equivalent.
n.­101
rdo rje sbyin ma Tib. This is likely an error for rdo rje smin ma.
n.­102
rdo rje ral gri ma Tib. The Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit *Vajraśastrī or *Vajraśakti.
n.­103
rdo rje thog ’bab Tib. The Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit *Vajrāśani.
n.­104
gnas dang ldan ma dang / Tib. The Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit *Śālavatī.
n.­105
rnam par brjod ma Tib. The Tibetan adds this name after Śālā (gnas ma).
n.­106
stug po ma Tib.
n.­107
Om. Tib. Kāmavajriṇī appears to be listed twice in the Skt. She is only listed once in the Tibetan.
n.­108
TMK combines Pūrā and Keśinī into Pūrakeśinī.
n.­109
theg chen ma Tib. For Mahānarthā, the Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit *Mahānayā or *Mahāyāninī. TMK reflects the Sanskrit *Mahārthavatī.
n.­110
ral gri ma dang paT+Ti sa Tib. The Tibetan breaks the Skt. Khaḍgapaṭṭiśā into two names.
n.­111
Om. Tib.
n.­112
Om. Tib.
n.­113
Om. Tib.
n.­114
Om. Tib.
n.­115
sgra med ma dang / ’dud ma dang / Tib. The Tibetan includes these two name between Jayantī and Guhyakī.
n.­116
gtum ma Tib.
n.­117
Om. Tib.
n.­118
TMK combines Bodhyaṅgā and Balavatī into one, *Bodhyaṅga­bala­vatī.
n.­119
TMK has *Ajitavatī for Ajiravatī.
n.­120
sgra snyan ma Tib. The Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit *Susvarā.
n.­121
TMK combines Asvarā and Sunirmalā into one, with asvara meaning “clothes.” This variant could be supported by the (revised) reading ambaranirmalā in ms. B.
n.­122
The text just says “buddhas,” but the context requires “tathāgatas” to distinguish them from pratyeka­buddhas.
n.­123
dga’ bo Tib. The Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit *Nanda for Candana. TMK matches the Skt.
n.­124
Om. Tib.
n.­125
’dod pa Tib. The Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit *Iṣṭa.
n.­126
nye ba’i ’dod pa Tib. The Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit *Upeṣṭa.
n.­127
Om. TMK.
n.­128
’jig rten rnam par ’jigs par byed pa D. This name does not appear in the Skt. but is included in the Tibetan between Upadundubhi and Areṇu.
n.­129
Om. Tib.
n.­130
Om. Tib.
n.­131
Om. Tib.
n.­132
TMK combines Sukara and Prabhāvanta into one, *Sukara­prabhāvanta.
n.­133
thos med Tib.
n.­134
dbyangs mdzes Tib. The Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit *Susvara.
n.­135
pad+ma Tib.
n.­136
ru rta Tib. The Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit *Kuṣṭha.
n.­137
nye dbang nor lha Tib. The Tibetan appears to treat these last two names as a single name that reflects the Sanskrit *Vasudeva. TMK reflects the Skt.
n.­138
“Middling vehicle” (madhyayāna) refers here to the vehicle of pratyeka­buddhas, which is between the śrāvaka and bodhisattva vehicles.
n.­139
“Free of aim” (apraṇihita) is one of the “three doors of liberation,” the other two being signlessness (animitta) and emptiness (śūnyatā).
n.­140
Om. Tib.
n.­141
Om. Tib.
n.­142
ba ra dwa dza’i bu Tib. The Tibetan includes this name after Uru­bilvā­kāśyapa (lteng rgyas ’od srung gi bu).
n.­143
ba ra dwa dza bsod snyoms len Tib. The Tibetan treats Bharadvāja and Piṇḍola as a single name. It is not clear in the Skt. if Bharadvāja and Piṇḍola are meant to be two persons or one, as these two names reversed (Piṇḍola­bhara­dvāja) usually refers to one person.
n.­144
Om. Tib. Here the Tibetan reads mdzes dga’ bo (Skt. sundarananda), the name that appears two positions later in the sequence given in the Sanskrit edition.
n.­145
TMK has *Koṭikarṇa.
n.­146
mtha’ yas ’jig rten gyur pa Tib.
n.­147
ru ru Tib.
n.­148
Om. Tib.
n.­149
nye rgyal Tib. The Tibetan adds this name, which reflects the Sanskrit *Upatiṣya, between Tiṣya and Mahātiṣya.
n.­150
Om. Tib.
n.­151
pi lin da la Tib. The Tibetan also adds the name ’dun pa before Pippala.
n.­152
TMK reflects *Pippalaka and *Phala for Pippala and Kimphala.
n.­153
chos sbyin Tib.
n.­154
bcu drug sde pa’i dga’ byed Tib. Tibetan appears to combine Ṣoḍaśavargika and Nandana into a single name.
n.­155
Om. Tib.
n.­156
rgyun gyi pha rol mthar byed Tib. The Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit variant *Śrotaparāntaka.
n.­157
bye ba’i ze ba Tib.
n.­158
gzi brjid ldan Tib. The Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit *Tejasvin.
n.­159
gzi brjid bzang po Tib. The Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit *Sutejas.
n.­160
so gol nyi shu pa Tib. The Tibetan reflects the Skt. Viṃśachoṭika (“Twenty Finger Snaps”). TMK, however, reflects the reading °koṭika.
n.­161
me tog ka dam li Tib.
n.­162
Om. Tib.
n.­163
mnyam bcas Tib.
n.­164
’khor ba las ’jigs pa dag Tib.
n.­165
theg pa chung ngu Tib. TMK takes sunaya to mean the “right conduct,” whereas the Tibetan interprets it as the “small vehicle,” perhaps reading *kunaya.
n.­166
Om. Tib.
n.­167
sa ga ma D.
n.­168
gtsug phud ma Tib.
n.­169
nye ba’i gtsug phud ma Tib.
n.­170
Om. D.
n.­171
don ’byung ma Tib.
n.­172
’od ma Tib.
n.­173
nor bdag ma Tib.
n.­174
sdug bsngal ston par byed ma Tib.
n.­175
dka’ zlog rkang spyod ldan ma Tib. The Tibetan appears to combine the Skt. names Padumā and Padumāvatī into this single name.
n.­176
mthong bar ’dod Tib. TMK.
n.­177
chos kyi dbyings Tib.
n.­178
sarba kArya ma D.
n.­179
Skt.: oṁ kha kha khāhi khāhi duṣṭa­sattva­damaka asimusala­paraśupāśa­hasta catur­bhuja catur­mukha ṣaṭ­caraṇa gaccha gaccha mahā­vighna­ghātaka vi­kṛtānana sarva­bhūta­bhayaṅkara aṭṭahāsa­nādine vyāghra­carma­nivasana kuru kuru sarva­karmāṃ | chinda chinda sarva­mantrān | bhinda bhinda para­mudrām | ākarṣaya ākarṣaya sarva­bhūtānām | nirmatha nirmatha sarva­duṣṭān | praveśaya praveśaya maṇḍala­madhye | vaivasvata­jīvitāntakara kuru kuru mama kāryam | daha daha paca paca mā vilamba mā vilamba samayam anusmara hūṁ hūṁ phaṭ phaṭ | sphoṭaya sphoṭaya sarvāśā­pāripūraka he he bhagavan kiṃ cirāyasi mama sarvārthān sādhaya svāhā ||.
n.­180
rnam par ’phel bar bya ba Tib. The translation here follows the Tibetan. In place of “increase,” the Skt. has “overpower” (abhibhavana).
n.­181
yang dag par sdom pa la gnas pa Tib.
n.­182
ma mo dang ma mo chen mo Tib.
n.­183
Om. Tib.
n.­184
Om. Tib.
n.­185
Om. Tib.
n.­186
Om. Tib.
n.­187
gcong chen po Tib.
n.­188
Om. Tib.
n.­189
Om. Tib.
n.­190
’phags skyes po Tib. Both the Tibetan and TMK insert this name, which reflects the Sanskrit *Virūḍhaka (the fourth guardian king of the directions) between Dhṛtarāṣṭra and Virūpākṣa.
n.­191
kum b+ha la Tib. TMK transliterates kuṣma, followed by the Tibetan word ’dzin=*grāhaka or *dhara.
n.­192
Om. Tib.
n.­193
sdig ldan Tib.
n.­194
Om. Tib.
n.­195
Om. Tib.
n.­196
Om. Tib.
n.­197
TMK reflects the Sanskrit *Sumanoratha for Amanoratha.
n.­198
gzi brjid bzang po Tib.
n.­199
’dus pa skyong Tib. The Tibetan adds this name between Mahāpadma and Śaṅkha.
n.­200
a ma ti D.; a ma sti Y, K.
n.­201
ri byi D. D adds this name, which corresponds to the Sanskrit *Agastya, between Pulasti and Vyāsa.
n.­202
Om. Tib.
n.­203
mo mtshan gnyis las skyes Tib. The Tibetan adds this name between Parāśara and Paraśu.
n.­204
e raN+Da Tib.
n.­205
te raN+Da Tib.
n.­206
Om. Tib.
n.­207
TMK has Bheraṇḍa, Bhuruṇḍa, Muruṇḍa/Maruṇḍa, Dīpa, and Pradīpa.
n.­208
’od bzang Tib.
n.­209
Om. Tib., TMK.
n.­210
The Tib. has Pakṣigaṇa or its equivalent for Pakṣirāja.
n.­211
bzi brjid chen po Tib. The Tibetan lists this one name for both Mahojaska and Mahoja. The Tibetan name could translate either of these two Sanskrit names.
n.­212
yid du ’ong ba’i sems skyed par byed pa Tib. Both the Tibetan and TMK appear to combine Manojña and Citton­mādakara into a single name.
n.­213
rigs mtho ba Tib.
n.­214
mtho sgra Tib.
n.­215
chu lha Tib. The Tibetan reflects Sanskrit *Varuṇa. TMK reflects the Sanskrit *Akaruṇa.
n.­216
The names of these heavens usually occur in the plural, as they also denote the classes of gods dwelling there.
n.­217
Om. Tib.
n.­218
Om. Tib.
n.­219
Om. Tib.
n.­220
rig byed bkra D; rigs byed bkra Y, K. The name *Vedacitri, which only appears in the Tibetan translation of the MMK, might reflect a case of scribal dislexia in the Sanskrit source for the Tibetan translation (or on the part of the Tibetan translator) that reverses the first two syllables of the name Devacitri.
n.­221
Rāhu appears twice in the Skt.
n.­222
TMK has *Ṛṣi for Ṛkṣa.
n.­223
nor ’dzin D.
n.­224
rting bar ldan Tib.
n.­225
’dod pa Tib. The Tibetan reflects the Sanskrit *Iṣṭi for Ṛṣṭi.
n.­226
Om. Tib.
n.­227
kun du ltung byed Tib.
n.­228
sha drag ldan Tib. The Tib combines Piśita and Raudra into one, translating it as “one with fierce flesh.”
n.­229
gseng phrom Tib.
n.­230
’chi ltas min Tib.
n.­231
sems par byed pa Tib.
n.­232
Om. Tib. The Tib. omits the second and third line in this section.
n.­233
nab so Tib.
n.­234
gre dang / dbo dang / Tib.
n.­235
chu stod dang / chu smad dang / Tib.
n.­236
khrums stod dang / khrums smad dang / Tib.
n.­237
TMK has Punarbhavā for Punarnavā.
n.­238
Both Tib. and TMK have Lokanātha for Lokamātā.
n.­239
chang ldan Tib.
n.­240
rgya byed Tib.
n.­241
Om. Tib.
n.­242
mi’u thung Tib. *Vāmana.
n.­243
g.yung drung rgyal D. *svastijita.
n.­244
Om. Tib.
n.­245
Om. Tib.
n.­246
TMK combines Mokṣa and Bodhi into Mokṣabodhi.
n.­247
dmyal ba’i rig pa ’dzin pa dang / Tib. The Tibetan reflects a combination of the Skt. names Naraka and Vidyādhara.
n.­248
phyogs kyi glang po Tib., TMK.
n.­249
rnal ’byor ’gro dang / rab tu gnas dang / Tib. TMK is missing yoga[ga] (rnal ’byor ’gro).
n.­250
bzang po ma Tib.
n.­251
Om. Tib.
n.­252
’jigs byed ma Tib.
n.­253
Om. Tib.
n.­254
phyogs mtshams ma Tib.
n.­255
stug ma D.; sdug ma J, C.
n.­256
du ba la gnas ma Tib.
n.­257
Om. Tib.
n.­258
“Adorned with miraculous displays” is missing from the Tibetan. This reading seems plausible, as it avoids the repetition found in the Skt. of the phrase vyūhālaṅkāraṃ.
n.­259
khro bo chen po’i gzugs kyis Tib.
n.­260
gzhan gyi sngags rjes su spyod pa med pa nyid dang / D. The Tibetan translates as, “not following the mantra practices of others.”
n.­261
The actual number in this list seems to be not six but eight. Some of the items could perhaps be combined together to get the correct number, for example numbers 1 and 2, and 6 and 7. The Tib. has seven items on the list by combining numbers 5 and 6 into one. TMK lists only four items.
n.­262
dus dang / phyogs dang / nges par sdom pa dang / bzlas pa dang / sbyin sreg dang / mi smra ba dang / dka’ thub la gzhol ba nyid dang / rtogs pa dang blo dang dran pa dang / shes rab dang / bstan pa la gsnyen pa nyid dang / D; brtan pa la gsnyen pa nyid dang / Y, J, K, N, C. The translation of this “quality” is based on the interpretation found in TMK. The Tibetan splits this “quality” into two. The reading from D, with the last “quality” (brtan pa la bsnyen nyid dag) taken from the variants in Y, J, K, N, and C translates as, “complete reliance on the time, place, ritual injunctions, mantra recitation, offering of oblations, vows of silence, and the practice of austerities” and “applying oneself toward the stabilization of realization, intellect, mindfulness, and wisdom.” In the Skt. this item is rendered in the form of a long compound that can be interpreted in many different ways.
n.­263
The Skt. svatantra can mean “one’s lineage/school/tradition,” but it can also mean “sovereign/independent” or be translated adverbially as “of one’s own free will.” It is not clear which of these applies here.
n.­264
rakṣaṇasādhana om. Tib., TMK.
n.­265
pāramitā om. Tib.
n.­266
Again, the numbers do not tally. We have nine items on the list instead of the expected seven. Possibly numbers 8 and 9 were originally a single item as they are logically connected, and the same could also be true for other pairs of numbers. The Tibetan falls even further away from the mark, with ten items listed.
n.­267
chos brgyad dang ldan na rig pa dang sngags kyi spyod pa’i don ’grub cing lam du ’gro bar ’gyur te/ Tib. “There are eight qualities they possess that accomplish the goal of vidyā and mantra practice and bring progress on the path.”
n.­268
mthong ba dang ma mthong ba’i ’bras bu dag la blta ba dang sems par ’dod pa nyid dang / Tib. The Tibetan and TMK combine the first two items into one, rendering them as “the desire to observe and imagine both visible and invisible karmic results.”
n.­269
byang chub sems dpa’i ’bras bu dang bcas pa’i rdzu ’phrul dang rnam par ’phrul pa nyid la the tshom med cing dang ba nyid dang / D. The Tibetan following D translates as, “not doubting and having clarity regarding the magical abilities and powers that accompany the result of being a bodhisattva.”
n.­270
phyin ci ma log pa’i sngags gzung ba dang bla ma la gus pa nyid dang / D. The Tibetan following D translates as, “devotion to a guru who maintains an authentic mantra practice.” TMK seems to treat this as two items and translates as, “upholding the true mantras and respecting the gurus.”
n.­271
sangs rgyas dang byang chub sems dpa’ nyid kyi sngags dang / rgyud dang spyod pa bstan pa mi slu ba bzung zhing / D. The Tibetan and TMK combine the last two items into one, and also seem to reflect a slightly different reading of the Sanskrit that translates as, “upholding the mantras, tantras, conduct, and the undeceiving teachings of the buddhas and bodhisattvas.”
n.­272
sangs rgyas kyi zhing Tib. In place of “places for gaining accomplishment,” the Tibetan has “buddhafields.” TMK supports the Skt.
n.­273
The number is again different from the expected, which is largely due to corruptions and the resulting ambiguities as to how to separate individual items.
n.­528
Om. Tib.
n.­529
“It also brings complete omniscience” om. Tib.
n.­604
shin tu bkrus pa D. The phrase “Tightly woven, thoroughly clean” has been supplied from the Tibetan. The Skt. has in this position “keeping the vow well.”
n.­605
kha tshar dang bcas pa dang / Tib. The phrase “fringe tassels” in the Tibetan or “fringe” (sadaśa) in the Skt. probably refers to the threads extending beyond the rectangle of the woven cloth on each of the four sides.
n.­611
rab tu gsang ba Y, K, N, H; rab tu gsungs pa D. Y, K, N, and H agree with the Sanskrit ºrahasya.
n.­612
khyod kyi N, H; khyod kyis D; N and H indicate that the “cloth-painting procedure” pertains specifically to Mañjuśrī.
n.­613
“Smallest” om. Tib.
n.­623
phung po lhag ma dang bcas pa’i mya ngan las ’das pa’i grong khyer du ’gro bar byed pa/ Tib. The Tibetan translates as, “that takes [them] to the citadel of nirvāṇa in which the aggregates remain.”
n.­624
byang chub sems dpa’ rnams kyi rgyud nges par byang chub sgrub par byed pa/ Tib. The Tibetan translates as, “that continuously causes them to always accomplish the awakening of all bodhisattvas.”
n.­625
bdag gi gsang sngags ’di Tib. The Tibetan translates as, “This secret mantra of mine.”
n.­664
’jam dpal gzhon nu gang khyod kyis bstan pa’i sems can de dag gi phyir/ le’u’i cho ga rab ’byam ’di thabs sla bas ’grub par ’gyur ba ngas kyang bstan te/ D. The Tibetan translates as, “Mañjuśrī, I have taught the extensive chapter on the rite, a method that is easy to master, for the sake of those beings whom you foretold.”
n.­665
“I will speak for the benefit of all beings” om. Tib.
n.­717
klu rnams mthong ba yang don yod pa yin te/ Tib. The Tibetan translates as, “this is effective in making the nāgas appear.”
n.­956
“Mantras” om. Tib.
n.­1021
The translation of this paragraph is partially based on the Tibetan and partially based on the Skt.
n.­1123
“Time” om. Tib.
n.­1295
The reference is made here to the immediately preceding chapter.
n.­1296
blo dang ldan pa gnod sbyin gyi bdag po lag na rdo rjes nga la dris nas/ ’jam dpal khyod kyi don thams cad bya ba’i las kyi le’u rab ’byam ’khor gyi dkyil ’khor gyi nang du rgya cher sngar bstan pa yin no/ D. This paragraph has been translated mainly from the Tibetan. In the Skt. it begins with “Listen, Mañjuśrī!” The clause “Requested by … in his hand” comes at the end of the paragraph and possibly serves to introduce the verse that follows. The Skt. also includes the phrase “I will [now] teach…” (future tense) which seems to clash with the past tense (“I taught”) of the immediately following section that sums up the previous chapter.
n.­1297
sngags kyi zlos pa bstan pa yin/ D. The Tibetan corresponding to the Skt. kathitaṃ mantra­jāpinām (“[all this] was taught for/with reference to the mantra reciters”) translates as, “the recitation of mantras has been taught.”
n.­1359
From this chapter onward, the chapter numbers are out of step with those in the Tibetan translation. Chapters 18 to 23 in the Sanskrit text are not included in the Tibetan translation of the text and are not translated here.
n.­1487
kye kye gza’ dang rgyu skar kyi tshogs rnams khyed cag thams cad nyon cig Tib. “The planets and the nakṣatras” has been supplied from the Tibetan (Skt.: lacunae).
n.­1488
sngags dang / rgyud dang / dbang bskur ba dang / dkyil ’khor dang / D. The Tibetan reads the compound mantra­tantrābhiṣeka­maṇḍala as a dvandva that translates as, “the mantra, the tantra, the empowerment, and the maṇḍala.”
n.­1489
“Homa” om. Tib.
n.­1490
The grammar of this part, starting from “This sovereign,” is not very clear.
n.­1491
sems can ma rungs pa thams cad kyang dgag par gyis shig /bstan par gyis shig D. “Restrained/stopped” (roddhavyāni) is omitted in the Tibetan.
n.­1521
“Again” om. Tib.
n.­1522
“But now only briefly” om. Tib.
n.­1523
ras ris kyi tshad rgya che ba’i sbyor ba sgrub pa nyams par ’gyur bas/ D. The Tibetan translates as, “The practice of executing the painting in its extended version has degenerated.”
n.­1616
’jam dpal bstan pa ’di ni de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyi nor du gyur pa/ chos kyi mdzod ’jig rten pa rnams kyi bsam pa ’bras bu dang bcas pa byed pa’i phyir nor bu rin po che lta bur gyur pa’o/ D. The Tibetan translates as, “This teaching, Mañjuśrī, is the jewel of all the tathāgatas. This treasure chest of Dharma is like a wish fulfilling jewel because it brings the wishes of worldly beings to fruition.”
n.­1617
sems can thams cad kyi bsams pa yongs su rdzogs par bya ba’i phyir cho ga bzhin du bzas pa byas na thob pa yin no/ D. The phrase, “will fulfill the wishes of all beings” is based on the Tibetan, which translates as, “Since it can fulfill the wishes of all beings, if one has recited the mantra following the proper procedure, one will attain the result.” Sections of this line are not found in the Skt.
n.­1618
“Tathāgata-vidyārājas” must refer to other uṣṇīṣa kings‍—Sitātapatra, Tejorāśi, and so forth.
n.­1685
ras ris dang po Tib. In place of “in front of this painting,” the Tibetan has “this first painting.”
n.­1686
’di nyid kyi yi ge gcig pa’i snying po’i sngags sam yi ge drug po ma’i mtha’ can khyod kyi sngar bstan pa’i yi ge drug pa’i snying po’am dang po na oM yod pa’i yi ge gcig pa’i ras ris dang po ’di nyid kyi cho gar ’gyur ba ni phyi ma’i dus phyi ma’i tshe na D. It is not clear in the Skt. why the “one-syllable mantra” is mentioned twice and whether it is the same one-syllable mantra or not. The Tibetan translates as, “It will be the ritual of this first painting‍—whether it be this one’s single-syllable heart mantra, the six-syllable mantra ending with ma, your aforementioned six-syllable heart mantra, or the single-syllable mantra with oṃ first‍—that, at a later time in the future … /”
n.­1804
’jam dpal khyod kyi sngags dang rgyud dang rig pa’i rgyal po dang ’khor los sgyur ba la sogs pa dang de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyi gtsug tor la sogs pa dang sngags thams cad kyi grub pa’i gnas yod de/ Tib. “Tathāgata-uṣṇīṣas,” here and elsewhere in the MMK, refers to the deities called uṣṇīṣa kings. The Tibetan translates as, “Mañjuśrī, there are places where one can accomplish your mantra system, the vidyādhara and cakravartin and the like, all of the tathāgata-uṣṇīṣas and the like, and all mantras.”
n.­1805
The word tathāgata has a feminine ending in the Skt. This could be either a corruption or could reflect the gender of vidyā (feminine).
n.­1877
rig pa thams cad la ’os pa/ Tib. The Tibetan translates as, “they are applicable to all vidyās.”
n.­1899
A nirdeśa is a type of an explanatory text, usually on religious or philosophical matters.
n.­1900
’jam dpal khyod kyi cho ga’i rgyal po chos kyi dbyings kyi mdzod/ de bzhin gshegs pa’i snying po/ chos kyi dbyings kyi rgyu mthun pa’i rjes su spyod pa/ mdo chen po’i mchog /rin po che’i le’u de bzhin gshegs pa’i gsang ba’i mchog rjes su gnang ba/ sngags kyi mchog sgrub pa la rgyu mtshan shes pa dang rtags dang dus gzhan shes pa’i sgrub pa’i thabs rnams nges par bstan cing yang dag par bstan no/ D. The Tibetan translates as, “Mañjuśrī, your king of manuals is a treasury of the sphere of phenomena, the essence of the tathāgatas that proceeds in harmony with the sphere of phenomena and is supreme among the great sūtras. This precious chapter definitively and accurately teaches the authorization that is the supreme secret of the tathāgatas, understanding the reason for accomplishing the supreme mantra, and other methods for accomplishing knowledge of signs and times.”
n.­2238
khyod kyi phyag rgya D. “Root” is omitted in the Tibetan.
n.­2254
sems can thams cad kyi lam du gyur pa yin no/ D. The Tibetan includes an additional line here that translates as, “It has become the path of all beings.” The Tibetan and Skt. diverge at this point (Skt. 37.2.2, D. 276.b.1). The following is a list of the correspondences in material between the Tibetan and Skt. texts following the folio enumeration in the Rockwell Degé Kangyur:

D. 276.b.1–277.a.2 = Skt. 37.10–37.16.
D. 277.a.2–277.a.7 = Skt. 37.2.2–37.4.3 (Skt. 37.4.4–37.5.2 om. Tib.).
D. 277.a.7–277.b.2 = Skt. 37.5.3.4–37.9 (Skt. 37.8 om. Tib.).

The Tibetan text then begins to align again with the Skt. at D. 277.b.2, which corresponds to the material in Skt. 37.17.
n.­2456
As becomes clear later in this chapter, the association of the mudrā with whatever deity determines its position in the maṇḍala.
n.­2457
’jam dpal mdor na nyon cig phyag rgya’i mtshan nyid dang sngags rnams kyi rgya che ba dang dkyil ’khor gyi cho ga’i mdor bsdus pa dang dam tshig la rjes su ’jug cing phyag rgya’i gnas dang sngags thams cad dang rgyud de dag thams cad la gsang ba dang bcas pa’i dkyil ’khor ni/. The syntax and clause divisions in this paragraph are difficult to ascertain in the Skt., which makes the translation proposed here unreliable. The Tibetan translates as, “Mañjuśrī, listen to this brief explanation. The following is a summary of the features of the mudrās, the extensive mantras, and the maṇḍala procedure, acting in accord with the samaya and the arrangement of the mudrās, all of the mantras, and the maṇḍala that contains what is concealed in all of the tantras.”
n.­2458
sngags shes bdag nyid chen po dang / /yon tan kun kyang bstan pa yin/ Tib. The Tibetan syntax is obscure. One possible translation might be, “They also taught about great beings / Who are versed in mantra and all the good qualities.”
n.­2485
The chapter number jumps from 38 to 50 here because the chapters from 39 to 49 have been left out as they are missing from the Tibetan translation.
n.­2486
“Bowed” om. Tib.
n.­2487
de’i cho ga rgya che ba bcom ldan ’das kyi bka’ ma stsal la/ J, K; de’i cho ga rgya che ba bcom ldan ’das kyi bka’ stsal pa/ D. Following J and K, the Tibetan translates as, “the Blessed One has not explained the extensive ritual.”
n.­2540
gshin rje’i ’tsho ba mthar byed pa/ Tib. Here the Tibetan translates Vaivasvata following the standard Tibetan translation for Yama.
n.­2541
gtsor byed pa byang chub sems dpa’ ’jam dpal gyis smras pa/ Tib. The Tibetan translates as, “That was taught by the preeminent bodhisattva Mañjuśrī.”
n.­2605
“You are exceedingly cruel” om. Tib.
n.­2606
’khor ba’i ’ching ba las grol bar ’gyur ro/ Tib. The Tibetan translates as, “they liberate them from the bonds of cyclic existence.”
n.­2758
“From his samādhi” (literally, “from that samādhi”) is probably a reference to the samādhi called the buddha’s blessing through miraculous transformation that the Buddha had entered in 50.­4 above, i.e., at the beginning of the Yamāntaka section. This section ended at the conclusion of the previous chapter.
n.­3397
dpal lha btsan po lha btsun pa byang chub ’od kyi bkas/ rgya gar gyi mkhan po dge bsnyen chen po ku mA ra ka la sha dang / sgra sgyur gyi lo ts+tsha ba dge slong shAkya blo gros kyis bsgyur cing zhus te gtan la phab pa’o// //.
n.­3398
Cf. bibliography.
n.­3399
oṁ] B; om. S
n.­3400
māḍe] S; māṇḍe B
n.­3401
bhavanto] B; om. S
n.­3402
mañjuśriyaḥ] B; mañjuśriyasya S
n.­3403
°rddhi°] em.; °riddhi° B; °śuddhi° S
n.­3404
ārogyaiśvaryaṃ] B; ārogyaiś carya° S
n.­3405
°paripūrakāṇi] B; °pāpāripūrakāṇi S
n.­3406
te] S; śṛṇu ca sādhu bhagavān iti B
n.­4349
paṭalavisarāt] em. (on the authority of the Tib.); paṭalavisaraḥ S
n.­4350
°bīja°] em.; °bījam S
n.­4427
āmantrayate] em.; āmantrayeta S
n.­4498
The MMK text seems to favor the spelling sādhanopayika rather than sādhanopāyika.
n.­4509
sādhanopāyikaṃ] em.; sādhakamopayikaṃ S
n.­4521
ārabhet] em.; ārabhe S
n.­4522
°puṣpānāṃ] conj.; °puṣpāṃ S
n.­4723
punar api] em. (supported by D); punar api punar api S
n.­4724
tvadīya°] conj. M; tvadīyaṃ S
n.­4725
°upacaryā°] em. (M); °opacaryā° S
n.­4726
This entire paragraph is missing from A.
n.­4727
Here resumes the correspondence with manuscript A.
n.­4728
uttiṣṭha] S; tiṣṭha tiṣṭha A
n.­4832
°sarvārtha] em. (on the authority of the Tib.); °sarvathā S
n.­4907
avalokya] em.; alokya S
n.­4908
tadā] em. (on the authority of the Tib.); mudā S
n.­4928
°ākṛṣṭavān] em.; °ākṛṣṭavā S
n.­4945
From this chapter onward, the chapter numbers here are out of step with those in the Tibetan version. Chapters 18 to 23 are missing from the Tibetan text and have been left out of the Sanskrit edition here.
n.­4946
grahān] em.; grahāṇ R; grahaṇ° S
n.­4947
°svavākyaṃ] S; °svākṣaṃ R
n.­4948
nirdeśayituṃ] S; vavidarśayituṃ R
n.­4949
sādhayantu] S; sādhitu R
n.­4950
samaye ca tiṣṭhantu bhavantaḥ] R; om. S
n.­5305
°vidhānaṃ | na ca] em.; °vidhāna nica S
n.­5321
siddhiṃ] em.; siddhiḥ S
n.­5366
°akṣareṇa] em.; °ākṣareṇa S
n.­5397
saptamaṃ] A; saptamaḥ S
n.­5398
yo] S; ye A
n.­5399
sādhayiṣyati] A; sādhayiṣyanti S
n.­5400
saphalā sukhodayā sukhavipākā] A; saphalāḥ sukhodayāḥ sukhavipākāḥ S
n.­5401
°nivāraṇīyā] S; °nivāraṇi A
n.­5402
tasya bodhiparāyaṇīyā] S; tasyā vādhiparāyaṇi A
n.­5436
sedhiṣyate] conj. (on the authority of the Tib.); 'sya trasyati (unmetrical) S
n.­5450
yasyedānīṃ] em.; yasyedānī S
n.­5477
samanupraveśaṃ] em.; samanupraveśa° S
n.­5487
nirdeśa°] em.; nirdiśa° S
n.­5488
°vara°] em. (on the authority of the Tib.); °vadha° S
n.­5527
°mantraṃ] em. (on the authority of the Tib.); °tantraṃ S
n.­5528
puṇyākāme] em. (on the authority of the Tib.); puṇyakāme S
n.­5529
anabhiṣikte] em. (on the authority of the Tib.); avabhiṣikta S
n.­5619
saṃyojyaṃ] em.; saṃyojya S
n.­5670
Śāstrī, who rendered this paragraph in verse, indicates a missing pāda at this point. The passage, however, seems to be in prose, as corroborated by the Tibetan, with no text missing.
n.­5671
sarvatantreṣu] conj. (based on the Tib.); sarvamantreṣu S
n.­5679
The number here jumps from 38 to 50 because chapters from 39 to 49 have been left out as they are missing from the Tibetan translation.
n.­5691
ādau] A; mahābodhi­sattvasyādau S
n.­5692
bhaya] A; bhayam S
n.­5790
vajrapāṇe] em.; vajrapāṇeḥ S
n.­6072
°bodhisattvā°] Y; °bodhi­sattva° S
n.­6073
°āvṛhā°] em.; °ātṛhā° S
n.­6782
tatrāhaṃ] em.; tatrāha S
n.­6783
°vidyādhara°] em.; °vidyādharaḥ S
n.­6784
veditavyāḥ] em.; veditavyaḥ S
n.­6785
sthāne] em.; sthāno S
n.­6786
lekhayiṣyati] em.; likhyati S
n.­6787
°cūrṇa°] em. (on the authority of the Tib.); °pūrṇa°

b.

Bibliography

Source Texts (Sanskrit)

Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa. Manuscript in the National Archives, Kathmandu (Bir 157), accession no. 3/303. Microfilmed by NGMPP, reel A 136/11. Bears the title Mañjuśrī­jñāna­tantra.

Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa. Manuscript in the National Archives, Kathmandu, accession no. 5/814. Microfilmed by NGMPP, reel A 39/04.

Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa. Manuscript in the National Archives, Kathmandu (Bir 45), accession no. 3/645. Microfilmed by NGMPP, reel A 124/14.

Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa. Manuscript in the Oriental Research Institute and Manuscripts Library, Thiruvanantha­puram, accession no. C-2388.

Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa. Manuscript in Tokyo University Library, no. 275 in Matsunami’s catalog (Matsunami 1965).

Śāstrī, T. Gaṇapati, ed. The Āryamañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa. Vols 1–3. Trivandrum Sanskrit Series 70, 76, and 84. Trivandrum: Superintendent Government Press, 1920–25.

Vaidya, P. L., ed. Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa. Mahāyāna­sūtra­saṃgraha, Part II. Buddhist Sanskrit Texts 18. Darbhanga: The Mithila Institute of Postgraduate Studies and Research in Sanskrit Learning, 1964.

Source Texts (Tibetan)

’jam dpal gyi rtsa ba’i rgyud (Mañjuśrī­mūla­tantra). Toh. 543, Degé Kangyur vol. 88 (rgyud ’bum, na), folios 105.a–351.a.

’jam dpal gyi rtsa ba’i rgyud (Mañjuśrī­mūla­tantra). bka’ ’gyur (dpe bsdur ma) [Comparative Edition of the Kangyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ’jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 108 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), 2006–2009. vol. 88, pp. 354–1051.

ral pa gyen brdzes kyi rtog pa chen po (Tārāmūlakalpa). Toh. 724, Degé Kangyur vol. 93 (rgyud ’bum, tsa), folios 205.b–311.a, continued in vol. 94 (rgyud ’bum, tsha), folios 1.b–200.a.

Secondary Sources

Agrawala, V. S. “The meaning of Kumārī Dvīpa.” Sārdha-Śatābdī: Special Volume of Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bombay (June 1959): 1–5.

Bunce, Fredrick W. Mudrās in Buddhist and Hindu Practices: An Iconographic Consideration. New Delhi: D. K. Printworld, 2005.

Delhey, Martin. (forthcoming). Early Buddhist Tantra: New Light on the Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa from Manuscript Evidence. (forthcoming).

Delhey, Martin. (2008). Three unpublished handouts made for the First International Workshop on Early Tantra, Kathmandu, 2008, containing editions of chapters 12, 13, and 51 of the MMK, based on the NAK manuscript accession no. 5/814, reel A 39/04.

Delhey, Martin. (2012). “The Textual Sources of the Mañjuśriya­mūla­kalpa (Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa), With Special Reference to Its Early Nepalese Witness NGMPP A39/4.” Journal of the Nepal Research Centre Vol. XIV (2012): 55–75.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans. The Ratnaketu Dhāraṇī (Ratna­ketu­dhāraṇī, Toh 138). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2020.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans. (2023). The Queen of Incantations: The Great Peahen (Toh 559). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2023.

Edgerton, Franklin. Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit Grammar and Dictionary. 2 vols. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1970.

Gray, David B. The Cakrasaṃvara Tantra (The Discourse of Śrī Heruka). A Study and Annotated Translation. New York: American Institute of Buddhist Studies, Columbia University, 2007.

Hartzell, James F. “The Buddhist Sanskrit Tantras: ‘The Samādhi of the Plowed Row.’ ” Pacific World: Journal of the Institute of Buddhist Studies 14 (Fall 2012): 63–178.

Jayaswal, K. P. An Imperial History of India in a Sanskrit Text (c. 700 B.C.–c. 770 A.D.) with a Special Commentary on Later Gupta Period. Lahore: Motilal Banarsidass, 1934.

Matsunaga, Yūkei. “On the date of the Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa.” In Tantric and Taoist Studies in Honour of R. A. Stein, edited by M. Strickmann. Vol. 3: Mélanges chinois et bouddhiques 22, 882–894. Brussels: Institut belge des hautes études chinoises, 1985.

Matsunami, Seiren. A Catalogue of the Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Tokyo University Library. Tokyo: Suzuki Research Foundation, 1965.

Mical, Wiesiek, and Paul Thomas. “Do Kriyā Tantras Have a Doctrine? ‍— The Case of the Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa.” Unpublished manuscipt, 2017. https://ku-np.academia.edu/wiesiekmical.

Przyluski, Jean. “Les Vidyārāja, contribution à l’histoire de la magie dans les sectes Mahāyānistes.” Bulletin de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient 23 (1923): 301–18.

Roberts, Peter Alan (2018), trans. The King of Samādhis Sūtra (Samādhi­rāja­sūtra, Toh 127). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Roberts, Peter Alan (2021a), trans. The Stem Array (Gaṇḍavyūha, chapter 45 of the Avataṃsakasūtra, Toh 44). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Roberts, Peter Alan (2021b), trans. The Ten Bhūmis (Daśabhūmika, Toh 44-31). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Roberts, Peter Alan (2023), trans. The Sūtra of the Sublime Golden Light (1) (Suvarṇa­prabhāsottama­sūtra, Toh 555). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2023.

Saṅkṛtyāyana, Rāhula. “The text of the Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa, corrected with the help of the Tibetan text.” In An Imperial History of India in a Sanskrit Text (c. 700 B.C.–c. 770 A.D.) with a Special Commentary on Later Gupta Period by K. P. Jayasawal, addendum 1–75. Lahore: Motilal Banarsidass, 1934.

Wallis, G. Mediating the Power of Buddhas: Ritual in the Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa. Albany: State University of New York Press, 2002.


g.

Glossary

Types of attestation for names and terms of the corresponding source language

AS

Attested in source text

This term is attested in a manuscript used as a source for this translation.

AO

Attested in other text

This term is attested in other manuscripts with a parallel or similar context.

AD

Attested in dictionary

This term is attested in dictionaries matching Tibetan to the corresponding language.

AA

Approximate attestation

The attestation of this name is approximate. It is based on other names where the relationship between the Tibetan and source language is attested in dictionaries or other manuscripts.

RP

Reconstruction from Tibetan phonetic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the Tibetan phonetic rendering of the term.

RS

Reconstruction from Tibetan semantic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the semantics of the Tibetan translation.

SU

Source unspecified

This term has been supplied from an unspecified source, which most often is a widely trusted dictionary.

g.­1

Ābha

Wylie:
  • kun nas ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • ābha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­2

Ābhāsvara

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • ābhāsvara

A class of gods.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­167
g.­3

Ābhāsvara

Wylie:
  • ’od gsal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གསལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ābhāsvara

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­91
  • 2.­155
  • 5.­8
  • 53.­1
g.­4

Abhāva­samudgata­rāja

Wylie:
  • dngos po med pa yang dag par ’phags pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་པོ་མེད་པ་ཡང་དག་པར་འཕགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhāva­samudgata­rāja

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­5

Abhāva­svabhāva­rāśi

Wylie:
  • dngos po med pa’i ngo bo’i phung po
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་པོ་མེད་པའི་ངོ་བོའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhāva­svabhāva­rāśi

One of the uṣṇīṣa kings attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­43
g.­6

Abhāva­svabhāva­samudgata­rāja

Wylie:
  • dngos po med pa’i ngo bo nyid yang dag par ’phags pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་པོ་མེད་པའི་ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་ཡང་དག་པར་འཕགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhāva­svabhāva­samudgata­rāja

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­7

Abhāveśvara

Wylie:
  • dngos med dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་མེད་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • abhāveśvara

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­8

Abhayā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • abhayā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­9

Abhayā

Wylie:
  • mi ’jigs
  • mi ’jigs ma
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཇིགས།
  • མི་འཇིགས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhayā

One of the vidyārājñīs attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­45
g.­10

Abhayadā

Wylie:
  • mi ’jigs sbyin ma
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཇིགས་སྦྱིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhayadā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­100
  • n.­3799
g.­11

Abhija

Wylie:
  • bya bi bzhin
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་བི་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • abhija

One of the grahas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • n.­3767
  • n.­3783
g.­12

Abhijā

Wylie:
  • byi bzhin
Tibetan:
  • བྱི་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • abhijā

The name of a nakṣatra. In one instance the name is given as Abhijit, which is the same as the name of one of the muhūrtas..

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 24.­10
  • n.­3783
g.­13

Abhijata

Wylie:
  • byi bzhin gyi bu
Tibetan:
  • བྱི་བཞིན་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhijata

One of the grahas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • n.­3767
g.­16

Abhyudgatoṣṇīṣa

Wylie:
  • mngon par ’phags pa’i gtsug tor
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་འཕགས་པའི་གཙུག་ཏོར།
Sanskrit:
  • abhyudgatoṣṇīṣa

One of the eight uṣṇīṣa kings. Elsewhere his name is given as “Udgatoṣṇīṣa.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­43
  • 2.­145
  • n.­2272
  • g.­1822
g.­18

Abjavāsinī

Wylie:
  • pad+ma la gnas ma
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ་ལ་གནས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • abjavāsinī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­19

Abjoṣṇīṣa

Wylie:
  • pad+ma’i gtsug tor
Tibetan:
  • པདྨའི་གཙུག་ཏོར།
Sanskrit:
  • abjoṣṇīṣa

The leader of the vidyārājas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­49
g.­20

ācārya

Wylie:
  • slob dpon
Tibetan:
  • སློབ་དཔོན།
Sanskrit:
  • ācārya

See “master.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­202-203
  • 28.­18
  • n.­492
  • n.­3315
  • g.­1023
g.­22

accomplishment

Wylie:
  • dngos grub
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • siddhi

Accomplishment or success in general, as well as any particular magical power or ability. In the latter sense, eight are traditionally enumerated, namely the siddhi of the magical sword, of an eye ointment that renders invisible, etc. The content of the list may vary from source to source.

Located in 267 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­31
  • 1.­33
  • 1.­49
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­66
  • 1.­118
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­45
  • 2.­108
  • 2.­110
  • 2.­113
  • 2.­117
  • 2.­131
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­196
  • 4.­2-3
  • 4.­10
  • 4.­12
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­33-34
  • 4.­36
  • 4.­41-43
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­60
  • 4.­62
  • 5.­12
  • 5.­16
  • 6.­1
  • 7.­5
  • 7.­7-8
  • 7.­29
  • 9.­15
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­17
  • 10.­19-20
  • 10.­23-24
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­51
  • 10.­59
  • 11.­22-23
  • 11.­26-27
  • 11.­31
  • 11.­41
  • 11.­63
  • 11.­92-93
  • 11.­96
  • 11.­99-101
  • 11.­134
  • 11.­137
  • 11.­154
  • 11.­183
  • 11.­203
  • 11.­231
  • 11.­236
  • 11.­240-241
  • 11.­247-248
  • 11.­251-252
  • 11.­255
  • 11.­270
  • 11.­272
  • 12.­12
  • 12.­17
  • 12.­50
  • 13.­16
  • 13.­18
  • 13.­40-41
  • 13.­57-58
  • 13.­65
  • 13.­67-68
  • 13.­70
  • 14.­8
  • 14.­77
  • 14.­84
  • 14.­92-93
  • 14.­99
  • 14.­119
  • 14.­136-140
  • 14.­151
  • 14.­155
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­60
  • 15.­94-95
  • 15.­97
  • 15.­114
  • 15.­116
  • 15.­119-120
  • 15.­122-124
  • 15.­129
  • 15.­134
  • 15.­137
  • 15.­150-151
  • 15.­153-154
  • 15.­182
  • 15.­211-212
  • 15.­216
  • 15.­226
  • 15.­239-240
  • 16.­16
  • 16.­20
  • 16.­26
  • 16.­30
  • 17.­5
  • 24.­2
  • 24.­5
  • 24.­9-10
  • 24.­34
  • 24.­40
  • 24.­200
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­25
  • 25.­38
  • 26.­15-16
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­37
  • 26.­50
  • 26.­56
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­45
  • 27.­52
  • 27.­71
  • 27.­78
  • 27.­80-82
  • 27.­85-86
  • 28.­47
  • 28.­52-53
  • 29.­2
  • 30.­8-9
  • 30.­19
  • 30.­40
  • 30.­42-43
  • 30.­49
  • 30.­51
  • 31.­25
  • 32.­2-6
  • 32.­8
  • 32.­10-12
  • 32.­16
  • 32.­18
  • 32.­20-21
  • 32.­25
  • 32.­27
  • 32.­29
  • 32.­32-34
  • 32.­42
  • 33.­2
  • 33.­18
  • 33.­22
  • 33.­28-29
  • 33.­44
  • 33.­50
  • 33.­84
  • 33.­113-114
  • 33.­125
  • 34.­5
  • 34.­19
  • 34.­28
  • 35.­210
  • 35.­297
  • 37.­9
  • 37.­70
  • 37.­76
  • 38.­33-34
  • 50.­3
  • 51.­50-51
  • 52.­20
  • 52.­86
  • 52.­99
  • 52.­104
  • 53.­249-250
  • 53.­382
  • 53.­384
  • 53.­418
  • 53.­518
  • 53.­526
  • 53.­811
  • 53.­821
  • 53.­845
  • 53.­848
  • 53.­850
  • 54.­80
  • n.­272
  • n.­319
  • n.­470
  • n.­565
  • n.­602
  • n.­607
  • n.­666
  • n.­868
  • n.­928
  • n.­938
  • n.­1019
  • n.­1161
  • n.­1198
  • n.­1227
  • n.­1230
  • n.­1237
  • n.­1255
  • n.­1307
  • n.­1654
  • n.­1661
  • n.­1781-1782
  • n.­1833
  • n.­1879
  • n.­1881
  • n.­1916
  • n.­2007
  • n.­2200
  • n.­3192
  • g.­888
  • g.­1508
g.­23

Acintyārtha­garbha

Wylie:
  • bsam gyis mi khyab pa’i don gyi snying po
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གྱིས་མི་ཁྱབ་པའི་དོན་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • acintyārtha­garbha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­24

Acintyaśrī

Wylie:
  • bsam gyis mi khyab pa’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གྱིས་མི་ཁྱབ་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • acintyaśrī

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­25

activity

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

A ritual activity (such as pacifying, nourishing, etc.). This term is also translated in other instances as “rite,” “karma,” “karman,” or “karmic accumulation.” In the latter three cases the term refers to karmic accumulation, positive or negative, that will produce results in the future, unless it is purified.

Located in 265 passages in the translation:

  • i.­9
  • 1.­4
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­54
  • 2.­4
  • 2.­17
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­45
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­52
  • 2.­108
  • 2.­116-117
  • 2.­123
  • 2.­195
  • 2.­198
  • 3.­1
  • 4.­35
  • 4.­70
  • 4.­72
  • 7.­7
  • 7.­30
  • 8.­1
  • 9.­15
  • 10.­2
  • 11.­50
  • 11.­160
  • 11.­192
  • 11.­214
  • 11.­248-250
  • 11.­253-255
  • 11.­260
  • 13.­2-4
  • 13.­17
  • 13.­24
  • 13.­38-39
  • 13.­47-48
  • 13.­55-57
  • 13.­59
  • 13.­63
  • 13.­65-67
  • 14.­7-8
  • 14.­47
  • 14.­68-69
  • 14.­113
  • 14.­134
  • 14.­136
  • 14.­155-156
  • 14.­172
  • 14.­175
  • 14.­180
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­4
  • 15.­53
  • 15.­57
  • 15.­61
  • 15.­67
  • 15.­70
  • 15.­75
  • 15.­79
  • 15.­82
  • 15.­87-88
  • 15.­90-93
  • 15.­95-96
  • 15.­116
  • 15.­124
  • 15.­151
  • 15.­155
  • 15.­174
  • 15.­182
  • 15.­187
  • 15.­198
  • 15.­210-211
  • 15.­216
  • 15.­233
  • 15.­236-241
  • 15.­243
  • 16.­1
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­14
  • 17.­7-8
  • 24.­33-34
  • 24.­85
  • 24.­177
  • 25.­13
  • 25.­22
  • 25.­24
  • 26.­49
  • 27.­6
  • 27.­16-17
  • 27.­45
  • 27.­75-76
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­45
  • 30.­7
  • 32.­5-6
  • 32.­39
  • 33.­36
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­46
  • 33.­96-97
  • 33.­126
  • 34.­14-16
  • 34.­20-21
  • 35.­56
  • 35.­64
  • 35.­70
  • 35.­72-73
  • 35.­82
  • 35.­87
  • 35.­93
  • 35.­106
  • 35.­117
  • 35.­134
  • 35.­137
  • 35.­144
  • 35.­160
  • 35.­167
  • 35.­176
  • 35.­181-182
  • 35.­184
  • 35.­186
  • 35.­192
  • 35.­198
  • 35.­206
  • 35.­210
  • 35.­217-218
  • 35.­245
  • 35.­283
  • 35.­285
  • 36.­1
  • 36.­12-14
  • 36.­17
  • 37.­2
  • 37.­17
  • 37.­24
  • 37.­37
  • 37.­58
  • 37.­64
  • 37.­68-69
  • 37.­71-72
  • 37.­77
  • 37.­79
  • 37.­81-85
  • 37.­89-91
  • 37.­93
  • 37.­95-96
  • 37.­98-99
  • 37.­101-103
  • 37.­105
  • 37.­117
  • 37.­122
  • 38.­34
  • 51.­50-51
  • 52.­20
  • 52.­129
  • 52.­148
  • 53.­62
  • 53.­174
  • 53.­176
  • 53.­573
  • 53.­585
  • 53.­889
  • 53.­922
  • n.­297
  • n.­636
  • n.­662
  • n.­800
  • n.­937-938
  • n.­941
  • n.­960
  • n.­1008
  • n.­1028
  • n.­1034
  • n.­1075
  • n.­1147
  • n.­1155
  • n.­1160
  • n.­1166
  • n.­1173-1174
  • n.­1181
  • n.­1227
  • n.­1288
  • n.­1291
  • n.­1330
  • n.­1335
  • n.­1339
  • n.­1377
  • n.­1417
  • n.­1424
  • n.­1654
  • n.­1676
  • n.­1881
  • n.­1888
  • n.­1946
  • n.­2000
  • n.­2004
  • n.­2192
  • n.­2320
  • n.­2344
  • n.­2394
  • n.­2432
  • n.­2451
  • n.­2483
  • n.­2536
  • n.­2648
  • n.­2841
  • n.­3311
  • g.­695
  • g.­1341
g.­26

Adāntā

Wylie:
  • spyin med
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱིན་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • adāntā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­28

Adbhuta

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • adbhuta

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • n.­3635
g.­29

Adbhutā

Wylie:
  • rmad byung ma
Tibetan:
  • རྨད་བྱུང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • adbhutā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­30

adept of vidyās

Wylie:
  • rig ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • རིག་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyādhara

See “vidyādhara.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­7
  • g.­2039
g.­31

Adhama

Wylie:
  • tha ma
Tibetan:
  • ཐ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • adhama

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­32

Adhṛṣya

Wylie:
  • mi tshugs pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་ཚུགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • adhṛṣya

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­33

Āditya

Wylie:
  • nyi ma
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • āditya

The sun; the god of the sun; the king identified as Āditya­vardhana of the Śrīkaṇṭha-Sthāṇvīśvara dynasty who ruled in Madhyadeśa in the sixth century ᴄᴇ.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • 2.­170
  • 6.­10
  • 30.­25
  • 31.­45
  • 53.­561
  • n.­3057-3058
g.­34

Ādityaprabhāva

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • ādityaprabhāva

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­35

Ādityarāja

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ādityarāja

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­36

Adyota

Wylie:
  • snang med
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • adyota

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­37

affliction

Wylie:
  • nyon mongs
Tibetan:
  • ཉོན་མོངས།
Sanskrit:
  • kleśa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The essentially pure nature of mind is obscured and afflicted by various psychological defilements, which destroy the mind’s peace and composure and lead to unwholesome deeds of body, speech, and mind, acting as causes for continued existence in saṃsāra. Included among them are the primary afflictions of desire (rāga), anger (dveṣa), and ignorance (avidyā). It is said that there are eighty-four thousand of these negative mental qualities, for which the eighty-four thousand categories of the Buddha’s teachings serve as the antidote.

Kleśa is also commonly translated as “negative emotions,” “disturbing emotions,” and so on. The Pāli kilesa, Middle Indic kileśa, and Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit kleśa all primarily mean “stain” or “defilement.” The translation “affliction” is a secondary development that derives from the more general (non-Buddhist) classical understanding of √kliś (“to harm,“ “to afflict”). Both meanings are noted by Buddhist commentators.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­58
  • 24.­221
  • 33.­120
  • 35.­67
  • 37.­5
  • 51.­74
  • 53.­197
  • 53.­332
  • 53.­674
  • 54.­29
  • n.­31
  • n.­3364
  • g.­491
  • g.­1127
g.­38

Agasti

Wylie:
  • a ma ti
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་མ་ཏི།
Sanskrit:
  • agasti

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­83
  • n.­1734
g.­39

Āgneyā

Wylie:
  • me phyogs ma
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཕྱོགས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • āgneyā

One of the great mātṛs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­104
g.­40

Agni

Wylie:
  • me
  • me lha
Tibetan:
  • མེ།
  • མེ་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • agni

One of the sages (ṛṣi); also the name of the god of fire.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­83
  • 2.­162
  • 2.­169
  • 35.­173
  • 37.­22
  • g.­17
  • g.­626
g.­42

Agnirasa

Wylie:
  • me’i rgyud
Tibetan:
  • མེའི་རྒྱུད།
Sanskrit:
  • agnirasa

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­83
g.­43

Āhvayana

Wylie:
  • ’bod byed
Tibetan:
  • འབོད་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • āhvayana

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­44

Aindrī

Wylie:
  • dbang mo
Tibetan:
  • དབང་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • aindrī
  • aindrāṇī

One of the great mātṛs. Elsewhere her name is given as “Indrāṇī.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­104
  • g.­604
g.­46

Aiśānī

Wylie:
  • dbang ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • aiśānī

One of the great mātṛs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­104
g.­47

Ajagara

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • ajagara

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­3573
g.­48

Ajara

Wylie:
  • rga ba med pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ajara

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­49

Ajātapakṣa

Wylie:
  • ’dab med skyes
Tibetan:
  • འདབ་མེད་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit:
  • ajātapakṣa

One of the garuḍa kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­87
g.­51

Ajiravatī

Wylie:
  • ’khor sa ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ས་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ajiravatī

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­58
  • n.­119
g.­52

Ajitā

Wylie:
  • gzhan gyis mi thub ma
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་གྱིས་མི་ཐུབ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ajitā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­56

Akaniṣṭha

Wylie:
  • ’og min
Tibetan:
  • འོག་མིན།
Sanskrit:
  • akaniṣṭha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 1.­91
g.­57

Akaniṣṭha

Wylie:
  • ’og min
Tibetan:
  • འོག་མིན།
Sanskrit:
  • akaniṣṭha

The highest heaven in the realm of form; also the name of the gods living there.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­35
  • 2.­156
  • 2.­167
  • 5.­8
  • 10.­7
  • 14.­98
  • 15.­192
  • 26.­13
  • 31.­30
  • 37.­46
  • 53.­1
  • 53.­18
  • 53.­49
  • 53.­116
  • n.­2328
  • n.­2366
  • n.­2809
g.­58

Akarma

Wylie:
  • las med
Tibetan:
  • ལས་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • akarma

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • n.­3479
g.­59

Ākarṣaṇa­dhāriṇī

Wylie:
  • ’gugs par byed pa’i gzungs ma
Tibetan:
  • འགུགས་པར་བྱེད་པའི་གཟུངས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ākarṣaṇa­dhāriṇī

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­60

Ākarṣaṇī

Wylie:
  • ’gugs byed ma
Tibetan:
  • འགུགས་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ākarṣaṇī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­61

Ākāśa

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ།
Sanskrit:
  • ākāśa

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­62

Ākāśagarbha

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ākāśagarbha

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • 28.­5
g.­63

ākāśamātṛ

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i ma mo
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་མ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ākāśamātṛ

“Sky mother”; a class of female spirits.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­64

Ākāśānantya

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ mtha’ yas
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit:
  • ākāśānantya

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­91
g.­65

Ākhyadivya

Wylie:
  • grags bzang
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • ākhyadivya

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­66

Ākiñcanya

Wylie:
  • ci yang med pa
Tibetan:
  • ཅི་ཡང་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ākiñcanya

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­91
g.­67

Akṣayamati

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • akṣayamati

One of the kings of the rākṣasas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­77
  • 28.­2
  • 28.­5
g.­68

Akulika

Wylie:
  • rigs med ldan
Tibetan:
  • རིགས་མེད་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • akulika

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­69

Alaka

Wylie:
  • lcang lo
Tibetan:
  • ལྕང་ལོ།
Sanskrit:
  • alaka

The realm of Kubera.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­91
g.­72

Ālokapāṇi

Wylie:
  • snang ba’i phyag
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བའི་ཕྱག
Sanskrit:
  • ālokapāṇi

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­73

Ālokasundarī

Wylie:
  • snang bar mdzes ma
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བར་མཛེས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ālokasundarī

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­74

Alūkā

Wylie:
  • ’ug pa ma ma yin pa
Tibetan:
  • འུག་པ་མ་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • alūkā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • n.­79
  • n.­3547
g.­75

Amala

Wylie:
  • dri med
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • amala

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­76

Amalakīrti

Wylie:
  • grags pa dri ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་པ་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • amalakīrti

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­77

Amalāntakarī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • amalāntakarī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­78

Amanoratha

Wylie:
  • bsam pa ma yin pa
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་པ་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • amanoratha

One of the kings of the piśācas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­79
  • n.­197
g.­79

Āmarṣa

Wylie:
  • phrag dog
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲག་དོག
Sanskrit:
  • āmarṣa

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­80

Ambara

Wylie:
  • gos can
Tibetan:
  • གོས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • ambara

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­83
  • n.­3736
g.­81

Ambarā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • ambarā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­3615
g.­82

Amitā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • amitā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­83

Amitābha

Wylie:
  • dpag med ’od
Tibetan:
  • དཔག་མེད་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • amitābha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The buddha of the western buddhafield of Sukhāvatī, where fortunate beings are reborn to make further progress toward spiritual maturity. Amitābha made his great vows to create such a realm when he was a bodhisattva called Dharmākara. In the Pure Land Buddhist tradition, popular in East Asia, aspiring to be reborn in his buddha realm is the main emphasis; in other Mahāyāna traditions, too, it is a widespread practice. For a detailed description of the realm, see The Display of the Pure Land of Sukhāvatī, Toh 115. In some tantras that make reference to the five families he is the tathāgata associated with the lotus family.

Amitābha, “Infinite Light,” is also known in many Indian Buddhist works as Amitāyus, “Infinite Life.” In both East Asian and Tibetan Buddhist traditions he is often conflated with another buddha named “Infinite Life,” Aparimitāyus, or “Infinite Life and Wisdom,”Aparimitāyurjñāna, the shorter version of whose name has also been back-translated from Tibetan into Sanskrit as Amitāyus but who presides over a realm in the zenith. For details on the relation between these buddhas and their names, see The Aparimitāyurjñāna Sūtra (1) Toh 674, i.9.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 2.­151-152
  • 4.­72
  • 14.­4
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­27
  • 27.­40
  • 35.­122
  • 37.­110
  • n.­40
  • n.­1636
  • g.­592
  • g.­876
  • g.­1640
g.­85

Amitāyurjñāna­viniścaya­rāja

Wylie:
  • tshe dpag tu med pa ye shes rnam par nges pa’i rgyal po
  • tshe dang ye shes dpag tu med pa rnam par nges pa’i dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཚེ་དཔག་ཏུ་མེད་པ་ཡེ་ཤེས་རྣམ་པར་ངེས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
  • ཚེ་དང་ཡེ་ཤེས་དཔག་ཏུ་མེད་པ་རྣམ་པར་ངེས་པའི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • amitāyurjñāna­viniścaya­rāja
  • amitāyurjñāna­viniścaya­rājendra
  • amitāyurjñāna­rājendra
  • amitāyurjñāna­viniścaya

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK. His name is elsewhere also given as “Amitāyurviniścaya­rājendra.”

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­36
  • 27.­3-4
  • 27.­6
  • 27.­19
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­27-28
  • 27.­44
  • 35.­122
  • 37.­110
  • n.­1619
  • n.­1631-1632
  • g.­84
  • g.­86
  • g.­87
  • g.­88
g.­87

Amitāyurviniścaya­rājendra

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • amitāyurviniścaya­rājendra

Another name of Amitāyurjñāna­viniścaya­rāja.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­35-38
  • 27.­40-42
  • n.­1653
  • g.­85
g.­89

Amoghapāśa

Wylie:
  • don yod zhags pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་ཞགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • amoghapāśa

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­90

Amṛṣya

Wylie:
  • bzod par dka’ ba
Tibetan:
  • བཟོད་པར་དཀའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • amṛṣya

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­91

Amṛtakuṇḍalin

Wylie:
  • bdud rtsi thab sbyor can
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་རྩི་ཐབ་སྦྱོར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • amṛtakuṇḍalin

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­92

Aṃśa

Wylie:
  • cha shas
Tibetan:
  • ཆ་ཤས།
Sanskrit:
  • aṃśa

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­94

Anala

Wylie:
  • me
Tibetan:
  • མེ།
Sanskrit:
  • anala

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­95

Ānanda

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ānanda

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A major śrāvaka disciple and personal attendant of the Buddha Śākyamuni during the last twenty-five years of his life. He was a cousin of the Buddha (according to the Mahāvastu, he was a son of Śuklodana, one of the brothers of King Śuddhodana, which means he was a brother of Devadatta; other sources say he was a son of Amṛtodana, another brother of King Śuddhodana, which means he would have been a brother of Aniruddha).

Ānanda, having always been in the Buddha’s presence, is said to have memorized all the teachings he heard and is celebrated for having recited all the Buddha’s teachings by memory at the first council of the Buddhist saṅgha, thus preserving the teachings after the Buddha’s parinirvāṇa. The phrase “Thus did I hear at one time,” found at the beginning of the sūtras, usually stands for his recitation of the teachings. He became a patriarch after the passing of Mahākāśyapa.

In this text:

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • 11.­196
  • 53.­194
  • n.­2849
g.­96

Ananta

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit:
  • ananta

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­81
  • 4.­102
g.­97

Anantā

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas ma
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • anantā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3691
g.­98

Anantābha

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas ’od
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • anantābha

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­99

Anantabhūta

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • anantabhūta

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­100

Anantadruma

Wylie:
  • ljon pa mtha’ yas
Tibetan:
  • ལྗོན་པ་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit:
  • anantadruma

One of the kinnara kings.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­89
  • n.­3744
g.­101

Anantagati

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas ’gros
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་འགྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • anantagati

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­102

Anantagrīva

Wylie:
  • mgrin pa mtha’ yas
Tibetan:
  • མགྲིན་པ་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit:
  • anantagrīva

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­103

Anantaketu

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas tog
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • anantaketu

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­104

Anantaketu

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas tog ma
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་ཏོག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • anantaketu

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­105

Anantakīrti

Wylie:
  • grags pa mtha’ yas
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་པ་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit:
  • anantakīrti

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­106

Anantakuṇḍalin

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas thab sbyor can
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་ཐབ་སྦྱོར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • anantakuṇḍalin

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­107

Anantānta

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas mtha’
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་མཐའ།
Sanskrit:
  • anantānta

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • n.­3630
g.­108

Anantapāṇi

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas phyag
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་ཕྱག
Sanskrit:
  • anantapāṇi

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­109

Anantapatra

Wylie:
  • ’dab ma mtha’ yas
Tibetan:
  • འདབ་མ་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit:
  • anantapatra

One of the uṣṇīṣa kings attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­43
g.­110

Anantaphala

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas ’bras bu
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • anantaphala

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­111

Anantapīlu

Wylie:
  • pI lu mtha’ yas
Tibetan:
  • པཱི་ལུ་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit:
  • anantapīlu

One of the kings of the piśācas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­79
g.­112

Anantaśiras

Wylie:
  • mgo mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan:
  • མགོ་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anantaśiras

One of the kings of the rākṣasas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­77
g.­113

Anantaśrī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • anantaśrī

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­114

Anantaśriyā

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas dpal
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • anantaśriyā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­115

Anantasvara

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas pa’i sgra
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་པའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • anantasvara

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­116

Anantaṭī

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba mtha’ yas
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit:
  • anantaṭī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­117

Anantatreya

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas rgyun shes kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་རྒྱུན་ཤེས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • anantatreya

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­118

Anantāvabhāsa­jñāna­rāja

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas par snang ba’i ye shes kyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་པར་སྣང་བའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • anantāvabhāsa­jñāna­rāja

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­119

Anantāvabhāsa­rājendra

Wylie:
  • snang ba mtha’ yas dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བ་མཐའ་ཡས་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • anantāvabhāsa­rājendra

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­36
g.­120

Anātha

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • anātha

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • n.­3504
g.­121

Anāthada

Wylie:
  • mgon med sbyin
Tibetan:
  • མགོན་མེད་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • anāthada

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­123

Andhārasundarī

Wylie:
  • mun par mdzes ma
Tibetan:
  • མུན་པར་མཛེས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • andhārasundarī

One of the great yakṣiṇīs; the name seems to be synonymous with Tamasundarī.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­100
  • 52.­56
  • n.­2676
  • n.­3805
g.­127

Aṅgada

Wylie:
  • dpung rgyan
Tibetan:
  • དཔུང་རྒྱན།
Sanskrit:
  • aṅgada

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­128

Aṅgāraka

Wylie:
  • mig dmar
Tibetan:
  • མིག་དམར།
Sanskrit:
  • aṅgāraka

The planet Mars.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • g.­1018
g.­129

Aṅgirasa

Wylie:
  • ang gi ra sa
Tibetan:
  • ཨང་གི་ར་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • aṅgirasa

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­83
g.­130

Aṅgirasī

Wylie:
  • ang gi ra si
Tibetan:
  • ཨང་གི་ར་སི།
Sanskrit:
  • aṅgirasī

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • n.­3784
g.­133

Anilā

Wylie:
  • rlung ma
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • anilā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi; one of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 1.­100
  • n.­3800
g.­134

Aniruddha

Wylie:
  • ma ’gags pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་འགགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • aniruddha

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • 53.­81
  • 53.­90
  • 53.­122
  • 53.­200
g.­135

Anivartin

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ldog pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anivartin

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­136

Anivartita

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • anivartita

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­138

Anurādha

Wylie:
  • lha mtshams
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མཚམས།
Sanskrit:
  • anurādha

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­1416
  • n.­3683
  • n.­5046
g.­139

Anurādhā

Wylie:
  • lha mtshams
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མཚམས།
Sanskrit:
  • anurādhā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 15.­153
  • 24.­7
  • 24.­85
  • 24.­91
  • 24.­137
  • 24.­181
  • 24.­220
  • n.­1433
g.­140

Apalāla

Wylie:
  • sog ma med
Tibetan:
  • སོག་མ་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • apalāla

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­141

Aparājitā

Wylie:
  • a pa rA dzi te
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་པ་རཱ་ཛི་ཏེ།
Sanskrit:
  • aparājitā

One of the “four sisters” invoked in a mantra; one of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 2.­69
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­37
  • 37.­89
  • n.­2402
  • n.­5628
  • g.­1812
g.­143

apasmāra

Wylie:
  • brjed byed
Tibetan:
  • བརྗེད་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • apasmāra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings believed to cause epilepsy, fits, and loss of memory. As their name suggests‍—the Skt. apasmāra literally means “without memory” and the Tib. brjed byed means “causing forgetfulness”‍—they are defined by the condition they cause in affected humans, and the term can refer to any nonhuman being that causes such conditions, whether a bhūta, a piśāca, or other.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­144

Āpāta

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • āpāta

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­145

Apāyajaha

Wylie:
  • ngan song rnam par sbyong ba
Tibetan:
  • ངན་སོང་རྣམ་པར་སྦྱོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • apāyajaha

One of the sixteen great bodhisattvas. The content of the list varies from text to text.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • 2.­141
  • 4.­74
  • 11.­195
  • 37.­105
  • n.­4160
g.­146

Apramāṇa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • apramāṇa

One of the gods’ realms; also the name of the gods living there.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 53.­1
g.­148

Aquarius

Wylie:
  • bum pa
Tibetan:
  • བུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumbha

See “Kumbha.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­85
  • 24.­103
  • n.­1422
  • g.­796
g.­150

Arciṣmatī

Wylie:
  • me chen ma
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཆེན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • arciṣmatī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • n.­87
g.­151

Ārdrā

Wylie:
  • lag
Tibetan:
  • ལག
Sanskrit:
  • ārdrā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 24.­6
  • 24.­64
  • 24.­134
  • 24.­218
  • n.­3776
g.­152

Areṇu

Wylie:
  • rdul med
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • areṇu

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • n.­128
g.­153

arhat

Wylie:
  • dgra bcom pa
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • arhat

“Worthy one” is an epithet applied to the original (usually sixteen) disciples of the Buddha; also a term for any being who attained nirvāṇa by following the Hīnayāna vehicle.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 1.­10
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­37
  • 27.­3-4
  • 27.­6
  • 27.­27-28
  • 27.­42
  • 35.­41
  • 37.­38
  • 50.­49
  • 51.­54
  • 53.­1
  • 53.­7-8
  • 53.­14
  • 53.­81
  • 53.­103
  • 53.­188
  • 53.­220-221
  • n.­1619
  • n.­2799
  • n.­2805
  • g.­490
  • g.­610
  • g.­1294
g.­154

Aries

Wylie:
  • lug
Tibetan:
  • ལུག
Sanskrit:
  • meṣa

See “Meṣa.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­84
  • 24.­5
  • 24.­52
  • g.­1042
g.­156

Arka

Wylie:
  • nyi ma
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • arka

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­95
g.­157

Arthabhāvābha

Wylie:
  • don gyi ’od
Tibetan:
  • དོན་གྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • arthabhāvābha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­158

Arthacara

Wylie:
  • don spyod
Tibetan:
  • དོན་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • arthacara

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­159

Arthaṅkara

Wylie:
  • nor byed
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • arthaṅkara

Name of a yakṣa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­160

Arthavatī

Wylie:
  • don ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • arthavatī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­161

Arthavatī

Wylie:
  • nor ldan
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • arthavatī

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­96
g.­162

Ārti

Wylie:
  • nyam thag pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉམ་ཐག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ārti

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­163

Aruṇa

Wylie:
  • chu lha
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • aruṇa

One of the kinnara kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­89
g.­164

Aruṇa

Wylie:
  • skya rengs
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱ་རེངས།
Sanskrit:
  • aruṇa

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­165

Aruru

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • aruru

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­3655
g.­166

Āṣāḍhā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • aṣāḍhā

The name of a nakṣatra. The Tibetan translation of the MMK provides the specific names of both of the Āṣāḍhās while the Sanskrit does not. See entries for Pūrvāṣāḍhā and Uttārāṣāḍhā.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 24.­8
  • 24.­91-92
  • 24.­97
  • 24.­140
  • 24.­222
  • g.­1278
  • g.­1905
g.­167

Asamā

Wylie:
  • mnyam med ma
Tibetan:
  • མཉམ་མེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • asamā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • n.­3557
g.­169

Asaṅga

Wylie:
  • thogs med
Tibetan:
  • ཐོགས་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅga

Famous Yogācāra scholar.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • 53.­452
  • n.­26
g.­170

Aśani

Wylie:
  • gnam lcags
  • gnam lcags ’byin
Tibetan:
  • གནམ་ལྕགས།
  • གནམ་ལྕགས་འབྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • aśani

Lightning; also lightning personified.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­171

Aśeṣaketu

Wylie:
  • mtha’ dag gi tog
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་དག་གི་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • aśeṣaketu

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­173

Asitā

Wylie:
  • dkar med ma
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་མེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • asitā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­174

Āśleṣā

Wylie:
  • skag
Tibetan:
  • སྐག
Sanskrit:
  • āśleṣā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 24.­6
  • 24.­64
  • 24.­69
  • 24.­135
  • 24.­218
  • n.­3777
g.­176

Aśokā

Wylie:
  • mya ngan med ma
Tibetan:
  • མྱ་ངན་མེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • aśokā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­178

Āśritā

Wylie:
  • gnas ma
Tibetan:
  • གནས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • āśritā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3694
g.­179

Āstika

Wylie:
  • yod pa pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོད་པ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āstika

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­83
g.­180

asura

Wylie:
  • lha min
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མིན།
Sanskrit:
  • asura

A class of divine beings ranking below gods (deva), known for their jealous and warlike disposition.

Located in 75 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­93
  • 4.­34
  • 10.­6-7
  • 11.­85
  • 11.­127
  • 11.­131
  • 11.­264
  • 12.­15
  • 12.­23
  • 13.­52
  • 15.­85
  • 15.­190
  • 17.­3
  • 24.­14
  • 24.­18
  • 24.­125
  • 24.­205
  • 25.­13
  • 26.­41
  • 28.­42
  • 30.­21
  • 32.­13
  • 33.­83
  • 34.­16
  • 36.­13
  • 37.­7
  • 37.­28
  • 37.­60
  • 37.­73
  • 38.­28
  • 52.­95
  • 52.­115
  • 53.­51
  • 53.­63
  • 53.­74
  • 53.­79
  • 53.­97
  • 53.­118
  • 53.­233
  • 53.­238
  • 53.­422
  • 53.­909
  • 53.­916
  • 54.­4
  • 54.­54
  • 54.­56
  • 54.­66-69
  • 54.­104
  • n.­725
  • n.­1263-1264
  • n.­1570
  • n.­1768
  • n.­1770
  • n.­2004
  • n.­2350-2351
  • n.­2370
  • n.­3338
  • n.­3348
  • g.­182
  • g.­209
  • g.­223
  • g.­368
  • g.­383
  • g.­776
  • g.­1181
  • g.­1235
  • g.­1293
  • g.­1592
  • g.­2027
g.­181

Asura

Wylie:
  • lha ma yin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit:
  • asura

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­183

Asvarā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • asvarā

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­58
  • n.­121
  • n.­3622
g.­184

Āśvāsaka

Wylie:
  • dbugs ’byin
Tibetan:
  • དབུགས་འབྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • āśvāsaka

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­186

Aśvinī

Wylie:
  • tha skar
Tibetan:
  • ཐ་སྐར།
Sanskrit:
  • aśvinī

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 24.­4
  • 24.­52
  • 24.­129
  • 24.­181
  • 24.­212
  • n.­1451
g.­187

Atapas

Wylie:
  • mi gdung ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་གདུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • atapas

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­91
  • 2.­157
  • 5.­8
  • 53.­1
g.­190

Atijavā

Wylie:
  • rab tu mgyogs ma
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་མགྱོགས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • atijavā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­191

Atiśayavatī

Wylie:
  • lhag par ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་པར་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • atiśayavatī

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­192

Atiśayendra­rāja

Wylie:
  • mngon par rtogs pa’i dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་རྟོགས་པའི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • atiśayendra­rāja

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • n.­38
g.­193

Ātreya

Wylie:
  • rgyun shes kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་ཤེས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • ātreya

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • 1.­83
g.­194

Atṛṣṇa

Wylie:
  • mi ngoms pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་ངོམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • atṛṣṇa

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­3588
g.­195

Atyadbhuta

Wylie:
  • mngon par ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • atyadbhuta

One of the uṣṇīṣa kings attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­43
  • n.­3527
g.­196

Atyunnata

Wylie:
  • mngon par mtho ba
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་མཐོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • atyunnata

One of the uṣṇīṣa kings attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­43
g.­197

Avabhāsaṃkara

Wylie:
  • snang bar mdzad pa
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བར་མཛད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • avabhāsaṃkara

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­198

Avaivarttika

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • avaivarttika

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • n.­64
g.­199

Āvalī

Wylie:
  • phreng ba ma
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲེང་བ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • āvalī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­200

Avalokita

Wylie:
  • kun tu lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • avalokita

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­201

Avalokiteśvara

Wylie:
  • spyan ras gzigs dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱན་རས་གཟིགས་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • avalokiteśvara

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the “eight close sons of the Buddha,” he is also known as the bodhisattva who embodies compassion. In certain tantras, he is also the lord of the three families, where he embodies the compassion of the buddhas. In Tibet, he attained great significance as a special protector of Tibet, and in China, in female form, as Guanyin, the most important bodhisattva in all of East Asia.

In this text:

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 43 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • 2.­140
  • 2.­151
  • 2.­166
  • 2.­190
  • 4.­72-73
  • 4.­88-89
  • 5.­5
  • 5.­10
  • 6.­3
  • 7.­17-18
  • 7.­22-23
  • 11.­195
  • 26.­32
  • 28.­2-3
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­24
  • 29.­7
  • 32.­36
  • 37.­32
  • 37.­71
  • 37.­98
  • 50.­14
  • 50.­18-19
  • 54.­104
  • n.­467
  • n.­591
  • n.­656
  • n.­658
  • n.­906-907
  • n.­2500
  • n.­2505-2506
  • n.­2930
  • g.­868
  • g.­876
g.­203

Avīci

Wylie:
  • mnar med
Tibetan:
  • མནར་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • avīci

The worst of the hell realms.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­35
  • 1.­106
  • 7.­3
  • 11.­242
  • 34.­23
  • 37.­66
  • 53.­146
  • 53.­264
  • 53.­489
  • 53.­670-671
  • 53.­906
  • 54.­76-77
  • 54.­79
  • 54.­90
  • n.­630
  • n.­2957
  • n.­3360
g.­204

Avipakṣitarāja

Wylie:
  • mi mthun pa’i phyogs med pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཐུན་པའི་ཕྱོགས་མེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • avipakṣitarāja

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­205

Avitatharāśi

Wylie:
  • de kho na nyid kyi phung po
Tibetan:
  • དེ་ཁོ་ན་ཉིད་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • avitatharāśi

One of the uṣṇīṣa kings attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­43
g.­206

Avivartita

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ldog pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • avivartita

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • n.­64
  • n.­3520
g.­207

Avṛha

Wylie:
  • mi che ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • avṛha

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­91
  • 2.­157
  • 53.­1
g.­208

awakening

Wylie:
  • byang chub
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi

This may be awakening in the literal sense, as from sleep, but in the Buddhist context it is the awakening from ignorance, i.e., the direct realization of truth.

Located in 137 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5-6
  • i.­9
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­118
  • 2.­112
  • 2.­130-131
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­195
  • 2.­203
  • 4.­2
  • 4.­39
  • 4.­41-42
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­5
  • 7.­7
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­27
  • 7.­29
  • 8.­6
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­21
  • 10.­57
  • 11.­137
  • 11.­141
  • 11.­199
  • 11.­257
  • 11.­260
  • 14.­6-7
  • 14.­101
  • 14.­110
  • 14.­113
  • 14.­133
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­217
  • 15.­219
  • 15.­242
  • 16.­29
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­21-22
  • 17.­25
  • 24.­24
  • 24.­28
  • 24.­30
  • 24.­32
  • 27.­3
  • 27.­5
  • 27.­43
  • 28.­49
  • 29.­2
  • 30.­44
  • 31.­23
  • 33.­103
  • 34.­8
  • 35.­305
  • 37.­2
  • 37.­66
  • 37.­70
  • 37.­76
  • 37.­104
  • 37.­111
  • 37.­113
  • 50.­20
  • 50.­22
  • 52.­6
  • 53.­7-8
  • 53.­92
  • 53.­95
  • 53.­104
  • 53.­329
  • 53.­352
  • 53.­367
  • 53.­375
  • 53.­390
  • 53.­400
  • 53.­404
  • 53.­448
  • 53.­455
  • 53.­483
  • 53.­496
  • 53.­500
  • 53.­516
  • 53.­524
  • 53.­529
  • 53.­546
  • 53.­594
  • 53.­611
  • 53.­630
  • 53.­768
  • 53.­778
  • 53.­780
  • 53.­786
  • 53.­808
  • 53.­818-819
  • 53.­876
  • 53.­896
  • 53.­921
  • 53.­923
  • 54.­11
  • 54.­21
  • 54.­85
  • 54.­99
  • n.­5
  • n.­392
  • n.­471
  • n.­624
  • n.­1279
  • n.­1319-1321
  • n.­1344
  • n.­2441
  • n.­2508
  • n.­2611
  • n.­2761
  • n.­2772
  • n.­2799
  • n.­2806
  • n.­2908
  • n.­2946
  • n.­2948
  • n.­2962
  • n.­2964
  • n.­3192
  • n.­3230
  • g.­293
  • g.­610
  • g.­1251
  • g.­1763
g.­209

Bāhu

Wylie:
  • lag pa
Tibetan:
  • ལག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bāhu

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi; one of the kings of asuras.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • 1.­92
  • n.­6184
g.­210

Bahukūṭā

Wylie:
  • lag brtsegs ma
Tibetan:
  • ལག་བརྩེགས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bahukūṭā

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­211

Bahulā

Wylie:
  • mang ma
Tibetan:
  • མང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bahulā

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­102
g.­212

Bahulavatī

Wylie:
  • mang ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • མང་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bahulavatī

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­102
g.­213

Bahumatā

Wylie:
  • yid mang ma
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་མང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bahumatā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3698
g.­215

Bala

Wylie:
  • stobs
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • bala

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi; a south Indian king contemporary with Mahendra.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • 53.­569
  • n.­3067
g.­219

Balavān

Wylie:
  • stobs ldan
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • balavān

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­220

Balavatī

Wylie:
  • stobs ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • balavatī

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­58
  • n.­118
g.­223

Balin

Wylie:
  • stobs ldan
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • balin

One of the kings of the asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­92
g.­226

Bandhanānantaś­cara

Wylie:
  • ’ching ba’i nang spyod
Tibetan:
  • འཆིང་བའི་ནང་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • bandhanānantaś­cara

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­3566
g.­227

barbarian

Wylie:
  • kla klo
Tibetan:
  • ཀླ་ཀློ།
Sanskrit:
  • mleccha

See “mleccha.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­32
  • 24.­132
  • 24.­138
  • 24.­211
  • g.­1046
g.­229

Bhaddāli

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • bhaddāli

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­3677
g.­230

Bhadrakalpika

Wylie:
  • skal bzang yod
Tibetan:
  • སྐལ་བཟང་ཡོད།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadrakalpika

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­231

Bhadrapadā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • bhadrapadā

The name of a pair of nakṣatras.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 24.­9
  • 24.­103
  • 24.­107-108
  • 24.­144
  • 24.­181
  • 24.­223
  • 24.­225
g.­233

Bhadrapāṇi

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • bhadrapāṇi

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­234

Bhadrika

Wylie:
  • bzang po
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadrika

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the eight great śrāvakas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • 4.­81
g.­236

bhaginī

Wylie:
  • sring mo
Tibetan:
  • སྲིང་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhaginī

“Sister”; a class of female spirits.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • n.­5927
g.­237

Bhaginī

Wylie:
  • sring mo
Tibetan:
  • སྲིང་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhaginī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­238

Bhagīratha

Wylie:
  • b+ha gI ra tha
Tibetan:
  • བྷ་གཱི་ར་ཐ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagīratha

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­83
g.­239

Bhāgīrathī

Wylie:
  • chu bo ma
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāgīrathī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • n.­83
g.­242

Bhaiṣajya­guru­vaiḍūrya­prabha­rāja

Wylie:
  • sman gyi bla vai dUrya’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • སྨན་གྱི་བླ་བཻ༹་དཱུརྱའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • bhaiṣajya­guru­vaiḍūrya­prabha­rāja
  • bhaiṣajya­vaiḍūrya­rāja

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the eight tathāgatas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­36
  • 4.­79
g.­245

Bhakṣaka

Wylie:
  • za byed
Tibetan:
  • ཟ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • bhakṣaka

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­247

Bharadvāja

Wylie:
  • b+ha ra dwa dza
Tibetan:
  • བྷ་ར་དྭ་ཛ།
Sanskrit:
  • bharadvāja

One of the garuḍa kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­87
g.­248

Bharadvāja

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • bharadvāja

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­143
g.­249

Bharaṇī

Wylie:
  • bra nye
Tibetan:
  • བྲ་ཉེ།
Sanskrit:
  • bharaṇī

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 24.­4
  • 24.­52
  • 24.­131
  • 24.­181
  • 24.­212
  • n.­1451
  • n.­3774
  • n.­5183
g.­251

Bharata

Wylie:
  • rgyas pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bharata

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­253

Bhasmāntikā

Wylie:
  • thal bar nye gnas ma
Tibetan:
  • ཐལ་བར་ཉེ་གནས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhasmāntikā

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­102
g.­254

Bhasmodgirā

Wylie:
  • thal ba za ma
Tibetan:
  • ཐལ་བ་ཟ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhasmodgirā

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­102
  • n.­3810
g.­258

Bhavānta

Wylie:
  • rgyu mtha’
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུ་མཐའ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhavānta

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­259

Bhavāntikā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • bhavāntikā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­260

Bhāvatī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • bhāvatī

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­261

Bheraṇḍa

Wylie:
  • e raN+Da
Tibetan:
  • ཨེ་རཎྜ།
Sanskrit:
  • bheraṇḍa

One of the mahoraga kings.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­85
  • n.­207
  • n.­3737
g.­262

Bheruṇḍa

Wylie:
  • te raN+Da
Tibetan:
  • ཏེ་རཎྜ།
Sanskrit:
  • bheruṇḍa

One of the mahoraga kings.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­85
  • n.­3737
g.­263

Bhīṣaṇa

Wylie:
  • ’jigs byed
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • bhīṣaṇa

One of the kings of the rākṣasas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­77
g.­264

Bhogāvalī

Wylie:
  • longs spyod phreng ma
Tibetan:
  • ལོངས་སྤྱོད་ཕྲེང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhogāvalī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • n.­3551
g.­265

Bhogavatī

Wylie:
  • longs spyod ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • ལོངས་སྤྱོད་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhogavatī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • 37.­57
  • 50.­15
  • 53.­502
  • n.­2339
g.­269

Bhramara

Wylie:
  • bung ba
Tibetan:
  • བུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhramara

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­93
g.­270

Bhramarī

Wylie:
  • bung ba ma
Tibetan:
  • བུང་བ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhramarī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­271

Bhrāmarī

Wylie:
  • bung ba’i bu ma
Tibetan:
  • བུང་བའི་བུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhrāmarī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi; one of the great piśācīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 1.­102
g.­272

Bhṛkuṭī

Wylie:
  • khro gnyer ma
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་གཉེར་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhṛkuṭī

One of the deified female bodhisattvas; one of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • 2.­140
  • 30.­13
  • 32.­36
  • 35.­215
  • 37.­100
  • 50.­14
  • 52.­130
  • 53.­812
  • n.­2420
  • n.­4155
  • g.­876
g.­273

Bhṛṅgāra

Wylie:
  • b+h+ring ga ra
Tibetan:
  • བྷྲིང་ག་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • bhṛṅgāra

One of the rāśis.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • n.­3792
g.­274

Bhṛṅgiriṭi

Wylie:
  • b+h+ring gi ri ti
Tibetan:
  • བྷྲིང་གི་རི་ཏི།
Sanskrit:
  • bhṛṅgiriṭi

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi; also, one of the personal attendants on Śiva.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • 2.­163
  • n.­4249
g.­275

Bhrū

Wylie:
  • smin ma
Tibetan:
  • སྨིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhrū

One of the vidyārājñīs attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­45
g.­277

Bhūmiprāpaṭī

Wylie:
  • sa thob par ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • ས་ཐོབ་པར་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūmiprāpaṭī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­278

bhūta

Wylie:
  • ’byung po
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

This term in its broadest sense can refer to any being, whether human, animal, or nonhuman. However, it is often used to refer to a specific class of nonhuman beings, especially when bhūtas are mentioned alongside rākṣasas, piśācas, or pretas. In common with these other kinds of nonhumans, bhūtas are usually depicted with unattractive and misshapen bodies. Like several other classes of nonhuman beings, bhūtas take spontaneous birth. As their leader is traditionally regarded to be Rudra-Śiva (also known by the name Bhūta), with whom they haunt dangerous and wild places, bhūtas are especially prominent in Śaivism, where large sections of certain tantras concentrate on them.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 2.­209
  • 11.­128
  • 26.­16
  • 32.­38
  • 32.­40
  • 52.­14
  • 53.­891
  • 53.­908
  • n.­3723
  • n.­6523
g.­280

Bhūtamuni

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • bhūtamuni

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • n.­50
g.­281

Bhūtāntakara

Wylie:
  • ’byung po mthar byed
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་པོ་མཐར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūtāntakara

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­282

Bhūtāntakarī

Wylie:
  • ’byung po mthar byed ma
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་པོ་མཐར་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūtāntakarī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­283

Bhūtāntaścara

Wylie:
  • ’byung ba’i nang spyod
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་བའི་ནང་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūtāntaścara

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­3565
g.­284

Bhūtarāśi

Wylie:
  • ’byung ba’i phung po
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་བའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūtarāśi

One of the uṣṇīṣa kings attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­43
g.­285

Bhūtavatī

Wylie:
  • ’byung po ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་པོ་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūtavatī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­286

Bhūtika

Wylie:
  • ’byung ba pa
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་བ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūtika

One of the rāśis.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • n.­3796
g.­291

Bodhi

Wylie:
  • byang chub
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi

One of the rāśis.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • n.­246
g.­292

bodhicitta

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi sems
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhicitta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In the general Mahāyāna teachings the mind of awakening (bodhicitta) is the intention to attain the complete awakening of a perfect buddha for the sake of all beings. On the level of absolute truth, the mind of awakening is the realization of the awakened state itself.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­59
  • 1.­112
  • 1.­119
  • 2.­130
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­196
  • 4.­7
  • 7.­23
  • 14.­84
  • 14.­132
  • 15.­128
  • 27.­32
  • 27.­45
  • 27.­49
  • 30.­43
  • 34.­8
  • n.­1643
  • n.­3230
g.­293

bodhisattva

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhisattva

A person/being (sattva) who has vowed to attain awakening (bodhi) in order to free all beings from cyclic existence.

Located in 499 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1
  • i.­5-6
  • 1.­1-4
  • 1.­6
  • 1.­10
  • 1.­14-15
  • 1.­19-21
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­32-35
  • 1.­37-38
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­42
  • 1.­51-52
  • 1.­59
  • 1.­66
  • 1.­68
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­74
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­84
  • 1.­93
  • 1.­106-109
  • 1.­111-120
  • 1.­123
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­6
  • 2.­8
  • 2.­17
  • 2.­20-21
  • 2.­23-24
  • 2.­31
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­36-37
  • 2.­40-41
  • 2.­70
  • 2.­72-73
  • 2.­76
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­89
  • 2.­92
  • 2.­95
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­100
  • 2.­107-109
  • 2.­118
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­136
  • 2.­141
  • 2.­146-147
  • 2.­149
  • 2.­166
  • 2.­169
  • 2.­178-179
  • 2.­183-184
  • 2.­186-187
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­195
  • 2.­197-199
  • 2.­202-204
  • 2.­207-209
  • 2.­211
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­11
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­9-10
  • 4.­12
  • 4.­64
  • 4.­67
  • 4.­70
  • 4.­74
  • 4.­80-81
  • 4.­83
  • 4.­115-116
  • 5.­21
  • 6.­13
  • 7.­1-2
  • 7.­12
  • 7.­31
  • 8.­4-5
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­10-13
  • 9.­2
  • 9.­19-22
  • 10.­7
  • 10.­48
  • 10.­53
  • 10.­57-58
  • 10.­60
  • 11.­5
  • 11.­83
  • 11.­141
  • 11.­155
  • 11.­195
  • 11.­197-198
  • 11.­211
  • 11.­235
  • 11.­273
  • 12.­53
  • 13.­49
  • 13.­53
  • 13.­60
  • 13.­72
  • 14.­3
  • 14.­6
  • 14.­109
  • 14.­114
  • 14.­121
  • 14.­181
  • 15.­1
  • 15.­3
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­124
  • 15.­128
  • 15.­194
  • 15.­216
  • 15.­243
  • 17.­38
  • 24.­23-24
  • 24.­243
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­24
  • 25.­33
  • 25.­39
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­13
  • 26.­23
  • 26.­30
  • 26.­63
  • 27.­1
  • 27.­5
  • 27.­10
  • 27.­28-29
  • 27.­32
  • 27.­36-37
  • 27.­46
  • 27.­54
  • 27.­87
  • 28.­3
  • 28.­31-32
  • 28.­55
  • 29.­15
  • 29.­20
  • 30.­28
  • 30.­43
  • 30.­52
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­62
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­16
  • 33.­79
  • 33.­92-93
  • 33.­126
  • 34.­25
  • 34.­33
  • 34.­36
  • 34.­52
  • 35.­5
  • 35.­42
  • 35.­48
  • 35.­60
  • 35.­112
  • 35.­116
  • 35.­142
  • 35.­162
  • 35.­293
  • 35.­306
  • 35.­308
  • 36.­18
  • 37.­32
  • 37.­38
  • 37.­45
  • 37.­49
  • 37.­67
  • 37.­72
  • 37.­75
  • 37.­98
  • 37.­103
  • 37.­105
  • 37.­108
  • 37.­113
  • 37.­126
  • 38.­51
  • 50.­2
  • 50.­10
  • 50.­20
  • 50.­22
  • 50.­26
  • 50.­33
  • 50.­51
  • 50.­53
  • 51.­2
  • 51.­52
  • 51.­54
  • 51.­74
  • 51.­80
  • 52.­1-2
  • 52.­4
  • 52.­6-7
  • 52.­9-10
  • 52.­13
  • 52.­61
  • 52.­132
  • 52.­143-145
  • 52.­147
  • 52.­149
  • 53.­1-2
  • 53.­7
  • 53.­13
  • 53.­17
  • 53.­66
  • 53.­118
  • 53.­139
  • 53.­142
  • 53.­145
  • 53.­436
  • 53.­438
  • 53.­469
  • 53.­495
  • 53.­518
  • 53.­528
  • 53.­576
  • 53.­814
  • 53.­816
  • 53.­921
  • 53.­924
  • 54.­2
  • 54.­7-9
  • 54.­27
  • 54.­63-64
  • 54.­70-71
  • 54.­97
  • 54.­103-104
  • n.­5
  • n.­9
  • n.­26
  • n.­31
  • n.­138
  • n.­269
  • n.­271
  • n.­287
  • n.­344
  • n.­491
  • n.­493
  • n.­624
  • n.­626
  • n.­681
  • n.­724-725
  • n.­732
  • n.­770
  • n.­781
  • n.­841
  • n.­908
  • n.­1013
  • n.­1330
  • n.­1530
  • n.­1643
  • n.­1692
  • n.­2007
  • n.­2089
  • n.­2252
  • n.­2326
  • n.­2432
  • n.­2441
  • n.­2500
  • n.­2508
  • n.­2536
  • n.­2541
  • n.­2598
  • n.­2608
  • n.­2748
  • n.­2755
  • n.­2775
  • n.­2825
  • n.­2999
  • n.­3134
  • n.­3229
  • n.­3320-3321
  • n.­3345-3346
  • g.­7
  • g.­34
  • g.­55
  • g.­61
  • g.­62
  • g.­72
  • g.­76
  • g.­93
  • g.­98
  • g.­101
  • g.­105
  • g.­108
  • g.­113
  • g.­117
  • g.­120
  • g.­135
  • g.­136
  • g.­145
  • g.­193
  • g.­198
  • g.­201
  • g.­206
  • g.­232
  • g.­233
  • g.­243
  • g.­272
  • g.­292
  • g.­294
  • g.­329
  • g.­333
  • g.­339
  • g.­356
  • g.­406
  • g.­460
  • g.­501
  • g.­502
  • g.­503
  • g.­505
  • g.­506
  • g.­511
  • g.­521
  • g.­525
  • g.­557
  • g.­750
  • g.­781
  • g.­782
  • g.­783
  • g.­784
  • g.­838
  • g.­846
  • g.­850
  • g.­858
  • g.­861
  • g.­868
  • g.­876
  • g.­909
  • g.­928
  • g.­930
  • g.­946
  • g.­963
  • g.­964
  • g.­992
  • g.­997
  • g.­998
  • g.­1084
  • g.­1103
  • g.­1104
  • g.­1131
  • g.­1144
  • g.­1184
  • g.­1188
  • g.­1226
  • g.­1227
  • g.­1268
  • g.­1313
  • g.­1318
  • g.­1319
  • g.­1361
  • g.­1398
  • g.­1400
  • g.­1405
  • g.­1406
  • g.­1411
  • g.­1413
  • g.­1415
  • g.­1427
  • g.­1452
  • g.­1456
  • g.­1467
  • g.­1468
  • g.­1471
  • g.­1473
  • g.­1478
  • g.­1479
  • g.­1483
  • g.­1495
  • g.­1504
  • g.­1535
  • g.­1538
  • g.­1579
  • g.­1595
  • g.­1606
  • g.­1618
  • g.­1639
  • g.­1641
  • g.­1645
  • g.­1649
  • g.­1653
  • g.­1655
  • g.­1656
  • g.­1660
  • g.­1665
  • g.­1666
  • g.­1676
  • g.­1679
  • g.­1680
  • g.­1685
  • g.­1694
  • g.­1709
  • g.­1717
  • g.­1724
  • g.­1756
  • g.­1758
  • g.­1764
  • g.­1781
  • g.­1783
  • g.­1797
  • g.­1802
  • g.­1804
  • g.­1808
  • g.­1913
  • g.­1961
  • g.­1986
  • g.­2032
  • g.­2062
  • g.­2065
  • g.­2067
  • g.­2068
  • g.­2069
  • g.­2103
  • g.­2110
  • g.­2147
g.­294

bodhisattva level

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’i sa
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhisattvabhūmi

One of the ten (or thirteen) levels of bodhisattva realization.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 1.­15
  • 1.­59
  • 2.­41
  • 4.­9
  • 8.­5
  • 10.­9
  • 10.­57-58
  • 11.­157
  • 11.­159
  • 28.­38
  • 30.­28
  • 37.­105
  • n.­766
  • n.­857
  • n.­1790
  • n.­2974
g.­295

Bodhyaṅgā

Wylie:
  • byang chub yan lag ma
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཡན་ལག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhyaṅgā

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­58
  • n.­118
  • n.­3621
g.­296

Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A high-ranking deity presiding over a divine world; he is also considered to be the lord of the Sahā world (our universe). Though not considered a creator god in Buddhism, Brahmā occupies an important place as one of two gods (the other being Indra/Śakra) said to have first exhorted the Buddha Śākyamuni to teach the Dharma. The particular heavens found in the form realm over which Brahmā rules are often some of the most sought-after realms of higher rebirth in Buddhist literature. Since there are many universes or world systems, there are also multiple Brahmās presiding over them. His most frequent epithets are “Lord of the Sahā World” (sahāṃpati) and Great Brahmā (mahābrahman).

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­32
  • 1.­75
  • 2.­40
  • 2.­77
  • 2.­86
  • 2.­114
  • 6.­10
  • 8.­11
  • 9.­19
  • 10.­9
  • 10.­53
  • 11.­146
  • 14.­75
  • 14.­98
  • 14.­128
  • 16.­19
  • 24.­21
  • 24.­111
  • 26.­5
  • 26.­26
  • 26.­32
  • 26.­58
  • 31.­13
  • 32.­40
  • 33.­99
  • 34.­36
  • 35.­107
  • 35.­135
  • 51.­43
  • 52.­136
  • 53.­18
  • 53.­43
  • 53.­49
  • 53.­79
  • 53.­210
  • 53.­462
  • 53.­465-466
  • 53.­515
  • 53.­678
  • n.­859
  • n.­2368
  • n.­2461
  • n.­2779-2780
  • n.­2786
  • n.­2984
  • n.­6487
  • g.­297
  • g.­552
g.­299

Brahmakāyika

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • brahmakāyika

One of the gods’ realms; also the name of the gods living there.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 53.­1
g.­300

Brahmāṇī

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa ma
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmāṇī

One of the great mātṛs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­104
g.­301

Brahmapurohita

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • brahmapurohita

One of the gods’ realms; also the name of the gods living there.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 53.­1
g.­305

brahmin

Wylie:
  • bram ze
Tibetan:
  • བྲམ་ཟེ།
Sanskrit:
  • brāhmaṇa

A member of the priestly caste.

Located in 95 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­178
  • 3.­7
  • 4.­7
  • 11.­146
  • 15.­120
  • 15.­126
  • 24.­153
  • 24.­155
  • 25.­31
  • 26.­53
  • 27.­51
  • 27.­55
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­26
  • 28.­34
  • 32.­11
  • 37.­119
  • 51.­4
  • 53.­84
  • 53.­114
  • 53.­156
  • 53.­162
  • 53.­170
  • 53.­229
  • 53.­251
  • 53.­394
  • 53.­397
  • 53.­401
  • 53.­405-406
  • 53.­419
  • 53.­421
  • 53.­428
  • 53.­509
  • 53.­640
  • 53.­645-646
  • 53.­665-666
  • 53.­684
  • 53.­709
  • 53.­735
  • 53.­783
  • 53.­794
  • 53.­796
  • 53.­833
  • 53.­862
  • 53.­877-878
  • 53.­884
  • 53.­887-888
  • 53.­890
  • 53.­893
  • 53.­895-896
  • 53.­898-899
  • 54.­58
  • n.­518
  • n.­523
  • n.­1604
  • n.­1660
  • n.­2447
  • n.­2543
  • n.­2814
  • n.­2836
  • n.­2897
  • n.­2943
  • n.­3012-3013
  • n.­3054
  • n.­3105
  • n.­3116
  • n.­3123
  • n.­3141-3142
  • n.­3206
  • n.­3282
  • n.­3285
  • n.­3288
  • g.­575
  • g.­628
  • g.­880
  • g.­882
  • g.­1083
  • g.­1275
  • g.­1292
  • g.­1431
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1575
  • g.­1627
  • g.­1654
  • g.­1727
  • g.­2077
g.­306

Bṛhannalā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • bṛhannalā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • n.­87
  • n.­3554
g.­307

Bṛhantā

Wylie:
  • chen mo nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆེན་མོ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • bṛhantā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • n.­87
  • n.­3555
g.­308

Bṛhaspati

Wylie:
  • phur bu
Tibetan:
  • ཕུར་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • bṛhaspati

The planet Jupiter. The Tibetan translation phur bu reflects the Sanskrit Kīlaka, which is also a name for the planet Jupiter.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • g.­641
g.­309

Bṛhatphala

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • bṛhatphala

One of the gods’ realms; also the name of the gods living there.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 53.­1
g.­311

buddha

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • buddha

A fully realized (“awakened”) being; when referring to a particular buddha or tathāgata, this term is capitalized.

Located in 612 passages in the translation:

  • i.­3
  • i.­6
  • i.­9
  • 1.­1
  • 1.­4
  • 1.­10
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­16-17
  • 1.­30-31
  • 1.­33-35
  • 1.­37-38
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­54
  • 1.­59
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­72-74
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­97
  • 1.­105-107
  • 1.­109
  • 1.­118
  • 1.­120-121
  • 2.­6
  • 2.­8-9
  • 2.­16-17
  • 2.­21-22
  • 2.­24-25
  • 2.­27
  • 2.­29-31
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­35
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­40
  • 2.­44
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­50-59
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­63
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­67
  • 2.­69
  • 2.­72
  • 2.­82
  • 2.­86
  • 2.­89
  • 2.­92
  • 2.­95
  • 2.­108
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­136
  • 2.­141
  • 2.­166
  • 2.­183-184
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­196-198
  • 2.­202-204
  • 2.­207-209
  • 3.­1-2
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­9-10
  • 4.­12
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­64
  • 4.­76
  • 4.­80
  • 4.­82-83
  • 4.­112
  • 5.­6
  • 6.­2
  • 6.­8-9
  • 7.­2
  • 7.­5
  • 7.­7
  • 8.­4
  • 8.­6
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­10
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­4
  • 9.­18-19
  • 9.­21
  • 10.­7
  • 10.­9
  • 10.­53
  • 10.­58
  • 11.­14-15
  • 11.­28
  • 11.­37-38
  • 11.­56
  • 11.­61
  • 11.­66
  • 11.­69
  • 11.­71
  • 11.­73
  • 11.­83
  • 11.­88
  • 11.­138
  • 11.­149
  • 11.­153
  • 11.­155
  • 11.­170
  • 11.­188-189
  • 11.­191
  • 11.­194
  • 11.­235
  • 11.­242
  • 11.­259
  • 12.­3
  • 12.­51
  • 13.­31
  • 13.­60
  • 14.­1-3
  • 14.­6
  • 14.­8
  • 14.­10
  • 14.­29
  • 14.­103-104
  • 14.­114
  • 14.­121-122
  • 14.­124-125
  • 15.­5-6
  • 15.­104
  • 15.­109
  • 15.­111
  • 15.­194-195
  • 15.­210-211
  • 15.­216
  • 15.­218
  • 15.­220
  • 15.­225
  • 15.­229
  • 15.­231
  • 15.­233
  • 15.­235-236
  • 15.­239
  • 16.­8
  • 16.­10-11
  • 16.­14
  • 16.­19
  • 16.­24
  • 16.­27-28
  • 16.­34
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­3
  • 17.­9
  • 17.­30
  • 17.­32-33
  • 17.­37
  • 25.­3
  • 25.­5-6
  • 25.­10-15
  • 25.­17
  • 25.­21
  • 25.­24
  • 25.­33
  • 25.­36-37
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­13
  • 26.­15
  • 26.­23
  • 27.­1
  • 27.­3-4
  • 27.­6
  • 27.­8
  • 27.­12
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­19
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­23-25
  • 27.­27-30
  • 27.­34
  • 27.­40
  • 27.­42
  • 27.­44
  • 27.­47
  • 27.­54
  • 27.­64
  • 27.­70-71
  • 28.­7
  • 29.­5
  • 30.­6
  • 30.­40
  • 30.­46-48
  • 30.­51
  • 31.­23-24
  • 31.­49
  • 32.­24
  • 33.­76-77
  • 33.­79
  • 33.­81
  • 33.­102
  • 33.­117
  • 34.­2-3
  • 34.­12
  • 34.­14
  • 34.­30
  • 34.­34-35
  • 34.­38
  • 34.­45
  • 34.­50
  • 35.­1-3
  • 35.­5
  • 35.­7
  • 35.­10
  • 35.­20
  • 35.­27
  • 35.­45
  • 35.­55
  • 35.­66
  • 35.­82
  • 35.­87
  • 35.­94
  • 35.­99
  • 35.­101
  • 35.­111-112
  • 35.­115
  • 35.­117-118
  • 35.­124
  • 35.­144
  • 35.­176
  • 35.­184
  • 35.­192
  • 35.­195
  • 35.­206
  • 35.­234-235
  • 35.­239-240
  • 35.­267-268
  • 35.­282
  • 35.­286
  • 35.­288-289
  • 35.­292
  • 35.­294
  • 35.­299-300
  • 35.­302
  • 35.­306-307
  • 37.­43
  • 37.­56
  • 37.­65
  • 37.­67
  • 37.­76
  • 37.­78
  • 37.­83-84
  • 37.­91-92
  • 37.­102
  • 37.­108-109
  • 37.­111
  • 37.­113
  • 37.­123
  • 38.­2-3
  • 38.­5-6
  • 38.­9
  • 38.­12
  • 38.­18
  • 38.­26
  • 38.­46
  • 38.­49
  • 50.­4
  • 50.­12
  • 50.­18
  • 50.­28
  • 50.­51
  • 51.­72
  • 52.­1
  • 52.­3-4
  • 52.­6
  • 52.­11
  • 52.­13
  • 52.­96
  • 52.­141
  • 52.­145
  • 52.­149
  • 53.­6-7
  • 53.­11
  • 53.­39
  • 53.­41
  • 53.­56
  • 53.­62
  • 53.­71
  • 53.­73
  • 53.­75
  • 53.­80
  • 53.­88
  • 53.­94
  • 53.­102-103
  • 53.­107
  • 53.­109
  • 53.­113
  • 53.­120
  • 53.­129
  • 53.­132
  • 53.­148
  • 53.­151-153
  • 53.­155-156
  • 53.­165
  • 53.­199
  • 53.­202
  • 53.­214
  • 53.­241
  • 53.­246
  • 53.­268
  • 53.­291
  • 53.­298
  • 53.­315
  • 53.­326
  • 53.­351
  • 53.­436
  • 53.­438
  • 53.­441
  • 53.­463
  • 53.­492
  • 53.­523
  • 53.­534
  • 53.­537
  • 53.­595
  • 53.­597
  • 53.­606
  • 53.­675
  • 53.­678-679
  • 53.­717
  • 53.­900
  • 53.­913
  • 54.­8
  • 54.­23-24
  • 54.­64-65
  • 54.­67
  • 54.­70-71
  • 54.­98
  • 54.­100-102
  • 54.­104
  • n.­22
  • n.­32
  • n.­122
  • n.­271
  • n.­291
  • n.­355
  • n.­491
  • n.­493
  • n.­564
  • n.­568
  • n.­603
  • n.­622
  • n.­626
  • n.­662
  • n.­685
  • n.­725
  • n.­727
  • n.­733
  • n.­770
  • n.­792
  • n.­795
  • n.­805
  • n.­821
  • n.­838
  • n.­888
  • n.­911
  • n.­966
  • n.­986
  • n.­1083
  • n.­1087
  • n.­1267
  • n.­1282
  • n.­1284
  • n.­1287
  • n.­1308
  • n.­1310
  • n.­1530
  • n.­1619
  • n.­1630
  • n.­1633-1634
  • n.­1833-1834
  • n.­1836
  • n.­1892
  • n.­1972-1973
  • n.­1994
  • n.­2023-2024
  • n.­2089
  • n.­2134
  • n.­2140
  • n.­2160
  • n.­2183
  • n.­2188
  • n.­2236
  • n.­2335
  • n.­2337
  • n.­2441
  • n.­2461
  • n.­2465
  • n.­2481
  • n.­2492
  • n.­2497
  • n.­2505
  • n.­2514
  • n.­2536
  • n.­2611-2612
  • n.­2758
  • n.­2766
  • n.­2768
  • n.­2772
  • n.­2775
  • n.­2783-2785
  • n.­2795
  • n.­2797
  • n.­2802
  • n.­2805
  • n.­2811
  • n.­2827-2828
  • n.­2867
  • n.­2894
  • n.­2905
  • n.­2914
  • n.­2919
  • n.­2921
  • n.­2933
  • n.­3026
  • n.­3060
  • n.­3064
  • n.­3119
  • n.­3189
  • n.­3248
  • n.­3294
  • n.­3308-3309
  • n.­3327
  • n.­3368
  • n.­3380
  • n.­3390
  • n.­6264
  • n.­6549
  • g.­41
  • g.­50
  • g.­153
  • g.­155
  • g.­185
  • g.­225
  • g.­250
  • g.­288
  • g.­298
  • g.­312
  • g.­315
  • g.­326
  • g.­334
  • g.­350
  • g.­377
  • g.­378
  • g.­424
  • g.­433
  • g.­597
  • g.­682
  • g.­704
  • g.­705
  • g.­712
  • g.­828
  • g.­830
  • g.­885
  • g.­926
  • g.­941
  • g.­985
  • g.­996
  • g.­1013
  • g.­1060
  • g.­1072
  • g.­1163
  • g.­1229
  • g.­1236
  • g.­1246
  • g.­1251
  • g.­1296
  • g.­1348
  • g.­1365
  • g.­1386
  • g.­1388
  • g.­1443
  • g.­1453
  • g.­1514
  • g.­1543
  • g.­1548
  • g.­1574
  • g.­1591
  • g.­1603
  • g.­1605
  • g.­1616
  • g.­1642
  • g.­1743
  • g.­1763
  • g.­1764
  • g.­1781
  • g.­1782
  • g.­1818
  • g.­1819
  • g.­1889
  • g.­1895
  • g.­1911
  • g.­1912
  • g.­1915
  • g.­1928
  • g.­1999
  • g.­2001
  • g.­2044
  • g.­2049
  • g.­2118
  • g.­2151
g.­313

Buddhamātā

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas yum
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཡུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • buddhamātā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­315

Budha

Wylie:
  • gza’ lhag pa
Tibetan:
  • གཟའ་ལྷག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • budha

The planet Mercury; a legendary king before the time of the Buddha; a south Indian king, the son of Śaṅkara.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • 53.­310
  • 53.­568
  • n.­3064
  • g.­1038
  • g.­1113
g.­318

caitya

Wylie:
  • mchod rten
Tibetan:
  • མཆོད་རྟེན།
Sanskrit:
  • caitya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Tibetan translates both stūpa and caitya with the same word, mchod rten, meaning “basis” or “recipient” of “offerings” or “veneration.” Pali: cetiya.

A caitya, although often synonymous with stūpa, can also refer to any site, sanctuary or shrine that is made for veneration, and may or may not contain relics.

A stūpa, literally “heap” or “mound,” is a mounded or circular structure usually containing relics of the Buddha or the masters of the past. It is considered to be a sacred object representing the awakened mind of a buddha, but the symbolism of the stūpa is complex, and its design varies throughout the Buddhist world. Stūpas continue to be erected today as objects of veneration and merit making.

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­73
  • 26.­19
  • 26.­36
  • 27.­54
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­38
  • 29.­8
  • 50.­45
  • 53.­69
  • 53.­89
  • 53.­158
  • 53.­191
  • 53.­193
  • 53.­215
  • 53.­345
  • 53.­412
  • 53.­493
  • 53.­588
  • 53.­623
  • 53.­629
  • 53.­653
  • 53.­721
  • 53.­723
  • 53.­725
  • 53.­738
  • 53.­869
  • 53.­894
  • n.­747
  • n.­2554
  • n.­2831
  • n.­2848
  • n.­2949
  • n.­3169
g.­319

cakravartin

Wylie:
  • ’khor los sgyur ba
  • ’khor los sgyur ba’ rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བ།
  • འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བའ་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • cakravartin

Apart from the standard meaning of a universal emperor or wheel-turning monarch, this term, often along with “tathāgata,” is used as an epithet describing a class of mantra deities also referred to as “uṣṇīṣa kings.”

Located in 51 passages in the translation:

  • i.­8-10
  • 2.­145
  • 9.­18
  • 10.­2
  • 10.­55
  • 14.­2-5
  • 14.­8
  • 14.­181
  • 15.­2
  • 25.­8
  • 25.­13-14
  • 25.­24
  • 25.­39
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­56
  • 26.­60-61
  • 26.­63
  • 27.­2
  • 27.­42
  • 27.­44
  • 27.­56
  • 37.­17
  • 37.­31
  • 37.­53
  • 37.­68-69
  • 50.­16
  • 53.­357
  • 53.­359
  • 53.­766-767
  • n.­423
  • n.­1075
  • n.­1580
  • n.­1804
  • n.­1836
  • n.­2211
  • n.­2504
  • n.­2919
  • n.­3189-3190
  • n.­3192
  • g.­1835
  • g.­2125
g.­320

Cakravartin

Wylie:
  • ’khor los sgyur ba
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • cakravartin

One of the eight uṣṇīṣa kings.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­151
  • 14.­71
  • 26.­11
  • 26.­50
  • 27.­43
  • 30.­2
  • 30.­49
  • 35.­39
  • 35.­273
  • 37.­14-15
  • 38.­17
  • 50.­13
  • 53.­357
  • n.­2212
  • n.­2283-2284
  • n.­2446
  • n.­2463
  • n.­2498
g.­321

Cala

Wylie:
  • g.yo ba
Tibetan:
  • གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • cala

Name of a yakṣa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­322

Cāṃpeya

Wylie:
  • me tog tsam pa ka las byung ba
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཙམ་པ་ཀ་ལས་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • cāṃpeya

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­323

Cāmuṇḍā

Wylie:
  • rgan byad ma
Tibetan:
  • རྒན་བྱད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • cāmuṇḍā

One of the great mātṛs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­104
  • 52.­115
g.­325

Cancer

Wylie:
  • sbal ba
Tibetan:
  • སྦལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • karkaṭaka

See “Karkaṭaka.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­84
  • 24.­69
  • g.­693
g.­328

Candana

Wylie:
  • dga’ bo
  • tsan+dan
  • dman pa
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བོ།
  • ཙནྡན།
  • དམན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • candana

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the eight chief pratyeka­buddhas; one of the pratyeka­buddhas in the maṇḍala of Mañjuśrī.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • 2.­143
  • 4.­82
  • 11.­196
  • n.­123
g.­330

Candrā

Wylie:
  • zla ba ma
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • candrā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • 37.­100
g.­335

Candrāvatī

Wylie:
  • zla ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • candrāvatī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­337

Capala

Wylie:
  • g.yo byed
Tibetan:
  • གཡོ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • capala

Name of a yakṣa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­338

Capricorn

Wylie:
  • chu srin
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • makara

See “Makara.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­85
  • n.­1422
  • g.­966
g.­339

Cārugati

Wylie:
  • mdzes pa’i ’gros
Tibetan:
  • མཛེས་པའི་འགྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • cārugati

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­340

Caturbhuja

Wylie:
  • phyag bzhi pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་བཞི་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • caturbhuja

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­341

cāturthakā

Wylie:
  • rims nyin bzhi pa
Tibetan:
  • རིམས་ཉིན་བཞི་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • cāturthakā

A class of spirits causing quartan fever.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­342

ceṭa

Wylie:
  • bran
  • bran pho
Tibetan:
  • བྲན།
  • བྲན་ཕོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ceṭa

Servant; also a class of spirits used as servants.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­47
  • 1.­51
  • 37.­33
  • 53.­842
  • g.­344
g.­343

Cetanā

Wylie:
  • sems pa
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • cetanā

One of the vidyārājñīs attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­45
g.­344

ceṭī

Wylie:
  • bran mo
Tibetan:
  • བྲན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ceṭī

Female ceṭa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­47
  • 1.­51
  • 37.­33
g.­345

chāyā

Wylie:
  • grib gnon
Tibetan:
  • གྲིབ་གནོན།
Sanskrit:
  • chāyā

A class of female spirits.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­346

Chāya

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • chāya

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­347

Cihna

Wylie:
  • phyag mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • cihna

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the pratyeka­buddhas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 1.­60
  • n.­3491
g.­348

Cihnaketu

Wylie:
  • tog gi phyag mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཏོག་གི་ཕྱག་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • cihnaketu

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • n.­3631
g.­349

Cihnitikā

Wylie:
  • mtshon byed ma
Tibetan:
  • མཚོན་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • cihnitikā

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­102
g.­351

Citrā

Wylie:
  • nag pa
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • citrā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 15.­153
  • 24.­7
  • 24.­77
  • 24.­81
  • 24.­137
  • 24.­215
  • n.­1406-1407
  • n.­1409
g.­353

Citrākṣī

Wylie:
  • sna tshogs mig ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • སྣ་ཚོགས་མིག་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • citrākṣī

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­354

Citton­mādakara

Wylie:
  • sems skyed par byed pa
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་སྐྱེད་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • citton­mādakara

One of the kinnara kings.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­89
  • n.­212
  • n.­3747
g.­356

Cloud of Dharma

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • dharmamegha

The tenth level of the bodhisattva’s realization.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­47
  • 1.­49
  • 4.­2
  • 8.­5
  • 10.­58
  • 14.­1
  • 15.­2
  • n.­768
g.­358

consecration

Wylie:
  • dbang
Tibetan:
  • དབང་།
Sanskrit:
  • abhiṣeka

See “empowerment.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 35.­34
  • n.­3331
  • g.­487
g.­361

Cūḍāmaṇi

Wylie:
  • phyag na gtsug gi rin po che
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་ན་གཙུག་གི་རིན་པོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • cūḍāmaṇi

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­362

cūṣaka

Wylie:
  • gzhib pa
Tibetan:
  • གཞིབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • cūṣaka

“Sucker,” a class of malevolent spirits.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­364

ḍākinī

Wylie:
  • mkha’ ’gro ma
Tibetan:
  • མཁའ་འགྲོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ḍākinī

A class of female spirits; also applies to a class of Buddhist deities.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 2.­53
  • 3.­7
  • 9.­13
  • 37.­63
  • n.­702
  • n.­2357
g.­366

Damaka

Wylie:
  • ’dul byed
Tibetan:
  • འདུལ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • damaka

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­367

Damanī

Wylie:
  • ’dul byed ma
Tibetan:
  • འདུལ་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • damanī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­368

dānava

Wylie:
  • lha ma yin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit:
  • dānava

A class of asuras; the terms dānava and asura are virtually synonymous.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­92
  • 6.­11
  • 12.­21
  • 24.­204
  • 24.­209
  • 24.­220
  • 31.­48
  • 32.­38
  • 35.­96
  • 38.­22
  • 50.­5
  • 50.­10
  • 53.­100
  • n.­972
  • n.­1468
  • g.­1303
g.­369

Dānavendrāntaś­cara

Wylie:
  • lha ma yin gyi dbang po’i nang spyod
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མ་ཡིན་གྱི་དབང་པོའི་ནང་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • dānavendrāntaś­cara

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­370

Daṇḍa

Wylie:
  • dbyug pa
Tibetan:
  • དབྱུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • daṇḍa

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­1533
g.­371

Daṇḍā

Wylie:
  • dbyug pa ma
Tibetan:
  • དབྱུག་པ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • daṇḍā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­372

Daṇḍadhāriṇī

Wylie:
  • chad pa’i gzungs ma
Tibetan:
  • ཆད་པའི་གཟུངས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • daṇḍadhāriṇī

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­373

Dānta

Wylie:
  • dul ba
Tibetan:
  • དུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dānta

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­375

Daśabalavāsinī

Wylie:
  • stobs bcu la gnas ma
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་བཅུ་ལ་གནས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśabalavāsinī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­381

destiny

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • gati

Any of the five or six types of rebirth.

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 5.­14
  • 11.­78
  • 11.­86
  • 14.­6
  • 14.­111
  • 14.­133
  • 15.­191
  • 15.­195
  • 16.­5
  • 16.­30
  • 24.­35
  • 29.­2-3
  • 30.­48
  • 31.­22
  • 32.­9
  • 32.­24
  • 35.­65
  • 35.­298
  • 35.­305
  • 37.­74
  • 38.­37
  • 51.­78
  • 53.­10
  • 53.­235
  • 53.­288
  • 53.­358
  • 53.­410
  • 53.­765
  • n.­816
  • n.­1265
  • n.­1835
  • n.­1884-1885
  • n.­2777
  • n.­3323
g.­382

Deva

Wylie:
  • lha
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • deva

One of the rāśis; the Gupta emperor Devagupta II (seventh to eighth centuries).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • 53.­614
  • 53.­757
  • n.­3182
g.­383

Devacitri

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • devacitri

One of the kings of the asuras.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­92
  • n.­220
g.­384

Devala

Wylie:
  • lha ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • devala

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­386

Devatā

Wylie:
  • lha mo ma
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • devatā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­387

Devatī

Wylie:
  • lha mo ’dra
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མོ་འདྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • devatī

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­96
g.­388

Devī

Wylie:
  • lha mo
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • devī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­391

Dhanada

Wylie:
  • nor sbyin
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhanada

Epithet of Kubera.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 2.­158
  • 2.­171
  • 6.­11
  • 30.­27
  • 33.­99
  • n.­1824
g.­392

Dhanandadā

Wylie:
  • nor sbyin ma
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་སྦྱིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhanandadā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­393

Dhanārṇava

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • dhanārṇava

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­3659
g.­394

Dhanavatī

Wylie:
  • nor ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhanavatī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­395

Dhanika

Wylie:
  • nor can
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhanika

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­396

Dhaniṣṭhā

Wylie:
  • mon gru
Tibetan:
  • མོན་གྲུ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhaniṣṭhā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 24.­8
  • 24.­97
  • 24.­103
  • 24.­144
  • 24.­223
g.­397

Dhanus

Wylie:
  • gzhu
Tibetan:
  • གཞུ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhanus

Sagittarius (zodiac sign and constellation); also the name of an ancient king.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • 53.­551
  • g.­1368
g.­400

dhāraṇī

Wylie:
  • gzungs
Tibetan:
  • གཟུངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhāraṇī

Type of a magical formula; this term might also refer to the (female) deity embodying this formula.

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­42
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­59
  • g.­51
  • g.­59
  • g.­104
  • g.­183
  • g.­210
  • g.­220
  • g.­295
  • g.­372
  • g.­426
  • g.­730
  • g.­731
  • g.­732
  • g.­839
  • g.­845
  • g.­862
  • g.­995
  • g.­1040
  • g.­1111
  • g.­1180
  • g.­1284
  • g.­1310
  • g.­1312
  • g.­1315
  • g.­1321
  • g.­1324
  • g.­1373
  • g.­1403
  • g.­1448
  • g.­1461
  • g.­1463
  • g.­1646
  • g.­1681
  • g.­1800
  • g.­1952
  • g.­2056
  • g.­2063
  • g.­2111
g.­402

Dharma

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­403

Dharmadā

Wylie:
  • chos sbyin ma
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་སྦྱིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmadā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­404

dharmadhātu

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbying
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmadhātu

See “sphere of phenomena.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­7
  • 54.­99
  • n.­1500
  • n.­3380-3381
  • g.­1540
g.­406

Dharmeśvara

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • dharmeśvara

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • n.­3511
g.­407

Dharmodgata

Wylie:
  • chos ’phags
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་འཕགས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmodgata

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • n.­2750
g.­408

Dharmodgata­garbha

Wylie:
  • chos ’phags kyi snying po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་འཕགས་ཀྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmodgata­garbha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­409

Dhavalā

Wylie:
  • dkar mo
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhavalā

One of the vidyārājñīs attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the great dūtīs.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­45
  • 1.­56
  • n.­72
  • n.­3532
  • n.­3612
g.­410

Dhavalatittarī

Wylie:
  • sreg ba dkar po ma
Tibetan:
  • སྲེག་བ་དཀར་པོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhavalatittarī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­3611
g.­411

Dhenateya

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • dhenateya

One of the garuḍa kings.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­87
  • n.­3742
g.­413

Dhṛtā

Wylie:
  • srung ma
Tibetan:
  • སྲུང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhṛtā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­414

Dhṛtarāṣṭra

Wylie:
  • yul ’khor bsrung
Tibetan:
  • ཡུལ་འཁོར་བསྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • dhṛtarāṣṭra

The king of the gandharvas (one of the four great kings of the directions).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 53.­901
  • n.­190
g.­415

Dhṛtarāṣṭrā

Wylie:
  • yul ’khor srung ba ma
Tibetan:
  • ཡུལ་འཁོར་སྲུང་བ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhṛtarāṣṭrā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­417

Dhruva

Wylie:
  • brtan pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhruva

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­419

Dhūmā

Wylie:
  • du ba ma
Tibetan:
  • དུ་བ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhūmā

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­102
  • n.­3817
g.­420

Dhūma

Wylie:
  • dud pa
Tibetan:
  • དུད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhūma

One of the grahas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • n.­2870
g.­421

Dhūmaketu

Wylie:
  • du ba’i tog
Tibetan:
  • དུ་བའི་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • dhūmaketu

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­422

Dhūmāntikā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • dhūmāntikā

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­102
  • n.­3816
g.­423

Dhūmra

Wylie:
  • dud ldan
Tibetan:
  • དུད་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhūmra

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­425

Dhvaja

Wylie:
  • rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhvaja

One of the grahas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • n.­2421
g.­426

Dhvajāgra­keyūrā

Wylie:
  • rgyal mtshan mchog gi dpung rgyan ma
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་མཚན་མཆོག་གི་དཔུང་རྒྱན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhvajāgra­keyūrā

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­427

Dhvajaketu

Wylie:
  • rgyal mtshan gyi tog
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་མཚན་གྱི་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • dhvajaketu

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • n.­47
g.­429

Dhyānaga

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan ’gro
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhyānaga

One of the rāśis.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • n.­3797
g.­430

Dhyāyanandi

Wylie:
  • bsam bya dga’
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་བྱ་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhyāyanandi

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­3656
g.­431

Dhyāyika

Wylie:
  • bsam byed
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • dhyāyika

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­432

Dhyāyinī

Wylie:
  • sgom pa mo
Tibetan:
  • སྒོམ་པ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhyāyinī

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­434

Ḍimbhaka

Wylie:
  • byis pa
  • byi ba
Tibetan:
  • བྱིས་པ།
  • བྱི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ḍimbhaka

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­435

ḍimphika

Wylie:
  • byis pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱིས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ḍimphika

A class of malevolent spirits.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­437

Dinakara

Wylie:
  • nyin byed
Tibetan:
  • ཉིན་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • dinakara

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­438

Dīpaṃkara

Wylie:
  • mar me mdzad
Tibetan:
  • མར་མེ་མཛད།
Sanskrit:
  • dīpaṃkara

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­439

Dīpta

Wylie:
  • snang ba
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dīpta

One of the mahoraga kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­85
g.­440

Divaṃkara

Wylie:
  • lha byed
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • divaṃkara

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 35.­122
  • n.­49
g.­441

Divideva

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa’i lha
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པའི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • divideva

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­442

divine son

Wylie:
  • lha’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • devaputra

A common epithet for gods.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­5
  • 7.­21
  • 30.­17
  • n.­10
  • n.­2792
g.­443

divine youth

Wylie:
  • gzhon nu
Tibetan:
  • གཞོན་ནུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumāra

See “kumāra.”

Located in 223 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­6-7
  • 1.­9-12
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­16
  • 1.­18-19
  • 1.­21-22
  • 1.­32
  • 1.­35
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­54
  • 1.­67
  • 1.­69
  • 1.­72-73
  • 1.­106-109
  • 1.­118
  • 1.­121
  • 1.­123
  • 2.­1-4
  • 2.­6
  • 2.­8-9
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­49
  • 2.­72
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­85
  • 2.­104
  • 2.­106-111
  • 2.­117
  • 2.­119
  • 2.­136
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­163
  • 2.­166
  • 2.­169
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­194
  • 2.­208
  • 2.­211
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­11
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­42
  • 4.­68-69
  • 4.­93
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­4
  • 6.­1
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­4
  • 7.­12
  • 8.­1-2
  • 9.­1-2
  • 11.­1-3
  • 11.­5
  • 11.­191
  • 12.­1-3
  • 12.­52
  • 13.­1
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­5
  • 14.­7
  • 14.­52
  • 15.­5
  • 15.­105
  • 15.­108
  • 15.­225
  • 15.­233
  • 16.­1
  • 16.­20
  • 16.­33-34
  • 24.­40
  • 25.­2
  • 26.­1
  • 27.­1-2
  • 27.­29
  • 27.­31
  • 27.­38
  • 27.­44
  • 28.­1-2
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­8
  • 28.­11-12
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­27-29
  • 28.­33
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­3
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­11
  • 30.­1
  • 30.­48
  • 31.­1-3
  • 31.­60
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­4
  • 33.­1
  • 33.­82
  • 34.­1-2
  • 34.­31
  • 34.­33
  • 34.­44
  • 34.­47
  • 35.­2-3
  • 35.­5-6
  • 35.­298-299
  • 35.­302
  • 36.­1
  • 37.­1-2
  • 37.­76
  • 37.­107-108
  • 37.­111
  • 37.­113
  • 37.­115
  • 37.­124
  • 38.­1
  • 38.­5
  • 38.­10
  • 50.­2
  • 50.­4
  • 50.­37
  • 53.­138
  • 53.­141
  • 53.­144
  • 53.­149
  • 53.­154
  • 53.­300
  • 53.­321
  • 53.­329
  • 53.­377
  • 53.­416-417
  • 53.­511
  • 53.­517
  • 53.­560
  • 53.­811
  • 53.­856
  • 53.­880
  • 53.­883
  • 53.­921
  • 54.­1
  • 54.­3
  • 54.­7
  • 54.­43
  • 54.­48
  • 54.­59
  • 54.­62
  • 54.­65-66
  • 54.­68
  • 54.­97
  • 54.­99-100
  • 54.­104
  • n.­5
  • n.­99
  • n.­287
  • n.­292
  • n.­357
  • n.­457
  • n.­595
  • n.­781
  • n.­1028
  • n.­1309
  • n.­1702
  • n.­1707
  • n.­1776
  • n.­1875
  • n.­1879
  • n.­2020-2021
  • n.­2023
  • n.­2441
  • n.­2820
  • n.­3014
  • n.­3260
  • n.­3277
  • n.­3332
  • n.­3334
  • n.­3381
  • g.­791
g.­444

Divya

Wylie:
  • lha
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • divya

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­446

Draviṇa

Wylie:
  • nor ldan
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • draviṇa

One of the kings of the rākṣasas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­77
g.­447

Dravya

Wylie:
  • rdzas
Tibetan:
  • རྫས།
Sanskrit:
  • dravya

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­1713
g.­450

Druma

Wylie:
  • ljon pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྗོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • druma

One of the kinnara kings.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­89
  • 2.­171
  • 53.­908
g.­451

Duḥkha

Wylie:
  • sdug bsngal
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • duḥkha

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­452

Duḥkhānta

Wylie:
  • sdug bsngal mthar byed
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ་མཐར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • duḥkhānta

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­453

Duḥkhāntā

Wylie:
  • nyam thag sdug bsngal ma
Tibetan:
  • ཉམ་ཐག་སྡུག་བསྔལ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • duḥkhāntā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­454

Duḥkhāntakarī

Wylie:
  • sdug bsngal mthar byed ma
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ་མཐར་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • duḥkhāntakarī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­455

Duḥkhaśāmikā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • duḥkhaśāmikā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3703
g.­456

Duḥprasaha

Wylie:
  • bzod par dka’ ba
Tibetan:
  • བཟོད་པར་དཀའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • duḥprasaha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the eight tathāgatas; one of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 1.­60
  • 4.­79
  • 14.­4
g.­457

Dukura

Wylie:
  • mtsho dbus
Tibetan:
  • མཚོ་དབུས།
Sanskrit:
  • dukura

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­458

Dundubhi

Wylie:
  • rnga bo che
Tibetan:
  • རྔ་བོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • dundubhi

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the pratyeka­buddhas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 1.­60
g.­459

Dundubhisvara

Wylie:
  • rnga bo che’i sgra
Tibetan:
  • རྔ་བོ་ཆེའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • dundubhisvara

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • n.­57
  • n.­3515
g.­460

Dundubhīśvara

Wylie:
  • rnga chen dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • རྔ་ཆེན་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • dundubhīśvara

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • n.­57
g.­461

Durāla

Wylie:
  • ring ba’i don
Tibetan:
  • རིང་བའི་དོན།
Sanskrit:
  • durāla

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • n.­3484
g.­462

Durālabha

Wylie:
  • rnyed par dka’ ba
Tibetan:
  • རྙེད་པར་དཀའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • durālabha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • n.­45
  • n.­3484
g.­463

Dūraṅgama

Wylie:
  • ring du song ba
Tibetan:
  • རིང་དུ་སོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dūraṅgama

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­464

Dūrasthita

Wylie:
  • ring ba la gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • རིང་བ་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dūrasthita

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­465

Durdāntā

Wylie:
  • gdul dka’ ma
Tibetan:
  • གདུལ་དཀའ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • durdāntā

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­102
g.­466

Durdharā

Wylie:
  • dug ma
Tibetan:
  • དུག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • durdharā

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­102
  • n.­3811
g.­467

Durgharṣa

Wylie:
  • gdul bar dka’ ba
Tibetan:
  • གདུལ་བར་དཀའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • durgharṣa

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­468

Duṣṭasarpa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • duṣṭasarpa

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­96
g.­469

Duṣṭi

Wylie:
  • ma rungs pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་རུངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • duṣṭi

One of the grahas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • n.­3766
g.­470

dūta

Wylie:
  • pho nya
Tibetan:
  • ཕོ་ཉ།
Sanskrit:
  • dūta

A class of nonhuman beings, often employed in the service of the practitioner.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­47
  • 1.­51
  • 10.­3
  • 37.­33
  • 53.­918
  • g.­471
g.­471

dūtī

Wylie:
  • pho nya mo
Tibetan:
  • ཕོ་ཉ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dūtī

Female dūta.

Located in 99 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­47
  • 1.­51-52
  • 1.­55
  • 1.­57
  • 10.­3
  • 37.­33
  • 50.­24-25
  • 53.­826
  • 53.­843
  • g.­26
  • g.­52
  • g.­81
  • g.­133
  • g.­141
  • g.­160
  • g.­190
  • g.­270
  • g.­271
  • g.­327
  • g.­371
  • g.­409
  • g.­410
  • g.­472
  • g.­476
  • g.­532
  • g.­559
  • g.­560
  • g.­562
  • g.­567
  • g.­589
  • g.­590
  • g.­595
  • g.­630
  • g.­632
  • g.­672
  • g.­675
  • g.­725
  • g.­734
  • g.­789
  • g.­864
  • g.­896
  • g.­914
  • g.­916
  • g.­975
  • g.­1003
  • g.­1036
  • g.­1059
  • g.­1108
  • g.­1125
  • g.­1178
  • g.­1179
  • g.­1260
  • g.­1271
  • g.­1353
  • g.­1355
  • g.­1387
  • g.­1464
  • g.­1494
  • g.­1505
  • g.­1509
  • g.­1510
  • g.­1552
  • g.­1564
  • g.­1588
  • g.­1615
  • g.­1635
  • g.­1651
  • g.­1663
  • g.­1681
  • g.­1682
  • g.­1699
  • g.­1761
  • g.­1794
  • g.­1796
  • g.­1931
  • g.­1932
  • g.­1941
  • g.­1942
  • g.­1947
  • g.­1948
  • g.­1949
  • g.­1950
  • g.­1958
  • g.­1966
  • g.­1968
  • g.­1970
  • g.­1972
  • g.­1978
  • g.­1979
  • g.­1981
  • g.­1991
  • g.­2049
  • g.­2087
  • g.­2104
  • g.­2141
  • g.­2142
  • g.­2150
g.­472

Dūtī

Wylie:
  • pho nya mo
Tibetan:
  • ཕོ་ཉ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dūtī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­474

Dvādaśabhuja

Wylie:
  • phyag bcu gnyid pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་བཅུ་གཉིད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dvādaśabhuja

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­476

Dvāravāsinī

Wylie:
  • sgor gnas ma
Tibetan:
  • སྒོར་གནས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • dvāravāsinī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­477

Dveṣa

Wylie:
  • zhe sdang
Tibetan:
  • ཞེ་སྡང་།
Sanskrit:
  • dveṣa

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­478

Dyota

Wylie:
  • ’od ldan
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • dyota

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­479

Dyotīrasa

Wylie:
  • skar ma la dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • སྐར་མ་ལ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dyotīrasa

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­480

Dyuti

Wylie:
  • ’od
Tibetan:
  • འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • dyuti

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­481

Dyutivatī

Wylie:
  • ’od ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • dyutivatī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • n.­3552
g.­483

Elā

Wylie:
  • e la ma
Tibetan:
  • ཨེ་ལ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • elā

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­102
  • n.­3815
g.­486

emblem

Wylie:
  • phyag rgya
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • mudrā

See “mudrā.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­92
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­159
  • 2.­172
  • 4.­87
  • g.­1052
g.­487

empowerment

Wylie:
  • dbang
Tibetan:
  • དབང་།
Sanskrit:
  • abhiṣeka

Literally “sprinkling,” abhiṣeka is a ritual consecration that often functions as a deity empowerment. The term is also translated in this text as “initiation.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 1.­10
  • 1.­33
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­196-197
  • 2.­199-204
  • 2.­206
  • 11.­4
  • 11.­6
  • 11.­23
  • 25.­2
  • 37.­21
  • n.­492
  • n.­1488
  • g.­358
  • g.­607
g.­488

eon

Wylie:
  • bskal pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྐལ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kalpa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A cosmic period of time, sometimes equivalent to the time when a world system appears, exists, and disappears. According to the traditional Abhidharma understanding of cyclical time, a great eon (mahākalpa) is divided into eighty lesser eons. In the course of one great eon, the universe takes form and later disappears. During the first twenty of the lesser eons, the universe is in the process of creation and expansion; during the next twenty it remains; during the third twenty, it is in the process of destruction; and during the last quarter of the cycle, it remains in a state of empty stasis. A fortunate, or good, eon (bhadrakalpa) refers to any eon in which more than one buddha appears.

Located in 98 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­31
  • 1.­44
  • 2.­18
  • 4.­106
  • 4.­111
  • 5.­20
  • 6.­7
  • 9.­21
  • 10.­53
  • 11.­239
  • 11.­241
  • 12.­23
  • 14.­100
  • 16.­10
  • 16.­33
  • 24.­14
  • 24.­18
  • 24.­24
  • 24.­39
  • 24.­120
  • 24.­207
  • 25.­23
  • 25.­37
  • 26.­18
  • 26.­23
  • 26.­52
  • 27.­3
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 28.­41-42
  • 28.­46
  • 28.­53
  • 29.­2
  • 32.­33
  • 32.­35
  • 33.­79
  • 34.­37-38
  • 34.­44-45
  • 34.­49
  • 37.­30
  • 37.­111
  • 37.­125
  • 50.­3
  • 52.­95
  • 53.­58-59
  • 53.­96
  • 53.­152
  • 53.­217-219
  • 53.­221
  • 53.­226
  • 53.­255
  • 53.­309
  • 53.­317
  • 53.­366
  • 53.­376
  • 53.­380
  • 53.­424
  • 53.­447
  • 53.­484
  • 53.­492
  • 53.­520
  • 53.­564
  • 53.­587
  • 53.­769
  • 53.­779
  • 53.­823
  • 53.­834-836
  • 53.­854
  • 53.­857
  • 53.­866
  • 54.­31
  • 54.­85
  • n.­603
  • n.­621
  • n.­753
  • n.­1240
  • n.­1432
  • n.­1977
  • n.­2020
  • n.­2710
  • n.­2870
  • n.­2928
  • n.­2934
  • n.­3207
  • g.­374
  • g.­475
  • g.­491
  • g.­540
  • g.­608
  • g.­877
g.­491

five degenerations

Wylie:
  • snyigs ma lnga
Tibetan:
  • སྙིགས་མ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcakaṣāya

Five signs that the later era of an eon has arrived: degenerate views, afflictions, beings, lifespan, and time.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­31
  • 7.­9
  • 54.­98
g.­497

four great kings

Wylie:
  • rgyal po chen po bzhi
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturmahārāja

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Four gods who live on the lower slopes (fourth level) of Mount Meru in the eponymous Heaven of the Four Great Kings (Cāturmahā­rājika, rgyal chen bzhi’i ris) and guard the four cardinal directions. Each is the leader of a nonhuman class of beings living in his realm. They are Dhṛtarāṣṭra, ruling the gandharvas in the east; Virūḍhaka, ruling over the kumbhāṇḍas in the south; Virūpākṣa, ruling the nāgas in the west; and Vaiśravaṇa (also known as Kubera) ruling the yakṣas in the north. Also referred to as Guardians of the World or World Protectors (lokapāla, ’jig rten skyong ba).

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­158
  • 2.­172
  • 53.­1
  • 53.­50
  • 53.­901
  • n.­3258
  • g.­414
  • g.­786
  • g.­2089
  • g.­2092
g.­500

Gada

Wylie:
  • sgra
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • gada

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­501

Gagana

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • gagana

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­502

Gaganāḍhya

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • gaganāḍhya

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­503

Gaganagañja

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i mdzod
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་མཛོད།
Sanskrit:
  • gaganagañja

One of the sixteen great bodhisattvas. The content of the list varies from text to text.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • 2.­141
  • 4.­69
  • 5.­5
  • 11.­195
  • 37.­105
  • n.­2432
g.­504

Gaganaketu

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i tog
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • gaganaketu

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­505

Gagaṇapāṇi

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i phyag
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་ཕྱག
Sanskrit:
  • gagaṇapāṇi

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • n.­3501
g.­511

Gandhahastin

Wylie:
  • dri ldan phyag
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ལྡན་ཕྱག
Sanskrit:
  • gandhahastin

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • 37.­45
g.­513

Gandhamādana

Wylie:
  • spos kyi ngad ldang
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་ཀྱི་ངད་ལྡང་།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhamādana

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the eight chief pratyeka­buddhas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • 4.­82
  • 11.­196
g.­515

gandharva

Wylie:
  • dri za
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandharva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of generally benevolent nonhuman beings who inhabit the skies, sometimes said to inhabit fantastic cities in the clouds, and more specifically to dwell on the eastern slopes of Mount Meru, where they are ruled by the Great King Dhṛtarāṣṭra. They are most renowned as celestial musicians who serve the gods. In the Abhidharma, the term is also used to refer to the mental body assumed by sentient beings during the intermediate state between death and rebirth. Gandharvas are said to live on fragrances (gandha) in the desire realm, hence the Tibetan translation dri za, meaning “scent eater.”

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 1.­108
  • 2.­20
  • 2.­161
  • 2.­171
  • 2.­209
  • 11.­127
  • 12.­15
  • 15.­86
  • 24.­22
  • 25.­13
  • 25.­30
  • 26.­30
  • 26.­44
  • 30.­9
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­53
  • 37.­39-40
  • 37.­73
  • 52.­115
  • 53.­233
  • 54.­2
  • 54.­4
  • 54.­104
  • n.­1372
  • n.­1873
  • n.­2323
  • n.­2370
  • n.­2859
  • n.­3312
  • g.­414
  • g.­497
  • g.­517
  • g.­1160
g.­516

Gandharva

Wylie:
  • dri za
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandharva

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­518

Gaṅgā

Wylie:
  • sI ta
  • gang gA
Tibetan:
  • སཱི་ཏ།
  • གང་གཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • gaṅgā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Gaṅgā, or Ganges in English, is considered to be the most sacred river of India, particularly within the Hindu tradition. It starts in the Himalayas, flows through the northern plains of India, bathing the holy city of Vārāṇasī, and meets the sea at the Bay of Bengal, in Bangladesh. In the sūtras, however, this river is mostly mentioned not for its sacredness but for its abundant sands‍—noticeable still today on its many sandy banks and at its delta‍—which serve as a common metaphor for infinitely large numbers.

According to Buddhist cosmology, as explained in the Abhidharmakośa, it is one of the four rivers that flow from Lake Anavatapta and cross the southern continent of Jambudvīpa‍—the known human world or more specifically the Indian subcontinent.

Located in 39 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­10
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­35
  • 4.­112
  • 9.­15
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­3
  • 10.­8
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­52
  • 14.­1
  • 24.­143
  • 24.­230
  • 24.­232
  • 27.­3
  • 31.­53-54
  • 33.­77
  • 52.­107
  • 53.­19
  • 53.­620
  • 53.­627
  • 53.­650
  • 53.­681
  • 53.­696
  • 53.­699
  • 53.­712-713
  • 53.­813
  • 53.­837
  • 54.­22
  • n.­718
  • n.­729
  • n.­731
  • n.­743
  • n.­1873
  • g.­240
  • g.­950
g.­519

Gāṅgeyaka

Wylie:
  • gang gA’i bu
Tibetan:
  • གང་གཱའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • gāṅgeyaka

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­520

Garjita­ghoṣa­dundubhi­svara­rāja

Wylie:
  • ’brug sgra dang rnga bo che’i skad kyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • འབྲུག་སྒྲ་དང་རྔ་བོ་ཆེའི་སྐད་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • garjita­ghoṣa­dundubhi­svara­rāja

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­521

Garjiteśvara

Wylie:
  • sgra sgrogs dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་སྒྲོགས་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • garjiteśvara

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­522

garuḍa

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ lding
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་ལྡིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • garuḍa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Indian mythology, the garuḍa is an eagle-like bird that is regarded as the king of all birds, normally depicted with a sharp, owl-like beak, often holding a snake, and with large and powerful wings. They are traditionally enemies of the nāgas. In the Vedas, they are said to have brought nectar from the heavens to earth. Garuḍa can also be used as a proper name for a king of such creatures.

Located in 39 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­86
  • 2.­20
  • 2.­89
  • 2.­98-100
  • 2.­161
  • 2.­164
  • 2.­209
  • 14.­76
  • 24.­22
  • 25.­13
  • 31.­33
  • 32.­38
  • 52.­123
  • 53.­97
  • 53.­234
  • 53.­379
  • 53.­907
  • 54.­2
  • 54.­104
  • n.­351
  • g.­49
  • g.­247
  • g.­411
  • g.­523
  • g.­922
  • g.­1002
  • g.­1154
  • g.­1167
  • g.­1168
  • g.­1175
  • g.­1382
  • g.­1626
  • g.­1686
  • g.­1725
  • g.­1749
  • g.­1908
  • g.­1909
g.­524

Gatika

Wylie:
  • ’gro yod
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་ཡོད།
Sanskrit:
  • gatika

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­525

Gatikīrti

Wylie:
  • grags pa’i ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་པའི་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • gatikīrti

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­526

Gauḍa

Wylie:
  • go DA
  • gau TA
Tibetan:
  • གོ་ཌཱ།
  • གཽ་ཊཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • gauḍa

A part of Bengal bordering Orissa, also the name of the dynasty that ruled there.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 24.­142
  • 53.­583-584
  • 53.­612-613
  • 53.­618
  • 53.­620
  • 53.­631
  • 53.­647
  • 53.­649
  • 53.­680
  • 53.­683
  • 53.­688-689
  • 53.­697
  • 53.­759
  • 53.­781-782
  • n.­3075
  • n.­3092
  • n.­3108
  • n.­3118
  • n.­3140
  • n.­3208
  • n.­3224
  • g.­235
  • g.­833
  • g.­1267
  • g.­1435
  • g.­1535
  • g.­1553
  • g.­1788
g.­527

Gautama

Wylie:
  • gau ta ma
Tibetan:
  • གཽ་ཏ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • gautama

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­83
  • 31.­3
  • 53.­180
  • g.­1386
g.­528

Gavāmpati

Wylie:
  • ba lang bdag
Tibetan:
  • བ་ལང་བདག
Sanskrit:
  • gavāmpati

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • 11.­196
g.­529

Gayākāśyapa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • gayākāśyapa

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­530

Gemini

Wylie:
  • sbyor ba
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mithuna

See “Mithuna.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­84
  • 24.­67
  • n.­1398
  • g.­1045
g.­531

Ghanoraska

Wylie:
  • brang rgyas
Tibetan:
  • བྲང་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • ghanoraska

One of the kinnara kings.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­89
  • n.­3745
g.­532

Ghaṇṭā

Wylie:
  • dril bu ma
Tibetan:
  • དྲིལ་བུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ghaṇṭā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­5548
g.­534

Ghora

Wylie:
  • mi bzad pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་བཟད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ghora

One of the kings of rākṣasas; one of the kings of piśācas; one of the grahas; a vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • 1.­77
  • 1.­79
  • 1.­94
  • n.­94
g.­535

Ghorarūpin

Wylie:
  • mi bzad pa’i gzugs can
Tibetan:
  • མི་བཟད་པའི་གཟུགས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • ghorarūpin

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi; one of the kings of the piśācas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • 1.­79
g.­536

Ghoravatī

Wylie:
  • mi bzad ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • མི་བཟད་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ghoravatī

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­100
  • n.­3802
g.­537

Girikarṇika

Wylie:
  • ri’i rna ba
Tibetan:
  • རིའི་རྣ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • girikarṇika

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­538

Glorious with Surrounding Fragrance and Light

Wylie:
  • dpal kun tu snang ba
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantāvabhāsa­śrī

See “Samantāvabhāsa­śrī.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­27
  • g.­1412
g.­546

Govāhiṇikā

Wylie:
  • glang dmar ma
Tibetan:
  • གླང་དམར་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • govāhiṇikā

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­102
  • n.­3813
g.­548

graha

Wylie:
  • gdon
  • gza’
Tibetan:
  • གདོན།
  • གཟའ།
Sanskrit:
  • graha

A class of nonhuman beings able to enter and possess the human body; a class of beings, such as Rāhu, that cause solar and lunar eclipses; a planet (this category includes the sun and the moon but excludes the earth); a planet or planetary influence personified.

Located in 108 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 1.­93
  • 1.­95
  • 2.­82-83
  • 2.­164
  • 9.­13
  • 11.­128
  • 14.­166
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­3
  • 24.­35
  • 24.­222
  • 24.­224
  • 25.­7
  • 25.­25
  • 25.­31
  • 26.­40
  • 30.­18
  • 31.­45
  • 31.­55
  • 32.­38
  • 33.­99
  • 35.­81
  • 35.­102
  • 35.­134
  • 35.­143
  • 35.­171
  • 35.­201
  • 36.­11
  • 36.­13
  • 37.­63
  • 37.­74
  • 37.­79
  • 37.­83
  • 37.­122
  • 50.­6
  • 51.­52
  • 53.­98
  • 53.­830
  • 53.­891
  • 54.­16
  • 54.­39
  • n.­435
  • n.­1231
  • n.­1362
  • n.­1479
  • n.­2086
  • n.­2250
  • n.­2490-2491
  • n.­2620
  • n.­2860
  • n.­2935
  • n.­3152
  • n.­3156
  • g.­11
  • g.­13
  • g.­144
  • g.­164
  • g.­219
  • g.­417
  • g.­420
  • g.­423
  • g.­425
  • g.­469
  • g.­534
  • g.­587
  • g.­588
  • g.­736
  • g.­761
  • g.­774
  • g.­792
  • g.­852
  • g.­878
  • g.­961
  • g.­1019
  • g.­1022
  • g.­1024
  • g.­1099
  • g.­1100
  • g.­1101
  • g.­1102
  • g.­1126
  • g.­1208
  • g.­1214
  • g.­1232
  • g.­1329
  • g.­1342
  • g.­1350
  • g.­1437
  • g.­1446
  • g.­1529
  • g.­1532
  • g.­1743
  • g.­1757
  • g.­1762
  • g.­1803
  • g.­1850
  • g.­1878
  • g.­1882
  • g.­1924
  • g.­2047
  • g.­2082
  • g.­2090
  • g.­2116
  • g.­2149
  • g.­2158
g.­550

Grasana

Wylie:
  • za bar byed pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟ་བར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • grasana

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­95
g.­551

Grasana

Wylie:
  • za byed
Tibetan:
  • ཟ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • grasana

One of the kings of the piśācas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­79
g.­552

Great Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahābrahmā

One of the Brahmās.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­155
g.­553

Great Brahmās

Wylie:
  • tshang pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཚང་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahābrahmā

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­91
g.­555

Great Guhyaka

Wylie:
  • gsang ba pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • གསང་བ་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāguhyaka

Name of a yakṣa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­556

Great Lord of Wrath

Wylie:
  • khro bo’i rgyal po chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahākrodharāja

An epithet of Yamāntaka; also the namesake mantra. The name is also written in this translation as “Lord of Great Wrath.”

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­8
  • 1.­72-73
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­109-110
  • 2.­4-5
  • 2.­7
  • 2.­41
  • 52.­147
  • g.­873
g.­557

Great Vehicle

Wylie:
  • theg pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཐེག་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāyāna

One of the major three Buddhist schools, Hīnayāna (Small Vehicle), Mahāyāna (Great Vehicle), and Vajrayāna (Diamond Vehicle). The Great Vehicle is characterized by its emphasis on compassion and altruistic principles of the bodhisattva path.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­116-117
  • 1.­123
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­196
  • 53.­104
  • n.­3321
g.­558

Grīvā

Wylie:
  • mgrin pa
Tibetan:
  • མགྲིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • grīvā

One of the vidyārājñīs attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­45
g.­559

Guhamatī

Wylie:
  • phug ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • ཕུག་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • guhamatī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­3602
g.­560

Guhavāsī

Wylie:
  • phug gnas ma
Tibetan:
  • ཕུག་གནས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • guhavāsī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­3602
g.­562

Guhilā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • guhilā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­3601
g.­563

guhyaka

Wylie:
  • gsang ba pa
Tibetan:
  • གསང་བ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • guhyaka

A subclass of yakṣas, but much of the time used as an alternative name for yakṣas.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­3
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­110-111
  • 2.­118-119
  • 2.­188
  • 50.­8
  • 51.­1
  • 52.­14
  • 52.­80
  • 53.­347
  • n.­2696
  • g.­566
g.­564

Guhyaka

Wylie:
  • gsang ba pa
Tibetan:
  • གསང་བ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • guhyaka

Name of a yakṣa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­565

Guhyakā

Wylie:
  • gsang ba ma
Tibetan:
  • གསང་བ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • guhyakā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­567

Guhyakī

Wylie:
  • gsang ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • གསང་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • guhyakī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­115
g.­568

Guhyottarī

Wylie:
  • gsang ba dam pa ma
Tibetan:
  • གསང་བ་དམ་པ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • guhyottarī

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­100
  • n.­3803
g.­570

Gurugupta

Wylie:
  • bla ma sbas
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མ་སྦས།
Sanskrit:
  • gurugupta

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­571

Guruka

Wylie:
  • lhur byed
Tibetan:
  • ལྷུར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • guruka

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­574

Halāhala

Wylie:
  • hA la hA la
Tibetan:
  • ཧཱ་ལ་ཧཱ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • halāhala

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­578

Hari

Wylie:
  • seng ge
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ
Sanskrit:
  • hari

Name of a yakṣa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­580

Harikeśa

Wylie:
  • skra sngon po
Tibetan:
  • སྐྲ་སྔོན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • harikeśa

Name of a yakṣa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • n.­3728
g.­581

Harita

Wylie:
  • ljang sngon
Tibetan:
  • ལྗང་སྔོན།
Sanskrit:
  • harita

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­582

Hārīta

Wylie:
  • sngon po
Tibetan:
  • སྔོན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • hārīta

Name of a yakṣa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • n.­3727
g.­583

Hārīti

Wylie:
  • sngon po
Tibetan:
  • སྔོན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • hārīti

Name of a yakṣa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • n.­3727
g.­584

Hārītī

Wylie:
  • ’phrog ma
Tibetan:
  • འཕྲོག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • hārītī

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­100
  • 2.­159
  • 30.­9
  • 53.­356
  • n.­432
g.­587

Hasana

Wylie:
  • rgod byed
Tibetan:
  • རྒོད་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • hasana

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­588

Hasānta

Wylie:
  • rgod ldan
Tibetan:
  • རྒོད་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • hasānta

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­589

Hāsavajriṇī

Wylie:
  • rdo rje bzhad ma
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་བཞད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • hāsavajriṇī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­590

Hāsinī

Wylie:
  • bzhad ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • བཞད་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • hāsinī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­591

Hastā

Wylie:
  • me bzhi
Tibetan:
  • མེ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • hastā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 24.­7
  • 24.­77
  • 24.­137
  • 24.­215
  • n.­1406
g.­593

Hemagiri

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i ris
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • hemagiri

Name of a yakṣa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­595

Hiṇḍinī

Wylie:
  • bshugs pa ma
Tibetan:
  • བཤུགས་པ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • hiṇḍinī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi; a vidyā attendant upon Mañjuśrī; one of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­3605
g.­598

homa

Wylie:
  • sbyin sreg
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱིན་སྲེག
Sanskrit:
  • homa

A fire sacrifice where the practitioner offers an oblation a specified number of times; when this term refers to an individual oblation, it has been translated as “oblation.”

Located in 85 passages in the translation:

  • i.­8
  • 1.­10
  • 1.­117
  • 9.­21
  • 10.­2
  • 10.­7
  • 10.­9
  • 10.­29
  • 10.­50
  • 11.­3
  • 11.­157
  • 11.­159
  • 11.­273
  • 13.­1
  • 13.­12
  • 13.­15-16
  • 13.­29
  • 13.­44-45
  • 13.­50
  • 13.­53
  • 13.­55
  • 13.­58-59
  • 13.­68
  • 14.­66
  • 14.­70
  • 14.­94
  • 14.­97
  • 14.­108
  • 14.­171
  • 14.­176
  • 14.­178-180
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­4
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­227
  • 24.­186
  • 24.­200
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­27
  • 25.­30-31
  • 26.­21
  • 26.­24-25
  • 26.­28
  • 27.­48
  • 27.­50
  • 27.­52
  • 27.­55-56
  • 27.­82
  • 27.­85
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­17
  • 28.­21
  • 28.­34
  • 34.­28
  • 35.­70
  • 35.­142
  • 35.­173
  • 35.­261
  • 36.­16
  • 37.­22
  • 37.­25
  • 51.­33
  • 51.­61-62
  • 51.­66
  • 54.­98
  • n.­996
  • n.­1014
  • n.­1128
  • n.­1489
  • n.­1570
  • n.­1572
  • n.­1682
  • n.­2562
  • n.­2629
  • g.­1134
g.­601

Imi

Wylie:
  • tshad ldan
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • imi

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­602

Indra

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indra

The god Indra; Indra is often referred to by the epithet Śakra; when used in the plural it refers to a class of gods; The name of an ancient Buddhist king; one of the Buddhist mleccha kings.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­10
  • 26.­60
  • 30.­25
  • 33.­34
  • 53.­551
  • 53.­580
  • 53.­707
  • 54.­54
  • 54.­62
  • n.­1940
  • n.­2786
  • n.­3335
  • n.­3337-3338
  • n.­3341-3342
  • n.­3344
  • n.­5224
  • g.­717
  • g.­887
  • g.­1273
  • g.­1380
  • g.­1424
  • g.­1596
  • g.­2011
  • g.­2130
g.­603

Indrajit

Wylie:
  • dbang po rgyal
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • indrajit

One of the kings of the rākṣasas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­77
g.­604

Indrāṇī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • —

See “Aindrī.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 52.­115
  • g.­44
g.­607

initiation

Wylie:
  • dbang
Tibetan:
  • དབང་།
Sanskrit:
  • abhiṣeka

See “empowerment.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­20
  • 14.­36
  • 35.­34
  • g.­487
g.­609

Īrā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • īrā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­96
g.­612

Īśāna the Lord of Beings

Wylie:
  • dpal ldan
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • īśānabhūtādhipati
  • bhūtādhipatīśāna
  • īśāna

Epithet of Śiva-Rudra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 2.­168
g.­613

Iṣṭa

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • iṣṭa

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • n.­125
g.­614

Īśvara

Wylie:
  • dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • īśvara

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­615

Jahnu

Wylie:
  • dza h+nu
Tibetan:
  • ཛ་ཧྣུ།
Sanskrit:
  • jahnu

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­83
g.­616

Jalacara

Wylie:
  • chu na spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ན་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • jalacara

Name of a yakṣa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­617

Jalānantaścara

Wylie:
  • chu nang spyod
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ནང་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • jalānantaścara

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­3564
g.­618

Jalendra

Wylie:
  • chu dbang
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་དབང་།
Sanskrit:
  • jalendra

This seems to be another name for Jambhala.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 37.­45
  • 53.­407
g.­619

Jāmadagni

Wylie:
  • dza ma da g+ni
Tibetan:
  • ཛ་མ་ད་གྣི།
Sanskrit:
  • jāmadagni

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­83
g.­620

Jambhala

Wylie:
  • dzam bha la
Tibetan:
  • ཛམ་བྷ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • jambhala

One of the gods of wealth.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 30.­11
  • 37.­45
  • 50.­28
  • 53.­337
  • 53.­356
  • 53.­822
  • g.­618
  • g.­621
g.­623

Jangchub O

Wylie:
  • byang chub ’od
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • (not in the skt. source of the mmk)

The nephew of Lha Lama Yeshe O, a king of the Yarlung imperial Tibetan line who ruled in the Western Tibetan kingdom of Gugé. Jangchub O is famously remembered for inviting the Indian teacher Atiśa to come to Tibet on his uncle’s orders. He was likely born in the early 11th century.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­1
g.­624

Jāṅgulī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • jāṅgulī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­51
g.­625

Jaṭā

Wylie:
  • ral pa ma
Tibetan:
  • རལ་པ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • jaṭā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­630

Jayā

Wylie:
  • rgyal ma
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • jayā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi; one of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 1.­100
  • n.­2718
  • n.­3788
g.­631

Jayanta

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • jayanta

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­632

Jayantī

Wylie:
  • rgyal byed ma
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • jayantī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­115
  • n.­3614
g.­633

Jayavatī

Wylie:
  • rgyal ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • jayavatī

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3700
g.­634

Jayoṣṇīṣa

Wylie:
  • rgyal ba’i gtsug tor
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བའི་གཙུག་ཏོར།
Sanskrit:
  • jayoṣṇīṣa

One of the eight uṣṇīṣa kings.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­43
  • 2.­145
  • 2.­153
  • 30.­50
  • 37.­13
  • 50.­13
  • 53.­361
  • n.­1355
  • n.­2279
  • n.­2499
  • n.­5448
g.­635

Jihma

Wylie:
  • yon po
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • jihma

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­3666
g.­636

Jihva

Wylie:
  • lce ldan
Tibetan:
  • ལྕེ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • jihva

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­638

Jitapāśa

Wylie:
  • rgyal ba’i zhags pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བའི་ཞགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • jitapāśa

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­639

Jīva

Wylie:
  • tsho ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • jīva

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­640

Jñānagarbha

Wylie:
  • ye shes snying po
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānagarbha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­641

Jupiter

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • bṛhaspati

See “Bṛhaspati.”

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­73
  • 15.­154
  • 15.­159
  • 15.­161
  • 15.­173
  • 24.­50
  • 24.­60
  • 24.­70
  • 24.­92
  • 24.­104
  • 24.­116
  • 24.­186
  • n.­1236
  • n.­1400
  • n.­1411
  • g.­308
g.­643

Jvālāpiśācī

Wylie:
  • sha za mo ’bar ma
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ཟ་མོ་འབར་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • jvālāpiśācī

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­102
g.­645

jvarā

Wylie:
  • rims nad
Tibetan:
  • རིམས་ནད།
Sanskrit:
  • jvarā

Fever; a class of spirits causing fever.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­646

Jvara

Wylie:
  • rims
Tibetan:
  • རིམས།
Sanskrit:
  • jvara

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­1569
g.­647

Jyeṣṭhā

Wylie:
  • smron
Tibetan:
  • སྨྲོན།
Sanskrit:
  • jyeṣṭhā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 24.­7
  • 24.­86
  • 24.­137
  • 24.­220
  • n.­3780
g.­648

Jyotī

Wylie:
  • ’od
Tibetan:
  • འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • jyotī

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­96
g.­649

Jyotiṃkara

Wylie:
  • gsal mdzad
Tibetan:
  • གསལ་མཛད།
Sanskrit:
  • jyotiṃkara

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­650

Jyoti­raśmirājendra

Wylie:
  • snang ba’i ’od kyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བའི་འོད་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • jyoti­raśmirājendra

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­36
g.­651

Jyotis

Wylie:
  • ’od byed
Tibetan:
  • འོད་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • jyotis

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­652

Jyotiśrī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • jyotiśrī

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­653

Jyotis­saumya­gandhāvabhāsa­śrī

Wylie:
  • ’od kyi zla ba dri snang ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཀྱི་ཟླ་བ་དྲི་སྣང་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • jyotis­saumya­gandhāvabhāsa­śrī

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­36
g.­654

Jyotsna

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • jyotsna

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­655

Jyotsnā

Wylie:
  • zla ’od ma
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་འོད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • jyotsnā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­657

Kāla

Wylie:
  • dus
Tibetan:
  • དུས།
Sanskrit:
  • kāla

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the śrāvakas; a vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­62
g.­658

Kālakūṭa

Wylie:
  • dug
Tibetan:
  • དུག
Sanskrit:
  • kālakūṭa

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­661

Kalaśoda

Wylie:
  • bum chu can
Tibetan:
  • བུམ་ཆུ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • kalaśoda

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­667

Kamala

Wylie:
  • pad+ma
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ།
Sanskrit:
  • kamala

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­668

Kamalapāṇi

Wylie:
  • phyag na pad+ma
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་ན་པདྨ།
Sanskrit:
  • kamalapāṇi

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­669

Kamalaraśmi

Wylie:
  • pad+ma’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • པདྨའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • kamalaraśmi

One of the uṣṇīṣa kings attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­43
  • n.­69
g.­672

Kāmavajriṇī

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa’i rdo rje dang ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པའི་རྡོ་རྗེ་དང་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāmavajriṇī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­107
g.­673

Kambala

Wylie:
  • la ba
Tibetan:
  • ལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kambala

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­674

kamboja

Wylie:
  • kam+po tse
Tibetan:
  • ཀམྤོ་ཙེ།
Sanskrit:
  • kamboja

A class of malevolent spirits.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­675

Kāminī

Wylie:
  • ’dod ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāminī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­676

Kampa

Wylie:
  • sa ’gul
Tibetan:
  • ས་འགུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kampa

God of earthquakes.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • n.­3759
  • n.­5150
g.­677

Kāṇā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • kāṇā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­100
  • n.­3806
g.­678

Kanaka

Wylie:
  • gser
Tibetan:
  • གསེར།
Sanskrit:
  • kanaka

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK. Possibly also a shortened form of the name of the tathāgata Kanakamuni.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • 14.­4
  • 53.­714
  • 53.­718
  • n.­3160
g.­679

Kanakamuni

Wylie:
  • gser thub
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་ཐུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • kanakamuni

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 37.­110
  • n.­1651
  • n.­3160
  • g.­678
g.­680

Kanakarāśi

Wylie:
  • gser gyi phung po
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kanakarāśi

One of the uṣṇīṣa kings attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­43
g.­681

Kanakaraśmi

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • kanakaraśmi

One of the uṣṇīṣa kings attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­43
g.­683

Kaniṣṭha

Wylie:
  • tha chung
Tibetan:
  • ཐ་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • kaniṣṭha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­686

Kanyā

Wylie:
  • bu mo
Tibetan:
  • བུ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kanyā

Virgo (zodiac sign and constellation).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • n.­3791
  • g.­2088
g.­689

Kaphiṇa

Wylie:
  • ga bin
Tibetan:
  • ག་བིན།
Sanskrit:
  • kaphiṇa

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the eight great śrāvakas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • 4.­81
  • n.­3649
g.­693

Karkaṭaka

Wylie:
  • sbal ba
Tibetan:
  • སྦལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • karkaṭaka

Cancer (zodiac sign and constellation).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • g.­325
g.­694

Karkoṭaka

Wylie:
  • kak+ko Ta
Tibetan:
  • ཀཀྐོ་ཊ།
Sanskrit:
  • karkoṭaka

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­695

karma

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

Karmic accumulation, positive or negative, that will produce results in the future, unless it is purified. This term is also translated in other instances as “activity” or “rite.” In these latter cases the term refers to a ritual activity (such as pacifying, nourishing, etc.) or a rite meant to accomplish such activity.

Located in 118 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • 4.­17
  • 4.­106
  • 5.­13
  • 6.­7-8
  • 7.­7
  • 11.­78
  • 11.­80
  • 11.­248-249
  • 11.­270-271
  • 15.­87-88
  • 15.­180
  • 17.­3-5
  • 17.­10
  • 17.­12-16
  • 17.­18
  • 17.­20
  • 17.­38
  • 24.­15
  • 24.­17
  • 24.­34
  • 24.­38
  • 24.­46
  • 24.­235
  • 27.­72-79
  • 27.­83-84
  • 27.­86
  • 28.­17
  • 28.­51
  • 29.­19
  • 31.­2
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­95
  • 53.­283
  • 53.­287-289
  • 53.­354
  • 53.­389
  • 53.­402-403
  • 53.­408
  • 53.­413
  • 53.­423
  • 53.­426
  • 53.­435
  • 53.­447
  • 53.­496
  • 53.­536
  • 53.­630
  • 53.­639
  • 53.­664
  • 53.­670
  • 53.­705
  • 53.­707
  • 53.­740
  • 53.­743
  • 53.­747
  • 53.­749
  • 53.­762
  • n.­621
  • n.­817
  • n.­937
  • n.­954
  • n.­1175-1179
  • n.­1233
  • n.­1253
  • n.­1335-1337
  • n.­1343
  • n.­1381
  • n.­1384
  • n.­1424
  • n.­1485
  • n.­1676
  • n.­1679
  • n.­1880
  • n.­1888
  • n.­1986
  • n.­3130
  • n.­3159
  • n.­3170
  • n.­3175
  • n.­3354
  • n.­4756
  • n.­4993
  • n.­5150
  • n.­5178
  • n.­5389
  • n.­5809
  • n.­6777
  • g.­25
  • g.­700
  • g.­762
  • g.­1341
g.­696

Karmadā

Wylie:
  • las sbyin ma
Tibetan:
  • ལས་སྦྱིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • karmadā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3699
g.­697

Karmaphalā

Wylie:
  • las ’bras ma
Tibetan:
  • ལས་འབྲས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • karmaphalā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3700
g.­703

Karoṭapāṇi

Wylie:
  • gzhong thogs
Tibetan:
  • གཞོང་ཐོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • karoṭapāṇi

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­91
g.­706

Kārttikeya

Wylie:
  • smin drug bu
Tibetan:
  • སྨིན་དྲུག་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kārttikeya

Son of Śiva and a Hindu god of war.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­72
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­82
  • 2.­85
  • 2.­163
  • 2.­168
  • 30.­15
  • 37.­74
  • 53.­575-577
  • n.­337
  • n.­440
  • n.­1737
  • n.­3332
  • g.­1529
g.­707

Karuṇa

Wylie:
  • snying rje ldan
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་རྗེ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • karuṇa

One of the kinnara kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­89
g.­708

Karuṇā

Wylie:
  • snying rje
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • karuṇā

One of the vidyārājñīs attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­45
g.­709

Kāśī

Wylie:
  • ga sha
  • ka shi
Tibetan:
  • ག་ཤ།
  • ཀ་ཤི།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśī

See “Vārāṇasī.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 53.­38-39
  • 53.­46
  • 53.­700
  • 53.­754
  • 53.­863
  • n.­1529
  • n.­3281
  • g.­1999
g.­712

Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśyapa

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the eight tathāgatas; one of the previous buddhas; one of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK; also a short name of Mahākāśyapa.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 1.­62
  • 5.­6
  • 11.­138
  • 11.­143
  • 11.­149-153
  • 11.­160
  • 37.­110
  • 53.­127-128
  • 53.­131-132
  • 53.­251
  • 54.­55
  • 54.­58
  • 54.­62-63
  • n.­1651
  • n.­2813
  • n.­3335
  • n.­3345
  • n.­3645
g.­713

kaṭapūtana

Wylie:
  • lus srul po
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་སྲུལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kaṭapūṭana

A class of demons.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 35.­143
  • 54.­47
g.­714

Kaṭapūtanā

Wylie:
  • lus srul mo
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་སྲུལ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kaṭapūtanā

One of the great mātṛs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­104
g.­715

Kātyāyana

Wylie:
  • kA t+yA ya na
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་ཏྱཱ་ཡ་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • kātyāyana

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­716

Kaumārī

Wylie:
  • gzhon nu ma
Tibetan:
  • གཞོན་ནུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kaumārī

One of the great mātṛs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­104
g.­720

Keśānta

Wylie:
  • skra mthar byed
Tibetan:
  • སྐྲ་མཐར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • keśānta

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­48
  • n.­3541
g.­721

Keśāntā

Wylie:
  • skra mthar byed ma
Tibetan:
  • སྐྲ་མཐར་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • keśāntā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­722

Keśavā

Wylie:
  • skra ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • སྐྲ་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • keśavā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­724

Keśinī

Wylie:
  • skra can ma
Tibetan:
  • སྐྲ་ཅན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • keśinī

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­725

Keśinī

Wylie:
  • skra can ma
Tibetan:
  • སྐྲ་ཅན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • keśinī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­108
g.­727

Ketu

Wylie:
  • mjug ring
Tibetan:
  • མཇུག་རིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • ketu

Comet personified.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • 15.­163
  • 15.­167
  • n.­1238
g.­728

Ketu

Wylie:
  • tog
Tibetan:
  • ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • ketu

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the eight pratyeka­buddhas; also, the name of an ancient king.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • 4.­82
  • 11.­196
  • 53.­551
  • n.­585
  • n.­1238
  • n.­3480
  • n.­3632
g.­729

Ketusvara

Wylie:
  • tog gi sgra
Tibetan:
  • ཏོག་གི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • ketusvara

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­730

Ketuvatī

Wylie:
  • tog ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • ཏོག་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ketuvatī

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­731

Keyūrā

Wylie:
  • dpung rgyan ma
Tibetan:
  • དཔུང་རྒྱན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • keyūrā

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­58
  • n.­3617
g.­732

Keyūravatī

Wylie:
  • dpung rgyan ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • དཔུང་རྒྱན་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • keyūravatī

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­733

Khaḍga

Wylie:
  • ral gri
Tibetan:
  • རལ་གྲི།
Sanskrit:
  • khaḍga

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­734

Khaḍgapaṭṭiśā

Wylie:
  • ral gri ma dang paT+Ti sa
Tibetan:
  • རལ་གྲི་མ་དང་པཊྚི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • khaḍgapaṭṭiśā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­110
g.­735

Khadyota

Wylie:
  • srin bu me khyer
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་བུ་མེ་ཁྱེར།
Sanskrit:
  • khadyota

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­736

Khaja

Wylie:
  • ’theng po
Tibetan:
  • འཐེང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • khaja

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­737

Khaṇḍa

Wylie:
  • dum bu
Tibetan:
  • དུམ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • khaṇḍa

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • 2.­186
g.­740

Khyātikarī

Wylie:
  • grags byed ma
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • khyātikarī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­741

Kimi

Wylie:
  • ci smra
Tibetan:
  • ཅི་སྨྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • kimi

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­742

kiṃkara

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • kiṃkara

Servant; also a class of spirits used as servants.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 1.­51
  • 37.­34
  • n.­3496
  • g.­744
g.­743

Kiṃkara

Wylie:
  • mngag gzhug pa
Tibetan:
  • མངག་གཞུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kiṃkara

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­744

kiṃkarī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • kiṃkarī
  • kiṃkarā

Female kiṃkara.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­51
  • 37.­34
g.­745

kimpaka

Wylie:
  • bran pa
Tibetan:
  • བྲན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kimpaka

A class of malevolent spirits.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­746

Kimphala

Wylie:
  • kib pa la
Tibetan:
  • ཀིབ་པ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kimphala

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­152
g.­747

kinnara

Wylie:
  • mi’am ci
Tibetan:
  • མིའམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit:
  • kinnara

A class of semidivine beings, half human and half horse, or half human and half bird.

Located in 41 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 1.­88
  • 1.­90
  • 2.­20
  • 2.­161
  • 2.­171
  • 2.­209
  • 11.­127
  • 12.­15
  • 14.­76
  • 25.­13
  • 26.­30
  • 26.­44
  • 31.­34
  • 53.­124
  • 53.­233
  • 53.­379
  • 53.­908
  • 54.­2
  • 54.­104
  • g.­100
  • g.­163
  • g.­354
  • g.­450
  • g.­531
  • g.­707
  • g.­748
  • g.­825
  • g.­836
  • g.­920
  • g.­953
  • g.­955
  • g.­960
  • g.­1004
  • g.­1614
  • g.­1719
  • g.­1836
  • g.­1839
  • g.­1846
  • g.­1884
  • g.­2094
g.­750

Kīrtikīrti

Wylie:
  • grags pa dang grags pa ’dren pa
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་པ་དང་གྲགས་པ་འདྲེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kīrtikīrti

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­751

Kīrtivatī

Wylie:
  • snyan ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • སྙན་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kīrtivatī

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­752

knowledge holder

Wylie:
  • rig ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • རིག་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyādhara

See “vidyādhara.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­12
  • 4.­30
  • 25.­2
  • g.­2039
g.­755

Koṭikarṇika

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • koṭikarṇika

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­756

Krakucchanda

Wylie:
  • ’khor ba ’jig
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་བ་འཇིག
Sanskrit:
  • krakucchanda

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the eight tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 5.­6
  • 37.­110
g.­757

krandanā

Wylie:
  • ngu ’bod
Tibetan:
  • ངུ་འབོད།
Sanskrit:
  • krandanā

“Crying one,” a class of female spirits.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­758

Krati

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • krati

The context suggests that this is a class of powerful beings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­759

Kratu

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • kratu

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­761

Krīḍana

Wylie:
  • rtse med
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • krīḍana

One of the grahas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • n.­3772
g.­762

kriyā

Wylie:
  • mdzad pa
Tibetan:
  • མཛད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kriyā

A mere ritual performance (in contradistinction to karman, which is the same performance aiming at a particular outcome). The term is also used to denote a class of tantras, the Kriyā tantras.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1-2
  • i.­5
  • i.­8
  • 11.­249
  • n.­937
  • n.­2435
  • g.­1764
g.­764

Krodha

Wylie:
  • khro bo
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • krodha

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­765

krodharāja

Wylie:
  • khro rgyal
  • khro rgyal chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་རྒྱལ།
  • ཁྲོ་རྒྱལ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • krodharāja

“Lord of wrath.” In the MMK this term seems to refer in some cases to a whole class of divine beings, which can perhaps be regarded as the wrathful vidyārājas. “Lord of Wrath” elsewhere is an epithet of Yamāntaka.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­52
  • 35.­161
  • n.­88-89
  • n.­98
  • n.­3925
  • g.­763
  • g.­874
g.­766

Kṛpā

Wylie:
  • brtse ba
Tibetan:
  • བརྩེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛpā

One of the vidyārājñīs attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­45
g.­767

Kṛṣṇa

Wylie:
  • nag po
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛṣṇa

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­83
  • n.­2548
  • g.­577
  • g.­1026
g.­768

Kṛṣṇagautama

Wylie:
  • gau ta ma nag po
Tibetan:
  • གཽ་ཏ་མ་ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛṣṇagautama

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­83
g.­769

Kṛṣṇapakṣa

Wylie:
  • nag po’i phyogs
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོའི་ཕྱོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛṣṇapakṣa

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­770

Kṛttikā

Wylie:
  • smin drug
Tibetan:
  • སྨིན་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • kṛttikā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 15.­153
  • 24.­4
  • 24.­49
  • 24.­52
  • 24.­131
  • 24.­212
  • n.­1389
g.­771

kṣaṇa

Wylie:
  • skad cig
Tibetan:
  • སྐད་ཅིག
Sanskrit:
  • kṣaṇa

A unit of time; ten kṣaṇas equals one muhūrta.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 24.­198-199
  • n.­1464
  • g.­1535
  • g.­1753
g.­774

Kṣaya

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • kṣaya

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­776

Kṣemacitri

Wylie:
  • bde bkra
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བཀྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣemacitri

One of the kings of the asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­92
g.­777

Kṣemadā

Wylie:
  • bde sbyin ma
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་སྦྱིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣemadā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­778

Kṣepa

Wylie:
  • ’phen pa
Tibetan:
  • འཕེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣepa

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­779

Kṣiprakarī

Wylie:
  • myur du byed ma
Tibetan:
  • མྱུར་དུ་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣiprakarī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­780

Kṣīroda

Wylie:
  • ’o ma’i chu
Tibetan:
  • འོ་མའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣīroda

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­781

Kṣiteśvara

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • kṣiteśvara

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­782

Kṣiti

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • kṣiti

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­783

Kṣitigarbha

Wylie:
  • sa’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • སའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣitigarbha

One of the sixteen great bodhisattvas. The content of the list varies from text to text.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • 2.­141
  • 4.­69
  • 11.­195
  • 37.­105
g.­784

Kṣitipāṇi

Wylie:
  • sa’i phyag
Tibetan:
  • སའི་ཕྱག
Sanskrit:
  • kṣitipāṇi

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­786

Kubera

Wylie:
  • lus ngan po
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་ངན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kubera

The god of wealth and the king of the yakṣas; one of the four great kings of the directions.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 6.­10
  • 15.­160
  • 26.­28
  • 37.­74
  • n.­1824
  • n.­1895
  • n.­2467
  • n.­2658
  • n.­2726
  • n.­2980
  • n.­3295
  • g.­69
  • g.­391
  • g.­990
  • g.­1919
  • g.­2128
g.­788

Kulika

Wylie:
  • rigs ldan
Tibetan:
  • རིགས་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • kulika

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­789

Kuliśavatī

Wylie:
  • rdo rje ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kuliśavatī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­790

Kuliśika

Wylie:
  • rdo rje can
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • kuliśika

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­791

kumāra

Wylie:
  • gzhon nu
Tibetan:
  • གཞོན་ནུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumāra

Apart from the usual meaning and usages (such as being a title of Mañjuśrī, etc.), this also seems to be the name of a class of nonhuman beings. The term is rendered elsewhere in this translation as “divine youth.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 53.­381
  • n.­292-293
  • n.­338
  • n.­2935
  • n.­3261
  • n.­3332
  • n.­3772
  • g.­443
  • g.­795
g.­792

Kumāra

Wylie:
  • gzhon nu
Tibetan:
  • གཞོན་ནུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumāra

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the grahas; the Gupta emperor Kumāragupta II; an ascetic statesman.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • 1.­94
  • 53.­612-613
  • 53.­859
  • n.­3261
g.­793

Kumārakalaśa

Wylie:
  • ku mA ra ka la sha
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་མཱ་ར་ཀ་ལ་ཤ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumārakalaśa

The name of an Indian preceptor and teacher who lived during the early Sarma (gsar ma) period (c. 11th century) and worked on the Tibetan translation of the Mañjuśrī­mūla­tantra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­12
  • c.­1
g.­794

Kumārakāśyapa

Wylie:
  • gzhon nu ’od srung gi bu
Tibetan:
  • གཞོན་ནུ་འོད་སྲུང་གི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumārakāśyapa

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­796

Kumbha

Wylie:
  • bum pa
Tibetan:
  • བུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumbha

One of the kings of rākṣasas; Aquarius (the zodiac sign and the constellation); a south Indian king contemporary with Mahendra.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­77
  • 1.­98
  • 53.­568
  • g.­148
g.­797

Kumbhaka

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • kumbhaka

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • n.­3636
g.­798

Kumbhakarṇa

Wylie:
  • bum rna
Tibetan:
  • བུམ་རྣ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumbhakarṇa

One of the kings of the rākṣasas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­77
g.­800

Kuṇḍalin

Wylie:
  • thab sbyor can
Tibetan:
  • ཐབ་སྦྱོར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • kuṇḍalin

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­801

Kuñjara

Wylie:
  • glang po che
Tibetan:
  • གླང་པོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • kuñjara

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­803

Kuru

Wylie:
  • ku ru
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་རུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kuru

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­804

Kurukulla

Wylie:
  • ku ru ku la
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་རུ་ཀུ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kurukulla

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­805

kuśa grass

Wylie:
  • ku sha
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་ཤ།
Sanskrit:
  • kuśa

Poa cynosuroides, a species of grass commonly used in religious ceremonies.

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­126
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­139
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­182
  • 2.­199-200
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­64
  • 7.­11
  • 8.­8
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­52
  • 11.­58
  • 11.­156
  • 11.­158
  • 12.­49
  • 13.­15
  • 13.­22
  • 15.­6
  • 25.­26
  • 26.­22
  • 26.­36
  • 26.­47
  • 28.­7
  • 28.­28
  • 52.­72
  • 52.­87
  • n.­380-381
  • n.­1506
g.­807

Kūṣmala

Wylie:
  • kum b+ha la
Tibetan:
  • ཀུམ་བྷ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kūṣmala

Name of a yakṣa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­808

kuṣmāṇḍa

Wylie:
  • grul bum
Tibetan:
  • གྲུལ་བུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • kuṣmāṇḍa

A class of demons.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 31.­47
  • 35.­201
  • 37.­63
  • 53.­98
  • 54.­48
g.­809

Kuṣṭha

Wylie:
  • mdze
Tibetan:
  • མཛེ།
Sanskrit:
  • kuṣṭha

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­97
  • n.­136
g.­810

Kusuma

Wylie:
  • me tog
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • kusuma

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK; an ascetic statesman.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • 53.­858
g.­811

Kusumā

Wylie:
  • me tog ma
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kusumā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs; also, a goddess of flowers invoked in a mantra.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­100
  • 2.­29
  • n.­3801
g.­814

Kusuma­pura­vāsinī

Wylie:
  • me tog gi grong khyer la gnas ma
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་གི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར་ལ་གནས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kusuma­pura­vāsinī

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­815

Kusumāvatī

Wylie:
  • me tog ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kusumāvatī

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­816

Kusumāvatī

Wylie:
  • me tog dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kusumāvatī

“Rich in Flowers,” one of the pure abodes presided over by the tathāgata Saṃkusumita Rajendra; in the MMK it is also the abode of Mañjuśrī.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­6
  • 1.­30
  • 8.­11
  • n.­3801
  • g.­1426
g.­818

Kūṭākhya

Wylie:
  • brtsegs pa’i mtshan
Tibetan:
  • བརྩེགས་པའི་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • kūṭākhya

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­819

Kūtākṣa

Wylie:
  • brtsegs mig
Tibetan:
  • བརྩེགས་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • kūtākṣa

Name of a yakṣa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • n.­3733
g.­821

Lakṣmī

Wylie:
  • dpal mo
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣmī

The goddess of good fortune; also, one of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • 26.­51
  • g.­1554
g.­822

Lakṣmīvatī

Wylie:
  • dpal ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣmīvatī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • n.­3556
g.­823

Lakuṭa

Wylie:
  • dbyig pa
Tibetan:
  • དབྱིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • lakuṭa

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­825

Ledruma

Wylie:
  • ljon pa bral
Tibetan:
  • ལྗོན་པ་བྲལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ledruma

One of the kinnara kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­89
g.­826

Leo

Wylie:
  • seng ge
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha

See “Siṃha.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­84
  • 24.­74
  • g.­1513
g.­827

Libra

Wylie:
  • srang
Tibetan:
  • སྲང་།
Sanskrit:
  • tula

See “Tula.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­85
  • 24.­82
  • n.­1408-1413
  • g.­1811
g.­828

Licchavi

Wylie:
  • lits+tsha vI
Tibetan:
  • ལིཙྪ་བཱི༹།
Sanskrit:
  • licchavi

A clan and a dynasty of kings contemporary with the Buddha; also the name of a Nepalese dynasty ca. fifth to eighth centuries ᴄᴇ.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 53.­324
  • 53.­501
  • n.­3005
  • n.­3009
  • g.­983
  • g.­1514
  • g.­1915
g.­831

Locanā

Wylie:
  • spyan ma
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • locanā

The uṣṇīṣa goddess of the Tathāgata family; also one of the vidyārājñīs attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­45
  • 35.­215
  • 52.­131
  • 53.­362
  • n.­414
g.­833

Loka

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན།
Sanskrit:
  • loka

One of the rāśis; a king of the Gauḍa dynasty.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • 53.­584
  • n.­3793
  • n.­4965
  • n.­6052
  • g.­2140
g.­834

Lokābha

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten ’od
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • lokābha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­835

Lokabhūta

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokabhūta

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­836

Lokadruma

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten ljon pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་ལྗོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokadruma

One of the kinnara kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­89
g.­837

Lokāgata

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten ’ongs
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་འོངས།
Sanskrit:
  • lokāgata

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­3678
g.­838

Lokagati

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokagati

One of the sixteen great bodhisattvas. The content of the list varies from text to text.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • 2.­141
g.­839

Lokāgrakeyūrā

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten mchog gi dpung rgyan ma
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་མཆོག་གི་དཔུང་རྒྱན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokāgrakeyūrā

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­840

Lokagupta

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten sbas
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་སྦས།
Sanskrit:
  • lokagupta

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­841

Lokajit

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • lokajit

One of the kings of the rākṣasas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­77
g.­842

Lokakaṇṭha

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten mgul pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་མགུལ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokakaṇṭha

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­48
  • n.­3539
g.­843

Lokakara

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten byed
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • lokakara

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­844

Lokākhya

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten grags pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་གྲགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokākhya

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 1.­60
g.­845

Lokākhyā

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten grags pa ma
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་གྲགས་པ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokākhyā

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­846

Lokamaha

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten mchod ’os
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་མཆོད་འོས།
Sanskrit:
  • lokamaha

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­847

Lokamātā

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten ma
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokamātā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­848

Lokamātā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • lokamātā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • n.­238
g.­849

Lokaṃkara

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten byed
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • lokaṃkara

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­850

Lokanātha

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • lokanātha

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • n.­2500
g.­851

Lokaniṣṭha

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • lokaniṣṭha

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­91
g.­852

Lokānta

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten mthar byed
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་མཐར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • lokānta

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­853

Lokāntakarī

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten mthar byed ma
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་མཐར་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokāntakarī

One of the great mātṛs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­104
g.­854

Lokāntikā

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten nye gnas ma
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་ཉེ་གནས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokāntikā

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­102
  • n.­3814
g.­855

Lokaprabha

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • lokaprabha

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­856

Lokapravarā

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten rab mchog
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་རབ་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • lokapravarā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • n.­3786
g.­857

Lokaśānti

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten zhi ba
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokaśānti

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­858

Lokaśrī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • lokaśrī

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­859

Lokaśriyā

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten dpal
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokaśriyā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­860

Lokaṭī

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten ’gro ma
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་འགྲོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokaṭī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­862

Lokāvartā

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten ’khyil ma
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་འཁྱིལ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokāvartā

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­863

Lokavāsinī

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten gnas ma
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་གནས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokavāsinī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­864

Lokavatī

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokavatī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode; one of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi; one of the vidyās attending upon Mañjuśrī.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • 1.­56
  • 2.­58
g.­865

Lokendra

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten dbang po
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokendra

Name of a yakṣa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­866

Lokendra­rāja

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten gyi dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokendra­rāja

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­36
  • 1.­39
g.­868

Lokeśvara

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • lokeśvara

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK; also used as an epithet of Avalokiteśvara, or the name of one of Avalokiteśvara’s emanations.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • g.­867
g.­870

Lokottara

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten mthon po
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་མཐོན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokottara

One of the uṣṇīṣa kings attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­43
  • n.­3529
g.­871

Lokottarā

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten las ’das ma
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་ལས་འདས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokottarā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­100
  • n.­3807
g.­873

Lord of Great Wrath

Wylie:
  • khro bo’i rgyal po chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahākrodharāja

See “Great Lord of Wrath.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­86
  • g.­556
g.­874

lord of wrath

Wylie:
  • khro rgyal
  • khro rgyal chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་རྒྱལ།
  • ཁྲོ་རྒྱལ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • krodharāja

See “krodharāja.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­125
  • 4.­86
  • 50.­2-3
  • 52.­41
  • 52.­148
  • n.­2535
  • g.­765
g.­875

Lord of Wrath

Wylie:
  • khro bo’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • krodharāja

Epithet of Yamāntaka; also the namesake mantra.

Located in 70 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­73
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­109-110
  • 2.­4
  • 2.­6-8
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­45
  • 2.­122
  • 2.­125
  • 2.­138-139
  • 2.­148-149
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­94
  • 5.­9
  • 6.­4
  • 15.­105-107
  • 15.­109
  • 35.­81
  • 50.­35-36
  • 50.­38
  • 50.­41
  • 50.­48
  • 50.­50
  • 50.­53
  • 51.­2
  • 51.­34
  • 51.­51
  • 51.­56
  • 51.­80
  • 52.­8
  • 52.­14-15
  • 52.­20
  • 52.­23
  • 52.­42
  • 52.­115-116
  • 52.­124-125
  • 52.­128-129
  • 52.­135
  • 52.­138
  • 52.­148-149
  • 53.­885
  • n.­278
  • n.­377
  • n.­1189
  • n.­2502
  • n.­2509
  • n.­2520
  • n.­2524
  • n.­2538
  • n.­2610
  • n.­2630
  • n.­2729-2730
  • n.­2738
  • n.­2741
  • n.­2842
  • g.­765
g.­876

Lotus family

Wylie:
  • pad+ma’i rigs
Tibetan:
  • པདྨའི་རིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • abjakula

This family is associated mainly with the bodhisattva Avalokiteśvara, and includes deities such as Tārā, Bhṛkuṭī, and so forth. In the higher tantras, this family is presided over by the tathāgata Amitābha.

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­42
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­51
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­166
  • 2.­187-188
  • 30.­8
  • 30.­30
  • 30.­38
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­50
  • 32.­35
  • 35.­182
  • 35.­205-206
  • 35.­215
  • 37.­98
  • 37.­100
  • 38.­18
  • 38.­27
  • 38.­44
  • 50.­16
  • 53.­356
  • 53.­376
  • 53.­813
  • 53.­843
  • n.­1334
  • n.­2131
  • n.­2420
  • n.­2435
  • n.­2504
  • n.­2930-2931
g.­877

lowest eon

Wylie:
  • dus kyi tha mar
Tibetan:
  • དུས་ཀྱི་ཐ་མར།
Sanskrit:
  • yugādhama

The least auspicious in the cycle of four eons.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­11
  • 24.­10
  • 24.­12
  • 24.­40
  • 24.­43
  • 25.­5
  • 25.­13
  • 26.­2
  • 27.­2
  • 27.­28
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­1
  • 32.­25
  • 32.­41
  • 34.­40
  • 53.­230
  • 53.­574
  • 53.­585
g.­878

Lubdha

Wylie:
  • rngon pa
Tibetan:
  • རྔོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • lubdha

One of the grahas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • n.­3768
g.­883

Madhyadeśa

Wylie:
  • dbus kyi yul
Tibetan:
  • དབུས་ཀྱི་ཡུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • madhyadeśa

The “central region,” which seems to refer to all the regions and countries between the Vindhya and Himālaya mountains.

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 30.­8
  • 31.­30
  • 31.­50
  • 53.­559
  • 53.­585
  • 53.­654
  • 53.­828
  • 53.­834
  • 53.­844
  • 53.­846-847
  • 53.­849
  • 53.­896
  • n.­1853
  • n.­3048
  • n.­3050
  • n.­3053
  • n.­3252
  • g.­33
  • g.­379
  • g.­549
  • g.­586
  • g.­749
  • g.­1069
  • g.­1298
g.­884

Madhyama

Wylie:
  • bar ma
Tibetan:
  • བར་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • madhyama

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­885

Magadha

Wylie:
  • ma ga dhA
Tibetan:
  • མ་ག་དྷཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • magadha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An ancient Indian kingdom that lay to the south of the Ganges River in what today is the state of Bihar. Magadha was the largest of the sixteen “great states” (mahājanapada) that flourished between the sixth and third centuries ʙᴄᴇ in northern India. During the life of the Buddha Śākyamuni, it was ruled by King Bimbisāra and later by Bimbisāra's son, Ajātaśatru. Its capital was initially Rājagṛha (modern-day Rajgir) but was later moved to Pāṭaliputra (modern-day Patna). Over the centuries, with the expansion of the Magadha’s might, it became the capital of the vast Mauryan empire and seat of the great King Aśoka.

This region is home to many of the most important Buddhist sites, including Bodh Gayā, where the Buddha attained awakening; Vulture Peak (Gṛdhra­kūṭa), where the Buddha bestowed many well-known Mahāyāna sūtras; and the Buddhist university of Nālandā that flourished between the fifth and twelfth centuries ᴄᴇ, among many others.

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 24.­149-150
  • 24.­216
  • 24.­219
  • 24.­226
  • 30.­10
  • 31.­32
  • 53.­111
  • 53.­299
  • 53.­394
  • 53.­646
  • 53.­692
  • 53.­700
  • 53.­711
  • 53.­753
  • n.­1857
  • n.­2937
  • n.­3108
  • n.­3202
  • n.­3283
  • n.­6452
  • g.­50
  • g.­288
  • g.­401
  • g.­418
  • g.­806
  • g.­1182
  • g.­1240
  • g.­1435
  • g.­1824
  • g.­1923
g.­886

Maghā

Wylie:
  • mchu
Tibetan:
  • མཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • maghā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 15.­153
  • 24.­7
  • 24.­74
  • 24.­129
  • 24.­214
g.­889

Mahābāhu

Wylie:
  • lag pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལག་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahābāhu

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­890

Mahābala

Wylie:
  • stobs po che
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་པོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahābala

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­891

Mahābhadrika

Wylie:
  • skal bzang yod chen po
Tibetan:
  • སྐལ་བཟང་ཡོད་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahābhadrika

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­892

Mahābhogavatī

Wylie:
  • longs spyod che ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • ལོངས་སྤྱོད་ཆེ་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahābhogavatī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­893

Mahābrahmā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • mahābrahmā

One of the gods’ realms; also the name of the gods living there.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 38.­21
  • 52.­115
  • 53.­1
g.­896

Mahādaṇḍā

Wylie:
  • dbyug pa chen mo ma
Tibetan:
  • དབྱུག་པ་ཆེན་མོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahādaṇḍā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­897

Mahādeva

Wylie:
  • lha chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahādeva

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­899

Mahāgiri

Wylie:
  • ri bo chen po
Tibetan:
  • རི་བོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāgiri

Name of a yakṣa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­901

Mahākāśyapa

Wylie:
  • ’od srung chen po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahākāśyapa

One of the eight great śrāvakas.

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • 2.­143
  • 4.­81
  • 11.­196
  • 53.­84
  • 53.­88
  • 53.­112
  • 53.­114
  • 53.­136
  • 53.­142
  • 53.­156-158
  • 53.­160
  • 53.­164
  • 53.­169
  • 53.­177-178
  • 53.­181
  • 53.­195
  • 53.­201
  • 53.­203-204
  • 53.­211-212
  • 53.­241
  • 53.­245
  • 53.­256
  • 53.­263
  • 53.­266
  • 53.­297
  • n.­2831
  • n.­2844
  • n.­2854
  • n.­2862-2863
  • g.­712
g.­902

Mahākātyāyana

Wylie:
  • kA tyA ya na chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་ཏྱཱ་ཡ་ན་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahākātyāyana

One of the great śrāvakas in the maṇḍala of Mañjuśrī, probably the same one that is listed among the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • 2.­143
g.­903

Mahākhya

Wylie:
  • grags pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahākhya

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­904

mahākrodha

Wylie:
  • khro bo chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahākrodha

“Great wrath.” This seems to be a synonym of vidyārāja.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­54
  • n.­98
  • g.­763
g.­905

Mahākrodha

Wylie:
  • khro bo chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahākrodha

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi; an epithet of Yamāntaka; an epithet of Yamāri; the name of a boar-faced emanation of Mañjuśrī.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • 15.­99
  • n.­3284
g.­907

Mahālakuṭa

Wylie:
  • dbyig pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • དབྱིག་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahālakuṭa

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­910

Mahā­maudgalyāyana

Wylie:
  • maud gal gyi bu chen po
Tibetan:
  • མཽད་གལ་གྱི་བུ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­maudgalyāyana

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the eight great śrāvakas.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • 4.­81
  • 5.­7
  • 11.­196
  • n.­3648
g.­911

Mahāmāyūrī

Wylie:
  • rma bya chen mo
Tibetan:
  • རྨ་བྱ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāmāyūrī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode; one of the five Pañcarakṣā goddesses.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • 28.­5
  • n.­2975
  • n.­6356
  • g.­1034
g.­912

Mahāmegha

Wylie:
  • sprin chen po
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāmegha

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­914

Mahānarthā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • mahānarthā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­109
g.­915

Mahāpadma

Wylie:
  • pad+ma chen po
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāpadma

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­81
  • n.­199
  • n.­1951
g.­916

Mahāpaśyinī

Wylie:
  • mthong ldan chen mo
Tibetan:
  • མཐོང་ལྡན་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāpaśyinī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­918

Mahāprajāpatī

Wylie:
  • skye dgu’i bdag mo chen mo
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་མོ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāprajāpatī

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­920

Maharddhika

Wylie:
  • rdzu ’phrul chen po
Tibetan:
  • རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • maharddhika

One of the kinnara kings.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­89
  • n.­1401
g.­921

Mahārti

Wylie:
  • nyam thag pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཉམ་ཐག་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahārti

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­922

Mahāśakuna

Wylie:
  • bya chen po
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāśakuna

One of the garuḍa kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­87
g.­923

Mahāśakunī

Wylie:
  • bya ma chen mo
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་མ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāśakunī

One of the great mātṛs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­104
g.­925

Mahāśāriputra

Wylie:
  • shA ri’i bu chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱ་རིའི་བུ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāśāriputra

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­927

Mahāśriyā

Wylie:
  • dpal byed chen mo
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་བྱེད་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāśriyā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • 30.­13
g.­931

Mahāsubhūti

Wylie:
  • rab ’byor chen po
Tibetan:
  • རབ་འབྱོར་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāsubhūti

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­932

Mahāśūla

Wylie:
  • gzer nad chen po
Tibetan:
  • གཟེར་ནད་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāśūla

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­933

Mahāśvetā

Wylie:
  • dkar mo chen mo
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་མོ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāśvetā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode; one of the vidyās attending upon Mañjuśrī.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • 2.­62
  • 50.­15
  • 52.­130
  • 53.­374
  • 53.­504
g.­934

Mahātiṣya

Wylie:
  • rgyal chen po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahātiṣya

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­149
g.­936

Mahauṣadha

Wylie:
  • sman chen po can
Tibetan:
  • སྨན་ཆེན་པོ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • mahauṣadha

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­937

Mahā­vajra­krodhāntaś­cara

Wylie:
  • khro bo chen po’i nang spyod
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བོ་ཆེན་པོའི་ནང་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­vajra­krodhāntaś­cara

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­3567
g.­942

Mahendra

Wylie:
  • dbang chen
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • mahendra

Identified as Mahendravarman I of Kāñci, a Pallava king of the early seventh century; this name is shared also by the Khmer king Mahendravarman.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 53.­566-567
  • 53.­572
  • g.­329
  • g.­509
  • g.­545
  • g.­796
  • g.­917
  • g.­1025
  • g.­1216
  • g.­1264
  • g.­1440
  • g.­1664
  • g.­1988
g.­943

Mahendra

Wylie:
  • dbang chen
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • mahendra

Mahendra or Mahendrāditya is another name of the Gupta emperor Kumāragupta.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 53.­586
  • g.­215
  • g.­881
g.­944

Mahendra

Wylie:
  • dbang chen
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • mahendra

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­945

Mahendra

Wylie:
  • dbang phyug chen po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཕྱུག་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahendra

Epithet applied to various gods. When used in the plural it refers to a class of gods; also the name of various kings (dealt with in separate entries).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­946

Maheśvara

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • maheśvara

An epithet of Śiva; sometimes refers specifically to one of the forms of Śiva or to Rudra; also the name of one of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­92
  • 24.­22
  • 26.­19
  • 26.­25
  • 26.­32
  • 33.­99
  • 35.­139
  • 37.­59
  • 37.­73
  • 38.­21
  • 51.­42
  • 52.­15
  • 52.­17-18
  • 52.­115
  • 52.­123
  • 53.­462
  • n.­1544
  • n.­2617
  • n.­2739
  • n.­2984
  • g.­279
  • g.­1527
g.­947

Maheśvarāntaś­cara

Wylie:
  • dbang phyug chen po’i nang spyod
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཕྱུག་ཆེན་པོའི་ནང་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • maheśvarāntaś­cara

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­948

Māheśvarī

Wylie:
  • dbang phyug chen po ma
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཕྱུག་ཆེན་པོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • māheśvarī

One of the great mātṛs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­104
g.­949

Maheśvāsa

Wylie:
  • dbugs ’byin chen po
Tibetan:
  • དབུགས་འབྱིན་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • maheśvāsa

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­3667
g.­951

Mahiṣa

Wylie:
  • ma he
Tibetan:
  • མ་ཧེ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahiṣa

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­952

Mahodaya

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • mahodaya

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­3662
g.­953

Mahoja

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid chen po
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahoja

One of the kinnara kings; one of the rāśis.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­89
  • 1.­98
  • n.­211
g.­954

Mahojas

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid chen po
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahojas

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­955

Mahojaska

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid chen po
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahojaska

One of the kinnara kings.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­89
  • n.­211
g.­956

Mahojaska

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid chen po can
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་ཆེན་པོ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • mahojaska

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­957

Mahojaska

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid chen po ldan
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་ཆེན་པོ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • mahojaska

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­958

mahoraga

Wylie:
  • brang ’gro chen po
Tibetan:
  • བྲང་འགྲོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahoraga

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Literally “great serpents,” mahoragas are supernatural beings depicted as large, subterranean beings with human torsos and heads and the lower bodies of serpents. Their movements are said to cause earthquakes, and they make up a class of subterranean geomantic spirits whose movement through the seasons and months of the year is deemed significant for construction projects.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 1.­84
  • 2.­20
  • 2.­161
  • 2.­209
  • 6.­11
  • 10.­6
  • 14.­76
  • 25.­13
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­33
  • 37.­74
  • 53.­207
  • 54.­2
  • 54.­104
  • g.­261
  • g.­262
  • g.­439
  • g.­1014
  • g.­1015
  • g.­1020
  • g.­1611
g.­959

Mahoraga

Wylie:
  • sbrul chen po
Tibetan:
  • སྦྲུལ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahoraga

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­960

Mahoraska

Wylie:
  • brang chen po
Tibetan:
  • བྲང་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahoraska

One of the kinnara kings.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­89
  • n.­3746
g.­961

Maitra

Wylie:
  • byams ldan
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • maitra

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­963

Maitreya

Wylie:
  • byams ma’i bu
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་མའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • maitreya

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­965

Maitrī

Wylie:
  • byams pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maitrī

One of the vidyārājñīs attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­45
g.­966

Makara

Wylie:
  • chu srin
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • makara

Capricorn (zodiac sign and constellation).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • n.­3638
  • g.­338
g.­968

Mālādhāra

Wylie:
  • phreng thogs
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲེང་ཐོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • mālādhāra

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­91
g.­970

Malānta

Wylie:
  • dri ma mthar byed
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མཐར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • malānta

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­974

Mallaputra

Wylie:
  • gyad kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • གྱད་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • mallaputra

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­975

Māmakī

Wylie:
  • bdag gi ma
  • yum mA ma kI
Tibetan:
  • བདག་གི་མ།
  • ཡུམ་མཱ་མ་ཀཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • māmakī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi; also the uṣṇīṣa goddess of the Vajra family.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 2.­145
  • 35.­215
  • 37.­56
  • 37.­71
  • 37.­102
  • 37.­119
  • 50.­23
  • 52.­130
  • n.­2335
  • n.­2338
  • n.­2422
g.­976

Māṇa

Wylie:
  • nga rgyal can
Tibetan:
  • ང་རྒྱལ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • māṇa

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­977

Mānabhañja

Wylie:
  • nga rgyal ’joms
Tibetan:
  • ང་རྒྱལ་འཇོམས།
Sanskrit:
  • mānabhañja

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­978

Manas

Wylie:
  • yid
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད།
Sanskrit:
  • manas

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­979

Manasa

Wylie:
  • yid las byung
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ལས་བྱུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • manasa

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­980

Manasa

Wylie:
  • yid las byung ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ལས་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • manasa

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­981

Mānasī

Wylie:
  • yid las skyes ma
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ལས་སྐྱེས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • mānasī

One of the chief vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­51
g.­984

maṇḍala

Wylie:
  • dkyil ’khor
Tibetan:
  • དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇḍala

Literally a “disk” or “circle,” in the ritual context maṇḍala is a sacred space on the ground or a raised platform, arranged according to a pattern that varies from rite to rite.

Located in 220 passages in the translation:

  • i.­8
  • 1.­2
  • 1.­8
  • 1.­10
  • 1.­33
  • 1.­71
  • 1.­109
  • 2.­2-3
  • 2.­5
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­25
  • 2.­40
  • 2.­45
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­107-109
  • 2.­112-113
  • 2.­117-119
  • 2.­121
  • 2.­123-127
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­131-134
  • 2.­136
  • 2.­139
  • 2.­143
  • 2.­148
  • 2.­150
  • 2.­153-154
  • 2.­159
  • 2.­163
  • 2.­165-169
  • 2.­172-179
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­183-184
  • 2.­191-194
  • 2.­196-200
  • 2.­202-203
  • 2.­206-207
  • 2.­209-211
  • 3.­1-4
  • 3.­6-8
  • 3.­10-11
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­7
  • 4.­40
  • 4.­76
  • 9.­1
  • 11.­4-9
  • 11.­22
  • 11.­107-111
  • 11.­154
  • 11.­202
  • 12.­40
  • 14.­7-8
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­36-37
  • 14.­41-42
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­62-63
  • 14.­72
  • 14.­181
  • 15.­224
  • 24.­182-183
  • 24.­185
  • 25.­2
  • 26.­13
  • 26.­22
  • 26.­40
  • 33.­118
  • 34.­2
  • 35.­130
  • 35.­142
  • 35.­269
  • 36.­16
  • 37.­21
  • 37.­24
  • 37.­29
  • 37.­58
  • 38.­1
  • 38.­8
  • 38.­14
  • 38.­16-19
  • 38.­24-26
  • 38.­30-32
  • 38.­35
  • 38.­37-38
  • 38.­41
  • 38.­51
  • 52.­44
  • 52.­71
  • 52.­146
  • n.­9
  • n.­319
  • n.­357
  • n.­362
  • n.­370
  • n.­376
  • n.­378
  • n.­380
  • n.­391
  • n.­401
  • n.­420
  • n.­430
  • n.­436-437
  • n.­445-449
  • n.­453
  • n.­473
  • n.­486-487
  • n.­491
  • n.­493
  • n.­504-505
  • n.­507
  • n.­537
  • n.­583
  • n.­838
  • n.­840
  • n.­912
  • n.­1044
  • n.­1047
  • n.­1049
  • n.­1051
  • n.­1053
  • n.­1076
  • n.­1454
  • n.­1488
  • n.­1718
  • n.­1995
  • n.­2101
  • n.­2108
  • n.­2344
  • n.­2456-2457
  • n.­2474
  • n.­2613
  • n.­2662
  • n.­3231
  • g.­55
  • g.­328
  • g.­512
  • g.­861
  • g.­902
  • g.­1314
  • g.­1504
  • g.­1534
  • g.­1572
  • g.­1765
  • g.­1876
  • g.­1899
  • g.­1974
g.­986

Maṇḍitikā

Wylie:
  • sdud ma
Tibetan:
  • སྡུད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇḍitikā

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­102
g.­988

Maṅgalā

Wylie:
  • bkra shis ma
Tibetan:
  • བཀྲ་ཤིས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṅgalā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­989

Maṅgalāvahā

Wylie:
  • bkra shis byed ma
Tibetan:
  • བཀྲ་ཤིས་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṅgalāvahā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­990

Maṇibhadra

Wylie:
  • nor bu bzang
  • nor bzang
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུ་བཟང་།
  • ནོར་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇibhadra
  • māṇibhadra

A brother of Kubera and a tutelary deity of merchants.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 2.­158
  • 50.­28
  • n.­415
  • n.­3725
g.­992

Maṇikūṭa

Wylie:
  • nor bu brtsegs
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུ་བརྩེགས།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇikūṭa

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­993

Maṇināga

Wylie:
  • nor ldan klu
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་ལྡན་ཀླུ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇināga

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­994

Maṇirāśi

Wylie:
  • nor bu’i phung po
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇirāśi

One of the uṣṇīṣa kings attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­43
  • n.­3531
g.­995

Maṇiratnacūḍā

Wylie:
  • nor bu rin po che’i gtsug ma
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུ་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་གཙུག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇiratnacūḍā

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­997

Mañjughoṣa

Wylie:
  • ’jam pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • འཇམ་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • mañjughoṣa
  • mañjusvara

“One with a sweet voice,” an epithet of the bodhisattva Mañjuśrī. The name is also written as “Mañjusvara.”

Located in 84 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­5
  • 2.­54
  • 2.­73
  • 2.­90-91
  • 2.­105
  • 2.­117
  • 2.­132
  • 2.­177
  • 4.­93
  • 5.­14
  • 11.­13
  • 14.­41
  • 15.­107
  • 15.­225
  • 15.­233
  • 24.­2
  • 24.­41-42
  • 25.­33
  • 25.­36
  • 27.­6
  • 27.­11
  • 27.­19
  • 27.­25-26
  • 28.­54
  • 30.­3
  • 30.­47
  • 31.­18
  • 32.­43
  • 33.­84-85
  • 35.­40
  • 35.­53
  • 35.­73
  • 35.­116-117
  • 35.­142
  • 35.­179
  • 35.­218
  • 35.­278
  • 35.­293
  • 35.­302
  • 38.­5
  • 50.­8
  • 50.­37
  • 52.­115
  • 52.­131
  • 52.­140
  • 52.­143-144
  • 53.­55
  • 53.­57
  • 53.­138
  • 53.­143-144
  • 53.­151
  • 53.­441
  • 53.­499
  • 53.­518
  • 53.­576-577
  • 53.­826
  • 53.­851
  • 53.­885
  • 54.­32
  • 54.­49
  • 54.­82
  • n.­595
  • n.­1046
  • n.­1286
  • n.­1312
  • n.­1314
  • n.­1623
  • n.­1627
  • n.­1640
  • n.­2493-2494
  • n.­2747
  • n.­2969
  • n.­3070
  • n.­6163
  • g.­999
g.­998

Mañjuśrī

Wylie:
  • ’jam dpal
Tibetan:
  • འཇམ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • mañjuśrī
  • mañju

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Mañjuśrī is one of the “eight close sons of the Buddha” and a bodhisattva who embodies wisdom. He is a major figure in the Mahāyāna sūtras, appearing often as an interlocutor of the Buddha. In his most well-known iconographic form, he is portrayed bearing the sword of wisdom in his right hand and a volume of the Prajñā­pāramitā­sūtra in his left. To his name, Mañjuśrī, meaning “Gentle and Glorious One,” is often added the epithet Kumārabhūta, “having a youthful form.” He is also called Mañjughoṣa, Mañjusvara, and Pañcaśikha.

Located in 423 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1-3
  • i.­9
  • 1.­2
  • 1.­4
  • 1.­6-7
  • 1.­9-10
  • 1.­12
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­16-19
  • 1.­21-22
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­32-33
  • 1.­35
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­54
  • 1.­67-69
  • 1.­72-73
  • 1.­106-109
  • 1.­111
  • 1.­118
  • 1.­121
  • 1.­123
  • 2.­1-4
  • 2.­6
  • 2.­8
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­17
  • 2.­20-21
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­49-50
  • 2.­72
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­85
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­89
  • 2.­92
  • 2.­95
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­106-111
  • 2.­118-119
  • 2.­136
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­149
  • 2.­153
  • 2.­166
  • 2.­168
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­183-184
  • 2.­194
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­207-208
  • 2.­211
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­11
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­42
  • 4.­55
  • 4.­68
  • 4.­76
  • 4.­78
  • 4.­85-87
  • 4.­116
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­4
  • 5.­7-9
  • 5.­21
  • 6.­1
  • 6.­3-5
  • 6.­13
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­4
  • 7.­7
  • 7.­15
  • 7.­17-23
  • 7.­31
  • 8.­1-2
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­11-12
  • 9.­1-2
  • 9.­19-22
  • 10.­2
  • 10.­7
  • 10.­9
  • 10.­53
  • 10.­57-58
  • 10.­60
  • 11.­1-3
  • 11.­5
  • 11.­20
  • 11.­153-154
  • 11.­157
  • 11.­192
  • 11.­195
  • 11.­273
  • 12.­1-3
  • 12.­53
  • 13.­1-2
  • 13.­72
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­5
  • 14.­7
  • 14.­181
  • 15.­99
  • 15.­105
  • 15.­243
  • 16.­1
  • 16.­13
  • 16.­24
  • 16.­32
  • 16.­34
  • 16.­36
  • 17.­38
  • 24.­243
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­39
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­63
  • 27.­1-3
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­29
  • 27.­38
  • 27.­44
  • 27.­87
  • 28.­1-2
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­8-9
  • 28.­11-12
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­27-28
  • 28.­32
  • 28.­36-39
  • 28.­43-44
  • 28.­55
  • 29.­1-3
  • 29.­5-10
  • 29.­15
  • 29.­19-20
  • 30.­1-2
  • 30.­15
  • 30.­52
  • 31.­1-3
  • 31.­62
  • 32.­1-2
  • 32.­36
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­1-2
  • 33.­87
  • 33.­126
  • 34.­1-2
  • 34.­13
  • 34.­31
  • 34.­36
  • 34.­52
  • 35.­2-3
  • 35.­5-6
  • 35.­49
  • 35.­54
  • 35.­56
  • 35.­60
  • 35.­294
  • 35.­299
  • 35.­302
  • 35.­306
  • 35.­308
  • 36.­1-10
  • 36.­14
  • 36.­18
  • 37.­1-2
  • 37.­30
  • 37.­32
  • 37.­75-76
  • 37.­107-109
  • 37.­111
  • 37.­113
  • 37.­115
  • 37.­124
  • 37.­126
  • 38.­1
  • 38.­4
  • 38.­7
  • 38.­10
  • 38.­51
  • 50.­2
  • 50.­4
  • 50.­50
  • 50.­53
  • 51.­2
  • 51.­80
  • 52.­32
  • 52.­149
  • 53.­56
  • 53.­141
  • 53.­145
  • 53.­149
  • 53.­574
  • 53.­920-921
  • 53.­924
  • 54.­1-3
  • 54.­7-8
  • 54.­60
  • 54.­63
  • 54.­65-66
  • 54.­82
  • 54.­97
  • 54.­99-105
  • n.­5
  • n.­99
  • n.­287
  • n.­305
  • n.­337
  • n.­339
  • n.­357
  • n.­383
  • n.­425-426
  • n.­440
  • n.­478
  • n.­568
  • n.­597
  • n.­612
  • n.­656
  • n.­658
  • n.­664
  • n.­781
  • n.­898
  • n.­907
  • n.­935
  • n.­1046
  • n.­1296
  • n.­1312
  • n.­1314
  • n.­1317
  • n.­1320
  • n.­1616
  • n.­1702
  • n.­1707
  • n.­1736-1737
  • n.­1747
  • n.­1757
  • n.­1804
  • n.­1900
  • n.­1980
  • n.­1983
  • n.­2023
  • n.­2062
  • n.­2245
  • n.­2441
  • n.­2457
  • n.­2459-2460
  • n.­2536
  • n.­2541
  • n.­2820
  • n.­2823-2825
  • n.­2828
  • n.­3014-3015
  • n.­3276
  • n.­3305
  • n.­3307-3309
  • n.­3311
  • n.­3332
  • n.­3334
  • n.­3346
  • n.­3381
  • n.­3383
  • g.­53
  • g.­55
  • g.­328
  • g.­412
  • g.­512
  • g.­595
  • g.­659
  • g.­688
  • g.­726
  • g.­791
  • g.­816
  • g.­861
  • g.­864
  • g.­902
  • g.­905
  • g.­906
  • g.­913
  • g.­933
  • g.­938
  • g.­939
  • g.­997
  • g.­1000
  • g.­1082
  • g.­1136
  • g.­1176
  • g.­1314
  • g.­1316
  • g.­1413
  • g.­1427
  • g.­1504
  • g.­1572
  • g.­1595
  • g.­1680
  • g.­1717
  • g.­1756
  • g.­1760
  • g.­1764
  • g.­1765
  • g.­1857
  • g.­1876
  • g.­1898
  • g.­1899
  • g.­1974
  • g.­1996
  • g.­2136
g.­999

Mañjusvara

Wylie:
  • ’jam pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • འཇམ་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • mañjughoṣa
  • mañjusvara

See “Mañjughoṣa.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­31
  • n.­1640
  • g.­997
g.­1001

Manoharā

Wylie:
  • yid ’phrog ma
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་འཕྲོག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • manoharā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­1002

Manojava

Wylie:
  • yid ltar mgyogs
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ལྟར་མགྱོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • manojava

One of the garuḍa kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­87
g.­1003

Manojavā

Wylie:
  • yid mgyogs ma
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་མགྱོགས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • manojavā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 1.­65
g.­1004

Manojña

Wylie:
  • yid du ’ong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • manojña

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the kinnara kings.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • 1.­89
  • n.­212
g.­1006

Manoratha

Wylie:
  • bsam pa
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • manoratha

One of the kings of the piśācas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­79
g.­1007

Manoratha

Wylie:
  • yid la bsam pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ལ་བསམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • manoratha

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­1008

Manorathā

Wylie:
  • bsam pa ma
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་པ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • manorathā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­1009

Manovatī

Wylie:
  • yid ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • manovatī

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • 1.­100
g.­1011

Manuṣya

Wylie:
  • mi
Tibetan:
  • མི།
Sanskrit:
  • manuṣya

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­1012

māra

Wylie:
  • bdud
Tibetan:
  • བདུད།
Sanskrit:
  • māra

This term, usually occuring in the plural, is applied to the followers of Māra, or the personified negative forces in general.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­38
  • 4.­3
  • 8.­3
  • 11.­175
  • 16.­22
  • 17.­22
  • 53.­34
  • 54.­102
  • n.­1031
  • n.­2774
  • n.­4919
  • g.­498
  • g.­1013
g.­1013

Māra

Wylie:
  • bdud
Tibetan:
  • བདུད།
Sanskrit:
  • māra

The demon opposing the Buddha’s teaching; in the plural (māras) it denotes all such nonhuman beings; a personification of evil.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 1.­68
  • 1.­74
  • g.­1086
g.­1014

Marīca

Wylie:
  • ’od zer
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཟེར།
Sanskrit:
  • marīca

One of the mahoraga kings.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­85
  • n.­3738
g.­1015

Mārīca

Wylie:
  • ’od zer gyi bu
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཟེར་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • mārīca

One of the mahoraga kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­85
g.­1017

Mārkaṇḍa

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i rigs
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་རིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • mārkaṇḍa

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­83
  • 2.­168
g.­1018

Mars

Wylie:
  • mig dmar
Tibetan:
  • མིག་དམར།
Sanskrit:
  • aṅgāraka

See “Aṅgāraka.”

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­75
  • 15.­73
  • 15.­157
  • 15.­165-166
  • 24.­4
  • 24.­59
  • 24.­89
  • 24.­91
  • n.­1362
  • n.­1407
  • n.­1409
  • n.­1419
  • g.­128
g.­1019

Mārṣṭi

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • mārṣṭi

One of the grahas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • n.­3770
g.­1020

Maruṇḍa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • maruṇḍa

One of the mahoraga kings.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­85
  • n.­207
g.­1021

māruta

Wylie:
  • rlung lha
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • māruta

God or spirit of wind (usually plural).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 1.­108
  • n.­1079
g.­1022

Mastaka

Wylie:
  • gla sgang can
Tibetan:
  • གླ་སྒང་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • mastaka

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­1023

master

Wylie:
  • slob dpon
Tibetan:
  • སློབ་དཔོན།
Sanskrit:
  • ācārya

Teacher or master, especially a spiritual master. The term is rendered elsewhere in this translation as “ācārya.”

Located in 74 passages in the translation:

  • i.­15
  • 1.­118
  • 2.­121
  • 2.­126-127
  • 2.­129-130
  • 2.­134
  • 2.­136
  • 2.­139
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­188
  • 2.­191-194
  • 2.­196-198
  • 2.­200-204
  • 2.­206-210
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­7-8
  • 4.­10
  • 11.­4-8
  • 11.­10
  • 11.­12
  • 11.­22-23
  • 11.­25-27
  • 11.­31-34
  • 11.­42
  • 11.­90
  • 14.­38
  • 28.­45
  • 34.­2
  • 35.­125
  • 37.­59
  • 54.­5
  • n.­370
  • n.­401
  • n.­436
  • n.­482-483
  • n.­492
  • n.­531
  • n.­537
  • n.­540
  • n.­781
  • n.­1048
  • n.­3315
  • g.­20
  • g.­1146
  • g.­1418
g.­1026

Mathurā

Wylie:
  • bcom brlag
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་བརླག
Sanskrit:
  • madhura
  • mathurā

Name of several cities in India; traditionally, the birthplace of Kṛṣṇa.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­26
  • 53.­692
  • 53.­897
  • g.­1275
g.­1027

Mati

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • mati

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1028

mātṛ

Wylie:
  • ma mo
Tibetan:
  • མ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mātṛ

A class of female spirits, sometimes called mother goddesses.

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­103
  • 1.­105
  • 2.­83
  • 3.­6
  • 14.­76
  • 14.­166
  • 15.­186
  • 15.­188
  • 25.­7
  • 30.­18
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­55
  • 35.­84
  • 35.­102
  • 35.­134
  • 35.­143
  • 35.­171
  • 35.­201
  • 37.­63
  • 37.­74
  • 37.­83
  • 50.­5
  • 51.­52
  • 51.­71
  • 52.­115
  • 53.­98
  • 53.­910
  • 54.­16
  • 54.­47
  • n.­1079
  • n.­1259
  • n.­1865
  • n.­2474
  • g.­39
  • g.­44
  • g.­46
  • g.­300
  • g.­323
  • g.­611
  • g.­714
  • g.­716
  • g.­853
  • g.­923
  • g.­948
  • g.­1031
  • g.­1054
  • g.­1170
  • g.­1290
  • g.­1384
  • g.­1530
  • g.­1918
  • g.­1922
  • g.­1998
  • g.­2007
  • g.­2025
  • g.­2139
g.­1032

Maudgalyāyana

Wylie:
  • maud gal gyi bu
Tibetan:
  • མཽད་གལ་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • maudgalyāyana

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1033

mauhūrtikā

Wylie:
  • yud tsam las byung ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡུད་ཙམ་ལས་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mauhūrtikā

A class of spirits causing a brief disease.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­1034

Māyūrī

Wylie:
  • rma bya ma
Tibetan:
  • རྨ་བྱ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • māyūrī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode; also a short form of Mahāmāyūrī.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • 53.­450
  • n.­2975
  • n.­6356
g.­1035

Megha

Wylie:
  • sprin
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • megha

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­3574
g.­1036

Mekhalā

Wylie:
  • ’og pag ma
Tibetan:
  • འོག་པག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • mekhalā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi; also a yakṣiṇī invoked in magical rites.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 1.­100
  • 50.­24
  • 52.­39
  • 52.­49-50
g.­1037

Menā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • menā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­1038

Mercury

Wylie:
  • gza’ lhag pa
Tibetan:
  • གཟའ་ལྷག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • budha

See “Budha.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­154
  • 15.­159
  • 15.­161
  • 15.­173
  • 24.­186
  • g.­315
g.­1039

Merudhvajapāṇi

Wylie:
  • phyag na lhun po’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་ན་ལྷུན་པོའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • merudhvajapāṇi

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1040

Meru­śikhara­kūṭāgārādhāraṇī

Wylie:
  • lhun po’i rtse mo’i khang pa brtsegs pa’ gzungs
Tibetan:
  • ལྷུན་པོའི་རྩེ་མོའི་ཁང་པ་བརྩེགས་པའ་གཟུངས།
Sanskrit:
  • meru­śikhara­kūṭāgāra­dhāraṇī

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­1041

Meruśrī

Wylie:
  • lhun po’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ལྷུན་པོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • meruśrī

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1042

Meṣa

Wylie:
  • lug
Tibetan:
  • ལུག
Sanskrit:
  • meṣa

Aries (zodiac sign and constellation).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • g.­154
g.­1043

Mīna

Wylie:
  • nya
Tibetan:
  • ཉ།
Sanskrit:
  • mīna

Pisces (zodiac sign and constellation).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • g.­1206
g.­1045

Mithuna

Wylie:
  • sbyor ba
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mithuna

Gemini (zodiac sign and constellation).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • g.­530
g.­1046

mleccha

Wylie:
  • kla klo
Tibetan:
  • ཀླ་ཀློ།
Sanskrit:
  • mleccha

This somewhat vague term is applied to people and societies outside the brahmanical fold, i.e., foreigners, indigenous tribal groups, etc. The term is rendered elsewhere in this translation as “barbarian.”

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 53.­506-508
  • 53.­511
  • 53.­578
  • 53.­580
  • 53.­661
  • 53.­751
  • 53.­824
  • 54.­91
  • n.­3005
  • n.­3011
  • n.­3073
  • n.­3127
  • g.­227
  • g.­602
  • g.­1583
g.­1047

Mohanī

Wylie:
  • rmongs byed ma
Tibetan:
  • རྨོངས་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • mohanī

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­102
g.­1048

Mokṣa

Wylie:
  • grol ba
Tibetan:
  • གྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mokṣa

One of the rāśis.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • n.­246
g.­1049

Mount Sumeru

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i ri’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རིའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumeru
  • śailarāja

The central mountain our universe according to Buddhist and Hindu cosmology.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 26.­21
  • 52.­55
  • 52.­63
  • n.­578
  • n.­589
  • g.­514
  • g.­1369
g.­1051

Mṛgaśirā

Wylie:
  • mgo
Tibetan:
  • མགོ
Sanskrit:
  • mṛgaśirā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 24.­6
  • 24.­48
  • 24.­131
  • 24.­218
  • n.­1388-1389
g.­1052

mudrā

Wylie:
  • phyag rgya
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • mudrā

A particular position of hands of magical or esoteric significance; also an emblem or insignia.

Located in 631 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­4
  • i.­8
  • 1.­8
  • 1.­10
  • 1.­33
  • 1.­71
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­12
  • 2.­14
  • 2.­16
  • 2.­18
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­26
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­32
  • 2.­34
  • 2.­36
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­43-45
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­50-53
  • 2.­55-58
  • 2.­60
  • 2.­62
  • 2.­64
  • 2.­66
  • 2.­68
  • 2.­71
  • 2.­77
  • 2.­80
  • 2.­83-84
  • 2.­88
  • 2.­91
  • 2.­93
  • 2.­97
  • 2.­122
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­134-135
  • 2.­145
  • 2.­151-153
  • 2.­159
  • 2.­164
  • 2.­166-173
  • 2.­175-176
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­194
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­202-203
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­7
  • 4.­31
  • 9.­10
  • 11.­6
  • 13.­58
  • 13.­64
  • 14.­50
  • 15.­4
  • 26.­41
  • 27.­56
  • 28.­30
  • 31.­14
  • 31.­19
  • 31.­27-28
  • 31.­61
  • 33.­19
  • 34.­2-3
  • 34.­5-6
  • 34.­9-15
  • 34.­17-20
  • 34.­22
  • 34.­26-28
  • 34.­30-32
  • 34.­52
  • 35.­1-2
  • 35.­4-6
  • 35.­13
  • 35.­22
  • 35.­26
  • 35.­29
  • 35.­31-32
  • 35.­35-36
  • 35.­38-45
  • 35.­47-48
  • 35.­53
  • 35.­55-56
  • 35.­59-61
  • 35.­63-66
  • 35.­68
  • 35.­70-71
  • 35.­74
  • 35.­76
  • 35.­78
  • 35.­80
  • 35.­82-84
  • 35.­87-88
  • 35.­91-94
  • 35.­96-103
  • 35.­106-107
  • 35.­110
  • 35.­113
  • 35.­115
  • 35.­117-119
  • 35.­121
  • 35.­124-125
  • 35.­127-133
  • 35.­136
  • 35.­138-142
  • 35.­144-157
  • 35.­159-162
  • 35.­164
  • 35.­166
  • 35.­169-171
  • 35.­173-176
  • 35.­178-182
  • 35.­184-186
  • 35.­188-189
  • 35.­191-206
  • 35.­208-209
  • 35.­213-222
  • 35.­225-227
  • 35.­229-231
  • 35.­234-236
  • 35.­238-247
  • 35.­249
  • 35.­251-261
  • 35.­263
  • 35.­265-266
  • 35.­268
  • 35.­270-271
  • 35.­273-276
  • 35.­278
  • 35.­280
  • 35.­282-283
  • 35.­285-286
  • 35.­288-290
  • 35.­292
  • 35.­294-295
  • 35.­308
  • 36.­1-18
  • 37.­2-33
  • 37.­36-69
  • 37.­71-85
  • 37.­88-91
  • 37.­93
  • 37.­95
  • 37.­97-103
  • 37.­105-108
  • 37.­112-113
  • 37.­115-116
  • 37.­119
  • 37.­121-123
  • 37.­126
  • 38.­1
  • 38.­8
  • 38.­10
  • 38.­12
  • 38.­14
  • 38.­16-17
  • 38.­38
  • 38.­41
  • 38.­51
  • 51.­34
  • 52.­20
  • 52.­40
  • 52.­146
  • n.­284
  • n.­297
  • n.­305
  • n.­336
  • n.­350
  • n.­395
  • n.­429
  • n.­435
  • n.­443
  • n.­447
  • n.­480
  • n.­491
  • n.­493
  • n.­506
  • n.­536
  • n.­784
  • n.­1667
  • n.­1743-1745
  • n.­1875
  • n.­1913
  • n.­2003
  • n.­2005-2007
  • n.­2010
  • n.­2012-2013
  • n.­2024
  • n.­2026-2027
  • n.­2029
  • n.­2034
  • n.­2036
  • n.­2038
  • n.­2040
  • n.­2043
  • n.­2045-2046
  • n.­2048
  • n.­2050
  • n.­2058-2059
  • n.­2063
  • n.­2068
  • n.­2082
  • n.­2084
  • n.­2090
  • n.­2094-2096
  • n.­2104-2105
  • n.­2107-2108
  • n.­2124
  • n.­2126
  • n.­2128
  • n.­2131-2132
  • n.­2134
  • n.­2147
  • n.­2151
  • n.­2154-2156
  • n.­2159
  • n.­2163-2165
  • n.­2168
  • n.­2175
  • n.­2182
  • n.­2185
  • n.­2187-2190
  • n.­2192
  • n.­2195
  • n.­2198-2199
  • n.­2201
  • n.­2205-2206
  • n.­2209
  • n.­2211
  • n.­2213
  • n.­2216
  • n.­2220
  • n.­2223
  • n.­2225-2228
  • n.­2230
  • n.­2236
  • n.­2240
  • n.­2242
  • n.­2245
  • n.­2250
  • n.­2252
  • n.­2261-2262
  • n.­2265
  • n.­2267-2268
  • n.­2270-2271
  • n.­2274-2275
  • n.­2277
  • n.­2279
  • n.­2283-2284
  • n.­2286-2287
  • n.­2292
  • n.­2294
  • n.­2299
  • n.­2310
  • n.­2313
  • n.­2323-2324
  • n.­2326-2329
  • n.­2331-2333
  • n.­2335-2348
  • n.­2351
  • n.­2353
  • n.­2358
  • n.­2368
  • n.­2370
  • n.­2372
  • n.­2375
  • n.­2377
  • n.­2385
  • n.­2398
  • n.­2401
  • n.­2413
  • n.­2416
  • n.­2419-2421
  • n.­2432-2433
  • n.­2436
  • n.­2439
  • n.­2441-2442
  • n.­2456-2457
  • n.­3950
  • n.­4002
  • n.­4187
  • n.­5535
  • n.­5551
  • n.­5553
  • n.­5570
  • n.­5649
  • g.­486
  • g.­2054
g.­1053

muhūrta

Wylie:
  • yud tsam
Tibetan:
  • ཡུད་ཙམ།
Sanskrit:
  • muhūrta

A division of time, one thirtieth of a day.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 24.­43
  • 24.­189
  • 24.­192
  • 24.­199
  • n.­886
  • n.­1458
  • n.­1460
  • g.­12
  • g.­14
  • g.­267
  • g.­268
  • g.­771
  • g.­940
  • g.­962
  • g.­1061
  • g.­1327
  • g.­1496
  • g.­1598
  • g.­1743
  • g.­1995
g.­1054

Mukhamaṇḍitikā

Wylie:
  • mgo bregs ma
Tibetan:
  • མགོ་བྲེགས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • mukhamaṇḍitikā

One of the great mātṛs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­104
  • n.­3819
g.­1055

Mūlā

Wylie:
  • snrubs
Tibetan:
  • སྣྲུབས།
Sanskrit:
  • mūlā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 24.­7
  • 24.­91
  • 24.­140
  • 24.­207
g.­1056

Muni

Wylie:
  • thub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • muni

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­83
  • g.­1386
g.­1057

Munivara

Wylie:
  • thub pa mchog
Tibetan:
  • ཐུབ་པ་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • munivara

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­83
g.­1059

Musalā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • musalā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­1060

Nābhi

Wylie:
  • lte ba
Tibetan:
  • ལྟེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • nābhi

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; a legendary king before the time of the Buddha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 53.­363
g.­1062

Nadīkāśyapa

Wylie:
  • chu klung ’od srung gi bu
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ཀླུང་འོད་སྲུང་གི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nadīkāśyapa

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1063

nāga

Wylie:
  • klu
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāga

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings who live in subterranean aquatic environments, where they guard wealth and sometimes also teachings. Nāgas are associated with serpents and have a snakelike appearance. In Buddhist art and in written accounts, they are regularly portrayed as half human and half snake, and they are also said to have the ability to change into human form. Some nāgas are Dharma protectors, but they can also bring retribution if they are disturbed. They may likewise fight one another, wage war, and destroy the lands of others by causing lightning, hail, and flooding.

Located in 100 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­82
  • 2.­20
  • 2.­160
  • 2.­170
  • 2.­209
  • 3.­6
  • 4.­66
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­100
  • 4.­103
  • 7.­18-19
  • 8.­8
  • 10.­1-2
  • 10.­6-7
  • 11.­127
  • 25.­13
  • 25.­30-31
  • 26.­13
  • 26.­16
  • 26.­23
  • 26.­30
  • 26.­44
  • 26.­49
  • 28.­36
  • 37.­34
  • 50.­5
  • 52.­25
  • 52.­115
  • 53.­17
  • 53.­100
  • 53.­172
  • 53.­183
  • 53.­234
  • 53.­338
  • 53.­425
  • 53.­530
  • 53.­762-763
  • 53.­799
  • 54.­2
  • 54.­4
  • 54.­104
  • n.­717
  • n.­725
  • n.­1516
  • n.­1557
  • n.­1592
  • n.­1757
  • n.­1775
  • n.­2859
  • n.­2934
  • n.­3026
  • n.­3104
  • n.­3186
  • n.­3312
  • g.­68
  • g.­96
  • g.­140
  • g.­266
  • g.­322
  • g.­357
  • g.­457
  • g.­497
  • g.­661
  • g.­673
  • g.­694
  • g.­780
  • g.­788
  • g.­790
  • g.­823
  • g.­907
  • g.­915
  • g.­976
  • g.­977
  • g.­993
  • g.­1070
  • g.­1087
  • g.­1114
  • g.­1118
  • g.­1142
  • g.­1181
  • g.­1366
  • g.­1444
  • g.­1445
  • g.­1743
  • g.­1745
  • g.­1752
  • g.­1847
  • g.­1854
  • g.­1864
  • g.­1877
  • g.­2019
  • g.­2092
g.­1066

Nāgadantā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • nāgadantā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­1067

Nāgānta

Wylie:
  • klu mthar byed
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ་མཐར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • nāgānta

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1069

Nāgasena

Wylie:
  • klu yi sde
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ་ཡི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāgasena

One of the ancient dynasties in Madhyadeśa.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 53.­556
  • g.­54
  • g.­549
  • g.­576
  • g.­611
  • g.­1166
  • g.­1460
  • g.­1730
g.­1076

Naivākāśānantya

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • naivākāśānantya

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­91
g.­1077

Naivakiñcanya

Wylie:
  • ci yang med min
Tibetan:
  • ཅི་ཡང་མེད་མིན།
Sanskrit:
  • naivakiñcanya

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­91
g.­1078

nakṣatra

Wylie:
  • rgyu skar
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུ་སྐར།
Sanskrit:
  • nakṣatra

An asterism or constellation; also a class of deities.

Located in 121 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­95
  • 1.­97
  • 14.­70
  • 24.­4
  • 24.­6
  • 24.­8
  • 24.­10
  • 24.­12
  • 24.­14
  • 24.­35
  • 24.­43-44
  • 24.­47-48
  • 24.­52
  • 24.­54
  • 24.­64-65
  • 24.­69
  • 24.­74
  • 24.­77
  • 24.­81
  • 24.­86
  • 24.­91
  • 24.­97-98
  • 24.­103
  • 24.­105
  • 24.­107-108
  • 24.­112
  • 24.­115
  • 24.­117
  • 24.­129
  • 24.­131
  • 24.­134
  • 24.­137
  • 24.­140
  • 24.­144
  • 24.­180-182
  • 24.­207
  • 24.­212
  • 24.­214-215
  • 24.­218
  • 24.­220
  • 24.­223
  • 24.­225
  • 24.­233
  • 25.­1-2
  • 25.­7
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­27
  • 31.­10
  • 51.­68
  • 52.­19
  • 53.­910
  • n.­1363-1364
  • n.­1386
  • n.­1388-1389
  • n.­1398
  • n.­1403
  • n.­1406-1408
  • n.­1412
  • n.­1416
  • n.­1421
  • n.­1430
  • n.­1487
  • n.­2624
  • n.­3542
  • g.­12
  • g.­130
  • g.­139
  • g.­151
  • g.­161
  • g.­166
  • g.­174
  • g.­186
  • g.­231
  • g.­249
  • g.­351
  • g.­387
  • g.­396
  • g.­591
  • g.­609
  • g.­647
  • g.­648
  • g.­770
  • g.­848
  • g.­856
  • g.­886
  • g.­1051
  • g.­1055
  • g.­1081
  • g.­1190
  • g.­1191
  • g.­1192
  • g.­1253
  • g.­1265
  • g.­1266
  • g.­1278
  • g.­1287
  • g.­1338
  • g.­1345
  • g.­1485
  • g.­1546
  • g.­1552
  • g.­1697
  • g.­1740
  • g.­1792
  • g.­1827
  • g.­1905
  • g.­1907
  • g.­2095
g.­1079

Nakṣatra

Wylie:
  • rgyu skar
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུ་སྐར།
Sanskrit:
  • nakṣatra

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­1080

Nakṣatrarāja

Wylie:
  • rgyu skar gyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུ་སྐར་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nakṣatrarāja

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­1081

Nakṣatrikā

Wylie:
  • rgyu skar
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུ་སྐར།
Sanskrit:
  • nakṣatrikā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­96
g.­1084

Namantreya

Wylie:
  • byams pa’i bu ma yin pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པའི་བུ་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • namantreya

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • n.­55
  • n.­3505
g.­1085

Nāmrā

Wylie:
  • ’dud ma
Tibetan:
  • འདུད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāmrā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3702
g.­1087

Nanda

Wylie:
  • dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nanda

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK; a nāga king; a Magadhan king, the successor of Śūrasena; a tantric scholar of the early medieval period.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • 1.­81
  • 2.­160
  • 2.­170
  • 4.­66
  • 4.­81
  • 7.­18
  • 53.­391
  • 53.­402
  • 53.­405
  • 53.­407
  • 53.­457
  • 53.­460
  • 53.­464
  • 53.­473
  • 53.­483
  • n.­123
  • n.­2951
  • n.­3664
  • g.­1165
  • g.­2000
g.­1088

Nandā

Wylie:
  • dga’ mo
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nandā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­1090

Nandana

Wylie:
  • dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nandana

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­154
  • n.­3664
  • g.­1533
g.­1091

Nandika

Wylie:
  • dga’ ldan
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • nandika

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1093

Nandinī

Wylie:
  • dga’ byed ma
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • nandinī

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­1094

Naraka

Wylie:
  • dmyal ba
Tibetan:
  • དམྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • naraka

One of the rāśis.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • n.­247
g.­1097

Narmadā

Wylie:
  • rtsed mo sbyin ma
Tibetan:
  • རྩེད་མོ་སྦྱིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • narmadā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­1099

Nartaka

Wylie:
  • gar byed
Tibetan:
  • གར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • nartaka

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­1100

Nartāpaka

Wylie:
  • sems par byed pa
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nartāpaka

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­1101

Nāśana

Wylie:
  • ’jig byed
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • nāśana

One of the grahas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • n.­3769
g.­1102

Naṣṭārka

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • naṣṭārka

One of the grahas. The Tibetan lists his name as nor ’dzin, which does not correspond to the Sanskrit.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • n.­3762
g.­1103

Nātha

Wylie:
  • mgon po
Tibetan:
  • མགོན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nātha

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1104

Nāthabhūta

Wylie:
  • mgon por gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • མགོན་པོར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāthabhūta

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1105

Naṭī

Wylie:
  • gar mkhan ma
Tibetan:
  • གར་མཁན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • naṭī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • n.­3553
g.­1108

Nāyikā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • nāyikā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­3616
g.­1109

Nemi

Wylie:
  • mu khyud
Tibetan:
  • མུ་ཁྱུད།
Sanskrit:
  • nemi

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the eight chief pratyeka­buddhas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • 4.­82
  • 11.­196
g.­1111

Nigrahadhāraṇī

Wylie:
  • tshar gcod pa’i gzungs ma
Tibetan:
  • ཚར་གཅོད་པའི་གཟུངས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • nigrahadhāraṇī

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­1112

Nikarṣa

Wylie:
  • sel byed
Tibetan:
  • སེལ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • nikarṣa

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1114

Nīla

Wylie:
  • sngo ba
Tibetan:
  • སྔོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • nīla

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­1115

Nīladaṇḍa

Wylie:
  • dbyug sngon
Tibetan:
  • དབྱུག་སྔོན།
Sanskrit:
  • nīladaṇḍa

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi and a mantra deity.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • 50.­24
  • n.­2511
g.­1116

Nīlagrīva

Wylie:
  • mgrin sngon
Tibetan:
  • མགྲིན་སྔོན།
Sanskrit:
  • nīlagrīva

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­1117

Nīlakaṇṭha

Wylie:
  • mgul sngon
Tibetan:
  • མགུལ་སྔོན།
Sanskrit:
  • nīlakaṇṭha

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­1118

Nīlāmbuda

Wylie:
  • chu sbyin sngo ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྦྱིན་སྔོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • nīlāmbuda

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­1119

Nimiketu

Wylie:
  • mu khyud tog
Tibetan:
  • མུ་ཁྱུད་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • nimiketu

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1120

Nimnaga

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • nimnaga

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­1121

Nirdhūtarāja

Wylie:
  • nges par g.yo bar byed pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པར་གཡོ་བར་བྱེད་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirdhūtarāja

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1122

Nirghāta

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • nirghāta

Hurricane or earthquake personified.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­1123

Nirmalā

Wylie:
  • dri ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirmalā

One of the vidyārājñīs attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­45
g.­1124

Nirmāṇarati

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • nirmāṇarati

One of the gods’ realms; also the name of the gods living there.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 53.­1
g.­1125

Nirmitā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • nirmitā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­3616
g.­1126

Nirnaṣṭa

Wylie:
  • mi snang byed
Tibetan:
  • མི་སྣང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • nirnaṣṭa

One of the grahas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • n.­3763
g.­1127

nirvāṇa

Wylie:
  • mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirvāṇa

The state of “extinction,” said to be blissful and inviolable, where the afflictions are extinguished and one is not subject to ever be born again.

Located in 77 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­29
  • 1.­31
  • 1.­63-64
  • 1.­74
  • 2.­17
  • 2.­112
  • 2.­131
  • 7.­1-2
  • 9.­21
  • 11.­94
  • 11.­259
  • 14.­7
  • 14.­122
  • 15.­217
  • 17.­9
  • 24.­29
  • 24.­33
  • 27.­2
  • 27.­20
  • 32.­30
  • 33.­104
  • 34.­39-40
  • 34.­45
  • 34.­50-51
  • 35.­5
  • 35.­235
  • 35.­294
  • 35.­302
  • 37.­124
  • 38.­3
  • 38.­37
  • 50.­2
  • 51.­77
  • 53.­11
  • 53.­14-16
  • 53.­24
  • 53.­40
  • 53.­52
  • 53.­56-57
  • 53.­61
  • 53.­76
  • 53.­93
  • 53.­95
  • 53.­108-109
  • 53.­117
  • 53.­129
  • 53.­132
  • 53.­153
  • 53.­191
  • 53.­196
  • 53.­198
  • 53.­225
  • 53.­230
  • 53.­237
  • 53.­327
  • 53.­376
  • 53.­736
  • 54.­20
  • n.­623
  • n.­2794-2795
  • n.­2800
  • n.­2846
  • n.­2908
  • n.­2933
  • n.­6142
  • g.­153
  • g.­597
  • g.­1388
g.­1128

Nirviṇṇā

Wylie:
  • yid ’byung ma
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་འབྱུང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirviṇṇā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3704
g.­1129

Niṣkakuru

Wylie:
  • mthar phyed
Tibetan:
  • མཐར་ཕྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • niṣkakuru

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1130

nityajvarā

Wylie:
  • rtag pa’i rims
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་པའི་རིམས།
Sanskrit:
  • nityajvarā

A class of spirits causing continuous fever.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­1131

Nīvaraṇa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • nīvaraṇa

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1132

Nivartana

Wylie:
  • ldog par gnas
Tibetan:
  • ལྡོག་པར་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • nivartana

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­3675
g.­1134

oblation

Wylie:
  • sbyin sreg
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱིན་སྲེག
Sanskrit:
  • homa

See “homa.”

Located in 89 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­135
  • 2.­137-138
  • 2.­182
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­209
  • 3.­5
  • 10.­5-6
  • 10.­8
  • 11.­156
  • 13.­3
  • 13.­30
  • 13.­34
  • 13.­36
  • 13.­61
  • 14.­67
  • 14.­69
  • 14.­88-89
  • 14.­102
  • 15.­4
  • 15.­6
  • 26.­24
  • 26.­27
  • 26.­30
  • 26.­38-39
  • 26.­42-46
  • 26.­53
  • 27.­48-53
  • 27.­56
  • 28.­11-14
  • 28.­18-27
  • 28.­32-34
  • 28.­44
  • 29.­9
  • 29.­11
  • 29.­16-17
  • 29.­19
  • 51.­35
  • 52.­18
  • 52.­21-22
  • 52.­38
  • 52.­62
  • 52.­87
  • n.­262
  • n.­401
  • n.­406-407
  • n.­1008
  • n.­1567
  • n.­1573
  • n.­1577
  • n.­1662
  • n.­1682
  • n.­1716
  • n.­1723-1724
  • n.­1748
  • n.­1799
  • n.­2628
  • n.­2766
  • g.­598
g.­1136

One Syllable

Wylie:
  • yig gcig pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡིག་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ekākṣara

An epithet of deities, such as Mañjuśrī or Yamāntaka, whose mantras consists of a single syllable (ekākṣara).

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • i.­8-9
  • 1.­16
  • 3.­2
  • 9.­4
  • 14.­2
  • 14.­4-6
  • 14.­71
  • 14.­77
  • 14.­79-80
  • 14.­92
  • 14.­123
  • 14.­138
  • 14.­140
  • 25.­13
  • 25.­24
  • 25.­39
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­3
  • 26.­5
  • 26.­10
  • 26.­56-57
  • 26.­61
  • 26.­63
  • 27.­2
  • 27.­43-45
  • 35.­87
  • 37.­68-69
  • 38.­39
  • 50.­16
  • 53.­174
  • 53.­360
  • n.­20
  • n.­685
  • n.­1028
  • n.­1099
  • n.­1261
  • n.­1501
  • n.­1518
  • n.­1580
  • n.­1596-1598
  • n.­2342
  • n.­2360
  • n.­2502
  • n.­2504
  • n.­2841
  • n.­2924
g.­1139

pāda

Wylie:
  • tshig rkang
Tibetan:
  • ཚིག་རྐང་།
Sanskrit:
  • pāda

The fourth part of a regular stanza.

Located in 155 passages in the translation:

  • 33.­12
  • 33.­26
  • n.­556
  • n.­610
  • n.­802
  • n.­822
  • n.­829
  • n.­844
  • n.­876
  • n.­918-919
  • n.­921
  • n.­963
  • n.­974
  • n.­1036
  • n.­1051
  • n.­1072
  • n.­1081
  • n.­1090
  • n.­1104
  • n.­1110
  • n.­1159
  • n.­1194
  • n.­1204
  • n.­1215
  • n.­1240
  • n.­1251-1252
  • n.­1266
  • n.­1273-1274
  • n.­1301
  • n.­1314
  • n.­1337
  • n.­1341-1343
  • n.­1348
  • n.­1351
  • n.­1358
  • n.­1366-1367
  • n.­1392
  • n.­1402
  • n.­1413
  • n.­1419
  • n.­1433
  • n.­1438
  • n.­1445
  • n.­1457
  • n.­1459
  • n.­1466-1467
  • n.­1485
  • n.­1496-1497
  • n.­1499
  • n.­1676
  • n.­1679
  • n.­1777
  • n.­1826
  • n.­1848
  • n.­1875
  • n.­1910
  • n.­1917
  • n.­1920-1921
  • n.­1928-1929
  • n.­1955
  • n.­1962
  • n.­1969
  • n.­1972
  • n.­1976
  • n.­1985
  • n.­1992
  • n.­1998
  • n.­2008-2009
  • n.­2011-2012
  • n.­2048-2049
  • n.­2065
  • n.­2067
  • n.­2085
  • n.­2102-2103
  • n.­2111
  • n.­2120
  • n.­2161
  • n.­2168-2169
  • n.­2193
  • n.­2197
  • n.­2209
  • n.­2226
  • n.­2324
  • n.­2446
  • n.­2459
  • n.­2496
  • n.­2520
  • n.­2535
  • n.­2567
  • n.­2569
  • n.­2586
  • n.­2603
  • n.­2712
  • n.­2740
  • n.­2755
  • n.­2832
  • n.­2838
  • n.­2882
  • n.­2895
  • n.­2902-2903
  • n.­2939
  • n.­2955
  • n.­2969
  • n.­3039
  • n.­3069
  • n.­3071
  • n.­3083
  • n.­3090
  • n.­3126
  • n.­3128
  • n.­3132
  • n.­3134
  • n.­3140-3142
  • n.­3167
  • n.­3171
  • n.­3174
  • n.­3179-3180
  • n.­3193
  • n.­3216
  • n.­3221
  • n.­3230
  • n.­3275
  • n.­3287-3288
  • n.­3304
  • n.­3323
  • n.­3325
  • n.­3334
  • n.­3356
  • n.­3359-3360
  • n.­3362
  • n.­3371
  • n.­4493
  • n.­5573
  • n.­5670
g.­1141

Padavikṣepa

Wylie:
  • rkang pa ’phen pa
Tibetan:
  • རྐང་པ་འཕེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • padavikṣepa

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­3570
g.­1142

Padma

Wylie:
  • pad+ma
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ།
Sanskrit:
  • padma

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­1145

Padmaprabhā

Wylie:
  • pad+ma’i ’od ma
Tibetan:
  • པདྨའི་འོད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmaprabhā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­1146

Padmasambhava

Wylie:
  • pad+ma ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmasambhava

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1147

Padmavarṇā

Wylie:
  • pad+ma’i kha dog ma
Tibetan:
  • པདྨའི་ཁ་དོག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmavarṇā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3706
g.­1148

Padmāvatī

Wylie:
  • pad+ma ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmāvatī

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3707
g.­1149

Padmoccā

Wylie:
  • pad+ma ltar smra ba
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ་ལྟར་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmoccā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­100
  • 52.­106-107
  • 52.­109
g.­1150

Padmottara

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • padmottara

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • n.­3634
g.­1151

Padumā

Wylie:
  • dka’ zlog rkang spyod ma
Tibetan:
  • དཀའ་ཟློག་རྐང་སྤྱོད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • padumā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­175
  • n.­3707
g.­1152

Padumāvatī

Wylie:
  • dka’ zlog rkang spyod ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • དཀའ་ཟློག་རྐང་སྤྱོད་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • padumāvatī

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­175
  • n.­3707
g.­1153

paittikā

Wylie:
  • mkhris pa las gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • མཁྲིས་པ་ལས་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • paittikā

A class of spirits causing excess bile.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­1154

Pakṣirāja

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • pakṣirāja

One of the garuḍa kings.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­87
  • n.­210
g.­1155

Pakṣmā

Wylie:
  • rdzi ma
Tibetan:
  • རྫི་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • pakṣmā

One of the vidyārājñīs attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­45
g.­1157

Pālaka

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • pālaka

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­3680
g.­1158

Pāṃsupiśācī

Wylie:
  • phyag dar khrod kyi sha za mo
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་དར་ཁྲོད་ཀྱི་ཤ་ཟ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāṃsupiśācī

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­102
  • n.­3808
g.­1161

Pañcika

Wylie:
  • lngas rtsen
Tibetan:
  • ལྔས་རྩེན།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcika

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK; also the name of a yakṣa.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • 1.­75
  • 2.­159
  • 30.­9
  • n.­2328
g.­1162

Pāṇḍaravāsinī

Wylie:
  • gos dkar mo
Tibetan:
  • གོས་དཀར་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāṇḍaravāsinī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode; one of the five tathāgata-consorts.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • 2.­140
  • 37.­71
  • 37.­99
  • 52.­130
  • 53.­384
  • 53.­504
  • n.­2418
  • n.­2501
g.­1167

Pannaga

Wylie:
  • rkang med ’gro
Tibetan:
  • རྐང་མེད་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pannaga

One of the garuḍa kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­87
g.­1168

Pannaganāśana

Wylie:
  • klu rnam ’jig
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ་རྣམ་འཇིག
Sanskrit:
  • pannaganāśana

One of the garuḍa kings.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­87
  • n.­3741
g.­1169

Paranirmita

Wylie:
  • yongs su sprul pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་སྤྲུལ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • paranirmita

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­91
  • 2.­156
  • 2.­167
  • 53.­1
g.­1170

Paraprāṇaharā

Wylie:
  • gzhan gyi srog ’phrog ma
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་གྱི་སྲོག་འཕྲོག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • paraprāṇaharā

One of the great mātṛs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­104
g.­1171

Parāśara

Wylie:
  • rtsib logs skyes
Tibetan:
  • རྩིབ་ལོགས་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit:
  • parāśara

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­83
  • n.­203
g.­1172

Paraśu

Wylie:
  • dgra sta
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་སྟ།
Sanskrit:
  • paraśu

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­83
  • n.­203
g.­1173

Parīttābha

Wylie:
  • ’od chung
  • dge chung
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཆུང་།
  • དགེ་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • parīttābha

One of the gods’ realms; also the name of the gods living there.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­157
  • 2.­167
  • 53.­1
g.­1175

Parṇaga

Wylie:
  • ’dab ’gro
Tibetan:
  • འདབ་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • parṇaga

One of the garuḍa kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­87
g.­1176

Parṇaśavarī

Wylie:
  • ri khrod lo ma gyon ma
Tibetan:
  • རི་ཁྲོད་ལོ་མ་གྱོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • parṇaśavarī

One of the chief vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode; one of the goddesses in one of the paintings of Mañjuśrī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­51
  • 28.­37
g.­1177

Pārśva

Wylie:
  • pha rol phyin rta
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་ཕྱིན་རྟ།
Sanskrit:
  • pārśva

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1178

Paśyikā

Wylie:
  • mthong byed ma
Tibetan:
  • མཐོང་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • paśyikā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­1179

Paśyinī

Wylie:
  • mthong ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • མཐོང་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • paśyinī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­3599
g.­1180

Patāgrakeyūrā

Wylie:
  • ba dan mchog gi dpung rgyan ma
Tibetan:
  • བ་དན་མཆོག་གི་དཔུང་རྒྱན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • patāgrakeyūrā

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­1183

Pati

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • pati

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • n.­42
g.­1185

Paṭṭisa

Wylie:
  • pa Ti s+ya
Tibetan:
  • པ་ཊི་སྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • paṭṭisa

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­3578
g.­1188

perfection

Wylie:
  • pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāramitā

The six or more perfections, starting from generosity (dāna), constitute the conduct of a bodhisattva.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­117
  • g.­1239
g.­1190

Phalgu

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i gre
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་གྲེ།
Sanskrit:
  • phalgu

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • n.­3227
g.­1191

Phalgunī

Wylie:
  • gre dang dbo
Tibetan:
  • གྲེ་དང་དབོ།
Sanskrit:
  • phalgunī

The name of a nakṣatra. There are two Phalgunī, the “former” (Skt. pūrvā; Tib. gre) and the “latter” (Skt. uttarā; Tib. dbo).

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 15.­152
  • 24.­7
  • 24.­74
  • 24.­77
  • 24.­135
  • 24.­214
  • n.­1403
  • n.­1406
  • n.­3778
g.­1192

Phalguvatī

Wylie:
  • gre ldan
Tibetan:
  • གྲེ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • phalguvatī

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­96
g.­1193

Pilindavatsa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • pilindavatsa

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • 11.­196
  • n.­3660
g.­1194

Pīlu

Wylie:
  • pI lu
Tibetan:
  • པཱི་ལུ།
Sanskrit:
  • pīlu

One of the great piśācas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­79
  • 53.­392
g.­1195

Pīluvatī

Wylie:
  • shing pi lu dang ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་པི་ལུ་དང་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • pīluvatī

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­102
g.­1196

Piṇḍola

Wylie:
  • bsod snyoms len
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་སྙོམས་ལེན།
Sanskrit:
  • piṇḍola

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­143
  • n.­3647
g.­1197

Piṇḍola­bhara­dvāja

Wylie:
  • ba ra dwa dza bsod snyoms len
Tibetan:
  • བ་ར་དྭ་ཛ་བསོད་སྙོམས་ལེན།
Sanskrit:
  • piṇḍola­bhara­dvāja

One of the eight great śrāvakas. See n.­143.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­196
  • n.­143
g.­1199

Piṅgalā

Wylie:
  • ser skya ma
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྐྱ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • piṅgalā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 1.­100
  • n.­3729
g.­1200

Pippala

Wylie:
  • pib pa la
Tibetan:
  • པིབ་པ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • pippala

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­151-152
g.­1201

Pippala

Wylie:
  • shing pi pa la gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་པི་པ་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pippala

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­83
g.­1202

Pippalāda

Wylie:
  • shing pi pa la za ba
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་པི་པ་ལ་ཟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pippalāda

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­83
g.­1203

piśāca

Wylie:
  • sha za
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • piśāca

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that, like several other classes of nonhuman beings, take spontaneous birth. Ranking below rākṣasas, they are less powerful and more akin to pretas. They are said to dwell in impure and perilous places, where they feed on impure things, including flesh. This could account for the name piśāca, which possibly derives from √piś, to carve or chop meat, as reflected also in the Tibetan sha za, “meat eater.” They are often described as having an unpleasant appearance, and at times they appear with animal bodies. Some possess the ability to enter the dead bodies of humans, thereby becoming so-called vetāla, to touch whom is fatal.

Located in 44 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­75
  • 1.­78
  • 1.­108
  • 2.­20
  • 2.­161
  • 2.­169
  • 2.­209
  • 3.­6
  • 11.­128
  • 24.­23
  • 26.­16
  • 28.­40
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­38
  • 32.­38
  • 35.­84
  • 37.­34
  • 37.­63
  • 37.­74
  • 51.­71
  • 52.­123
  • 53.­98
  • 53.­380
  • 53.­392
  • 54.­16
  • n.­1259
  • n.­2314
  • n.­2934
  • n.­3290
  • g.­78
  • g.­111
  • g.­534
  • g.­535
  • g.­551
  • g.­1006
  • g.­1194
  • g.­1205
  • g.­1684
  • g.­1688
  • g.­1721
  • g.­1871
  • g.­2052
g.­1204

Piśāca

Wylie:
  • sha za
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • piśāca

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­1205

piśācī

Wylie:
  • sha za mo
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ཟ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • piśācī

Female piśāca.

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­51
  • 1.­75
  • 1.­101
  • 1.­103
  • 37.­34
  • 37.­63
  • 52.­115
  • 53.­379
  • n.­2314
  • n.­2728
  • g.­211
  • g.­212
  • g.­253
  • g.­254
  • g.­271
  • g.­349
  • g.­419
  • g.­422
  • g.­465
  • g.­466
  • g.­483
  • g.­546
  • g.­643
  • g.­854
  • g.­986
  • g.­1047
  • g.­1158
  • g.­1195
  • g.­1210
  • g.­1330
  • g.­1347
  • g.­1610
  • g.­1761
  • g.­1830
g.­1206

Pisces

Wylie:
  • nya
Tibetan:
  • ཉ།
Sanskrit:
  • mīna

See “Mīna.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­85
  • 24.­108
  • n.­1425
  • n.­1427
  • n.­1430
  • g.­1043
g.­1207

Piśita

Wylie:
  • sha ldan
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • piśita

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­1208

Piśita

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • piśita

One of the grahas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • n.­228
g.­1210

Piśitāśinī

Wylie:
  • sha za ma
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ཟ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • piśitāśinī

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­102
  • n.­3811
g.­1211

Pitā

Wylie:
  • pha
Tibetan:
  • ཕ།
Sanskrit:
  • pitā

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • n.­3492
  • n.­6242
g.­1212

Pitāmaha

Wylie:
  • mes po
Tibetan:
  • མེས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pitāmaha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 1.­62
g.­1214

planet

Wylie:
  • gdon
  • gza’
Tibetan:
  • གདོན།
  • གཟའ།
Sanskrit:
  • graha

See “graha.”

Located in 86 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­75
  • 2.­120
  • 4.­7
  • 4.­30
  • 15.­73
  • 15.­153-154
  • 15.­156-157
  • 15.­164-165
  • 15.­168
  • 15.­171-173
  • 15.­176-177
  • 15.­180
  • 17.­1-2
  • 17.­27-28
  • 17.­35
  • 24.­1-2
  • 24.­4-5
  • 24.­20
  • 24.­36
  • 24.­44
  • 24.­50
  • 24.­59
  • 24.­64
  • 24.­76
  • 24.­79-80
  • 24.­89
  • 24.­98
  • 24.­104
  • 24.­111
  • 24.­116
  • 24.­118
  • 24.­182
  • 24.­186-187
  • 24.­218
  • 25.­1-2
  • 31.­11
  • 52.­122
  • 53.­234
  • 53.­702
  • 53.­710
  • 53.­910
  • n.­1172
  • n.­1229
  • n.­1231-1232
  • n.­1234
  • n.­1238
  • n.­1243
  • n.­1253
  • n.­1361-1362
  • n.­1391
  • n.­1396
  • n.­1399
  • n.­1407
  • n.­1409-1410
  • n.­1419
  • n.­1426
  • n.­1431
  • n.­1487
  • n.­1664
  • n.­2860
  • n.­3152
  • n.­3156
  • g.­128
  • g.­177
  • g.­308
  • g.­315
  • g.­548
  • g.­872
  • g.­1436
  • g.­1643
g.­1215

pledge

Wylie:
  • dam tshig
Tibetan:
  • དམ་ཚིག
Sanskrit:
  • samaya

See “samaya.”

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­71
  • 1.­73
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­6
  • 2.­8
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­25
  • 2.­40
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­59
  • 11.­4
  • 11.­149
  • 15.­104
  • 31.­6
  • 52.­146
  • n.­1872
  • g.­1418
g.­1218

Prabhā

Wylie:
  • ’od
Tibetan:
  • འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhā

One of the vidyārājñīs attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­45
g.­1219

Prabhākara

Wylie:
  • ’od byed
Tibetan:
  • འོད་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhākara

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1220

Prabhākaraśrī

Wylie:
  • ’od byed dpal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་བྱེད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhākaraśrī

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1222

Prabhaśrī

Wylie:
  • ’od dpal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhaśrī

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1223

Prabhāsvara

Wylie:
  • ’od gsal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གསལ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhāsvara

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­91
g.­1224

Prabhāvanta

Wylie:
  • ’od ldan
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhāvanta

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • n.­132
  • n.­3629
g.­1225

Prabhāvatī

Wylie:
  • ’od ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhāvatī

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­1226

Prabhaviṣṇu

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug bdag po
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག་བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhaviṣṇu

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK; a king identified as the Vākāṭaka emperor Pravarasena Viṣṇuvṛddha.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • 53.­632
  • 53.­688
g.­1227

Prabhūtakūṭa

Wylie:
  • rab mang brtsegs
Tibetan:
  • རབ་མང་བརྩེགས།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhūtakūṭa

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1232

Prahasana

Wylie:
  • rab tu rgod byed
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་རྒོད་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • prahasana

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­1233

Prahasita

Wylie:
  • rab tu dgod pa
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་དགོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prahasita

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­48
  • n.­3540
g.­1234

Prahasitā

Wylie:
  • rab bzhad ma
Tibetan:
  • རབ་བཞད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • prahasitā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­1235

Prahlāda

Wylie:
  • rab tu tshim byed
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་ཚིམ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • pralhāda
  • prahlāda

One of the kings of the asuras; also, the king of all animals.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­92
  • 53.­912
  • 54.­69
g.­1237

Prajāpatī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • prajāpatī

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3690
g.­1238

Prajñā

Wylie:
  • shes rab
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñā

One of the vidyārājñīs attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­45
g.­1240

Prakaṭāditya

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • prakaṭāditya

A king of Magadha who ruled in the sixth century.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • n.­3157
  • n.­3173
  • g.­1514
g.­1242

Pramathana

Wylie:
  • rnam par ’joms pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་འཇོམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pramathana

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1243

Pramodā

Wylie:
  • dga’ ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • pramodā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • 52.­106
  • 52.­114
  • n.­6001
g.­1244

Pramuditā

Wylie:
  • rab dga’ ma
Tibetan:
  • རབ་དགའ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • pramuditā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­1245

Prāṇahara

Wylie:
  • srog ’phrog byed
Tibetan:
  • སྲོག་འཕྲོག་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • prāṇahara

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1250

Pratyeka

Wylie:
  • so so gcig
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོ་གཅིག
Sanskrit:
  • pratyeka

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­1251

pratyeka­buddha

Wylie:
  • rang sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • རང་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • pratyeka­buddha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Literally, “buddha for oneself” or “solitary realizer.” Someone who, in his or her last life, attains awakening entirely through their own contemplation, without relying on a teacher. Unlike the awakening of a fully realized buddha (samyaksambuddha), the accomplishment of a pratyeka­buddha is not regarded as final or ultimate. They attain realization of the nature of dependent origination, the selflessness of the person, and a partial realization of the selflessness of phenomena, by observing the suchness of all that arises through interdependence. This is the result of progress in previous lives but, unlike a buddha, they do not have the necessary merit, compassion or motivation to teach others. They are named as “rhinoceros-like” (khaḍgaviṣāṇakalpa) for their preference for staying in solitude or as “congregators” (vargacārin) when their preference is to stay among peers.

Located in 198 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 1.­10
  • 1.­15
  • 1.­35
  • 1.­59
  • 1.­61
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­120
  • 2.­20
  • 2.­107-108
  • 2.­139
  • 2.­143
  • 2.­146
  • 2.­183-184
  • 2.­186-187
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­209
  • 4.­75
  • 4.­80-83
  • 4.­112-113
  • 4.­115
  • 5.­7
  • 7.­2
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­10
  • 10.­7
  • 10.­48
  • 10.­58
  • 11.­83
  • 11.­111
  • 11.­157
  • 11.­176
  • 11.­196-198
  • 11.­210
  • 11.­236
  • 12.­51
  • 14.­6
  • 15.­132
  • 15.­194
  • 17.­4
  • 25.­12-13
  • 27.­1
  • 27.­9
  • 30.­34
  • 34.­10
  • 35.­5
  • 35.­41
  • 37.­38
  • 37.­47
  • 37.­108
  • 38.­36
  • 38.­47
  • 38.­49
  • 50.­2
  • 50.­28
  • 50.­49
  • 51.­54
  • 52.­145
  • 53.­95
  • 53.­103
  • 53.­142
  • 53.­246
  • 53.­268-270
  • 53.­281
  • 53.­289
  • 53.­291-292
  • 53.­307
  • 53.­315
  • 53.­411
  • 53.­429
  • 53.­432-435
  • 53.­597
  • 53.­604-605
  • 53.­663
  • 53.­678
  • 53.­705-706
  • 53.­773
  • 54.­21
  • 54.­27
  • 54.­104
  • n.­122
  • n.­138
  • n.­584-585
  • n.­626
  • n.­725
  • n.­770
  • n.­1829
  • n.­2003
  • n.­2611
  • n.­2761
  • n.­2775
  • n.­2799
  • n.­2805
  • n.­2867
  • n.­2962
  • n.­2964
  • n.­3088
  • n.­3134
  • g.­28
  • g.­92
  • g.­107
  • g.­152
  • g.­258
  • g.­328
  • g.­347
  • g.­348
  • g.­402
  • g.­437
  • g.­456
  • g.­458
  • g.­512
  • g.­513
  • g.­613
  • g.­631
  • g.­657
  • g.­678
  • g.­728
  • g.­759
  • g.­797
  • g.­810
  • g.­818
  • g.­843
  • g.­844
  • g.­855
  • g.­944
  • g.­979
  • g.­1004
  • g.­1109
  • g.­1146
  • g.­1150
  • g.­1177
  • g.­1219
  • g.­1224
  • g.­1337
  • g.­1340
  • g.­1408
  • g.­1414
  • g.­1429
  • g.­1440
  • g.­1450
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1504
  • g.­1520
  • g.­1522
  • g.­1535
  • g.­1550
  • g.­1589
  • g.­1590
  • g.­1594
  • g.­1607
  • g.­1631
  • g.­1632
  • g.­1642
  • g.­1673
  • g.­1677
  • g.­1687
  • g.­1711
  • g.­1715
  • g.­1716
  • g.­1735
  • g.­1742
  • g.­1743
  • g.­1783
  • g.­1793
  • g.­1842
  • g.­1848
  • g.­1853
  • g.­1855
  • g.­1858
  • g.­1863
  • g.­1868
  • g.­1874
  • g.­1875
  • g.­1876
  • g.­1885
  • g.­1912
  • g.­2015
  • g.­2066
  • g.­2105
g.­1252

Pravarā

Wylie:
  • rab mchog ma
Tibetan:
  • རབ་མཆོག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • pravarā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3695
g.­1253

Pravarāṇikā

Wylie:
  • rab mchog ldan
Tibetan:
  • རབ་མཆོག་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • pravarāṇikā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • n.­3787
g.­1254

Premā

Wylie:
  • dga’ ma
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • premā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­1255

preṣakā

Wylie:
  • mngag gzhug ma
Tibetan:
  • མངག་གཞུག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • preṣakā

A class of female spirits.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­1256

preta

Wylie:
  • yi dags
  • yi dwags
Tibetan:
  • ཡི་དགས།
  • ཡི་དྭགས།
Sanskrit:
  • preta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the five or six classes of sentient beings, into which beings are born as the karmic fruition of past miserliness. As the term in Sanskrit means “the departed,” they are analogous to the ancestral spirits of Vedic tradition, the pitṛs, who starve without the offerings of descendants. It is also commonly translated as “hungry ghost” or “starving spirit,” as in the Chinese 餓鬼 e gui.

They are sometimes said to reside in the realm of Yama, but are also frequently described as roaming charnel grounds and other inhospitable or frightening places along with piśācas and other such beings. They are particularly known to suffer from great hunger and thirst and the inability to acquire sustenance. Detailed descriptions of their realm and experience, including a list of the thirty-six classes of pretas, can be found in The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma, Toh 287, 2.­1281– 2.1482.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­161
  • 2.­169
  • 11.­128
  • 26.­44
  • 30.­19
  • 30.­22
  • 31.­40
  • 31.­55
  • 37.­62
  • 51.­41
  • 51.­71
  • 52.­21
  • 52.­115
  • 53.­98
  • 53.­379
  • 53.­410
  • 53.­427
  • 53.­474-475
  • 53.­477
  • 53.­481
  • 53.­634-636
  • 53.­672
  • 53.­907
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­92
  • 54.­101
  • n.­1817-1818
  • n.­2353
  • n.­2992
  • n.­6836
  • g.­2133
g.­1257

Preta

Wylie:
  • yi dwags
Tibetan:
  • ཡི་དྭགས།
Sanskrit:
  • preta

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­1258

Priyaṃvadā

Wylie:
  • smra dga’ ma
Tibetan:
  • སྨྲ་དགའ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • priyaṃvadā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­1259

Priyaṅkara

Wylie:
  • dga’ byed
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • priyaṅkara

A yakṣa child.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 28.­33
  • n.­3730
g.­1260

Priyavādinī

Wylie:
  • snyan par smra ba ma
Tibetan:
  • སྙན་པར་སྨྲ་བ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • priyavādinī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­1262

Pṛthivī

Wylie:
  • sa
Tibetan:
  • ས།
Sanskrit:
  • pṛthivī

The earth personified; also, one of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­1263

Pulasti

Wylie:
  • pul sti
Tibetan:
  • པུལ་སྟི།
Sanskrit:
  • pulasti

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­83
  • n.­201
g.­1265

Punarnavā

Wylie:
  • pu na rna ba
Tibetan:
  • པུ་ན་རྣ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • punarnavā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • n.­237
g.­1266

Punarvasu

Wylie:
  • nab so
Tibetan:
  • ནབ་སོ།
Sanskrit:
  • punarvasu

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK; the name of a pair of nakṣatras.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • 1.­96
  • 24.­6
  • 24.­64
  • 24.­129
  • 24.­218
  • n.­1363
g.­1268

Puṇyābha

Wylie:
  • bson nams ’od
Tibetan:
  • བསོན་ནམས་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇyābha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; a bodhisattva (possibly a short version of the name Svabhāva­puṇyābha).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 27.­40
  • 37.­110
g.­1269

Puṇyābha

Wylie:
  • bsod nams ’od
  • bsod nams skyes
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་འོད།
  • བསོད་ནམས་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇyābha

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­91
  • 50.­29
g.­1270

Puṇyaprasava

Wylie:
  • bsod nams skyes
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇyaprasava

One of the gods’ realms; also the name of the gods living there.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­157
  • 53.­1
g.­1271

Pūrā

Wylie:
  • rtseg ma
Tibetan:
  • རྩེག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­108
g.­1272

Pūrāṃśā

Wylie:
  • rdzogs byed ma
Tibetan:
  • རྫོགས་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrāṃśā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­1274

Pure Abode

Wylie:
  • gnas gtsang ma
Tibetan:
  • གནས་གཙང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śuddhāvāsa

The generic name of the five pure realms inhabited by the higher orders of gods.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­3
  • 1.­1
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­18
  • 1.­20-21
  • 1.­38
  • 2.­49
  • 4.­83
  • 12.­1
  • 16.­35
  • 17.­34
  • 35.­2
  • 53.­594
  • 54.­97
  • 54.­104
  • n.­10
  • n.­1324
  • n.­2828
  • n.­3393
  • g.­816
g.­1275

Pūrṇa

Wylie:
  • gang ba
Tibetan:
  • གང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrṇa

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the distinguished brahmins of Mathurā.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • 53.­897
  • n.­4301
g.­1276

Pūrṇabhadra

Wylie:
  • gang ba bzang po
Tibetan:
  • གང་བ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrṇabhadra

Name of a yakṣa general.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 2.­158
g.­1278

Pūrvāṣāḍhā

Wylie:
  • chu stod
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྟོད།
Sanskrit:
  • (not in the skt. source of the mmk)

The name of a nakṣatra. One of the two Āṣāḍhās.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­166
g.­1282

Puṣpa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • puṣpa

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1283

Puṣpakāśika

Wylie:
  • me tog ka shi can
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཀ་ཤི་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • puṣpakāśika

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­3681
g.­1284

Puṣpakūṭā

Wylie:
  • me tog brtsegs ma
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་བརྩེགས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • puṣpakūṭā

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­1285

Puṣpapālaka

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • puṣpapālaka

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­3681
g.­1287

Puṣya

Wylie:
  • rgyal
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • puṣyā
  • puṣya

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 15.­152
  • 24.­6
  • 24.­69
  • 24.­135
  • 24.­181
  • 24.­218
  • 26.­15
  • n.­3679
g.­1288

pūtana

Wylie:
  • srul po
Tibetan:
  • སྲུལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūtana

A class of demons.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 35.­84
  • 35.­134
  • 50.­6
  • 51.­71
  • 53.­891
  • 54.­16
  • 54.­48
  • n.­2491
  • g.­1289
g.­1290

Pūtanā

Wylie:
  • srul mo
Tibetan:
  • སྲུལ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūtanā

One of the great mātṛs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­104
g.­1291

Rādhaka

Wylie:
  • sgrub byed
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲུབ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • rādhaka

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1293

Rāhu

Wylie:
  • sgra gcan
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་གཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • rāhu

One of the kings of asuras; the demon who is thought to cause an eclipse.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­92
  • 1.­94
  • 15.­157
  • 15.­163
  • 15.­169
  • 24.­203
  • 24.­205
  • 24.­216
  • 24.­218
  • 24.­222
  • 24.­224-226
  • n.­221
  • n.­1238
  • n.­1241
  • n.­1246
  • n.­1410
  • n.­1435
  • n.­1468
  • n.­3755
  • g.­548
g.­1294

Rāhula

Wylie:
  • sgra gcan ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་གཅན་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • rāhula

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the eight great śrāvakas or arhats.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • 4.­81
  • 11.­196
  • 53.­221
  • app.­6
g.­1295

Raja

Wylie:
  • rdul
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • raja

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­1299

rākṣasa

Wylie:
  • srin po
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rākṣasa
  • rakṣas

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that are often, but certainly not always, considered demonic in the Buddhist tradition. They are often depicted as flesh-eating monsters who haunt frightening places and are ugly and evil-natured with a yearning for human flesh, and who additionally have miraculous powers, such as being able to change their appearance.

Located in 75 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­42
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­75-76
  • 1.­108
  • 2.­20
  • 2.­161
  • 2.­169
  • 2.­209
  • 3.­6-7
  • 6.­11
  • 10.­6-7
  • 11.­128
  • 12.­15
  • 14.­75
  • 24.­22
  • 28.­40
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­42
  • 31.­55
  • 32.­38
  • 35.­81
  • 35.­102
  • 35.­202
  • 37.­63
  • 37.­74
  • 38.­28
  • 50.­10
  • 51.­41
  • 51.­63
  • 51.­70
  • 52.­16
  • 52.­115
  • 52.­122
  • 53.­98
  • 53.­118
  • 53.­234
  • 53.­379
  • 53.­891
  • 54.­16
  • 54.­47
  • n.­441
  • n.­515
  • n.­521
  • n.­725
  • n.­1817-1818
  • n.­2086
  • g.­67
  • g.­112
  • g.­263
  • g.­446
  • g.­534
  • g.­603
  • g.­796
  • g.­798
  • g.­841
  • g.­1074
  • g.­1075
  • g.­1301
  • g.­1333
  • g.­1402
  • g.­1420
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1619
  • g.­1648
  • g.­1734
  • g.­1805
  • g.­1806
  • g.­2030
  • g.­2036
  • g.­2133
  • g.­2153
g.­1300

Rākṣasa

Wylie:
  • srin po
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rākṣasa

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­1301

rākṣasī

Wylie:
  • srin mo
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rākṣasī

A female rākṣasa.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­51
  • 37.­35
  • 37.­63
  • 52.­94
g.­1302

Raktāṅga

Wylie:
  • lus dmar
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་དམར།
Sanskrit:
  • raktāṅga

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1304

rāśi

Wylie:
  • khyim
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱིམ།
Sanskrit:
  • rāśi

Literally “heap,” it also means a zodiac sign; in the MMK the meaning extends to cover other categories grouped together with the zodiac constellations.

Located in 51 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­99
  • 53.­911
  • n.­5504
  • g.­31
  • g.­181
  • g.­273
  • g.­286
  • g.­291
  • g.­346
  • g.­382
  • g.­429
  • g.­451
  • g.­516
  • g.­654
  • g.­685
  • g.­733
  • g.­801
  • g.­833
  • g.­884
  • g.­951
  • g.­953
  • g.­957
  • g.­1011
  • g.­1048
  • g.­1094
  • g.­1120
  • g.­1204
  • g.­1207
  • g.­1250
  • g.­1257
  • g.­1262
  • g.­1295
  • g.­1300
  • g.­1383
  • g.­1465
  • g.­1469
  • g.­1544
  • g.­1638
  • g.­1754
  • g.­1790
  • g.­1791
  • g.­1826
  • g.­1860
  • g.­1873
  • g.­1888
  • g.­1903
  • g.­1992
  • g.­2040
  • g.­2055
  • g.­2129
  • g.­2154
g.­1305

Rāśika

Wylie:
  • tshogs can
Tibetan:
  • ཚོགས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • rāśika

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1306

Raśmi

Wylie:
  • ’od zer
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཟེར།
Sanskrit:
  • raśmi

One of the vidyārājñīs attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­45
g.­1307

Raśmī

Wylie:
  • ’od can ma
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཅན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • raśmī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­1308

Raśmiketu

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • raśmiketu

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1309

Rathavatī

Wylie:
  • shing rta ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་རྟ་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • rathavatī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­1310

Ratnā

Wylie:
  • rin chen ma
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnā

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­58
  • n.­3618
g.­1311

Ratnagarbha

Wylie:
  • rin chen snying po
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnagarbha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1312

Ratnāgrakeyūrā

Wylie:
  • rin chen mchog gi dpung rgyan ma
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་མཆོག་གི་དཔུང་རྒྱན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnāgrakeyūrā

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­1313

Ratnahastin

Wylie:
  • rin chen phyag
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་ཕྱག
Sanskrit:
  • ratnahastin

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1315

Ratnaketu

Wylie:
  • rin chen tog ma
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་ཏོག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnaketu

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­1316

Ratnaketu

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i tog
  • rin chen tog
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་ཏོག
  • རིན་ཆེན་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • ratnaketu

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; the tathāgata who seems to be an emanation of Mañjuśrī, identified with the mantra bhrūṁ.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­4
  • 14.­29
  • 14.­48
  • 14.­102
  • 14.­105
  • 14.­111
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­27
  • 35.­122
  • 37.­110
  • n.­1024
  • n.­1054
  • n.­1087
  • n.­1527
  • n.­1551
  • n.­1651
  • g.­1325
g.­1317

Ratnakuṇḍalin

Wylie:
  • thab sbyor dmar po can
Tibetan:
  • ཐབ་སྦྱོར་དམར་པོ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnakuṇḍalin
  • raktakuṇḍalin

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi. The variant Raktakuṇḍalin is found in the manuscript B (and confirmed in the Tib. thab sbyor dmar po can).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1318

Ratnakūṭa

Wylie:
  • rin chen brtsegs
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་བརྩེགས།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnakūṭa

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1319

Ratnapāṇi

Wylie:
  • phyag na rin chen
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་ན་རིན་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnapāṇi

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • 37.­105
g.­1321

Ratna­śikhara­kūṭāgāra­dharaṇiṃdharā

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i rtse mo’i khang pa brtsegs pa’i gzungs ’dzin ma
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རྩེ་མོའི་ཁང་པ་བརྩེགས་པའི་གཟུངས་འཛིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­śikhara­kūṭāgāra­dharaṇiṃdharā

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­1322

Ratnaśikhin

Wylie:
  • rin chen gtsug tor can
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་གཙུག་ཏོར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnaśikhin

One of the eight tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­77
  • 5.­6
  • g.­1763
g.­1323

Ratnaśrī

Wylie:
  • rin chen dpal
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnaśrī

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1324

Ratnavatī

Wylie:
  • rin chen ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnavatī

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­1326

Ratnodgata

Wylie:
  • rin chen ’phags
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་འཕགས།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnodgata

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1327

Raudra

Wylie:
  • drag bu
Tibetan:
  • དྲག་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • raudra

One of the muhūrtas.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • 24.­190
  • n.­228
  • n.­3655
g.­1328

Raudraka

Wylie:
  • drag po’i bu
Tibetan:
  • དྲག་པོའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • raudraka

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1329

Raudraka

Wylie:
  • gseng phrom
Tibetan:
  • གསེང་ཕྲོམ།
Sanskrit:
  • raudraka

One of the grahas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • n.­3655
g.­1330

Raudrapiśācī

Wylie:
  • sha za mo drag mo
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ཟ་མོ་དྲག་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • raudrapiśācī

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­102
  • n.­3809
g.­1331

Raurava

Wylie:
  • ru ru’i bu
Tibetan:
  • རུ་རུའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • raurava

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1333

Rāvaṇa

Wylie:
  • sgra sgrogs
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་སྒྲོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • rāvaṇa

One of the kings of the rākṣasas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­77
g.­1334

realm of the four great kings

Wylie:
  • rgyal po chen po bzhi’i ris
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ་བཞིའི་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • cātur­mahā­rājika

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­91
  • 2.­156
  • 11.­159
g.­1335

Realm of the Pure Abode

Wylie:
  • gnas gtsang ma
Tibetan:
  • གནས་གཙང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śuddhāvāsa

The highest division of the realm of form, comprising its five highest heavens; also used as the name of the gods living there. The name is rendered elsewhere in this translation as “Śuddhāvāsa.”

Located in 181 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­18
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­42
  • 1.­44
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­97
  • 1.­99
  • 1.­108
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­7
  • 2.­106-107
  • 2.­136
  • 2.­149
  • 3.­1
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­80
  • 5.­3
  • 5.­8
  • 6.­5
  • 11.­1
  • 13.­1
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­3
  • 14.­6
  • 15.­106
  • 16.­1
  • 25.­3
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­36
  • 26.­1
  • 27.­1
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­54
  • 29.­1
  • 30.­1
  • 31.­1
  • 32.­1
  • 33.­1
  • 34.­1
  • 35.­1
  • 35.­307
  • 36.­1
  • 37.­1
  • 38.­1
  • 38.­9
  • 51.­1
  • 53.­54
  • 53.­151
  • 53.­919
  • 54.­1
  • n.­2236
  • n.­2768
  • n.­2785
  • g.­18
  • g.­29
  • g.­60
  • g.­74
  • g.­77
  • g.­82
  • g.­89
  • g.­102
  • g.­114
  • g.­116
  • g.­150
  • g.­167
  • g.­184
  • g.­199
  • g.­200
  • g.­237
  • g.­239
  • g.­264
  • g.­265
  • g.­272
  • g.­277
  • g.­282
  • g.­285
  • g.­306
  • g.­307
  • g.­313
  • g.­330
  • g.­335
  • g.­340
  • g.­366
  • g.­367
  • g.­375
  • g.­388
  • g.­392
  • g.­394
  • g.­454
  • g.­474
  • g.­481
  • g.­574
  • g.­614
  • g.­624
  • g.­655
  • g.­667
  • g.­668
  • g.­720
  • g.­740
  • g.­777
  • g.­779
  • g.­821
  • g.­822
  • g.­842
  • g.­847
  • g.­859
  • g.­860
  • g.­863
  • g.­864
  • g.­892
  • g.­911
  • g.­927
  • g.­933
  • g.­978
  • g.­980
  • g.­981
  • g.­988
  • g.­989
  • g.­1007
  • g.­1034
  • g.­1066
  • g.­1079
  • g.­1080
  • g.­1105
  • g.­1116
  • g.­1117
  • g.­1162
  • g.­1176
  • g.­1233
  • g.­1243
  • g.­1307
  • g.­1309
  • g.­1344
  • g.­1362
  • g.­1372
  • g.­1404
  • g.­1407
  • g.­1409
  • g.­1482
  • g.­1495
  • g.­1519
  • g.­1536
  • g.­1537
  • g.­1560
  • g.­1571
  • g.­1585
  • g.­1598
  • g.­1602
  • g.­1617
  • g.­1621
  • g.­1622
  • g.­1633
  • g.­1634
  • g.­1669
  • g.­1698
  • g.­1704
  • g.­1706
  • g.­1722
  • g.­1744
  • g.­1747
  • g.­1758
  • g.­1777
  • g.­1831
  • g.­2009
  • g.­2016
  • g.­2057
  • g.­2059
  • g.­2061
  • g.­2070
  • g.­2071
  • g.­2072
  • g.­2106
  • g.­2126
  • g.­2148
g.­1336

realm of the Thirty-Three

Wylie:
  • sum cu rtsa gsum
Tibetan:
  • སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • tṛdaśa

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­91
  • 11.­159
  • 53.­1
  • 53.­49
  • 54.­67
  • g.­1443
g.­1337

Reṇu

Wylie:
  • rdul
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • reṇu

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1338

Revatī

Wylie:
  • nam gru
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་གྲུ།
Sanskrit:
  • revatī

The name of a nakṣatra; also a yakṣiṇī invoked in magical rites.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 15.­152
  • 24.­9
  • 24.­107
  • 24.­144
  • 24.­181
  • 24.­225
  • 52.­39
  • 52.­46
  • 52.­48
g.­1339

Revatikā

Wylie:
  • na ma gru ma
Tibetan:
  • ན་མ་གྲུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • revatikā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­1340

Riṣṭa

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • riṣṭa

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • 11.­196
  • n.­3628
g.­1341

rite

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

A rite that is meant to accomplish an activity (such as pacifying, nourishing, etc.). This term is also translated in other instances as “activity,” “karma,” “karman,” or “karmic accumulation.” In the latter three cases the term refers to karmic accumulation, positive or negative, that will produce results in the future, unless it is purified.

Located in 398 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­6
  • 1.­10
  • 1.­33
  • 2.­50-51
  • 2.­57
  • 2.­62
  • 2.­80
  • 2.­85
  • 2.­88
  • 2.­91
  • 2.­94
  • 2.­99
  • 2.­101
  • 2.­113
  • 2.­127
  • 2.­131
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­192
  • 3.­1
  • 4.­10
  • 4.­16
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­49
  • 4.­53-54
  • 4.­114
  • 6.­6
  • 6.­12
  • 7.­9
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­23
  • 8.­7
  • 9.­4
  • 9.­20-21
  • 10.­8
  • 10.­30
  • 10.­35
  • 10.­40
  • 10.­51
  • 10.­57
  • 10.­59
  • 11.­1
  • 11.­3-4
  • 11.­6
  • 11.­14
  • 11.­60-61
  • 11.­155
  • 11.­158
  • 11.­180
  • 11.­185
  • 11.­193
  • 11.­208-209
  • 11.­228
  • 11.­264
  • 11.­266-267
  • 11.­269
  • 11.­273
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­4-5
  • 12.­11-12
  • 12.­15-16
  • 12.­24
  • 13.­1
  • 13.­15-16
  • 13.­19-21
  • 13.­23-24
  • 13.­34
  • 13.­37-38
  • 13.­40
  • 13.­43-46
  • 13.­50
  • 13.­53
  • 13.­55
  • 13.­58-59
  • 13.­64
  • 13.­68
  • 14.­5
  • 14.­7
  • 14.­37
  • 14.­41
  • 14.­66
  • 14.­71-73
  • 14.­77-80
  • 14.­88
  • 14.­92-94
  • 14.­100-101
  • 14.­106
  • 14.­115
  • 14.­124
  • 14.­154
  • 14.­157
  • 14.­167
  • 14.­171
  • 14.­173-174
  • 14.­176
  • 14.­179-180
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­68
  • 15.­92
  • 15.­202
  • 17.­31-32
  • 24.­8
  • 24.­106
  • 24.­180
  • 24.­186
  • 25.­27
  • 25.­35
  • 26.­5
  • 26.­11
  • 26.­13
  • 26.­23-24
  • 26.­26
  • 26.­32
  • 26.­38-40
  • 26.­43
  • 26.­52
  • 26.­58
  • 26.­63
  • 27.­16-17
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­32
  • 27.­43
  • 27.­45
  • 27.­49-50
  • 27.­52
  • 27.­54-55
  • 27.­57-59
  • 27.­61
  • 27.­63-64
  • 27.­66-75
  • 27.­77-84
  • 27.­86-87
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­8-10
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­28
  • 28.­30-32
  • 28.­34-35
  • 28.­42
  • 28.­45
  • 28.­52
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­8
  • 29.­19-20
  • 30.­23-24
  • 30.­45
  • 31.­26
  • 31.­28
  • 32.­13
  • 32.­22-23
  • 32.­41
  • 33.­23
  • 33.­40-42
  • 33.­46-47
  • 33.­49
  • 33.­81-82
  • 33.­87
  • 33.­105
  • 33.­116
  • 34.­18
  • 34.­25
  • 34.­28
  • 35.­38
  • 35.­48
  • 35.­50
  • 35.­54
  • 35.­57
  • 35.­60-61
  • 35.­64
  • 35.­70
  • 35.­77
  • 35.­135
  • 35.­137
  • 35.­142
  • 35.­144
  • 35.­173
  • 35.­175
  • 35.­179
  • 35.­206
  • 35.­208
  • 35.­218-219
  • 35.­253
  • 35.­258
  • 35.­260-261
  • 35.­268
  • 35.­270
  • 35.­289
  • 35.­291
  • 36.­1-2
  • 36.­15-16
  • 37.­2
  • 37.­6
  • 37.­20-22
  • 37.­25-26
  • 37.­42
  • 37.­97
  • 37.­106
  • 37.­111
  • 38.­49
  • 50.­3
  • 51.­25
  • 51.­29
  • 51.­34
  • 51.­36
  • 51.­46
  • 51.­49
  • 51.­74
  • 51.­80
  • 52.­10
  • 52.­17-19
  • 52.­21-22
  • 52.­24
  • 52.­33
  • 52.­38
  • 52.­44
  • 52.­53
  • 52.­61
  • 52.­67
  • 52.­69
  • 52.­75
  • 52.­85-86
  • 52.­116
  • 52.­124
  • 52.­136-137
  • 52.­140
  • 53.­436-438
  • 53.­922
  • 54.­12
  • 54.­34
  • 54.­38
  • 54.­52
  • 54.­80-82
  • n.­5
  • n.­320
  • n.­437
  • n.­457
  • n.­468
  • n.­512
  • n.­545
  • n.­549
  • n.­664
  • n.­685
  • n.­758
  • n.­767
  • n.­769
  • n.­774
  • n.­915
  • n.­928
  • n.­951-952
  • n.­974
  • n.­1014
  • n.­1030
  • n.­1034
  • n.­1053
  • n.­1078
  • n.­1174
  • n.­1301
  • n.­1424
  • n.­1519
  • n.­1591
  • n.­1607
  • n.­1654
  • n.­1660
  • n.­1663
  • n.­1668
  • n.­1675-1676
  • n.­1679-1680
  • n.­1729
  • n.­1776
  • n.­1821
  • n.­1887-1888
  • n.­1893
  • n.­1979
  • n.­1990
  • n.­2156
  • n.­2228
  • n.­2344
  • n.­2420
  • n.­2433
  • n.­2445
  • n.­2483
  • n.­2596-2597
  • n.­2602
  • n.­2631
  • n.­2643
  • n.­2694
  • n.­2709
  • n.­2739
  • n.­2755
  • n.­2985
  • n.­2991
  • n.­3254
  • n.­4689
  • g.­25
  • g.­71
  • g.­256
  • g.­695
  • g.­984
  • g.­1036
  • g.­1106
  • g.­1107
  • g.­1338
  • g.­1755
g.­1342

Ṛkṣa

Wylie:
  • ’byor pa
Tibetan:
  • འབྱོར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛkṣa

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the grahas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 1.­94
  • n.­222
g.­1343

roga

Wylie:
  • nad
Tibetan:
  • ནད།
Sanskrit:
  • roga

Disease; also a spirit causing disease.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­1344

Rogāntikā

Wylie:
  • nad mtha’ byed ma
Tibetan:
  • ནད་མཐའ་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • rogāntikā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­1345

Rohiṇī

Wylie:
  • snar ma
Tibetan:
  • སྣར་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • rohiṇī

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 15.­153
  • 24.­6
  • 24.­47
  • 24.­131
  • 24.­212
  • n.­1389
  • n.­1451
  • n.­3696
  • n.­3775
g.­1346

Rohiṇī

Wylie:
  • snar ma ma
Tibetan:
  • སྣར་མ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • rohiṇī

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­1347

Rohiṇikā

Wylie:
  • dmar ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • དམར་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • rohiṇikā

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­102
  • n.­3813
g.­1348

Ṛṣabha

Wylie:
  • khyu mchog
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱུ་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • ṛṣabha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; a legendary king before the time of the Buddha.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 53.­363-364
g.­1349

ṛṣi

Wylie:
  • drang srong
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛṣi

Sage; also a class of semidivine beings.

Located in 53 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 2.­161
  • 2.­164
  • 2.­170
  • 2.­209
  • 31.­53
  • 32.­38
  • 37.­39
  • 37.­73
  • 37.­120
  • 52.­115
  • 52.­122
  • 53.­97
  • 53.­124
  • 53.­142
  • 53.­184
  • 53.­234
  • 53.­311
  • 53.­554
  • 53.­909
  • 54.­104
  • n.­222
  • n.­1429
  • n.­1873
  • n.­2801
  • n.­3045
  • g.­38
  • g.­40
  • g.­42
  • g.­80
  • g.­129
  • g.­179
  • g.­193
  • g.­238
  • g.­527
  • g.­615
  • g.­619
  • g.­767
  • g.­768
  • g.­1017
  • g.­1056
  • g.­1057
  • g.­1171
  • g.­1172
  • g.­1201
  • g.­1202
  • g.­1263
  • g.­1367
  • g.­1916
  • g.­1990
  • g.­2014
  • g.­2122
  • g.­2155
g.­1350

Ṛṣṭi

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • ṛṣṭi

One of the grahas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • n.­225
  • n.­3765
g.­1351

Rudra

Wylie:
  • drag po
Tibetan:
  • དྲག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rudra

The wrathful form of Śiva.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­40
  • 32.­40
  • 35.­135
  • 35.­141
  • 35.­144
  • 53.­908
  • n.­2105
  • n.­2109
  • g.­279
  • g.­612
  • g.­946
g.­1353

Rūpavatī

Wylie:
  • gzugs can ma
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཅན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpavatī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi; one of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 1.­100
g.­1354

rūpiṇī

Wylie:
  • gzugs can ma
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཅན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpiṇī

“Beautiful one,” a class of female spirits.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • n.­3947
g.­1355

Rūpiṇī

Wylie:
  • gzugs ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpiṇī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­1356

Rutasvara

Wylie:
  • skad kyi sgra
Tibetan:
  • སྐད་ཀྱི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • rutasvara

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1358

Sacintyārtha­garbha

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • sacintyārtha­garbha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1360

Sadāmatta

Wylie:
  • rtag tu myos
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་མྱོས།
Sanskrit:
  • sadāmatta

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­91
g.­1362

Ṣaḍbhuja

Wylie:
  • phyag drug pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་དྲུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍbhuja

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­1363

sādhana

Wylie:
  • sgrub thabs
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲུབ་ཐབས།
Sanskrit:
  • sādhana

A formal practice usually organized into sessions, which involves mantra and visualization.

Located in 53 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 1.­33
  • 2.­201
  • 4.­2
  • 4.­63
  • 8.­1
  • 8.­13
  • 9.­15
  • 9.­20
  • 9.­22
  • 10.­51
  • 10.­58
  • 11.­155
  • 26.­4
  • 26.­6-10
  • 26.­12
  • 26.­14-15
  • 26.­19-22
  • 26.­24-25
  • 26.­27-28
  • 26.­30
  • 26.­32-36
  • 26.­48-49
  • 26.­51
  • 26.­56
  • 26.­58
  • 28.­1
  • 33.­19
  • 33.­32
  • 53.­358
  • 53.­382
  • 53.­435
  • n.­758
  • n.­1462
  • n.­1541
  • n.­1557
  • n.­1680
  • n.­2679
g.­1366

Sāgara

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sāgara

One of the kings of nāgas; also, the ocean personified.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­81
  • 53.­911
g.­1367

sage

Wylie:
  • drang srong
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛṣi

See “ṛṣi.”

Located in 143 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­82
  • 1.­84
  • 2.­36
  • 2.­168
  • 2.­170
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­109
  • 6.­10
  • 10.­23
  • 11.­23
  • 11.­83
  • 11.­94
  • 11.­108
  • 11.­138
  • 11.­143-145
  • 11.­166
  • 11.­172
  • 11.­184
  • 11.­187
  • 11.­201
  • 11.­227
  • 11.­256
  • 12.­45
  • 12.­48
  • 13.­20-21
  • 14.­4
  • 14.­9
  • 14.­17
  • 14.­28-29
  • 14.­69
  • 14.­74
  • 14.­76
  • 14.­105
  • 15.­84
  • 15.­107
  • 15.­216
  • 15.­221-222
  • 16.­10
  • 16.­12-14
  • 16.­18-19
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­33
  • 24.­21
  • 24.­28
  • 25.­19
  • 25.­23
  • 25.­32-33
  • 30.­47
  • 31.­36
  • 32.­28
  • 33.­39
  • 33.­118
  • 34.­13
  • 34.­29
  • 34.­34-35
  • 34.­37
  • 35.­113
  • 35.­116
  • 35.­167
  • 35.­171
  • 35.­195
  • 35.­214
  • 35.­290
  • 35.­293
  • 53.­37
  • 53.­71
  • 53.­75
  • 53.­84
  • 53.­113-115
  • 53.­120
  • 53.­127
  • 53.­164
  • 53.­180
  • 53.­187
  • 53.­190
  • 53.­197
  • 53.­251
  • 53.­294
  • 53.­599
  • 53.­606
  • 53.­848
  • 53.­856
  • 53.­919
  • 53.­921
  • 54.­55
  • 54.­57-58
  • 54.­63
  • 54.­72
  • 54.­88
  • n.­848
  • n.­1038
  • n.­1429
  • n.­1517
  • n.­1891
  • n.­1995
  • n.­2131
  • n.­2160
  • n.­2181
  • n.­3368
  • g.­38
  • g.­40
  • g.­42
  • g.­80
  • g.­129
  • g.­179
  • g.­193
  • g.­238
  • g.­527
  • g.­615
  • g.­619
  • g.­767
  • g.­768
  • g.­1017
  • g.­1056
  • g.­1057
  • g.­1171
  • g.­1172
  • g.­1201
  • g.­1202
  • g.­1263
  • g.­1349
  • g.­1386
  • g.­1501
  • g.­1689
  • g.­1916
  • g.­1990
  • g.­2014
  • g.­2122
  • g.­2155
g.­1368

Sagittarius

Wylie:
  • gzhu
Tibetan:
  • གཞུ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhanus

See “Dhanus.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­85
  • 24.­92
  • 24.­94
  • g.­397
g.­1369

Sahā

Wylie:
  • mi mjed
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཇེད།
Sanskrit:
  • sahā

Our world division with Mount Sumeru in the center; in the MMK it is the world sphere presided over by Lord Śākyamuni.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 1.­12
  • 1.­18
  • 1.­37
  • 53.­816
  • n.­5067
  • g.­297
g.­1370

Sahākhya

Wylie:
  • kun nas grags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་གྲགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sahākhya

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • n.­3493
g.­1371

Sahāmpati Brahmā

Wylie:
  • mi mjed kyi bdag po tshang pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཇེད་ཀྱི་བདག་པོ་ཚང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sahāmpati

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­91
g.­1372

Sahasraraśmi

Wylie:
  • ’od zer stong ldan
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཟེར་སྟོང་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • sahasraraśmi

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­1373

Sahasrāvartā

Wylie:
  • stong ’khyil ma
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་འཁྱིལ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sahasrāvartā

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­1380

Śakra

Wylie:
  • brgya byin
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śakra

See “Indra.”

Located in 47 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­138
  • 2.­156
  • 2.­167
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­36
  • 5.­8
  • 9.­19
  • 11.­159
  • 14.­75
  • 14.­135
  • 24.­39
  • 32.­10
  • 32.­40
  • 33.­99
  • 35.­103
  • 35.­107
  • 38.­21
  • 51.­43
  • 52.­139
  • 53.­1
  • 53.­18
  • 53.­49
  • 53.­210
  • 53.­373
  • 53.­462
  • 53.­466
  • 53.­678
  • 53.­901
  • 53.­903
  • 54.­4
  • 54.­66-68
  • n.­2066
  • n.­2069
  • n.­2088
  • n.­2114
  • n.­2786
  • n.­2984
  • n.­3337
  • n.­3349
  • n.­3643
  • n.­6103
  • g.­602
  • g.­1357
g.­1381

Śakraghna

Wylie:
  • srog ’joms byed
Tibetan:
  • སྲོག་འཇོམས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • śakraghna

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­3582
g.­1382

Śakuna

Wylie:
  • bya
Tibetan:
  • བྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • śakuna

One of the garuḍa kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­87
g.­1383

Śakuna

Wylie:
  • dge ltas
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་ལྟས།
Sanskrit:
  • śakuna

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­1384

Śakunī

Wylie:
  • bya ma
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śakunī

One of the great mātṛs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­104
g.­1385

Śākya Lodrö

Wylie:
  • shAkya blo gros
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • (not in the skt. source of the mmk)

The name of an important translator who was active during the early Sarma (gsar ma) period (c. 11th century).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­12
  • c.­1
g.­1386

Śākyamuni

Wylie:
  • shAkya thub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ་ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākyamuni

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An epithet for the historical Buddha, Siddhārtha Gautama: he was a muni (“sage”) from the Śākya clan. He is counted as the fourth of the first four buddhas of the present Good Eon, the other three being Krakucchanda, Kanakamuni, and Kāśyapa. He will be followed by Maitreya, the next buddha in this eon.

Located in 275 passages in the translation:

  • i.­3
  • 1.­1
  • 1.­4
  • 1.­8-10
  • 1.­12
  • 1.­19-22
  • 1.­30-32
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­39
  • 1.­42
  • 1.­44
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­51-52
  • 1.­54
  • 1.­61
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­67
  • 1.­84
  • 1.­101
  • 1.­107-108
  • 2.­136
  • 2.­139-140
  • 2.­143
  • 2.­145
  • 2.­150
  • 2.­166
  • 2.­183
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­65
  • 4.­76
  • 4.­82
  • 4.­84-85
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­102
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­3-5
  • 5.­7
  • 6.­1
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­4
  • 7.­6
  • 8.­1
  • 8.­3
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­10
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­21
  • 10.­1
  • 11.­1
  • 11.­151
  • 11.­157
  • 11.­170
  • 11.­199
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­47
  • 13.­1
  • 14.­1-4
  • 14.­6-7
  • 15.­3
  • 15.­105-106
  • 16.­1
  • 17.­1-2
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­3
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­3
  • 25.­12
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­62
  • 27.­1
  • 28.­1-2
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­3
  • 30.­1
  • 31.­1
  • 31.­3
  • 32.­1
  • 33.­1
  • 34.­1
  • 35.­1-3
  • 35.­5
  • 36.­1
  • 37.­1
  • 37.­110
  • 37.­123
  • 38.­1
  • 52.­1
  • 53.­1
  • 53.­190
  • 53.­855
  • 54.­1
  • 54.­97
  • 54.­99
  • 54.­101
  • n.­99
  • n.­418
  • n.­583
  • n.­597
  • n.­838
  • n.­861
  • n.­911
  • n.­986
  • n.­1308
  • n.­1310
  • n.­1635
  • n.­1834
  • n.­1836
  • n.­2014
  • n.­2160
  • n.­2460
  • n.­2492
  • n.­2768
  • n.­2788
  • n.­2894
  • n.­2905
  • n.­2910
  • n.­2914
  • n.­2929
  • n.­3060
  • n.­3248
  • n.­3294
  • n.­3305
  • n.­3368
  • n.­3390
  • g.­18
  • g.­29
  • g.­60
  • g.­74
  • g.­77
  • g.­82
  • g.­89
  • g.­102
  • g.­114
  • g.­116
  • g.­150
  • g.­167
  • g.­184
  • g.­199
  • g.­200
  • g.­232
  • g.­237
  • g.­239
  • g.­264
  • g.­265
  • g.­272
  • g.­277
  • g.­282
  • g.­285
  • g.­306
  • g.­307
  • g.­313
  • g.­330
  • g.­335
  • g.­340
  • g.­366
  • g.­367
  • g.­375
  • g.­388
  • g.­392
  • g.­394
  • g.­454
  • g.­474
  • g.­481
  • g.­574
  • g.­614
  • g.­624
  • g.­655
  • g.­667
  • g.­668
  • g.­691
  • g.­720
  • g.­740
  • g.­777
  • g.­779
  • g.­821
  • g.­822
  • g.­830
  • g.­842
  • g.­847
  • g.­859
  • g.­860
  • g.­863
  • g.­864
  • g.­879
  • g.­892
  • g.­911
  • g.­927
  • g.­933
  • g.­978
  • g.­980
  • g.­981
  • g.­988
  • g.­989
  • g.­1007
  • g.­1034
  • g.­1066
  • g.­1079
  • g.­1080
  • g.­1105
  • g.­1116
  • g.­1117
  • g.­1162
  • g.­1176
  • g.­1233
  • g.­1243
  • g.­1307
  • g.­1309
  • g.­1344
  • g.­1362
  • g.­1369
  • g.­1372
  • g.­1404
  • g.­1407
  • g.­1409
  • g.­1424
  • g.­1427
  • g.­1482
  • g.­1495
  • g.­1519
  • g.­1536
  • g.­1537
  • g.­1560
  • g.­1571
  • g.­1579
  • g.­1585
  • g.­1603
  • g.­1617
  • g.­1621
  • g.­1622
  • g.­1633
  • g.­1634
  • g.­1669
  • g.­1698
  • g.­1704
  • g.­1706
  • g.­1722
  • g.­1744
  • g.­1747
  • g.­1758
  • g.­1777
  • g.­1831
  • g.­2009
  • g.­2016
  • g.­2017
  • g.­2057
  • g.­2059
  • g.­2061
  • g.­2070
  • g.­2071
  • g.­2072
  • g.­2126
  • g.­2148
g.­1387

Śālā

Wylie:
  • gnas ma
Tibetan:
  • གནས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śālā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­105
g.­1391

Śālendra­rāja

Wylie:
  • sA la’i dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སཱ་ལའི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śālendra­rāja

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the eight tathāgatas.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­36
  • 4.­79
  • 14.­4
  • 17.­21
  • 17.­23
  • 17.­25
  • 17.­27
  • 27.­27
  • 27.­40
  • 35.­122
  • n.­1651
  • g.­644
  • g.­1390
g.­1393

Samādhi

Wylie:
  • ting ’dzin
  • ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་འཛིན།
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In a general sense, samādhi can describe a number of different meditative states. In the Mahāyāna literature, in particular in the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras, we find extensive lists of different samādhis, numbering over one hundred.

In a more restricted sense, and when understood as a mental state, samādhi is defined as the one-pointedness of the mind (cittaikāgratā), the ability to remain on the same object over long periods of time. The Drajor Bamponyipa (sgra sbyor bam po gnyis pa) commentary on the Mahāvyutpatti explains the term samādhi as referring to the instrument through which mind and mental states “get collected,” i.e., it is by the force of samādhi that the continuum of mind and mental states becomes collected on a single point of reference without getting distracted.

Located in 42 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2-4
  • 1.­14-15
  • 1.­18-19
  • 1.­35
  • 1.­38
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­49
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­59
  • 1.­68-69
  • 1.­107-108
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­106-108
  • 11.­130
  • 11.­199
  • 15.­242
  • 17.­1
  • 25.­3
  • 35.­1-2
  • 50.­4
  • 50.­19
  • 53.­1
  • 53.­33
  • 53.­43
  • 53.­76
  • n.­12
  • n.­32
  • n.­1344
  • n.­2320
  • n.­2506
  • n.­2758
  • n.­3318
  • g.­829
g.­1394

Śamaka

Wylie:
  • zhi byed
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • śamaka

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1395

Samaṃkara

Wylie:
  • zhi byed
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • samaṃkara

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • n.­3497
g.­1396

Samanantarāśi

Wylie:
  • kun nas phung po
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanantarāśi

One of the uṣṇīṣa kings attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­43
g.­1397

Samanta

Wylie:
  • kun tu yod
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་ཡོད།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­3996
g.­1398

Samantabhadra

Wylie:
  • kun tu bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantabhadra

One of the sixteen great bodhisattvas. The content of the list varies from text to text.

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • 2.­141
  • 2.­166
  • 4.­71
  • 4.­73
  • 6.­3
  • 7.­16-18
  • 7.­22-23
  • 11.­195
  • 27.­24
  • 27.­29
  • 27.­37-39
  • 28.­2
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­24
  • 29.­7
  • 37.­75
  • 37.­104
  • 50.­27
  • 52.­132
  • n.­652
  • n.­656
  • n.­658
g.­1399

Samantadyota

Wylie:
  • kun tu snang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantadyota

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1400

Samantahastin

Wylie:
  • kun nas phyag
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་ཕྱག
Sanskrit:
  • samantahastin

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1401

Samantajaṭā

Wylie:
  • kun nas ral pa ma
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་རལ་པ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantajaṭā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­1402

Samantakarṇa

Wylie:
  • kun nas rna ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་རྣ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantakarṇa

One of the kings of the rākṣasas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­77
g.­1403

Samantaketu

Wylie:
  • kun tu tog ma
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་ཏོག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantaketu

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­1404

Samantamātā

Wylie:
  • kun tu ma
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantamātā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­1405

Samantanātha

Wylie:
  • kun nas mgon po
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་མགོན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantanātha

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1406

Samanta­nirmathana

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­nirmathana

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1407

Samantāntakarī

Wylie:
  • kun nas mthar byed ma
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་མཐར་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantāntakarī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­1408

Samantaprabha

Wylie:
  • kun tu ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • samantaprabha

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1409

Samantataṭī

Wylie:
  • kun ’gro ma
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་འགྲོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantataṭī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­1410

Samantatiṣya

Wylie:
  • kun nas rgyal
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantatiṣya

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1411

Samantatreya

Wylie:
  • kun nas rgyun shes kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་རྒྱུན་ཤེས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantatreya

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1412

Samantāvabhāsa­śrī

Wylie:
  • dpal kun tu snang ba
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantāvabhāsa­śrī

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK. His name is rendered elsewhere in this translation as “Glorious with Surrounding Fragrance and Light.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­36
  • g.­538
g.­1414

Samantāyatana

Wylie:
  • kun nas skye mched
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • samantāyatana

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1415

Samanteśvara

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • samanteśvara

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1416

Samāta

Wylie:
  • mnyam pa
Tibetan:
  • མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samāta

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­3684
g.­1418

samaya

Wylie:
  • dam tshig
Tibetan:
  • དམ་ཚིག
Sanskrit:
  • samaya

A commitment that binds a mantra practitioner with their deity and their master. The term is rendered elsewhere in this translation as “pledge.”

Located in 106 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • i.­15
  • 1.­42
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­71
  • 1.­73
  • 2.­1-2
  • 2.­8
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­25
  • 2.­40
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­72
  • 2.­89
  • 2.­95
  • 2.­106
  • 2.­108-110
  • 2.­113-116
  • 2.­123
  • 2.­196
  • 2.­202
  • 2.­208
  • 4.­5-6
  • 7.­7
  • 7.­12
  • 8.­7
  • 10.­45
  • 11.­4-6
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­149
  • 11.­173
  • 11.­188
  • 11.­191
  • 11.­256
  • 12.­2
  • 15.­105
  • 17.­35
  • 24.­2
  • 34.­2
  • 34.­6
  • 34.­9
  • 36.­5
  • 37.­25
  • 37.­27-29
  • 37.­58
  • 37.­66
  • 37.­104
  • 37.­106
  • 37.­108
  • 50.­8
  • 50.­11
  • 50.­31-33
  • 50.­41
  • 50.­46
  • 50.­48
  • 51.­53-54
  • 52.­12
  • 52.­50
  • 52.­62
  • 52.­92
  • 52.­115
  • 52.­146
  • 54.­5-6
  • n.­319
  • n.­357
  • n.­367
  • n.­491
  • n.­636
  • n.­746
  • n.­781
  • n.­784
  • n.­879
  • n.­945
  • n.­2106
  • n.­2310
  • n.­2344-2346
  • n.­2433
  • n.­2457
  • n.­2493
  • n.­2519-2520
  • n.­2528
  • n.­2535
  • n.­2613
  • n.­2708
  • n.­2729
  • n.­3318
  • g.­1215
g.­1420

Saṃghaṭṭa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • saṃghaṭṭa

One of the kings of the rākṣasas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­77
g.­1421

Saṃhāra

Wylie:
  • tshogs
Tibetan:
  • ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃhāra

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­95
  • n.­3579
g.­1422

Sami

Wylie:
  • zhi ldan
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • sami

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1426

Saṃkusumita

Wylie:
  • me tog dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃkusumita

“Fully Manifested,” or “Filled with Blossoms,” a buddhafield which contains the world sphere Kusumāvatī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­21
  • 1.­30
g.­1427

Saṃkusumita Rājendra

Wylie:
  • me tog kun tu skyes pa’i rgyal po’i dbang po
  • me tog kun tu skyes pa’i rgyal po
  • me tog kun tu skyes pa
  • me tog kun skyes
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྐྱེས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོའི་དབང་པོ།
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྐྱེས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྐྱེས་པ།
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཀུན་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃkusumita­rājendra
  • saṃkusumita­rāja
  • saṃkusumita
  • saṃkusuma

The tathāgata who orders, in the MMK, the bodhisattva Mañjuśrī to go and receive teachings from Lord Śākyamuni; one of the eight tathāgatas; a bodhisattva.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­6-7
  • 1.­9-10
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­16-17
  • 1.­21
  • 1.­30
  • 2.­29
  • 2.­150-152
  • 4.­78
  • 5.­6
  • 6.­5
  • 8.­11
  • 34.­37
  • 35.­122
  • 37.­110
  • n.­2015
  • g.­816
g.­1429

Saṃlākṣa

Wylie:
  • ma lus spyan
Tibetan:
  • མ་ལུས་སྤྱན།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃlākṣa

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1430

Sampadā

Wylie:
  • phun sum tshogs ma
Tibetan:
  • ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sampadā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­1432

Saṃpūrṇa

Wylie:
  • yongs su gang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་གང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃpūrṇa

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­3654
g.­1433

saṃsāra

Wylie:
  • ’khor ba
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃsāra

The beginningless cycle of birth and death within the six realms of conditioned existence.

Located in 42 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­59
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­106
  • 4.­59
  • 4.­108
  • 5.­13
  • 11.­86
  • 11.­88
  • 11.­92
  • 11.­140
  • 11.­193
  • 14.­86
  • 14.­122
  • 15.­195
  • 16.­29
  • 17.­3
  • 24.­29
  • 24.­32
  • 32.­20
  • 33.­93-94
  • 33.­101
  • 34.­32
  • 34.­37
  • 35.­191
  • 35.­229
  • 51.­78
  • 53.­42
  • 53.­53
  • 53.­75
  • 53.­247
  • 53.­455
  • 53.­673
  • 54.­20
  • n.­821
  • n.­826
  • n.­1319
  • n.­1989
  • n.­2175
  • n.­3579
  • g.­37
  • g.­296
g.­1434

Samudgata­rāja

Wylie:
  • rgyal po yang dag par ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོ་ཡང་དག་པར་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samudgata­rāja

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­36
g.­1436

Śanaiścara

Wylie:
  • spen pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śanaiścara

The planet Saturn.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • n.­3758
  • g.­1492
g.­1437

Sanat

Wylie:
  • kun bged
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་བགེད།
Sanskrit:
  • sanat

One of the grahas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • n.­3771
g.­1438

saṅgha

Wylie:
  • dge ’dun
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་འདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saṅgha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Though often specifically reserved for the monastic community, this term can be applied to any of the four Buddhist communities‍—monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen‍—as well as to identify the different groups of practitioners, like the community of bodhisattvas or the community of śrāvakas. It is also the third of the Three Jewels (triratna) of Buddhism: the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Community.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • 2.­196
  • 26.­15
  • 26.­30
  • 35.­41
  • 35.­282-283
  • 50.­44
  • 53.­629
  • 53.­675
  • g.­490
  • g.­1782
g.­1440

Śaṅkara

Wylie:
  • bde byed
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • śaṅkara

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK; a south Indian king, contemporary of Mahendra.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • 53.­566
  • g.­315
g.­1444

Śaṅkha

Wylie:
  • dung
Tibetan:
  • དུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śaṅkha

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­81
  • n.­199
g.­1445

Śaṅkhapāla

Wylie:
  • dung skyong
Tibetan:
  • དུང་སྐྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śaṅkhapāla

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­1446

Śaṅku

Wylie:
  • gzer bu
Tibetan:
  • གཟེར་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • śaṅku

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­1447

Śaṅkukarṇa

Wylie:
  • gzer rna
Tibetan:
  • གཟེར་རྣ།
Sanskrit:
  • śaṅkukarṇa

One of the kings of the rākṣasas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­77
g.­1448

Ṣaṇmukhā

Wylie:
  • gdong drug ma
Tibetan:
  • གདོང་དྲུག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaṇmukhā

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­58
  • n.­3623
g.­1449

sānnipātikā

Wylie:
  • ’dus pa las gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་པ་ལས་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sānnipātikā

A class of spirits causing imbalance of all three humors.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­1450

Śānta

Wylie:
  • zhi ba
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śānta

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1451

Śāntamānasa

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i yid
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་ཡིད།
Sanskrit:
  • śāntamānasa

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1452

Śāntamati

Wylie:
  • blo gros zhi ba
Tibetan:
  • བློ་གྲོས་ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāntamati

One of the sixteen great bodhisattvas. The content of the list varies from text to text.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­74
  • 5.­5
  • 52.­1
  • 52.­4
  • 52.­9-10
  • 52.­13
g.­1455

Saphala

Wylie:
  • ’bras bu dang bcas pa
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་བུ་དང་བཅས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saphala

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1456

Saphalātreya

Wylie:
  • rgyun shes kyi bu ’bras bu dang bcas pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་ཤེས་ཀྱི་བུ་འབྲས་བུ་དང་བཅས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saphalātreya

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • n.­3507
g.­1457

Saptaparṇā

Wylie:
  • ’dab bdun ma
Tibetan:
  • འདབ་བདུན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • saptaparṇā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3709
g.­1459

Śāriputra

Wylie:
  • shA ri’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱ་རིའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāriputra

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the eight great śrāvakas.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • 4.­81
  • 5.­7
  • 11.­196
  • 53.­1
g.­1461

Sarvabhūtaketu

Wylie:
  • ’byung po thams cad kyi tog ma
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་པོ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཏོག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvabhūtaketu

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­1462

Sarva­bhūta­saṃkṣayaka

Wylie:
  • ’byung po thams cad yang dag par ’khrug par byed pa
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་པོ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་འཁྲུག་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­bhūta­saṃkṣayaka

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1463

Sarva­bhūtāvartā

Wylie:
  • ’byung po thams cad ’khyil ma
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་པོ་ཐམས་ཅད་འཁྱིལ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­bhūtāvartā

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­1464

Sarva­bhūta­vaśaṅkarī

Wylie:
  • ’byung po thams cad dbang du byed pa
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་པོ་ཐམས་ཅད་དབང་དུ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­bhūta­vaśaṅkarī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­1465

Sarvabhūtika

Wylie:
  • ’byung po thams cad pa
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་པོ་ཐམས་ཅད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvabhūtika

One of the rāśis.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • n.­3795
g.­1466

Sarva­caryātiśaya­jñāna­rāja

Wylie:
  • spyod pa thams cad kyi yul shes pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱོད་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཡུལ་ཤེས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­caryātiśaya­jñāna­rāja

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1468

Sarva­dharmopaccheda

Wylie:
  • chos ma yin pa gcod par byed pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་མ་ཡིན་པ་གཅོད་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharmopaccheda

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK. The Tibetan term would translate *Sarvādharmopaccheda.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1469

Sarvajita

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • sarvajita

One of the rāśis.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • n.­3793
g.­1470

Sarvakrodha

Wylie:
  • khro bo thams cad
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བོ་ཐམས་ཅད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvakrodha

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1471

Sarva­nīvaraṇa­viṣkambhin

Wylie:
  • sgrib pa thams cad rnam par sel ba
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲིབ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པར་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­nīvaraṇa­viṣkambhin

One of the sixteen great bodhisattvas. The content of the list varies from text to text.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • 2.­141
  • 4.­69
  • 5.­5
  • 11.­195
  • 28.­5
g.­1472

Sarvaratnapāṇi

Wylie:
  • thams cad phyag na rin po che
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་ཕྱག་ན་རིན་པོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvaratnapāṇi

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1473

Sarvārtha­garbha

Wylie:
  • don thams cad kyi snying po
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvārtha­garbha

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1474

Sarvārthaṃkara

Wylie:
  • don thams cad mdzad
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཐམས་ཅད་མཛད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvārthaṃkara

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1475

Sarvārtha­siddhi

Wylie:
  • don thams cad grub pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཐམས་ཅད་གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvārtha­siddhi

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1476

Sarvārthaśrī

Wylie:
  • don thams cad kyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvārthaśrī

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1477

Sarva­tamāndha­kāra­vidhamana­rāja

Wylie:
  • mun nag thams cad ’joms pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • མུན་ནག་ཐམས་ཅད་འཇོམས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­tamāndha­kāra­vidhamana­rāja

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1478

Sarvāvaraṇa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • sarvāvaraṇa

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1479

Sarvāvaraṇa­viṣkambhin

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • sarvāvaraṇa­viṣkambhin

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1480

Sarva­vidyāntaś­cara

Wylie:
  • rig pa thams cad kyi nang spyod
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ནང་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­vidyāntaś­cara

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1481

Sarva­vikiraṇa­bodhi­vidhvaṃsana­rāja

Wylie:
  • gnod pa thams cad rnam par ’jig pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པར་འཇིག་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­vikiraṇa­bodhi­vidhvaṃsana­rāja

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1482

Sarva­vyādhi­cikitsanī

Wylie:
  • nad thams cad gso bar byed ma
Tibetan:
  • ནད་ཐམས་ཅད་གསོ་བར་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­vyādhi­cikitsanī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­1483

Sarvodbhava

Wylie:
  • thams cad ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvodbhava

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1484

Sarvodgata

Wylie:
  • thams cad du ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་དུ་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvodgata

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1485

Śatabhiṣā

Wylie:
  • mon gre
Tibetan:
  • མོན་གྲེ།
Sanskrit:
  • śatabhiṣā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 24.­9
  • 24.­103
  • 24.­144
  • 24.­223
g.­1487

Śatapatra

Wylie:
  • ’dab ma brgya pa
Tibetan:
  • འདབ་མ་བརྒྱ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śatapatra

One of the uṣṇīṣa kings attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­43
  • n.­3528
g.­1488

Sātatagiri

Wylie:
  • g.yung drung ri
Tibetan:
  • གཡུང་དྲུང་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • sātatagiri

Name of a yakṣa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­1489

sātatikā

Wylie:
  • rtag pa las byung ba’i rims
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་པ་ལས་བྱུང་བའི་རིམས།
Sanskrit:
  • sātatikā

A class of spirits causing a lasting disease.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­1492

Saturn

Wylie:
  • spen pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śanaiścara

See “Śanaiścara.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­157
  • 15.­163
  • 15.­166
  • 24.­67
  • 24.­98
  • 24.­116
  • n.­1172
  • n.­1241
  • n.­1413
  • g.­1436
g.­1493

Satyarāśi

Wylie:
  • bden pa’i phung po
Tibetan:
  • བདེན་པའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • satyarāśi

One of the uṣṇīṣa kings attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­43
g.­1494

Saubhāgyavatī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • saubhāgyavatī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­1495

Saumya

Wylie:
  • zhi ba
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saumya

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode; one of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • 1.­48
g.­1497

Saumyā

Wylie:
  • zhi ba ma
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • saumyā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­100
  • n.­6016
g.­1498

Scorpio

Wylie:
  • sdig pa
Tibetan:
  • སྡིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vṛścika

See “Vṛścika.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­73
  • 15.­85
  • 24.­87
  • n.­1416
  • g.­2115
g.­1502

siddha

Wylie:
  • grub pa
Tibetan:
  • གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • siddha

Accomplished being; also a class of semidivine beings similar to vidyādharas.

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 2.­161
  • 2.­209
  • 4.­85
  • 9.­19
  • 10.­6
  • 14.­129
  • 14.­132
  • 15.­86
  • 26.­7
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­35
  • 37.­35
  • 53.­124
  • 53.­126
  • 53.­234
  • 53.­909
  • 54.­2
  • 54.­47
  • 54.­104
  • n.­764
  • n.­1103
  • n.­1530
  • g.­919
g.­1503

Siddha

Wylie:
  • grub
Tibetan:
  • གྲུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • siddha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; a brahmin statesman.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 53.­882
g.­1505

Siddhā

Wylie:
  • grub ma
Tibetan:
  • གྲུབ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • siddhā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­1507

Siddhaṃkara

Wylie:
  • grub mdzad
Tibetan:
  • གྲུབ་མཛད།
Sanskrit:
  • siddhaṃkara

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1508

siddhi

Wylie:
  • dngos grub
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • siddhi

See “accomplishment.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • n.­764
  • n.­3364
  • n.­4867
  • n.­4916
  • n.­5004
  • g.­22
g.­1509

Śīghrajavā

Wylie:
  • myur mgyogs ma
Tibetan:
  • མྱུར་མགྱོགས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śīghrajavā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­3603
g.­1510

Śikharavāsinī

Wylie:
  • rtse mor gnas ma
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་མོར་གནས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śikharavāsinī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­3600
g.­1511

Śikhin

Wylie:
  • gtsug tor can
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་ཏོར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • śikhin

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the eight tathāgatas

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 5.­6
  • 37.­110
g.­1513

Siṃha

Wylie:
  • seng ge
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha

Leo (zodiac sign and constellation).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­1514

Siṃha

Wylie:
  • seng ge
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha

A Licchavi king, contemporary of the Buddha; a dynasty in Orissa contemporary of Prakaṭāditya.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 53.­324
  • 53.­755
  • 53.­757-758
  • n.­2906
  • n.­3179
  • g.­826
g.­1519

Sitā

Wylie:
  • dkar mo
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sitā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode; can also be a metrically shortenend form of Sitātapatrā.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • 30.­13
  • n.­1812
g.­1520

Sita

Wylie:
  • dkar po
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sita

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK (in the Tib. only); one of the eight chief pratyeka­buddhas.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 4.­82
  • n.­585
  • n.­3483
g.­1522

Sitaketu

Wylie:
  • tog dkar po
Tibetan:
  • ཏོག་དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sitaketu
  • sita

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the eight chief pratyeka­buddhas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • 11.­196
  • n.­585
g.­1523

Sitarāśi

Wylie:
  • dkar po’i phung po
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་པོའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sitarāśi

One of the uṣṇīṣa kings attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­43
g.­1524

Sitaraśmi

Wylie:
  • ’od dkar po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sitaraśmi

One of the uṣṇīṣa kings attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­43
g.­1525

Sitātapatra

Wylie:
  • gtsug tor gdugs dkar po
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་ཏོར་གདུགས་དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sitātapatra

One of the eight uṣṇīṣa kings.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­43
  • 2.­145
  • 26.­11
  • 26.­13
  • 26.­22
  • 26.­56
  • 30.­50
  • 35.­39
  • 35.­275
  • 37.­11
  • 38.­17
  • 53.­360
  • n.­1538
  • n.­1548
  • n.­1618
  • n.­2464
  • n.­6284
g.­1527

Śiva

Wylie:
  • zhi ba
  • lha chen
  • dbang ldan
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བ།
  • ལྷ་ཆེན།
  • དབང་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • śiva

The god Śiva. Also referred to in the MMK as Maheśvara.

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­92
  • 2.­94
  • 6.­11
  • 14.­75
  • 35.­134
  • 35.­216
  • n.­572
  • n.­1502
  • n.­1820
  • n.­1940
  • n.­2105
  • n.­2739
  • n.­2786
  • n.­3483
  • g.­274
  • g.­365
  • g.­612
  • g.­706
  • g.­900
  • g.­946
  • g.­1092
  • g.­1351
  • g.­1376
  • g.­1441
  • g.­1528
  • g.­1832
  • g.­1834
g.­1529

Skanda

Wylie:
  • skem byed
Tibetan:
  • སྐེམ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • skanda

An epithet of Kārttikeya; also the name of Kārttikeya as one of the grahas.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • 2.­75
  • 38.­22
  • 51.­53
g.­1530

Skandā

Wylie:
  • skem byed ma
Tibetan:
  • སྐེམ་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • skandā

One of the great mātṛs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­104
  • n.­3820
g.­1531

śleṣmikā

Wylie:
  • bad kan las gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • བད་ཀན་ལས་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śleṣmikā

A class of spirits causing excess phlegm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­1532

Śmaśāna

Wylie:
  • dur khrod
Tibetan:
  • དུར་ཁྲོད།
Sanskrit:
  • śmaśāna

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­1533

Ṣoḍaśavargika

Wylie:
  • bcu drug sde pa
Tibetan:
  • བཅུ་དྲུག་སྡེ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṣoḍaśavargika

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK. The Tibetan translation of the MMK actually records this name as bcu drug sde pa’i dga’ byed, which appears to be an error that reads the next member of the list Nandana (dga’ byed) as part of the name Ṣoḍaśavargika.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­154
g.­1535

Soma

Wylie:
  • zla ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • soma

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK; the moon; the god of the moon; one of the twelve kṣaṇas; the Gauḍa king Śaśāṅka of the early seventh century ᴄᴇ; one of the kings of Vārāṇasī.

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­94
  • 6.­11
  • 24.­191
  • 30.­25
  • 52.­122
  • 53.­650
  • 53.­655
  • 53.­657-660
  • 53.­663
  • 53.­665
  • 53.­680
  • 53.­682
  • 53.­708
  • 53.­711
  • 53.­740
  • n.­61
  • n.­1459
  • n.­3123
  • n.­3129
  • n.­3137
  • n.­3152
  • n.­3170
  • g.­982
g.­1536

Somā

Wylie:
  • zla ba ma
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • somā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­1537

Somāvatī

Wylie:
  • zla ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • somāvatī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­1538

Someśvara

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • someśvara

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1539

Śoṣa

Wylie:
  • skem byed
Tibetan:
  • སྐེམ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • śoṣa

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1540

sphere of phenomena

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmadhātu

Things as they truly are, with nothing imputed to them through dualistic thinking. The term is rendered elsewhere in this translation as “dharmadhātu.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­44
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­55
  • 1.­61
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­116-117
  • 25.­16
  • 25.­20
  • 33.­2
  • 35.­217
  • 37.­111
  • 52.­11
  • 54.­52-53
  • 54.­81
  • 54.­104
  • n.­1498
  • n.­1500
  • n.­1900
  • n.­3380
  • g.­404
g.­1542

Śrāddhā

Wylie:
  • dad ma
Tibetan:
  • དད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāddhā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3697
g.­1543

śrāvaka

Wylie:
  • nyan thos
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvaka

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Sanskrit term śrāvaka, and the Tibetan nyan thos, both derived from the verb “to hear,” are usually defined as “those who hear the teaching from the Buddha and make it heard to others.” Primarily this refers to those disciples of the Buddha who aspire to attain the state of an arhat seeking their own liberation and nirvāṇa. They are the practitioners of the first turning of the wheel of the Dharma on the four noble truths, who realize the suffering inherent in saṃsāra and focus on understanding that there is no independent self. By conquering afflicted mental states (kleśa), they liberate themselves, attaining first the stage of stream enterers at the path of seeing, followed by the stage of once-returners who will be reborn only one more time, and then the stage of non-returners who will no longer be reborn into the desire realm. The final goal is to become an arhat. These four stages are also known as the “four results of spiritual practice.”

Located in 338 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­6
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­10
  • 1.­15
  • 1.­35
  • 1.­38
  • 1.­61
  • 1.­63-64
  • 1.­66
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­120
  • 2.­20
  • 2.­107-108
  • 2.­139
  • 2.­143
  • 2.­183-184
  • 2.­186-187
  • 2.­203-204
  • 2.­209
  • 4.­80-83
  • 4.­113
  • 4.­115
  • 5.­7
  • 7.­2
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­10
  • 10.­7
  • 10.­48
  • 10.­58
  • 11.­83
  • 11.­141
  • 11.­143
  • 11.­157
  • 11.­176
  • 11.­178
  • 11.­196-198
  • 11.­210
  • 11.­236
  • 12.­51
  • 14.­6
  • 15.­132
  • 15.­193
  • 17.­4
  • 25.­12-13
  • 27.­1
  • 27.­9
  • 30.­33
  • 34.­10
  • 35.­5
  • 35.­302
  • 37.­47
  • 37.­108
  • 38.­36-37
  • 38.­48-49
  • 50.­2
  • 50.­28
  • 50.­49
  • 52.­145
  • 53.­2
  • 53.­8
  • 53.­14
  • 53.­17
  • 53.­66
  • 53.­73
  • 53.­84
  • 53.­87
  • 53.­95
  • 53.­105
  • 53.­112
  • 53.­117
  • 53.­119
  • 53.­128
  • 53.­136-137
  • 53.­142
  • 53.­146
  • 53.­159
  • 53.­174
  • 53.­178
  • 53.­204
  • 53.­210
  • 53.­216
  • 53.­239
  • 53.­241
  • 53.­245-246
  • 53.­251
  • 53.­253
  • 53.­266
  • 53.­315
  • 53.­404-405
  • 53.­678
  • 53.­718-719
  • 54.­2
  • 54.­21
  • 54.­27
  • 54.­104
  • n.­26
  • n.­138
  • n.­626
  • n.­770
  • n.­1327
  • n.­2003
  • n.­2366
  • n.­2475
  • n.­2611
  • n.­2775
  • n.­2818
  • n.­2866-2867
  • n.­2885
  • n.­2901
  • n.­2948
  • n.­2964
  • g.­43
  • g.­95
  • g.­97
  • g.­99
  • g.­110
  • g.­121
  • g.­134
  • g.­138
  • g.­158
  • g.­165
  • g.­178
  • g.­213
  • g.­229
  • g.­230
  • g.­234
  • g.­248
  • g.­259
  • g.­260
  • g.­384
  • g.­386
  • g.­393
  • g.­395
  • g.­403
  • g.­413
  • g.­415
  • g.­430
  • g.­431
  • g.­432
  • g.­434
  • g.­447
  • g.­452
  • g.­453
  • g.­455
  • g.­478
  • g.­479
  • g.­519
  • g.­524
  • g.­528
  • g.­529
  • g.­537
  • g.­570
  • g.­571
  • g.­581
  • g.­625
  • g.­633
  • g.­635
  • g.­636
  • g.­638
  • g.­657
  • g.­689
  • g.­696
  • g.­697
  • g.­712
  • g.­715
  • g.­722
  • g.­737
  • g.­746
  • g.­751
  • g.­755
  • g.­792
  • g.­794
  • g.­803
  • g.­804
  • g.­835
  • g.­837
  • g.­840
  • g.­891
  • g.­901
  • g.­902
  • g.­910
  • g.­918
  • g.­925
  • g.­931
  • g.­934
  • g.­936
  • g.­949
  • g.­952
  • g.­954
  • g.­956
  • g.­974
  • g.­1003
  • g.­1008
  • g.­1009
  • g.­1032
  • g.­1062
  • g.­1085
  • g.­1087
  • g.­1088
  • g.­1090
  • g.­1091
  • g.­1097
  • g.­1128
  • g.­1132
  • g.­1145
  • g.­1147
  • g.­1148
  • g.­1151
  • g.­1152
  • g.­1157
  • g.­1161
  • g.­1193
  • g.­1196
  • g.­1197
  • g.­1200
  • g.­1212
  • g.­1234
  • g.­1237
  • g.­1244
  • g.­1252
  • g.­1254
  • g.­1258
  • g.­1266
  • g.­1275
  • g.­1282
  • g.­1283
  • g.­1285
  • g.­1291
  • g.­1294
  • g.­1305
  • g.­1328
  • g.­1331
  • g.­1346
  • g.­1394
  • g.­1397
  • g.­1401
  • g.­1410
  • g.­1416
  • g.­1430
  • g.­1432
  • g.­1455
  • g.­1457
  • g.­1459
  • g.­1533
  • g.­1542
  • g.­1545
  • g.­1551
  • g.­1552
  • g.­1555
  • g.­1561
  • g.­1565
  • g.­1566
  • g.­1569
  • g.­1580
  • g.­1582
  • g.­1604
  • g.­1625
  • g.­1628
  • g.­1629
  • g.­1652
  • g.­1657
  • g.­1667
  • g.­1668
  • g.­1670
  • g.­1671
  • g.­1672
  • g.­1690
  • g.­1713
  • g.­1714
  • g.­1723
  • g.­1738
  • g.­1739
  • g.­1783
  • g.­1793
  • g.­1798
  • g.­1799
  • g.­1801
  • g.­1807
  • g.­1820
  • g.­1837
  • g.­1841
  • g.­1843
  • g.­1845
  • g.­1849
  • g.­1851
  • g.­1852
  • g.­1856
  • g.­1861
  • g.­1862
  • g.­1864
  • g.­1865
  • g.­1866
  • g.­1869
  • g.­1870
  • g.­1872
  • g.­1879
  • g.­1880
  • g.­1881
  • g.­1883
  • g.­1886
  • g.­1887
  • g.­1893
  • g.­1901
  • g.­1994
  • g.­2004
  • g.­2005
  • g.­2012
  • g.­2016
  • g.­2024
  • g.­2050
  • g.­2073
  • g.­2085
  • g.­2096
  • g.­2100
  • g.­2101
  • g.­2143
  • g.­2144
  • g.­2145
  • g.­2146
g.­1544

Śrāvaka

Wylie:
  • nyan thos
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvaka

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­1545

Śravaṇa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • śravaṇa

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­3669
g.­1546

Śravaṇā

Wylie:
  • gro bzhin
Tibetan:
  • གྲོ་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śravaṇā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 24.­8
  • 24.­97
  • 24.­144
  • 24.­222-223
g.­1547

Śravaṇā

Wylie:
  • rna ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śravaṇā

One of the vidyārājñīs attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­45
g.­1549

Śreyās

Wylie:
  • dpal ldan
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • śreyās

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1550

Śreyasa

Wylie:
  • dpal ldan
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • śreyasa

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1551

Śreyasaka

Wylie:
  • dpal ldan
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • śreyasaka

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1552

Śreyasī

Wylie:
  • dpal ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śreyasī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi; one of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK; the name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 1.­65
  • 1.­96
  • n.­3494
  • n.­3608
g.­1555

Śrīgupta

Wylie:
  • dpa’ sbas
Tibetan:
  • དཔའ་སྦས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrīgupta

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1557

Śrīkaṇṭha

Wylie:
  • dpal mgrin
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་མགྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śrīkaṇṭha

The district around Sthāṇvīśvara.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 53.­561
  • n.­3058
  • g.­33
  • g.­586
g.­1560

Śriyā

Wylie:
  • dpal byed ma
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śriyā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­1561

Śriyā

Wylie:
  • dpal mo
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śriyā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­4921
g.­1564

Śṛṅkhalā

Wylie:
  • lu gu rgyud ma
Tibetan:
  • ལུ་གུ་རྒྱུད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śṛṅkhalā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 50.­24
  • n.­3593
  • n.­5683
g.­1565

Śroṇakoṭīkarṇa

Wylie:
  • gro bzhin skyes rna ba bye ba ri
Tibetan:
  • གྲོ་བཞིན་སྐྱེས་རྣ་བ་བྱེ་བ་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • śroṇakoṭīkarṇa

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1566

Śroṇaparāntaka

Wylie:
  • rgyun gyi pha rol mthar byed
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་གྱི་ཕ་རོལ་མཐར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • śroṇaparāntaka

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1567

Stambhala

Wylie:
  • stam b+ha la
Tibetan:
  • སྟམ་བྷ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • stambhala

Name of a yakṣa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • n.­3726
g.­1568

Sthāṇvīśvara

Wylie:
  • gnas na dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • གནས་ན་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • sthāṇvīśvara

An ancient city corresponding to the modern Thaneswar in Haryana, India.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 53.­561
  • n.­3056
  • n.­6445
  • g.­33
  • g.­586
  • g.­1557
g.­1569

Sthūlanandā

Wylie:
  • sbom dga’ mo
Tibetan:
  • སྦོམ་དགའ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sthūlanandā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­1571

Stupaśriyā

Wylie:
  • mchod dpal
Tibetan:
  • མཆོད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • stupaśriyā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • n.­81
  • n.­3549
g.­1573

Subāhu

Wylie:
  • dpung bzang
Tibetan:
  • དཔུང་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • subāhu

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1574

Subāhu

Wylie:
  • lag bzang
Tibetan:
  • ལག་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • subāhu

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; an ancient king, contemporary of the Buddha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 53.­323
g.­1576

Subhrū

Wylie:
  • smin bzang ma
Tibetan:
  • སྨིན་བཟང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • subhrū

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­1580

Subhūti

Wylie:
  • rab ’byor
Tibetan:
  • རབ་འབྱོར།
Sanskrit:
  • subhūti

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the eight great śrāvakas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • 4.­81
  • n.­3249
g.­1582

Subrahma

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • subrahma

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­4000
g.­1585

Sucandrā

Wylie:
  • zla mdzes ma
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་མཛེས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sucandrā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­1586

suchness

Wylie:
  • de bzhin nyid
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • tathatā

The quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­28
  • 1.­117
g.­1587

Sūci

Wylie:
  • mtshan
Tibetan:
  • མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • sūci

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • n.­3490
g.­1588

Sūcī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • sūcī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­1589

Sucihna

Wylie:
  • phyag mtshan bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་མཚན་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sucihna

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • n.­3491
g.­1590

Sucīrṇa

Wylie:
  • brtul zhugs legs spyad
Tibetan:
  • བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་ལེགས་སྤྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • sucīrṇa

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1592

Sucitri

Wylie:
  • shin tu bkra
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་བཀྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • sucitri

One of the kings of the asuras.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­92
g.­1594

Sudānta

Wylie:
  • dul mdzes
Tibetan:
  • དུལ་མཛེས།
Sanskrit:
  • sudānta

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1596

Sudarśana

Wylie:
  • legs ldan mthong
  • legs mthong
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་ལྡན་མཐོང་།
  • ལེགས་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there; the city of Indra.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­91
  • 2.­157
  • 54.­68
g.­1600

Śuddhābha

Wylie:
  • dag pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • དག་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • śuddhābha

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­91
g.­1601

Śuddhavajra

Wylie:
  • dag pa’i rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • དག་པའི་རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • śuddhavajra

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1602

Śuddhāvāsa

Wylie:
  • gnas gtsang ma
Tibetan:
  • གནས་གཙང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śuddhāvāsa

See “Realm of the Pure Abode.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­91
  • g.­1335
g.­1604

Sudevatā

Wylie:
  • legs lha mo
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་ལྷ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sudevatā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­1606

Sudhana

Wylie:
  • nor bzang
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sudhana

One of the sixteen great bodhisattvas. The content of the list varies from text to text.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • 2.­141
  • 4.­69
  • 11.­195
  • 28.­2-3
  • n.­415
g.­1607

Sudhānta

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • sudhānta

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1608

Sudharma

Wylie:
  • chos bzang
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sudharma

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1610

Sudhūmā

Wylie:
  • du ba bzang ma
Tibetan:
  • དུ་བ་བཟང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sudhūmā

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­102
g.­1611

Sudīpta

Wylie:
  • snang ba bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sudīpta

One of the mahoraga kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­85
g.­1613

Sudṛśa

Wylie:
  • legs ldan
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • sudṛśa

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­91
  • 2.­157
  • 5.­8
  • n.­4230
g.­1614

Sudruma

Wylie:
  • ljon pa bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ལྗོན་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sudruma

One of the kinnara kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­89
g.­1615

Sudūtī

Wylie:
  • pho nya mo bzang mo
Tibetan:
  • ཕོ་ཉ་མོ་བཟང་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sudūtī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­1616

Sugata

Wylie:
  • bde bar gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sugata

“Bliss-gone one”; an epithet of the Buddha or a tathāgata.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­32
  • 27.­3
  • 31.­2
  • 37.­41
  • 50.­3
  • 51.­75
  • 53.­765
  • 54.­51
  • n.­562
  • n.­747
  • n.­2324
  • n.­2599
  • n.­3189
  • n.­3192
g.­1617

Sugata

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • sugata

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­1618

Sugati

Wylie:
  • legs ’gro
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sugati

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1619

Sughora

Wylie:
  • shin tu mi bzad pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་མི་བཟད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sughora

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi; one of the kings of rākṣasas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • 1.­77
g.­1620

Sughorā

Wylie:
  • shin tu mi bzad ma
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་མི་བཟད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sughorā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­100
  • n.­3802
g.­1621

Sughoṣā

Wylie:
  • sgra mdzes ma
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་མཛེས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sughoṣā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode. The Tib. has been emended to correct the non-sensical skra mdzas ma.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­1622

Sugrīva

Wylie:
  • mgrin bzang
Tibetan:
  • མགྲིན་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sugrīva

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­1623

Suguhyakā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • suguhyakā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­100
  • n.­3798
g.­1624

Sujāta

Wylie:
  • legs skyes
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit:
  • sujāta

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • n.­1689
g.­1625

Sujātā

Wylie:
  • legs skyes ma
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་སྐྱེས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sujātā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­1626

Sujātapakṣa

Wylie:
  • ’dab bzang skyes
Tibetan:
  • འདབ་བཟང་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit:
  • sujātapakṣa

One of the garuḍa kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­87
g.­1628

Sujeta

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • sujeta

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­3672
  • g.­1723
g.­1629

Sukāla

Wylie:
  • dus bzang
Tibetan:
  • དུས་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sukāla

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1630

Sukaniṣṭha

Wylie:
  • ’od bzang
Tibetan:
  • འོད་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sukaniṣṭha

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­91
g.­1631

Sukānta

Wylie:
  • sdug mdzes
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་མཛེས།
Sanskrit:
  • sukānta

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1632

Sukara

Wylie:
  • bzang byed
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • sukara

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • n.­132
g.­1633

Sukarṇa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • sukarṇa

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­1634

Sukeśa

Wylie:
  • skra bzang
Tibetan:
  • སྐྲ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sukeśa

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­1635

Sukeśā

Wylie:
  • skra bzang ma
Tibetan:
  • སྐྲ་བཟང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sukeśā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi; one of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 1.­100
g.­1637

Suketu

Wylie:
  • tog bzang
Tibetan:
  • ཏོག་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • suketu

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 11.­196
  • 14.­4
  • n.­48
g.­1638

Sukha

Wylie:
  • bde ba
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sukha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the rāśis.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 1.­98
  • n.­3794
g.­1639

Sukhanemi

Wylie:
  • bde ba’i mu khyud
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བའི་མུ་ཁྱུད།
Sanskrit:
  • sukhanemi

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1641

Sukīrti

Wylie:
  • grags pa bzang po
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sukīrti

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1642

Śukra

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • śukra

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK. A legendary king before the time of the Buddha.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • 53.­310
  • n.­3643
  • g.­2028
g.­1643

Śukra

Wylie:
  • pa bsangs
Tibetan:
  • པ་བསངས།
Sanskrit:
  • śukra

The planet Venus.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­1644

Sukuṇḍalin

Wylie:
  • thab sbyor bzang po can
Tibetan:
  • ཐབ་སྦྱོར་བཟང་པོ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • sukuṇḍalin

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1645

Sukūpa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • sukūpa

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • n.­3502
g.­1646

Sukūṭā

Wylie:
  • legs brtsegs ma
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་བརྩེགས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sukūṭā

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­1647

Śūla

Wylie:
  • gzer nad
Tibetan:
  • གཟེར་ནད།
Sanskrit:
  • śūla

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1648

Śūla

Wylie:
  • mdung
Tibetan:
  • མདུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śūla

One of the kings of the rākṣasas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­77
g.­1650

Sulocanā

Wylie:
  • mig bzang ma
Tibetan:
  • མིག་བཟང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sulocanā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­1651

Sulocanā

Wylie:
  • spyan mdzes ma
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱན་མཛེས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sulocanā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­1652

Suloka

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten bzang po
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suloka

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1653

Sulokeśvara

Wylie:
  • legs gzigs dbang phyug
  • rnam gzigs dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་གཟིགས་དབང་ཕྱུག
  • རྣམ་གཟིགས་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • sulokeśvara

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • n.­3513
g.­1655

Sumaha

Wylie:
  • legs mchod
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་མཆོད།
Sanskrit:
  • sumaha

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1656

Sumahat

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • sumahat

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1657

Sumanā

Wylie:
  • yid bzang ma
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་བཟང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumanā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3489
g.­1658

Sumanāpa

Wylie:
  • shin tu yid du ’ong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumanāpa

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • n.­3488
g.­1659

Sumanas

Wylie:
  • yid bzang
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sumanas

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1660

Sumanojña

Wylie:
  • yid ’ong bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་འོང་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumanojña

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1661

Sumatī

Wylie:
  • blo bzang ma
Tibetan:
  • བློ་བཟང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumatī

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­1662

Sumbha

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • sumbha

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1663

Sumekhalā

Wylie:
  • ’og pag bzang mo
Tibetan:
  • འོག་པག་བཟང་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumekhalā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi; one of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 1.­100
  • 52.­39
  • 52.­50
g.­1665

Sumūrti

Wylie:
  • sku mdzes
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་མཛེས།
Sanskrit:
  • sumūrti

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1666

Sunala

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • sunala

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • n.­61
g.­1667

Sunāmrā

Wylie:
  • legs ’dud ma
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་འདུད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sunāmrā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3702
g.­1668

Sunanda

Wylie:
  • mdzes dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • མཛེས་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sunanda

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­3650
g.­1669

Sunandā

Wylie:
  • dga’ bzang mo
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བཟང་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sunandā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­1670

Sunandā

Wylie:
  • mdzes dga’ mo
Tibetan:
  • མཛེས་དགའ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sunandā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­1671

Sundarananda

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • sundarananda

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­144
  • n.­3652
g.­1672

Sundarī

Wylie:
  • mdzes ma
Tibetan:
  • མཛེས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sundarī

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­2676
g.­1674

Sunetra

Wylie:
  • spyan mdzes
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱན་མཛེས།
Sanskrit:
  • sunetra

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the eight tathāgatas.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 4.­79
  • 5.­6
  • 14.­4
  • 27.­41
  • 35.­123
  • n.­1653
g.­1675

Sunetrābha

Wylie:
  • sbyan bzang ’od
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱན་བཟང་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • sunetrābha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1676

Sunetreya

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • sunetreya

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • n.­55
g.­1677

Sunīla

Wylie:
  • legs sngo
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་སྔོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sunīla

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • n.­3641
g.­1678

Sunirmala

Wylie:
  • dri med bzang po
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མེད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sunirmala

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1679

Sunirmala

Wylie:
  • dri med bzang po
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མེད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sunirmala

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1681

Sunirmalā

Wylie:
  • dri med bzang mo
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མེད་བཟང་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sunirmalā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi; one of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 1.­58
  • n.­121
g.­1682

Sunirmitā

Wylie:
  • sgrub byed bzang mo
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲུབ་བྱེད་བཟང་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sunirmitā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­3613
  • n.­3751
g.­1683

Sunirmita

Wylie:
  • sprul pa bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲུལ་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sunirmita

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­91
  • 2.­156
  • 2.­167
  • 5.­8
  • 53.­902
g.­1684

Supāna

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • supāna

One of the kings of the piśācas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­79
  • n.­3735
g.­1685

Supāṇi

Wylie:
  • mnyam pa’i phyag
Tibetan:
  • མཉམ་པའི་ཕྱག
Sanskrit:
  • supāṇi

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1686

Suparṇa

Wylie:
  • ’od bzang
Tibetan:
  • འོད་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • suparṇa

One of the garuḍa kings. The Tib. ’od bzang reads the Skt. Suprabha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­87
g.­1687

Supārśva

Wylie:
  • legs par pha rol phyin rta
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་པར་ཕ་རོལ་ཕྱིན་རྟ།
Sanskrit:
  • supārśva

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1688

Supīlu

Wylie:
  • pI lu bzang po
Tibetan:
  • པཱི་ལུ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • supīlu

One of the kings of the piśācas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­79
g.­1690

Suprabuddha

Wylie:
  • legs par rab sad
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་པར་རབ་སད།
Sanskrit:
  • suprabuddha

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1691

Supūrṇa

Wylie:
  • gang ba bzang po
Tibetan:
  • གང་བ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • supūrṇa

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­3654
g.­1694

Supuṣya

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • supuṣya

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • n.­3517
g.­1695

Surada

Wylie:
  • so bzang
Tibetan:
  • སོ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • surada

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1696

Surāntaka

Wylie:
  • lha mthar byed
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མཐར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • surāntaka

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1697

Surārthā

Wylie:
  • lha don
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་དོན།
Sanskrit:
  • surārthā

One of the nakṣatras.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • n.­3789
g.­1698

Surasā

Wylie:
  • ro bzang ma
Tibetan:
  • རོ་བཟང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • surasā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode; one of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • 1.­100
g.­1699

Surasavatī

Wylie:
  • ro bzang ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • རོ་བཟང་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • surasavatī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­1700

Śūrasena

Wylie:
  • dpa’ bo’i sde
Tibetan:
  • དཔའ་བོའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • śūrasena

A Magadhan king, the successor of Viśoka.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 53.­387
  • g.­1087
g.­1702

Surasundarī

Wylie:
  • lha mdzes ma
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མཛེས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • surasundarī

One of the great yakṣiṇīs; also, one of the group of seven yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­100
  • 52.­58
  • 52.­87
g.­1703

Surata

Wylie:
  • bzang dga’
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • surata

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1704

Surathī

Wylie:
  • shing rta bzang
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་རྟ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • surathī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • n.­83
  • n.­3550
g.­1705

Suratna

Wylie:
  • rin chen bzang po
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suratna

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1706

Suravatī

Wylie:
  • chang ldan ma
  • lha ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • ཆང་ལྡན་མ།
  • ལྷ་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • suravatī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • n.­86
g.­1707

Surūpā

Wylie:
  • gzugs mdzes ma
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མཛེས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • surūpā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­1708

Susambhavābha

Wylie:
  • ’byung med ’od
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་མེད་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • susambhavābha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • n.­41
g.­1709

Susaṃhata

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • susaṃhata

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1711

Suṣeṇa

Wylie:
  • sde bzang
Tibetan:
  • སྡེ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • suṣeṇa

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK; a vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • 1.­60
  • n.­2750
g.­1712

Susiddha

Wylie:
  • grub pa bzang po
Tibetan:
  • གྲུབ་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • susiddha

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1713

Susmita

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • susmita

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1714

Suśobhana

Wylie:
  • dge bzang
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • suśobhana

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • 28.­2
  • n.­1458
  • n.­1689
g.­1715

Susoma

Wylie:
  • zla bzang
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • susoma

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1716

Suśruta

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • suśruta

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1718

Susvara

Wylie:
  • sgra snyan
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་སྙན།
Sanskrit:
  • susvara

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1719

Susvara

Wylie:
  • skad snyan
Tibetan:
  • སྐད་སྙན།
Sanskrit:
  • susvara

One of the kinnara kings.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­89
  • n.­134
g.­1720

Susvarā

Wylie:
  • skad snyan ma
Tibetan:
  • སྐད་སྙན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • susvarā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­100
  • n.­120
g.­1721

Sutāpa

Wylie:
  • gdung ba bzang po
Tibetan:
  • གདུང་བ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sutāpa

One of the kings of the piśācas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­79
g.­1722

Sutārā

Wylie:
  • sgrol ma bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲོལ་མ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sutārā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­1723

Suteja

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid bzang po
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • (not in the skt. source of the mmk)

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK. This name, which occurs only in the Tibetan translation of the MMK, may represent a case of scribal dyslexia in which the last two syllables of the extant Skt. name Sujeta have been reversed.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • n.­159
g.­1724

Suvakṣa

Wylie:
  • mthon ka bzang po
Tibetan:
  • མཐོན་ཀ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suvakṣa

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1726

Suvidya

Wylie:
  • rig pa bzang po
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suvidya

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1728

Suvinyāsakṣepa

Wylie:
  • legs par rnam par ’jog pa’i ’phen pa
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་པར་རྣམ་པར་འཇོག་པའི་འཕེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • suvinyāsakṣepa

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­3571
g.­1729

Suvīrā

Wylie:
  • dpa’ bzang mo
Tibetan:
  • དཔའ་བཟང་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suvīrā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­1730

Suvrata

Wylie:
  • brtul zhugs bzang po
Tibetan:
  • བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suvrata

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the kings of the Nāgasena dynasty.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 53.­557
g.­1733

Suyāma

Wylie:
  • rab ’thab bral
Tibetan:
  • རབ་འཐབ་བྲལ།
Sanskrit:
  • suyāma

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­167
  • 53.­1
  • 53.­18
  • 53.­902
g.­1734

Suyodhana

Wylie:
  • legs par ’thab pa
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་པར་འཐབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • suyodhana

One of the kings of the rākṣasas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­77
g.­1735

Svabandhu­dūrāntaka

Wylie:
  • gnyen las thag ring byed
Tibetan:
  • གཉེན་ལས་ཐག་རིང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • svabandhu­dūrāntaka

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1736

Svabhāvabha

Wylie:
  • rang bzhin bsod nams ’od
Tibetan:
  • རང་བཞིན་བསོད་ནམས་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • svabhāvabha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1737

Svabhāva­samudgata­rāja

Wylie:
  • rang bzhin yang dag par ’phags pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • རང་བཞིན་ཡང་དག་པར་འཕགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • svabhāva­samudgata­rāja

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • n.­39
g.­1738

Svāgata

Wylie:
  • legs par ’ongs
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་པར་འོངས།
Sanskrit:
  • svāgata

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1739

Svāmikā

Wylie:
  • bdag po ma
Tibetan:
  • བདག་པོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • svāmikā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­1740

Svāti

Wylie:
  • sa ri
Tibetan:
  • ས་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • svāti

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 24.­7
  • 24.­81
  • 24.­137
  • 24.­215
  • n.­1410
  • n.­3061
  • n.­3779
  • n.­5117
g.­1742

Svayambhu

Wylie:
  • rang byung
Tibetan:
  • རང་བྱུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • svayambhu

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1743

Śveta

Wylie:
  • dkar po
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śveta

One of the kings of the nāgas; one of the eight pratyeka­buddhas; one of the grahas; one of the muhūrtas; a king before the time of the Buddha.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­81
  • 1.­94
  • 4.­82
  • 24.­189
  • 53.­373-374
  • n.­3061
g.­1744

Śvetā

Wylie:
  • dkar mo ma
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་མོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śvetā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • n.­3544
  • n.­4152
g.­1745

Śvetabhadra

Wylie:
  • dkar po bzang
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་པོ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śvetabhadra

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­1746

Śvetadhvaja

Wylie:
  • rgyal mtshan dkar po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་མཚན་དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śvetadhvaja

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1747

Śvetakarṇa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • śvetakarṇa

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­1748

Śvetaketu

Wylie:
  • dkar ba’i tog
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་བའི་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • śvetaketu

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1749

Śvetaparṇa

Wylie:
  • ’dab dkar
Tibetan:
  • འདབ་དཀར།
Sanskrit:
  • śvetaparṇa

One of the garuḍa kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­87
g.­1750

Śvitraroga

Wylie:
  • sha za gu nad
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ཟ་གུ་ནད།
Sanskrit:
  • śvitraroga

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1752

Takṣaka

Wylie:
  • ’jog po
Tibetan:
  • འཇོག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • takṣaka

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­81
  • 2.­160
g.­1754

Tama

Wylie:
  • mun pa
Tibetan:
  • མུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tama

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­1755

Tamasundarī

Wylie:
  • mdzes ma mun pa
Tibetan:
  • མཛེས་མ་མུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tamasundarī

A yakṣiṇī invoked in magical rites.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 52.­39
  • 52.­52-53
  • n.­2676
  • n.­2678
  • n.­5877
  • g.­123
g.­1757

Tāra

Wylie:
  • skar ma
Tibetan:
  • སྐར་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • tāra

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­1758

Tārā

Wylie:
  • sgrol ma
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲོལ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • tārā

Female bodhisattva of compassion; also one of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • 2.­140
  • 4.­89-90
  • 5.­10
  • 28.­5
  • 30.­13
  • 32.­36
  • 35.­215
  • 37.­100
  • 50.­14
  • 50.­18
  • 50.­20
  • 52.­130
  • 53.­504
  • 53.­525
  • 53.­764
  • 53.­768
  • 53.­812
  • 53.­814
  • 53.­817
  • 53.­823
  • 53.­825
  • n.­1811
  • n.­2420
  • n.­2506-2507
  • n.­3228-3231
  • n.­3233
  • g.­876
g.­1761

Tarjanī

Wylie:
  • sdigs mdzub ma
Tibetan:
  • སྡིགས་མཛུབ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • tarjanī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi; one of the great piśācīs.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 1.­102
  • n.­3812
g.­1762

Tarka

Wylie:
  • rtog pa
Tibetan:
  • རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tarka

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­1763

tathāgata

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgata

A buddha manifesting through the twelve great deeds; the principal deity of a buddha family; one of the group of eight buddhas, starting with Ratnaśikhin; the title used for some deities that emanate from the level of the supreme awakening, such as the eight uṣṇīṣa kings. The term is rendered elsewhere in this translation as “thus-gone.”

Located in 380 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­9
  • i.­15
  • 1.­3-4
  • 1.­8
  • 1.­10-12
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­16-17
  • 1.­21
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­30-32
  • 1.­36-38
  • 1.­46-47
  • 1.­59
  • 1.­68
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­27
  • 2.­29
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­102
  • 2.­109-110
  • 2.­145
  • 2.­150-151
  • 2.­186
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­65-66
  • 4.­68
  • 4.­70
  • 4.­77-80
  • 4.­102
  • 4.­105
  • 5.­6
  • 6.­5
  • 7.­1-2
  • 7.­4
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­11
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­3
  • 9.­20
  • 10.­46
  • 10.­58
  • 11.­129
  • 11.­151
  • 11.­272
  • 13.­47
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­4-5
  • 14.­48
  • 14.­105
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­231
  • 16.­10
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­1
  • 25.­3
  • 25.­9
  • 25.­13-14
  • 25.­23-24
  • 26.­4
  • 26.­11
  • 26.­56
  • 26.­61
  • 27.­2-6
  • 27.­23
  • 27.­25
  • 27.­27-28
  • 27.­30
  • 27.­35-36
  • 27.­38
  • 27.­40-44
  • 27.­80
  • 28.­1
  • 30.­2
  • 32.­17
  • 32.­32
  • 33.­2
  • 34.­2
  • 35.­1
  • 35.­3-4
  • 35.­123
  • 35.­159
  • 35.­179
  • 36.­14
  • 37.­9
  • 37.­12
  • 37.­14
  • 37.­44
  • 37.­75
  • 37.­77
  • 37.­80
  • 37.­83
  • 37.­90-91
  • 37.­93-94
  • 37.­97
  • 37.­108-109
  • 37.­115
  • 37.­118
  • 37.­123
  • 38.­4
  • 50.­2
  • 51.­76
  • 52.­3
  • 52.­12
  • 52.­19
  • 53.­185
  • 53.­262
  • 53.­314
  • 53.­437
  • 53.­490
  • 53.­500
  • 53.­674
  • 54.­2-6
  • 54.­99-100
  • n.­17
  • n.­122
  • n.­299
  • n.­362
  • n.­458
  • n.­581
  • n.­590
  • n.­861
  • n.­1024
  • n.­1054
  • n.­1287
  • n.­1527
  • n.­1616
  • n.­1618-1620
  • n.­1634
  • n.­1638-1639
  • n.­1651
  • n.­1653
  • n.­1680
  • n.­1804-1805
  • n.­1900
  • n.­2268
  • n.­2372
  • n.­2435
  • n.­2442
  • n.­2453
  • n.­2613
  • n.­2746
  • n.­2748
  • n.­2874
  • n.­3160
  • n.­3311
  • n.­3313
  • n.­4920
  • g.­1
  • g.­4
  • g.­6
  • g.­23
  • g.­24
  • g.­32
  • g.­35
  • g.­36
  • g.­56
  • g.­58
  • g.­65
  • g.­75
  • g.­83
  • g.­84
  • g.­85
  • g.­86
  • g.­88
  • g.­90
  • g.­94
  • g.­103
  • g.­115
  • g.­118
  • g.­119
  • g.­157
  • g.­171
  • g.­192
  • g.­197
  • g.­204
  • g.­214
  • g.­242
  • g.­251
  • g.­280
  • g.­281
  • g.­311
  • g.­319
  • g.­347
  • g.­361
  • g.­373
  • g.­405
  • g.­407
  • g.­408
  • g.­421
  • g.­427
  • g.­438
  • g.­440
  • g.­441
  • g.­444
  • g.­456
  • g.­458
  • g.­459
  • g.­461
  • g.­462
  • g.­463
  • g.­464
  • g.­467
  • g.­480
  • g.­490
  • g.­504
  • g.­520
  • g.­601
  • g.­639
  • g.­640
  • g.­644
  • g.­649
  • g.­650
  • g.­651
  • g.­652
  • g.­653
  • g.­678
  • g.­679
  • g.­683
  • g.­712
  • g.­728
  • g.­729
  • g.­735
  • g.­741
  • g.­743
  • g.­753
  • g.­756
  • g.­775
  • g.­816
  • g.­817
  • g.­834
  • g.­844
  • g.­849
  • g.­857
  • g.­866
  • g.­876
  • g.­897
  • g.­903
  • g.­970
  • g.­1027
  • g.­1039
  • g.­1041
  • g.­1060
  • g.­1109
  • g.­1112
  • g.­1119
  • g.­1121
  • g.­1129
  • g.­1143
  • g.­1162
  • g.­1183
  • g.­1211
  • g.­1212
  • g.­1220
  • g.­1221
  • g.­1222
  • g.­1251
  • g.­1268
  • g.­1286
  • g.­1297
  • g.­1308
  • g.­1311
  • g.­1314
  • g.­1316
  • g.­1322
  • g.­1323
  • g.­1325
  • g.­1326
  • g.­1342
  • g.­1348
  • g.­1356
  • g.­1358
  • g.­1370
  • g.­1391
  • g.­1395
  • g.­1399
  • g.­1412
  • g.­1422
  • g.­1425
  • g.­1427
  • g.­1428
  • g.­1434
  • g.­1466
  • g.­1472
  • g.­1474
  • g.­1475
  • g.­1476
  • g.­1477
  • g.­1481
  • g.­1484
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1507
  • g.­1511
  • g.­1520
  • g.­1541
  • g.­1549
  • g.­1574
  • g.­1587
  • g.­1608
  • g.­1616
  • g.­1624
  • g.­1637
  • g.­1638
  • g.­1658
  • g.­1659
  • g.­1674
  • g.­1675
  • g.­1678
  • g.­1689
  • g.­1693
  • g.­1703
  • g.­1705
  • g.­1708
  • g.­1718
  • g.­1730
  • g.­1736
  • g.­1737
  • g.­1746
  • g.­1748
  • g.­1764
  • g.­1779
  • g.­1784
  • g.­1815
  • g.­1816
  • g.­1833
  • g.­1895
  • g.­1912
  • g.­1913
  • g.­1928
  • g.­1936
  • g.­2010
  • g.­2018
  • g.­2031
  • g.­2066
  • g.­2083
  • g.­2107
  • g.­2108
g.­1764

Tathāgata family

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa’i rigs
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་རིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgatakula

In the Kriyā tantras this family has a dual definition: it is either the all-inclusive family that incorporates also the Vajra, the Lotus, the Jewel, and the other families, or it is the Tathāgata family proper, where belong the deified buddha Śakyamuni, the bodhisattva Mañjuśrī, and other deities. In the higher tantras, depending on the system, this family is presided over by either the tathāgata Vairocana or the tathāgata Akṣobhya.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­42
  • 2.­187-188
  • 7.­7
  • 37.­29
  • 37.­69
  • 37.­107-109
  • 37.­111
  • 38.­44
  • 52.­131
  • n.­1334
  • n.­1825
  • n.­1832
  • n.­1894
  • n.­1945
  • n.­2435
  • n.­2465
  • n.­2746
  • n.­2841
  • g.­831
g.­1766

Tathāgata’s Banner

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgata­dhvaja

Deity personifying the tathāgata’s banner.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­46
g.­1767

Tathāgata’s Bowl

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa’i snod
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྣོད།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgatapātra

Deity personifying the tathāgata’s bowl.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­46
g.­1768

Tathāgata’s Couch

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa’i gzims mal
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་གཟིམས་མལ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgata­śayana

Deity personifying the tathāgata’s couch.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­46
g.­1769

Tathāgata’s Dharma Wheel

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’khor lo
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmacakra

Deity personifying the Tathāgata’s Dharma wheel.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­46
g.­1770

Tathāgata’s Ensign

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa’i tog
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgataketu

Deity personifying the tathāgata’s ensign.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­46
g.­1771

Tathāgata’s Lip

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa’i zhal
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་ཞལ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgatoṣṭha

Deity personifying the tathāgata’s lip.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­46
g.­1772

Tathāgata’s Purity

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgatāmala

Deity personifying the tathāgata’s purity.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­46
g.­1773

Tathāgata’s Sign

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa’i phyag mtshan
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་ཕྱག་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgatacihna

Deity personifying the tathāgata’s sign.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­46
g.­1774

Tathāgata’s Speech

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa’i gsung
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་གསུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgata­vacana

Deity personifying the tathāgata’s speech.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­46
g.­1775

Tathāgata’s Splendor

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa’i snang ba
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgatāva­bhāsa

Deity personifying the tathāgata’s splendor.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­46
g.­1776

Tathāgata’s Thigh

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa’i brla
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་བརླ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgatoru

Deity personifying the tathāgata’s thigh.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­46
g.­1777

Taṭī

Wylie:
  • dpa’ mo
Tibetan:
  • དཔའ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • taṭī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • n.­3553
g.­1778

Taurus

Wylie:
  • glang
Tibetan:
  • གླང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vṛṣabha

See “Vṛṣabha.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­84
  • 24.­48-49
  • n.­1388-1389
  • g.­2113
g.­1779

Tejās

Wylie:
  • pham byed
Tibetan:
  • ཕམ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • tejās

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1780

Tejorāśi

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid phung po’i gtsug tor
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་ཕུང་པོའི་གཙུག་ཏོར།
Sanskrit:
  • tejorāśi

One of the eight uṣṇīṣa kings.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­43
  • 2.­145
  • 2.­151-152
  • 26.­13
  • 26.­22
  • 26.­56
  • 30.­49
  • 37.­12
  • 37.­20
  • 50.­13
  • 53.­359
  • n.­1538
  • n.­1618
  • n.­2276-2277
  • n.­2499
  • n.­4191
g.­1781

ten powers

Wylie:
  • stobs bcu
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśabala

The ten powers of a buddha or bodhisattva; these concern mostly their clairvoyant knowledge.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­68
  • 2.­104-105
  • 4.­72
  • 4.­92
  • 10.­17-18
  • 10.­57-58
  • 11.­17
  • 11.­111
  • 11.­159
  • 11.­175
  • 14.­41
  • 14.­74
  • 15.­91
  • 25.­2
  • n.­355
  • n.­733
  • n.­766
  • n.­841
  • n.­880
  • n.­1051
g.­1782

Three Jewels

Wylie:
  • dkon mchog gsum
Tibetan:
  • དཀོན་མཆོག་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnatraya
  • triratna

The Buddha, the Dharma, and the Saṅgha.

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­42
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­74
  • 1.­116
  • 1.­119
  • 2.­42
  • 2.­196
  • 11.­110
  • 11.­178
  • 15.­123
  • 15.­128
  • 27.­28
  • 27.­45
  • 27.­49
  • 27.­59
  • 28.­4-5
  • 30.­43
  • 32.­44
  • 33.­35
  • 33.­125
  • 34.­2
  • 34.­7
  • 37.­125
  • 50.­2
  • 50.­30
  • 51.­27
  • 53.­676
  • n.­2518
  • g.­1438
g.­1783

three vehicles

Wylie:
  • theg pa gsum
Tibetan:
  • ཐེག་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • triyāna

In the context of the sūtras, the three vehicles are the Śrāvaka, the Pratyeka­buddha, and the Bodhisattva Vehicles.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­29
  • 1.­63
  • 14.­6
  • 17.­4
  • 28.­49
  • 32.­18
  • 35.­231
  • 51.­77
  • 53.­5
  • 53.­55
  • 53.­103
  • 53.­211
  • 53.­297
  • 53.­678
  • 54.­14
  • n.­2178
  • n.­2601
  • n.­2805
  • n.­3323
g.­1784

thus-gone

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgata

See “tathāgata.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­6-7
  • 1.­9-10
  • 2.­152
  • n.­2608
  • g.­1763
g.­1785

Tibet

Wylie:
  • rgya yul
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་ཡུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • cīnadeśa
  • cīna

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­13
  • 10.­18
  • 30.­3
  • 53.­509
  • n.­3013
  • g.­623
  • g.­1146
g.­1790

Tiryaga

Wylie:
  • thad kar ’gro
Tibetan:
  • ཐད་ཀར་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • tiryaga

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­1791

Tiryak

Wylie:
  • dud ’gro
Tibetan:
  • དུད་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • tiryak

One of the rāśis.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • n.­6656
g.­1793

Tiṣya

Wylie:
  • rgyal
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • tiṣya

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • 1.­62
  • n.­149
  • n.­3633
g.­1794

Tittarī

Wylie:
  • sreg pa ma
Tibetan:
  • སྲེག་པ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • tittarī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­3610
g.­1795

Tomara

Wylie:
  • mda’ bo che
Tibetan:
  • མདའ་བོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • tomara

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­2031
g.­1796

Trailokya­vaśaṅkarī

Wylie:
  • srid gsum dbang byed ma
Tibetan:
  • སྲིད་གསུམ་དབང་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • trailokya­vaśaṅkarī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­1797

Tṛdhatreya

Wylie:
  • dus gsum rgyun shes gyi bu
Tibetan:
  • དུས་གསུམ་རྒྱུན་ཤེས་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • tṛdhatreya

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • n.­3506
g.­1798

Tribhavāntā

Wylie:
  • srid gsum mthar byed ma
Tibetan:
  • སྲིད་གསུམ་མཐར་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • tribhavāntā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­1799

Trimalāntā

Wylie:
  • dri ma gsum mthar byed ma
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་གསུམ་མཐར་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • trimalāntā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­1800

Triparivartā

Wylie:
  • le’u gsum ma
Tibetan:
  • ལེའུ་གསུམ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • triparivartā

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­58
  • n.­3619
g.­1801

Triparṇā

Wylie:
  • ’dab gsum ma
Tibetan:
  • འདབ་གསུམ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • triparṇā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3705
  • n.­3708
g.­1802

Triratnātreya

Wylie:
  • rgyun shes kyi bu dkon mchog gsum
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་ཤེས་ཀྱི་བུ་དཀོན་མཆོག་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • triratnātreya

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1803

Triśaṅku

Wylie:
  • gzer bu gsum
Tibetan:
  • གཟེར་བུ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • triśaṅku

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­1804

Triśaraṇātreya

Wylie:
  • rgyun shes kyi bu skyabs gsum
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་ཤེས་ཀྱི་བུ་སྐྱབས་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • triśaraṇātreya

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1805

Triśiras

Wylie:
  • mgo gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • མགོ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • triśiras

One of the kings of the rākṣasas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 1.­77
g.­1806

Triśūla

Wylie:
  • mdung rtse gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • མདུང་རྩེ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • triśūla

One of the kings of the rākṣasas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­77
g.­1807

Trivarṇā

Wylie:
  • kha dog gsum ma
Tibetan:
  • ཁ་དོག་གསུམ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • trivarṇā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3705
g.­1808

Triyāṇātreya

Wylie:
  • rgyun shes kyi bu theg pa gsum
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་ཤེས་ཀྱི་བུ་ཐེག་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • triyāṇātreya

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1810

tuft of hair

Wylie:
  • mdzod spu
Tibetan:
  • མཛོད་སྤུ།
Sanskrit:
  • ūrṇā

See “ūrṇā.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­199
  • 14.­2
  • 17.­1
  • 35.­1
  • n.­73
  • g.­1889
g.­1811

Tula

Wylie:
  • srang
Tibetan:
  • སྲང་།
Sanskrit:
  • tula

Libra (zodiac sign and constellation).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • g.­827
g.­1814

Tuṣita

Wylie:
  • dga’ ldan
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • tuṣita
  • san­tuṣita

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Tuṣita (or sometimes Saṃtuṣita), literally “Joyous” or “Contented,” is one of the six heavens of the desire realm (kāmadhātu). In standard classifications, such as the one in the Abhidharmakośa, it is ranked as the fourth of the six counting from below. This god realm is where all future buddhas are said to dwell before taking on their final rebirth prior to awakening. There, the Buddha Śākyamuni lived his preceding life as the bodhisattva Śvetaketu. When departing to take birth in this world, he appointed the bodhisattva Maitreya, who will be the next buddha of this eon, as his Dharma regent in Tuṣita. For an account of the Buddha’s previous life in Tuṣita, see The Play in Full (Toh 95), 2.12, and for an account of Maitreya’s birth in Tuṣita and a description of this realm, see The Sūtra on Maitreya’s Birth in the Heaven of Joy, (Toh 199).

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­91
  • 2.­156
  • 2.­167
  • 5.­8
  • 26.­18
  • 53.­1
  • 53.­528
  • n.­3035
  • g.­1454
g.­1815

Ucca

Wylie:
  • mtho ba
Tibetan:
  • མཐོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ucca

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • n.­3485
g.­1816

Uccatama

Wylie:
  • shin tu mtho ba
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • uccatama

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­1817

Ucchuṣma

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • ucchuṣma

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1820

Udāyin

Wylie:
  • ’char ba
Tibetan:
  • འཆར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • udāyin

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1822

Udgatoṣṇīṣa

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i gtsug tor
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་གཙུག་ཏོར།
Sanskrit:
  • udgatoṣṇīṣa

Another name of Abhyudgatoṣṇīṣa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­10
  • n.­2272
  • g.­16
g.­1826

Ugratejas

Wylie:
  • drag po’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • དྲག་པོའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • ugratejas

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­1827

Ūhā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • ūhā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • n.­3788
g.­1830

Ulkāpiśācī

Wylie:
  • sha za mo skar mda’ ma
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ཟ་མོ་སྐར་མདའ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ulkāpiśācī

One of the great piśācīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­102
g.­1831

Ulūkā

Wylie:
  • ’ug pa ma
Tibetan:
  • འུག་པ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ulūkā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • n.­3546
g.­1833

Umāriṣṭa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • umāriṣṭa

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK. Not clear in the Tibetan.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • n.­3482
g.­1835

universal emperor

Wylie:
  • ’khor los sgyur ba
  • ’khor los sgyur ba’ rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བ།
  • འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བའ་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • cakravartin

See “cakravartin.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­49
  • 14.­135
  • g.­319
g.­1836

Unmāda

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • unmāda

One of the kinnara kings.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­89
  • n.­3748
g.­1837

Unmattaka

Wylie:
  • smyo byed
Tibetan:
  • སྨྱོ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • unmattaka

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­3676
g.­1839

Unnata

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • unnata

One of the kinnara kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­89
g.­1841

Upadhanika

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i nor can
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་ནོར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • upadhanika

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1842

Upadharma

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i chos
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • upadharma

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • n.­3640
g.­1843

Upaḍimbhaka

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i byis pa
  • nye ba’i byi pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་བྱིས་པ།
  • ཉེ་བའི་བྱི་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upaḍimbhaka

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1844

Upadrava

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • upadrava

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­97
  • n.­3587
g.­1845

Upadravya

Wylie:
  • nye rdzas
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་རྫས།
Sanskrit:
  • upadravya

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1846

Upadruma

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i ljon pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་ལྗོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upadruma

One of the kinnara kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­89
g.­1847

Upadukura

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i dbus
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་དབུས།
Sanskrit:
  • upadukura

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­1848

Upadundubhi

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i rnga bo che
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་རྔ་བོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • upadundubhi

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • n.­128
g.­1849

Upāgata

Wylie:
  • nye bar ’ongs
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བར་འོངས།
Sanskrit:
  • upāgata

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1851

Upaharita

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i ljang sngon
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་ལྗང་སྔོན།
Sanskrit:
  • upaharita

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1852

Upajaṭā

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i ral pa ma
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་རལ་པ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • upajaṭā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­1853

Upakāla

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i dus
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་དུས།
Sanskrit:
  • upakāla

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1854

Upakambala

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i la ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་ལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • upakambala

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­1855

Upakara

Wylie:
  • phan byed
Tibetan:
  • ཕན་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • upakara

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1856

Upakāśika

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i ka shi can
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་ཀ་ཤི་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • upakāśika

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1858

Upaketu

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i tog
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • upaketu

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1859

Upakṣepa

Wylie:
  • nye bar ’phen pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བར་འཕེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upakṣepa

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1860

Upakumbha

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i bum pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་བུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upakumbha

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­1861

Upakurukulla

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i ku ru ku la
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་ཀུ་རུ་ཀུ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • upakurukulla

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1862

Upāli

Wylie:
  • nye ba ’khor
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • upāli

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1863

Upāṃśa

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i cha shas
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་ཆ་ཤས།
Sanskrit:
  • upāṃśa

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1864

Upananda

Wylie:
  • nye dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upananda

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the kings of nāgas.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • 1.­81
  • 2.­160
  • 2.­170
  • 4.­66
  • 4.­85
  • 7.­18
  • n.­3651
  • n.­3665
g.­1865

Upanandana

Wylie:
  • nye dga’
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • upanandana

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1866

Upanandika

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i dga’ ldan
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • upanandika

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1867

Upanandinī

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i dga’ byed ma
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་དགའ་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • upanandinī

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­1868

Upanemi

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i mu khyud
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་མུ་ཁྱུད།
Sanskrit:
  • upanemi

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1869

Upapañcika

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i lngas rtsen
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་ལྔས་རྩེན།
Sanskrit:
  • upapañcika

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1870

Upaphala

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i ’bras bu
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • upaphala

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1871

Upapīlu

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i pI lu
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་པཱི་ལུ།
Sanskrit:
  • upapīlu

One of the kings of the piśācas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­79
g.­1872

Upapūrṇa

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i gang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་གང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • upapūrṇa

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1873

Uparaja

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i rdul
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་རྡུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • uparaja

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­1874

Upareṇu

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i rdul
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་རྡུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • upareṇu

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­1875

Upariṣṭa

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i ’dod pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་འདོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upariṣṭa

One of the eight chief pratyeka­buddhas.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • 4.­82
  • n.­3628
  • g.­1876
g.­1876

Upāriṣṭa

Wylie:
  • ldang ba
Tibetan:
  • ལྡང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • upāriṣṭa

One of the pratyeka­buddhas in the maṇḍala of Mañjuśrī (it is not clear if upāriṣṭa here is a variant spelling of upariṣṭa, i.e. one of the eight chief pratyeka­buddhas).

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • 2.­143
  • 11.­196
  • n.­3482
  • n.­3628
g.­1877

Upasāgara

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i rgya mtsho
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་རྒྱ་མཚོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upasāgara

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­81
g.­1878

Upasanat

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i kun bged
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་ཀུན་བགེད།
Sanskrit:
  • upasanat

One of the grahas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • n.­3771
g.­1879

Upavarṇaka

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i snyan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་སྙན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upavarṇaka

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­3653
g.­1880

Upavartana

Wylie:
  • nye bar gnas
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བར་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • upavartana

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1881

Upavīrā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • upavīrā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3693
g.­1882

Upavṛṣṭi

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i char ’bebs
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་ཆར་འབེབས།
Sanskrit:
  • upavṛṣṭi

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­1884

Upekṣaka

Wylie:
  • btang snyoms pa
Tibetan:
  • བཏང་སྙོམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upekṣaka

One of the kinnara kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­89
g.­1885

Upendra

Wylie:
  • nye dbang
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དབང་།
Sanskrit:
  • upendra

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK; the name of a yakṣa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • 1.­75
g.­1886

Upeta

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • upeta

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1887

Upodāyika

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i ’char ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་འཆར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • upodāyika

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­1888

Ūrdhvaga

Wylie:
  • steng ’gro
Tibetan:
  • སྟེང་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ūrdhvaga

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­1889

ūrṇā

Wylie:
  • mdzod spu
Tibetan:
  • མཛོད་སྤུ།
Sanskrit:
  • ūrṇā

A tuft of hair between the eyebrows; this is one of the thirty-two auspicious marks of a buddha.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 37.­51
  • 37.­91-92
  • n.­73
g.­1891

Ūrṇā

Wylie:
  • mdzod spu
Tibetan:
  • མཛོད་སྤུ།
Sanskrit:
  • ūrṇā

One of the vidyārājñīs attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­45
g.­1893

Uru­bilvā­kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • lteng rgyas ’od srung gi bu
Tibetan:
  • ལྟེང་རྒྱས་འོད་སྲུང་གི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • uru­bilvā­kāśyapa

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­142
  • n.­3646
g.­1895

uṣṇīṣa

Wylie:
  • gtsug tor
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་ཏོར།
Sanskrit:
  • uṣṇīṣa

A protuberance on the head of a buddha; this term may also refer to beings who have this protuberance, known as uṣṇīṣa kings or uṣṇīṣa-tathāgatas.

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • 14.­2
  • 17.­36
  • 25.­3
  • 25.­13
  • 25.­24
  • 26.­11
  • 26.­55
  • 26.­61
  • 27.­43
  • 27.­56
  • 30.­2
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­49
  • 31.­14
  • 31.­19
  • 31.­27
  • 35.­39
  • 35.­215
  • 35.­274
  • 36.­10
  • 37.­3
  • 37.­12
  • 37.­14
  • 37.­18-24
  • 37.­26-28
  • 37.­81
  • 37.­117-118
  • 38.­17
  • 50.­13
  • 52.­131
  • 53.­357
  • n.­71
  • n.­414
  • n.­1351
  • n.­1357
  • n.­1501
  • n.­1606
  • n.­1804
  • n.­2255
  • n.­2272
  • n.­2274-2275
  • n.­2279
  • n.­2288
  • n.­2299
  • n.­2385
  • n.­2445-2446
  • n.­2497
  • n.­2746
  • n.­2919
  • n.­2925
  • g.­319
  • g.­644
  • g.­831
  • g.­975
g.­1896

Uṣṇīṣa

Wylie:
  • gtsug tor
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་ཏོར།
Sanskrit:
  • uṣṇīṣa

One of the eight uṣṇīṣa kings; another name of Uṣṇīṣarāja.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­43
  • 17.­35
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­16
  • 25.­24
  • 26.­8
  • 26.­56
  • 26.­60
  • n.­1355
  • n.­1496
  • n.­1580
  • n.­2924
g.­1897

uṣṇīṣa king

Wylie:
  • gtsug tor rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་ཏོར་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • uṣṇīṣarāja

A class of fully awakened nonhuman beings, especially the chief eight among them.

Located in 64 passages in the translation:

  • i.­9
  • 1.­42
  • 1.­44
  • 2.­145-146
  • 2.­151-152
  • 26.­11
  • 26.­50
  • 26.­56
  • 27.­42
  • 27.­44
  • 30.­4
  • 30.­50
  • 37.­11
  • 37.­14
  • 37.­17
  • 37.­29
  • 37.­115
  • n.­67
  • n.­1357-1358
  • n.­1538
  • n.­1580
  • n.­1607
  • n.­1618
  • n.­1804
  • n.­1836
  • n.­2272
  • n.­2463
  • n.­2497
  • n.­2919
  • n.­2922
  • n.­2924
  • g.­5
  • g.­16
  • g.­109
  • g.­195
  • g.­196
  • g.­205
  • g.­284
  • g.­320
  • g.­539
  • g.­634
  • g.­669
  • g.­670
  • g.­680
  • g.­681
  • g.­870
  • g.­994
  • g.­1396
  • g.­1487
  • g.­1493
  • g.­1523
  • g.­1524
  • g.­1525
  • g.­1763
  • g.­1780
  • g.­1840
  • g.­1895
  • g.­1896
  • g.­2051
  • g.­2058
  • g.­2123
g.­1898

Uṣṇīṣarāja

Wylie:
  • gtsug gtor gyi rgyal po
  • gtsug gtor rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་གཏོར་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
  • གཙུག་གཏོར་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • uṣṇīṣarāja

The name of the one-syllable mantra of Mañjuśrī‍—bhrūṁ‍—and also of the form of Mañjuśrī that it invokes.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 25.­6
  • 25.­9
  • 25.­13
  • 25.­26-28
  • 26.­13
  • 26.­46
  • n.­414
  • n.­1586
  • n.­1606
  • g.­1896
g.­1900

Utkṛṣṭakṣepa

Wylie:
  • tshol bar ’phen pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚོལ་བར་འཕེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • utkṛṣṭakṣepa

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­3572
g.­1901

Utpalaparṇā

Wylie:
  • ut+pa la’i ’dab ma
Tibetan:
  • ཨུཏྤ་ལའི་འདབ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • utpalaparṇā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3709
g.­1902

utsāraka

Wylie:
  • g.yengs byed
Tibetan:
  • གཡེངས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • utsāraka

A class of malevolent spirits.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 11.­128
g.­1903

Uttama

Wylie:
  • mchog
Tibetan:
  • མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • uttama

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­1905

Uttārāṣāḍhā

Wylie:
  • chu smad
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྨད།
Sanskrit:
  • (not in the skt. source of the mmk)

The name of a nakṣatra. One of the two Āṣāḍhās.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­166
g.­1907

Vahā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • vahā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­96
g.­1908

Vainateya

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i lding
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་ལྡིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vainateya

The name of a garuḍa.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­87
  • 2.­95-96
  • 2.­168
  • 6.­10
  • n.­351
  • n.­3742
g.­1910

vaipulya

Wylie:
  • shin tu rgyas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaipulya

Literally “extensive”/“elaborate,” it is a denomination applied to a limited number of important sūtras, including the Lalitavistara, the Suvarṇaprabhāsa, and a few others.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­1
g.­1912

Vairocana

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang mdzad
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the eight tathāgatas; one of the five buddhas (who preside over the five buddha families).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • 4.­79
  • g.­1764
g.­1913

Vairocana­garbha

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang mdzad snying po
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­garbha

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the sixteen great bodhisattvas. The content of the list varies from text to text.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 4.­74
g.­1916

Vaiśampāyana

Wylie:
  • bai sham pA yA na
Tibetan:
  • བཻ་ཤམ་པཱ་ཡཱ་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśampāyana

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­83
g.­1918

Vaiṣṇavī

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug ma
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiṣṇavī

One of the great mātṛs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­104
g.­1919

Vaiśravaṇa

Wylie:
  • rnam thos
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśravaṇa

Another name of Kubera.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 52.­72
  • 53.­1
  • 53.­50
g.­1921

Vaivasvata

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaivasvata

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi; also a patronymic of Yama.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • 1.­71
  • 1.­75
  • 51.­2
  • 51.­44
  • 52.­139
  • 52.­146
  • n.­2540
g.­1922

Vaivasvatī

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i bu mo
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་བུ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaivasvatī

One of the great mātṛs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­104
g.­1924

Vajra

Wylie:
  • rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­1925

Vajra family

Wylie:
  • rdo rje’i rigs
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེའི་རིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrakula

The family associated with Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­42
  • 2.­39
  • 2.­102
  • 2.­166
  • 11.­17
  • 14.­125
  • 30.­29
  • 30.­31
  • 30.­39-40
  • 32.­35
  • 33.­42
  • 35.­160
  • 35.­209
  • 35.­215
  • 37.­101-102
  • 38.­19
  • 38.­27
  • 38.­45
  • 50.­25
  • 52.­130
  • 53.­356
  • 53.­376
  • 53.­471
  • 53.­573
  • 53.­843
  • n.­1100
  • n.­1334
  • n.­2322
  • n.­2421
  • n.­2425
  • n.­2435
  • g.­975
g.­1928

vajra throne

Wylie:
  • rdo rje’i gdan
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེའི་གདན།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrāsana

The seat upon which a full realization of a buddha is attained. This attainment is one of the twelve great deeds of a tathāgata.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­3
g.­1929

Vajrabāhu

Wylie:
  • rdo rje dpung pa
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་དཔུང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrabāhu

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1930

Vajrabhairava

Wylie:
  • rdo rje ’jigs byed
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་འཇིགས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrabhairava

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­2511
g.­1931

Vajrabhṛkuṭī

Wylie:
  • rdo rje khro gnyer ma
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ཁྲོ་གཉེར་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrabhṛkuṭī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­3596
g.­1932

Vajrabhrū

Wylie:
  • rdo rje’i sbyin ma
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེའི་སྦྱིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrabhrū

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi. The attested Tibetan appears to in error, and should read rdo rje’i smin ma.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­1933

Vajradaṃṣṭra

Wylie:
  • rdo rje mche ba
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་མཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajradaṃṣṭra

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1934

Vajradaṇḍa

Wylie:
  • rdo rje dbyug pa
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་དབྱུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajradaṇḍa

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1935

Vajradhanuḥ

Wylie:
  • rdo rje gzhu
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་གཞུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajradhanuḥ

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1938

Vajradhvaja

Wylie:
  • rdo rje rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • vajradhvaja

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1939

Vajragrīva

Wylie:
  • rdo rje mgrin pa
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་མགྲིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajragrīva

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1940

Vajrahasta

Wylie:
  • rdo rje lag pa
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ལག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrahasta

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1941

Vajrajihvā

Wylie:
  • rdo rje lce ma
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྕེ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrajihvā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­3594
g.­1942

Vajrakāminī

Wylie:
  • rdo rje ’dod ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་འདོད་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrakāminī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­1943

Vajrākara

Wylie:
  • rdo rje byed pa
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrākara

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­3561
g.­1944

Vajrakavaca

Wylie:
  • rdo rje go cha
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་གོ་ཆ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrakavaca

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1946

Vajrakrodha

Wylie:
  • rdo rje khro bo
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ཁྲོ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrakrodha

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­1819
g.­1947

Vajralekhā

Wylie:
  • rdo rje yi ge ma
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ཡི་གེ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajralekhā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­1948

Vajralocanā

Wylie:
  • rdo rje’i spyan ma
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེའི་སྤྱན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajralocanā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­1949

Vajrāṃsā

Wylie:
  • rdo rje’i thal gong ma
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེའི་ཐལ་གོང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrāṃsā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­3595
g.­1950

Vajramuṣṭī

Wylie:
  • rdo rje khu tshur ma
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ཁུ་ཚུར་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajramuṣṭī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 50.­24
g.­1951

Vajranābhi

Wylie:
  • rdo rje lte ba
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajranābhi

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1952

Vajrānala­pramohanī­dhāraṇī

Wylie:
  • rdo rje’i mes rab tu rmongs par byed pa’i gzungs kyi lha mo
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེའི་མེས་རབ་ཏུ་རྨོངས་པར་བྱེད་པའི་གཟུངས་ཀྱི་ལྷ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrānala­pramohanī­dhāraṇī

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­1953

Vajrānana

Wylie:
  • rdo rje zhal
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ཞལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrānana

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1955

Vajranārāca

Wylie:
  • rdo rje lcags mda’
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྕགས་མདའ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajranārāca

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­90
g.­1956

Vajranetra

Wylie:
  • rdo rje spyan
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་སྤྱན།
Sanskrit:
  • vajranetra

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1957

Vajrāṅka

Wylie:
  • rdo rje sa mtshon pa
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ས་མཚོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrāṅka

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1958

Vajrāṅkuśī

Wylie:
  • rdo rje lcags kyu ma
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྕགས་ཀྱུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrāṅkuśī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 2.­144
  • n.­4177
g.­1959

Vajrānta

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • vajrānta

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1960

Vajrāntaka

Wylie:
  • rdo rje mthar byed
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་མཐར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrāntaka

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­3560
g.­1961

Vajrapāṇi

Wylie:
  • phyag na rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་ན་རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrapāṇi
  • kuliśapāṇi

A Buddhist deity and a legendary bodhisattva; in the MMK he is regarded as the master of powerful nonhuman beings.

Located in 287 passages in the translation:

  • i.­3
  • i.­9
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­52
  • 1.­54-55
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­110-111
  • 2.­118
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­166
  • 2.­187-188
  • 2.­190
  • 4.­73
  • 5.­5
  • 8.­4-5
  • 11.­195
  • 15.­1
  • 15.­3
  • 16.­12
  • 16.­14
  • 16.­18
  • 26.­5
  • 26.­13
  • 26.­22-23
  • 26.­30-32
  • 26.­36
  • 26.­44
  • 30.­23
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­49
  • 37.­32
  • 37.­101-102
  • 50.­1
  • 50.­8
  • 50.­23
  • 50.­38
  • 51.­1
  • 52.­1-2
  • 52.­4
  • 52.­13-14
  • 52.­88
  • 52.­141
  • 53.­1
  • 54.­104
  • n.­99
  • n.­467
  • n.­576
  • n.­935
  • n.­1304
  • n.­1308
  • n.­1550
  • n.­1559
  • n.­1561
  • n.­1821
  • n.­1871
  • n.­1895
  • n.­1947
  • n.­2322
  • n.­2425
  • n.­2494
  • n.­2511
  • n.­2523
  • n.­2525
  • n.­2537-2538
  • n.­2594
  • n.­2749
  • n.­2988
  • n.­3305
  • g.­26
  • g.­47
  • g.­48
  • g.­52
  • g.­79
  • g.­81
  • g.­91
  • g.­106
  • g.­127
  • g.­133
  • g.­141
  • g.­156
  • g.­160
  • g.­162
  • g.­190
  • g.­194
  • g.­209
  • g.­215
  • g.­226
  • g.­245
  • g.­269
  • g.­270
  • g.­271
  • g.­274
  • g.­283
  • g.­327
  • g.­369
  • g.­370
  • g.­371
  • g.­410
  • g.­468
  • g.­472
  • g.­476
  • g.­477
  • g.­500
  • g.­532
  • g.­534
  • g.­535
  • g.­550
  • g.­559
  • g.­560
  • g.­562
  • g.­567
  • g.­589
  • g.­590
  • g.­595
  • g.­617
  • g.­630
  • g.­632
  • g.­646
  • g.­657
  • g.­658
  • g.­672
  • g.­675
  • g.­725
  • g.­734
  • g.­764
  • g.­769
  • g.­778
  • g.­789
  • g.­800
  • g.­809
  • g.­864
  • g.­889
  • g.­890
  • g.­896
  • g.­905
  • g.­912
  • g.­914
  • g.­916
  • g.­921
  • g.­932
  • g.­937
  • g.­947
  • g.­959
  • g.­975
  • g.­1003
  • g.­1035
  • g.­1036
  • g.­1058
  • g.­1059
  • g.­1067
  • g.­1108
  • g.­1115
  • g.­1125
  • g.­1141
  • g.­1178
  • g.­1179
  • g.­1185
  • g.­1242
  • g.­1245
  • g.­1260
  • g.­1271
  • g.­1302
  • g.­1317
  • g.­1353
  • g.­1355
  • g.­1381
  • g.­1387
  • g.­1421
  • g.­1462
  • g.­1464
  • g.­1470
  • g.­1480
  • g.­1494
  • g.­1505
  • g.­1509
  • g.­1510
  • g.­1539
  • g.­1552
  • g.­1564
  • g.­1573
  • g.­1588
  • g.­1601
  • g.­1615
  • g.­1619
  • g.­1635
  • g.­1644
  • g.­1647
  • g.­1651
  • g.­1662
  • g.­1663
  • g.­1681
  • g.­1682
  • g.­1691
  • g.­1695
  • g.­1696
  • g.­1699
  • g.­1711
  • g.­1712
  • g.­1726
  • g.­1728
  • g.­1750
  • g.­1761
  • g.­1794
  • g.­1795
  • g.­1796
  • g.­1817
  • g.­1844
  • g.­1859
  • g.­1900
  • g.­1921
  • g.­1925
  • g.­1926
  • g.­1929
  • g.­1930
  • g.­1931
  • g.­1932
  • g.­1933
  • g.­1934
  • g.­1935
  • g.­1937
  • g.­1938
  • g.­1939
  • g.­1940
  • g.­1941
  • g.­1942
  • g.­1943
  • g.­1944
  • g.­1946
  • g.­1947
  • g.­1948
  • g.­1949
  • g.­1950
  • g.­1951
  • g.­1953
  • g.­1955
  • g.­1956
  • g.­1957
  • g.­1958
  • g.­1959
  • g.­1960
  • g.­1962
  • g.­1963
  • g.­1964
  • g.­1965
  • g.­1966
  • g.­1967
  • g.­1968
  • g.­1969
  • g.­1970
  • g.­1971
  • g.­1972
  • g.­1973
  • g.­1975
  • g.­1976
  • g.­1977
  • g.­1978
  • g.­1979
  • g.­1980
  • g.­1981
  • g.­1983
  • g.­1991
  • g.­2034
  • g.­2035
  • g.­2042
  • g.­2045
  • g.­2049
  • g.­2080
  • g.­2087
  • g.­2098
  • g.­2104
  • g.­2133
  • g.­2142
  • g.­2150
  • g.­2159
  • g.­2160
g.­1962

Vajrapañjara

Wylie:
  • rdo rje dra ba
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་དྲ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrapañjara

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1963

Vajrapatāka

Wylie:
  • rdo rje ba dan
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་བ་དན།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrapatāka

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1965

Vajraprākāra

Wylie:
  • rdo rje ra ba
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajraprākāra

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1966

Vajrārṇā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • vajrārṇā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­100
  • n.­3594
g.­1967

Vajraroman

Wylie:
  • rdo rje ba spu
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་བ་སྤུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajraroman

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1968

Vajraśālavatī

Wylie:
  • gnas dang ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • གནས་དང་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajraśālavatī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­3597
  • g.­1389
g.­1969

Vajrasaṃhata

Wylie:
  • rdo rje mkhregs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་མཁྲེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrasaṃhata

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1970

Vajrāsanī

Wylie:
  • rdo rje thog ’bab ma
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ཐོག་འབབ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrāsanī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­1971

Vajraśara

Wylie:
  • rdo rje mda’
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་མདའ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajraśara

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1972

Vajraśāṭī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • vajraśāṭī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­1973

Vajrasena

Wylie:
  • rdo rje sde
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrasena

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • 52.­133
  • n.­2750
  • n.­4179
g.­1975

Vajraśikha

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • vajraśikha

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­89
g.­1976

Vajraśikhara

Wylie:
  • rdo rje rtse mo
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་རྩེ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajraśikhara

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­89
g.­1977

Vajrasphoṭa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • vajrasphoṭa

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1978

Vajraśravaṇā

Wylie:
  • rdo rje rna ba ma
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་རྣ་བ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajraśravaṇā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­1979

Vajraśṛṅkhalā

Wylie:
  • rdo rje lu gu rgyud ma
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ལུ་གུ་རྒྱུད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajraśṛṅkhalā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 2.­144
g.­1980

Vajrāstra

Wylie:
  • rdo rje mtshon cha
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་མཚོན་ཆ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrāstra

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1981

Vajrasūcī

Wylie:
  • rdo rje khab ma
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ཁབ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrasūcī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­1983

Vajravakṣas

Wylie:
  • rdo rje mthon ka
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་མཐོན་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • vajravakṣas

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­1986

Valgusvara

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • valgusvara

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK. Not clear in the Tibetan.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­1990

Vālmīki

Wylie:
  • grog mkhar skyes
Tibetan:
  • གྲོག་མཁར་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit:
  • vālmīki

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­83
g.­1991

Vāmakī

Wylie:
  • mi’u thung ma
Tibetan:
  • མིའུ་ཐུང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vāmakī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­3606
g.­1992

Vānara

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • vānara

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­1994

Vapuṣā

Wylie:
  • lus can ma
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་ཅན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vapuṣā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­1998

Vārāhī

Wylie:
  • phag mo
Tibetan:
  • ཕག་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vārāhī

One of the great mātṛs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­104
  • 52.­115
g.­1999

Vārāṇasī

Wylie:
  • ga sha
  • ka shi
Tibetan:
  • ག་ཤ།
  • ཀ་ཤི།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśī

A city near Sarnath, where the Buddha gave his first sermon; this name can be applied also to the surrounding country or district. The name is rendered elsewhere in this translation as “Kāśī.”

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­25
  • 30.­10
  • 31.­32
  • 53.­268
  • 53.­299
  • 53.­369
  • 53.­650
  • 53.­700
  • 53.­708
  • 53.­712
  • 53.­714
  • 53.­720
  • 53.­821
  • n.­2929
  • n.­3178
  • g.­709
  • g.­1535
g.­2004

Varṇaka

Wylie:
  • snyan pa
Tibetan:
  • སྙན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • varṇaka

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­3653
g.­2005

Vārṣika

Wylie:
  • dbyar can
Tibetan:
  • དབྱར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • vārṣika

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­2006

Varuṇa

Wylie:
  • chu lha
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • varuṇa

The god of waters.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­160
  • 6.­10
  • 33.­34
  • 37.­74
  • n.­215
g.­2007

Vāruṇī

Wylie:
  • chu lha ma
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ལྷ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vāruṇī

One of the great mātṛs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­104
g.­2009

Vaśakarī

Wylie:
  • dbang du byed ma
Tibetan:
  • དབང་དུ་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaśakarī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­2010

Vasava

Wylie:
  • nor lha’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་ལྷའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vasava

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­2011

Vāsava

Wylie:
  • dbyig ldan
Tibetan:
  • དབྱིག་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • vāsava

Epithet of Indra; when used in the plural it refers to a class of gods.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­2012

Vāsavā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • vāsavā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3700
g.­2013

Vaśavartin

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • vaśavartin

One of the gods’ realms; also the name of the gods living there.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 53.­1
  • 53.­902
g.­2014

Vasiṣṭha

Wylie:
  • gnas ’jog
Tibetan:
  • གནས་འཇོག
Sanskrit:
  • vasiṣṭha

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­83
g.­2015

Vasu

Wylie:
  • nor lha
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • vasu

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­2016

Vasudā

Wylie:
  • nor sbyin ma
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་སྦྱིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vasudā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode; one of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • 1.­65
  • n.­3701
g.­2018

Vasuketu

Wylie:
  • nor lha’i tog
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་ལྷའི་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • vasuketu

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­2019

Vāsuki

Wylie:
  • nor ldan
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • vāsuki

One of the kings of the nāgas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­81
  • 2.­160
g.­2020

Vasumatī

Wylie:
  • dge ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vasumatī

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­2021

Vaṭavāsinī

Wylie:
  • shing la mu la gnas ma
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་ལ་མུ་ལ་གནས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaṭavāsinī

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­100
  • n.­3804
g.­2022

vātikā

Wylie:
  • rlung las gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་ལས་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vātikā

A class of spirits causing excess wind (the humor).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­2024

Vātsīka

Wylie:
  • be’u’i bu
Tibetan:
  • བེའུའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vātsīka

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­2025

Vāyavyā

Wylie:
  • rlung phyogs ma
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་ཕྱོགས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vāyavyā

One of the great mātṛs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­104
g.­2027

Vemacitri

Wylie:
  • thags bzang ris
Tibetan:
  • ཐགས་བཟང་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • vemacitri

One of the kings of the asuras.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­92
  • 53.­909
  • 54.­69
  • n.­3300
g.­2028

Venus

Wylie:
  • pa bsangs
Tibetan:
  • པ་བསངས།
Sanskrit:
  • śukra

See “Śukra.”

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­160-161
  • 15.­173
  • 24.­64
  • 24.­104
  • 24.­110-111
  • 24.­186
  • n.­1413
  • n.­1426-1427
  • g.­1643
g.­2029

vetāḍa

Wylie:
  • ro langs
Tibetan:
  • རོ་ལངས།
Sanskrit:
  • vetāḍa
  • vetāla

A class of demons inhabiting charnel grounds.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 9.­13
  • 26.­20-21
  • 53.­891
  • 54.­16
  • 54.­38
  • n.­6753
g.­2030

Vibhīṣaṇa

Wylie:
  • rnam par ’jigs byed
  • bi bhi sha na
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་འཇིགས་བྱེད།
  • བི་བྷི་ཤ་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • vibhīṣaṇa

One of the kings of the rākṣasas; also, the name of a yakṣa.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­77
  • 2.­159
  • 2.­169
  • n.­441
g.­2031

Vidhamanarāja

Wylie:
  • rnam par ’joms par byed pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་འཇོམས་པར་བྱེད་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidhamanarāja

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­2032

Vidhvasteśvara

Wylie:
  • rnam ’jig dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་འཇིག་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • vidhvasteśvara

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­2034

Vidrāpaka

Wylie:
  • rnam par zhu byed
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཞུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vidrāpaka

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­2035

Vidrava

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • vidrava

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­97
g.­2036

Vidrāvaṇa

Wylie:
  • rnam par ’ju byed
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་འཇུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vidrāvaṇa

One of the kings of the rākṣasas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­77
g.­2037

vidyā

Wylie:
  • rig pa
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyā

Magical spell; knowledge of spells; a class of male or female deities identified with their spells.

Located in 144 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­47
  • 1.­49
  • 1.­52
  • 1.­75
  • 1.­116-118
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­49-67
  • 2.­69
  • 2.­71
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­199-200
  • 7.­1-2
  • 7.­4
  • 8.­5-6
  • 9.­20
  • 11.­4
  • 12.­1
  • 13.­1
  • 14.­1-4
  • 14.­7
  • 14.­139
  • 15.­2-3
  • 25.­13
  • 25.­26
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­11
  • 26.­25
  • 26.­30
  • 26.­45-47
  • 26.­55-56
  • 27.­3
  • 32.­2
  • 35.­215
  • 37.­25
  • 37.­58
  • 37.­66
  • 37.­70-72
  • 37.­79
  • 37.­99-100
  • 37.­102
  • 50.­15
  • 50.­19
  • 50.­25
  • 51.­24
  • 52.­19
  • 52.­40
  • 52.­52
  • 52.­64
  • 52.­71
  • 52.­107
  • 52.­130-131
  • 52.­135
  • 53.­450
  • 53.­453-454
  • 53.­502
  • 53.­508
  • 53.­517
  • 53.­521
  • 53.­563
  • 54.­38
  • 54.­99
  • n.­267
  • n.­379
  • n.­420
  • n.­626
  • n.­685
  • n.­721
  • n.­777
  • n.­935
  • n.­1045
  • n.­1049
  • n.­1261
  • n.­1268
  • n.­1281
  • n.­1505
  • n.­1585
  • n.­1691
  • n.­1805
  • n.­1877
  • n.­2345
  • n.­2420
  • n.­2512
  • n.­2730
  • n.­2753
  • n.­2927
  • n.­2978
  • n.­3032
  • n.­3188
  • n.­3289
  • n.­3381
  • g.­53
  • g.­595
  • g.­688
  • g.­726
  • g.­864
  • g.­906
  • g.­933
  • g.­938
  • g.­939
  • g.­1082
  • g.­1389
  • g.­1760
  • g.­1857
  • g.­1996
  • g.­2039
  • g.­2042
  • g.­2043
g.­2039

vidyādhara

Wylie:
  • rig ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • རིག་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyādhara

One possessed of vidyā; this could refer to any being who is an adept of magical lore, but in particular to the class of semidivine, nonhuman beings of the same name. The term is rendered elsewhere in this translation as “knowledge holder” or “adept of vidyās.”

Located in 69 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­3
  • 9.­18-19
  • 10.­2
  • 10.­9
  • 10.­53
  • 10.­55
  • 10.­58
  • 13.­52
  • 14.­5
  • 14.­96
  • 14.­100
  • 14.­129
  • 14.­135
  • 26.­6-7
  • 26.­13-14
  • 26.­18-20
  • 26.­23-24
  • 26.­30-32
  • 26.­35-36
  • 26.­44
  • 26.­48
  • 26.­52
  • 26.­54
  • 26.­58
  • 28.­3
  • 28.­25
  • 28.­38
  • 28.­40-41
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­11
  • 29.­15
  • 31.­35
  • 37.­35
  • 37.­60
  • 52.­97
  • 53.­126
  • 53.­765-766
  • 53.­908
  • 54.­2
  • 54.­34
  • 54.­47
  • 54.­104
  • n.­247
  • n.­709
  • n.­1307
  • n.­1543-1544
  • n.­1561
  • n.­1804
  • n.­2351
  • n.­3190
  • n.­3299
  • g.­30
  • g.­352
  • g.­752
  • g.­1502
  • g.­2041
g.­2040

Vidyādhara

Wylie:
  • rig pa ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyādhara

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­2042

vidyārāja

Wylie:
  • rig pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyārāja

“Vidyā king,” a class of mantras and mantra deities; an epithet of Vajrapāṇi; an epithet of any powerful vidyā or mantra.

Located in 198 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­42
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­49
  • 1.­52
  • 1.­54
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­144
  • 9.­1-2
  • 9.­4
  • 9.­20
  • 11.­245
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­3
  • 14.­6-8
  • 14.­73
  • 14.­153-154
  • 15.­2
  • 25.­5
  • 26.­33
  • 27.­2
  • 27.­14
  • 30.­2
  • 35.­168
  • 37.­21
  • 37.­58
  • 37.­68
  • 50.­24
  • 53.­357
  • 53.­366
  • 53.­512
  • 54.­99
  • n.­68
  • n.­88
  • n.­98-99
  • n.­935
  • n.­1261
  • n.­1618
  • n.­2124
  • n.­2342
  • n.­2344
  • n.­2512
  • n.­2927
  • n.­3386
  • g.­19
  • g.­47
  • g.­48
  • g.­79
  • g.­89
  • g.­91
  • g.­102
  • g.­106
  • g.­127
  • g.­156
  • g.­162
  • g.­184
  • g.­194
  • g.­200
  • g.­209
  • g.­215
  • g.­226
  • g.­245
  • g.­269
  • g.­274
  • g.­283
  • g.­340
  • g.­366
  • g.­369
  • g.­370
  • g.­468
  • g.­474
  • g.­477
  • g.­500
  • g.­534
  • g.­535
  • g.­550
  • g.­574
  • g.­614
  • g.­617
  • g.­646
  • g.­657
  • g.­658
  • g.­667
  • g.­668
  • g.­720
  • g.­764
  • g.­769
  • g.­778
  • g.­800
  • g.­809
  • g.­842
  • g.­889
  • g.­890
  • g.­905
  • g.­912
  • g.­921
  • g.­932
  • g.­937
  • g.­947
  • g.­959
  • g.­978
  • g.­980
  • g.­1007
  • g.­1035
  • g.­1067
  • g.­1079
  • g.­1080
  • g.­1115
  • g.­1116
  • g.­1117
  • g.­1141
  • g.­1185
  • g.­1233
  • g.­1242
  • g.­1245
  • g.­1302
  • g.­1317
  • g.­1362
  • g.­1372
  • g.­1381
  • g.­1421
  • g.­1462
  • g.­1470
  • g.­1480
  • g.­1495
  • g.­1539
  • g.­1573
  • g.­1601
  • g.­1617
  • g.­1619
  • g.­1622
  • g.­1633
  • g.­1634
  • g.­1644
  • g.­1647
  • g.­1662
  • g.­1691
  • g.­1695
  • g.­1696
  • g.­1711
  • g.­1712
  • g.­1726
  • g.­1728
  • g.­1747
  • g.­1750
  • g.­1795
  • g.­1817
  • g.­1844
  • g.­1859
  • g.­1900
  • g.­1921
  • g.­1929
  • g.­1930
  • g.­1933
  • g.­1934
  • g.­1935
  • g.­1938
  • g.­1939
  • g.­1940
  • g.­1943
  • g.­1944
  • g.­1946
  • g.­1951
  • g.­1953
  • g.­1955
  • g.­1956
  • g.­1957
  • g.­1959
  • g.­1960
  • g.­1962
  • g.­1963
  • g.­1964
  • g.­1965
  • g.­1967
  • g.­1969
  • g.­1971
  • g.­1973
  • g.­1975
  • g.­1976
  • g.­1977
  • g.­1980
  • g.­1983
  • g.­2034
  • g.­2035
  • g.­2043
  • g.­2045
  • g.­2057
  • g.­2061
  • g.­2080
  • g.­2098
  • g.­2126
  • g.­2133
  • g.­2159
  • g.­2160
g.­2043

vidyārājñī

Wylie:
  • rig pa’i rgyal mo
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པའི་རྒྱལ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyārājñī

“vidyā queen,” a female vidyārāja.

Located in 115 passages in the translation:

  • i.­10
  • 1.­45-47
  • 1.­49
  • 1.­51-52
  • 1.­55
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­144
  • 53.­764
  • 53.­814
  • n.­3229
  • g.­9
  • g.­18
  • g.­29
  • g.­60
  • g.­74
  • g.­77
  • g.­82
  • g.­114
  • g.­116
  • g.­150
  • g.­167
  • g.­199
  • g.­237
  • g.­239
  • g.­264
  • g.­265
  • g.­272
  • g.­275
  • g.­277
  • g.­282
  • g.­285
  • g.­306
  • g.­307
  • g.­313
  • g.­330
  • g.­335
  • g.­343
  • g.­367
  • g.­375
  • g.­388
  • g.­392
  • g.­394
  • g.­409
  • g.­454
  • g.­481
  • g.­558
  • g.­624
  • g.­655
  • g.­708
  • g.­740
  • g.­766
  • g.­777
  • g.­779
  • g.­821
  • g.­822
  • g.­831
  • g.­847
  • g.­859
  • g.­860
  • g.­863
  • g.­864
  • g.­892
  • g.­911
  • g.­927
  • g.­933
  • g.­965
  • g.­981
  • g.­988
  • g.­989
  • g.­1034
  • g.­1066
  • g.­1105
  • g.­1123
  • g.­1155
  • g.­1162
  • g.­1176
  • g.­1218
  • g.­1238
  • g.­1243
  • g.­1306
  • g.­1307
  • g.­1309
  • g.­1344
  • g.­1404
  • g.­1407
  • g.­1409
  • g.­1482
  • g.­1519
  • g.­1536
  • g.­1537
  • g.­1547
  • g.­1560
  • g.­1571
  • g.­1585
  • g.­1621
  • g.­1669
  • g.­1698
  • g.­1704
  • g.­1706
  • g.­1722
  • g.­1744
  • g.­1758
  • g.­1777
  • g.­1831
  • g.­1891
  • g.­2009
  • g.­2016
  • g.­2059
  • g.­2070
  • g.­2071
  • g.­2072
  • g.­2148
g.­2045

Vidyottama

Wylie:
  • rig pa mchog
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པ་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • vidyottama

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­2047

Vihasita

Wylie:
  • rnam par rgod pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྒོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vihasita

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­2049

Vijayā

Wylie:
  • rnam par rgyal ma
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྒྱལ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vijayā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi; one of the great yakṣiṇīs; also a mantra goddess representing the power (śakti) of all the buddhas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 1.­100
g.­2050

Vijayavatī

Wylie:
  • rnam rgyal ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་རྒྱལ་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vijayavatī

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3700
g.­2051

Vijayoṣṇīṣa

Wylie:
  • rnam par rgyal ba’i gtsug tor
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྒྱལ་བའི་གཙུག་ཏོར།
Sanskrit:
  • vijayoṣṇīṣa

One of the uṣṇīṣa kings attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­43
  • 2.­145
  • 50.­14
  • 53.­362
  • n.­3529
  • n.­4190
g.­2055

Vikasita

Wylie:
  • kha bye ba
Tibetan:
  • ཁ་བྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vikasita

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­2056

Vikhyātaketu

Wylie:
  • rnam grags tog ma
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་གྲགས་ཏོག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vikhyātaketu

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­2057

Vikhyātamanasa

Wylie:
  • rnam par grags pa’i yid
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གྲགས་པའི་ཡིད།
Sanskrit:
  • vikhyātamanasa

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­2058

Vikhyātarāśi

Wylie:
  • rnam par grags pa’i phung po
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གྲགས་པའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vikhyātarāśi

One of the uṣṇīṣa kings attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­43
g.­2059

Vikhyātaśriyā

Wylie:
  • rnam par grags pa’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གྲགས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vikhyātaśriyā

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­2061

Vilokita

Wylie:
  • rnam par lta ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vilokita

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­48
  • n.­76
g.­2062

Vilokiteśvara

Wylie:
  • rnam gzigs dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་གཟིགས་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • vilokiteśvara

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • n.­3514
g.­2063

Vimalā

Wylie:
  • dri bral ma
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་བྲལ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimalā

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­58
g.­2065

Vimalagati

Wylie:
  • dri med ’gros
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མེད་འགྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • vimalagati

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • 37.­75
  • 37.­104
  • n.­2374
g.­2066

Vimalaketu

Wylie:
  • dri ma med pa’i tog
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • vimalaketu

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 1.­60
g.­2068

Vimalakīrti

Wylie:
  • dri med par grags pa
  • grags pa’i dri ma bral
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མེད་པར་གྲགས་པ།
  • གྲགས་པའི་དྲི་མ་བྲལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimalakīrti

One of the sixteen great bodhisattvas. The content of the list varies from text to text.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­41
  • 2.­141
  • n.­2374
g.­2070

Vimalāntakarī

Wylie:
  • dri med mtha’ yas ma
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མེད་མཐའ་ཡས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimalāntakarī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode. The Tib. is not an accurate translation of the attested Sanskrit.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • n.­80
  • n.­3548
g.­2071

Vimalaṭī

Wylie:
  • dri ma med par ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མེད་པར་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimalaṭī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­2072

Vimalavāsinī

Wylie:
  • dri ma med pa’i gnas ma
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་གནས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimalavāsinī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­50
  • n.­3545
g.­2073

Viṃśachoṭika

Wylie:
  • se gol nyi shu pa
Tibetan:
  • སེ་གོལ་ཉི་ཤུ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • viṃśachoṭika

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­62
  • n.­160
g.­2076

Vīṇātṛtīyaka

Wylie:
  • pi bang gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • པི་བང་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vīṇātṛtīyaka

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­91
g.­2080

Vināya­kānta­kṣepa

Wylie:
  • log ’dren gyi nang du ’phen ba
Tibetan:
  • ལོག་འདྲེན་གྱི་ནང་དུ་འཕེན་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vināya­kānta­kṣepa

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­2081

Vindhya

Wylie:
  • ’bigs byed
Tibetan:
  • འབིགས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vindhya

A low mountain range in central India.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­10
  • 24.­133
  • 30.­14
  • 31.­54
  • 53.­575
  • 53.­577
  • 53.­751
  • 53.­757
  • n.­563
  • n.­3348
  • g.­883
  • g.­1174
g.­2082

Vinipāta

Wylie:
  • rnam par ltung byed
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ལྟུང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vinipāta

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­2083

Vipaśyin

Wylie:
  • rnam par gzigs
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གཟིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • vipaśyin

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­39
g.­2084

Vīrā

Wylie:
  • dpa’ mo
Tibetan:
  • དཔའ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vīrā

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­100
g.­2085

Vīrā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • vīrā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­65
  • n.­3693
  • n.­6435
g.­2086

Vīramatī

Wylie:
  • dpal ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vīramatī

One of the great yakṣiṇīs.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­100
  • 28.­33
  • 53.­398
  • n.­5391
g.­2087

Viraṭī

Wylie:
  • dga’ bral ma
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བྲལ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • viraṭī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­3598
g.­2088

Virgo

Wylie:
  • bu mo
Tibetan:
  • བུ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kanyā

See “Kanyā.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­85
  • 24.­77
  • 24.­79
  • n.­1407
  • g.­686
g.­2089

Virūḍhaka

Wylie:
  • ’phags skyes po
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་སྐྱེས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • virūḍha

The king of kumbhāṇḍas (one of the four great kings of the directions).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 53.­901
  • n.­190
g.­2090

Virūpa

Wylie:
  • gzugs ngan
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ངན།
Sanskrit:
  • virūpa

One of the grahas; also the name of a mahāsiddha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­2092

Virūpākṣa

Wylie:
  • spyan mi bzang
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱན་མི་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • virūpākṣa

The king of the nāgas (one of the four great kings of the directions).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 53.­901
  • n.­190
g.­2093

virūpiṇī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • virūpiṇī

“Misshapen one,” a class of female spirits.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­2094

Viruta

Wylie:
  • khyad par sgra
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱད་པར་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • viruta

One of the kinnara kings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­89
g.­2095

Viśākhā

Wylie:
  • sa ga
Tibetan:
  • ས་ག
Sanskrit:
  • viśākhā

The name of a nakṣatra.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­96
  • 24.­7
  • 24.­81
  • 24.­215
  • n.­1411
  • n.­3692
g.­2096

Viśākhā

Wylie:
  • sa ga ma
Tibetan:
  • ས་ག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśākhā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­2097

viṣamajvarā

Wylie:
  • rims mi bzad pa
Tibetan:
  • རིམས་མི་བཟད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • viṣamajvarā

A class of spirits causing intermittent fever.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­2098

Visarpa

Wylie:
  • ’go ba’i nad
Tibetan:
  • འགོ་བའི་ནད།
Sanskrit:
  • visarpa

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­97
  • n.­3586
g.­2100

Viṣṇulā

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug dga’ ma
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག་དགའ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • viṣṇulā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­2101

Viṣṇuvatī

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug ’dzin ma
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག་འཛིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • viṣṇuvatī

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­2102

Viśoka

Wylie:
  • mya ngan bral
Tibetan:
  • མྱ་ངན་བྲལ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśoka

A Magadhan king, possibly the successor of Udayin.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 53.­383-384
  • g.­1700
g.­2103

Visphūrja

Wylie:
  • rnam par ’phrul pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་འཕྲུལ་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • visphūrja

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­2104

Viśrambhikā

Wylie:
  • dbugs ’byin ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • དབུགས་འབྱིན་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśrambhikā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­2105

Viśruta

Wylie:
  • rnam grags
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་གྲགས།
Sanskrit:
  • viśruta

One of the pratyeka­buddhas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­60
g.­2108

Viśvabhuk

Wylie:
  • thams cad skyob
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་སྐྱོབ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśvabhuk

One of the tathāgatas attending the delivery of the MMK; one of the eight tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 5.­6
  • g.­2107
g.­2110

Vitateśvara

Wylie:
  • sna tshogs sgra’i dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • སྣ་ཚོགས་སྒྲའི་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • vitateśvara

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­2111

Vivasvatāvartā

Wylie:
  • gshin rje ’khyil ma
Tibetan:
  • གཤིན་རྗེ་འཁྱིལ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vivasvatāvartā

One of the dhāraṇī goddesses present at the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­58
  • n.­3620
g.­2113

Vṛṣabha

Wylie:
  • glang
Tibetan:
  • གླང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vṛṣabha

Taurus (zodiac sign and constellation).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • n.­3790
  • g.­1778
g.­2115

Vṛścika

Wylie:
  • sdig pa
Tibetan:
  • སྡིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vṛścika

Scorpio (zodiac sign and constellation).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • g.­1498
g.­2116

Vṛṣṭi

Wylie:
  • char ’bebs
Tibetan:
  • ཆར་འབེབས།
Sanskrit:
  • vṛṣṭi

One of the grahas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • n.­3761
g.­2119

vyāḍa

Wylie:
  • gcan gzan
Tibetan:
  • གཅན་གཟན།
Sanskrit:
  • vyāḍa

Demon causing disease; disease personified.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­75
g.­2122

Vyāsa

Wylie:
  • rgyas pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vyāsa

One of the sages (ṛṣi), who is their leader or king.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­83
  • 53.­909
  • n.­201
g.­2123

Vyūḍhoṣṇīṣa

Wylie:
  • bkod pa’i gtsug tor
Tibetan:
  • བཀོད་པའི་གཙུག་ཏོར།
Sanskrit:
  • vyūḍhoṣṇīṣa

One of the uṣṇīṣa kings attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­43
  • n.­3530
g.­2125

wheel-turning monarch

Wylie:
  • ’khor los sgyur ba
  • ’khor los sgyur ba’ rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བ།
  • འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བའ་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • cakravartin

See “cakravartin.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 14.­115
  • 14.­130
  • 28.­38
  • 30.­51
  • n.­1093
  • n.­1836
  • g.­319
g.­2126

White Hayagrīva

Wylie:
  • rta mgrin dkar po
Tibetan:
  • རྟ་མགྲིན་དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śvetahayagrīva

One of the vidyārājas dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­48
g.­2128

Yakṣa

Wylie:
  • gnod sbyin
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • yakṣa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings who inhabit forests, mountainous areas, and other natural spaces, or serve as guardians of villages and towns, and may be propitiated for health, wealth, protection, and other boons, or controlled through magic. According to tradition, their homeland is in the north, where they live under the rule of the Great King Vaiśravaṇa.

Several members of this class have been deified as gods of wealth (these include the just-mentioned Vaiśravaṇa) or as bodhisattva generals of yakṣa armies, and have entered the Buddhist pantheon in a variety of forms, including, in tantric Buddhism, those of wrathful deities.

Located in 167 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 1.­42
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­75-76
  • 1.­108
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­20
  • 2.­158-159
  • 2.­161
  • 2.­169
  • 2.­171
  • 2.­209
  • 10.­6
  • 11.­127
  • 11.­263
  • 12.­14
  • 13.­51
  • 14.­75
  • 15.­3
  • 15.­86
  • 16.­1
  • 16.­3
  • 16.­10
  • 16.­12
  • 24.­22
  • 25.­13
  • 25.­30
  • 26.­12-13
  • 26.­16
  • 26.­23
  • 26.­28-30
  • 26.­44
  • 30.­9
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­28
  • 30.­33
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­32
  • 31.­53
  • 32.­36
  • 32.­38
  • 33.­42
  • 37.­32
  • 37.­34
  • 37.­39
  • 37.­46
  • 37.­60
  • 37.­72
  • 37.­74
  • 37.­101
  • 37.­107
  • 38.­20
  • 38.­28
  • 50.­1
  • 50.­3
  • 50.­8
  • 50.­10
  • 50.­28
  • 50.­34
  • 50.­38
  • 51.­73-74
  • 52.­1
  • 52.­13
  • 52.­25
  • 52.­42
  • 52.­47
  • 52.­113
  • 52.­115
  • 52.­132
  • 53.­17
  • 53.­50-51
  • 53.­97
  • 53.­118
  • 53.­184
  • 53.­233
  • 53.­337-338
  • 53.­342
  • 53.­344
  • 53.­346
  • 53.­356
  • 53.­364
  • 53.­407
  • 53.­457
  • 53.­459
  • 53.­531
  • 53.­773
  • 53.­822-823
  • 53.­825
  • 53.­901
  • 54.­2
  • 54.­4
  • 54.­48
  • 54.­104
  • n.­441
  • n.­496
  • n.­725
  • n.­1303
  • n.­1515
  • n.­1561
  • n.­1824
  • n.­1862
  • n.­1871
  • n.­1873
  • n.­1895
  • n.­1947
  • n.­2086
  • n.­2322-2323
  • n.­2328
  • n.­2351
  • n.­2467
  • n.­2596
  • n.­2598
  • n.­2658
  • n.­2726
  • n.­2749
  • n.­2913
  • n.­2916
  • n.­2934
  • n.­2980-2981
  • n.­3027
  • n.­3295
  • n.­3312
  • g.­159
  • g.­321
  • g.­337
  • g.­497
  • g.­555
  • g.­563
  • g.­564
  • g.­578
  • g.­580
  • g.­582
  • g.­583
  • g.­593
  • g.­616
  • g.­702
  • g.­786
  • g.­807
  • g.­819
  • g.­865
  • g.­899
  • g.­969
  • g.­991
  • g.­1161
  • g.­1198
  • g.­1259
  • g.­1276
  • g.­1359
  • g.­1488
  • g.­1567
  • g.­1885
  • g.­2030
  • g.­2074
  • g.­2075
  • g.­2132
g.­2129

Yakṣa

Wylie:
  • gnod sbyin
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • yakṣa

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­2132

yakṣiṇī

Wylie:
  • gnod sbyin mo
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སྦྱིན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • yakṣiṇī

Female yakṣa.

Located in 126 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­75
  • 1.­99
  • 1.­101
  • 2.­52
  • 2.­159
  • 25.­30-31
  • 26.­27
  • 26.­44
  • 30.­9
  • 37.­34
  • 37.­60
  • 51.­73-74
  • 52.­39
  • 52.­41
  • 52.­46
  • 52.­49-51
  • 52.­55-58
  • 52.­64
  • 52.­75-76
  • 52.­79-80
  • 52.­88-89
  • 52.­91-94
  • 52.­106-107
  • 52.­109
  • 52.­115
  • 52.­117
  • 53.­356
  • 53.­379
  • 53.­398-399
  • 53.­564
  • 53.­826
  • n.­432
  • n.­2351
  • n.­2597
  • n.­2602
  • n.­2657
  • n.­2675-2676
  • n.­2681
  • n.­2705
  • n.­2739
  • n.­2755
  • n.­3943
  • g.­8
  • g.­10
  • g.­71
  • g.­73
  • g.­123
  • g.­124
  • g.­133
  • g.­173
  • g.­176
  • g.­191
  • g.­256
  • g.­353
  • g.­536
  • g.­561
  • g.­565
  • g.­568
  • g.­584
  • g.­595
  • g.­630
  • g.­677
  • g.­721
  • g.­724
  • g.­811
  • g.­814
  • g.­815
  • g.­871
  • g.­1001
  • g.­1005
  • g.­1009
  • g.­1036
  • g.­1037
  • g.­1093
  • g.­1095
  • g.­1106
  • g.­1107
  • g.­1149
  • g.­1199
  • g.­1225
  • g.­1272
  • g.­1338
  • g.­1339
  • g.­1353
  • g.­1497
  • g.­1576
  • g.­1620
  • g.­1623
  • g.­1635
  • g.­1650
  • g.­1661
  • g.­1663
  • g.­1698
  • g.­1702
  • g.­1707
  • g.­1720
  • g.­1729
  • g.­1751
  • g.­1755
  • g.­1867
  • g.­1906
  • g.­2020
  • g.­2021
  • g.­2049
  • g.­2084
  • g.­2086
  • g.­2131
g.­2133

Yama

Wylie:
  • gshin rje
Tibetan:
  • གཤིན་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • yama

The god of death who rules over the realm of the pretas; a vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi; one of the kings of rākṣasas.

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • 1.­72
  • 1.­75
  • 1.­77
  • 2.­162
  • 2.­169
  • 6.­11
  • 11.­237
  • 30.­22
  • 37.­74
  • 51.­16
  • 52.­138
  • 52.­147
  • 53.­426-427
  • 53.­672
  • 53.­907
  • 54.­4
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­101
  • n.­1817-1818
  • n.­2353
  • n.­2540
  • n.­3294
  • n.­3387
  • g.­1921
  • g.­2137
g.­2134

Yāma

Wylie:
  • ’thab bral
Tibetan:
  • འཐབ་བྲལ།
Sanskrit:
  • yāma

One of the gods’ realms; also used as the name of the gods living there.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­91
  • 15.­192
  • 37.­62
  • 53.­210
  • 53.­678
  • n.­886
  • n.­5166
g.­2136

Yamāntaka

Wylie:
  • gshin rje’i gshed
Tibetan:
  • གཤིན་རྗེའི་གཤེད།
Sanskrit:
  • yamāntaka

Wrathful aspect of Mañjuśrī; also the namesake mantra.

Located in 58 passages in the translation:

  • i.­9
  • 1.­72
  • 1.­74
  • 1.­109-110
  • 2.­4
  • 2.­122
  • 2.­138-139
  • 2.­148-149
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­88
  • 5.­9
  • 6.­4
  • 35.­81
  • 35.­161
  • 50.­2-3
  • 50.­17
  • 50.­32
  • 50.­53
  • 51.­2
  • 51.­11
  • 51.­51
  • 51.­56
  • 51.­80
  • 52.­8
  • 52.­115-116
  • 52.­129
  • 52.­138
  • 52.­147-149
  • 53.­419
  • 53.­885
  • n.­88
  • n.­377
  • n.­2503-2504
  • n.­2509
  • n.­2520
  • n.­2525
  • n.­2528
  • n.­2619
  • n.­2744
  • n.­2752
  • n.­2755
  • n.­2758
  • n.­2959
  • n.­3284
  • n.­6046
  • g.­556
  • g.­765
  • g.­875
  • g.­905
  • g.­1136
g.­2139

Yāmyā

Wylie:
  • gshin rje mo
Tibetan:
  • གཤིན་རྗེ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • yāmyā

One of the great mātṛs.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­104
g.­2142

Yaśavatī

Wylie:
  • grags ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • yaśavatī
  • yaśovatī

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi. The name is rendered elsewhere in this translation as “Yaśovatī.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 50.­15
  • n.­3609
g.­2143

Yaśika

Wylie:
  • grags ldan
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • yaśika

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­2144

Yaśoda

Wylie:
  • grags sbyin
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • yaśoda

One of the śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­62
g.­2145

Yaśodā

Wylie:
  • grags sbyin ma
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་སྦྱིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • yaśodā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­2146

Yaśodharā

Wylie:
  • grags ’dzin ma
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་འཛིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • yaśodharā

One of the female śrāvakas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Daughter of Śākya Daṇḍadhara (more commonly Daṇḍapāṇi), sister of Iṣudhara and Aniruddha, she was the wife of Prince Siddhārtha and mother of his only child, Rāhula. After Prince Siddhārtha left his kingdom and attained awakening as the Buddha, she became his disciple and one of the first women to be ordained as a bhikṣunī. She attained the level of an arhat, a worthy one, endowed with the six superknowledges.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­65
g.­2147

Yaśovat

Wylie:
  • grags ldan
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • yaśovat

One of the bodhisattvas attending the delivery of the MMK.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­41
g.­2148

Yaśovatī

Wylie:
  • grags ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • yaśovatī

One of the vidyārājñīs dwelling with Śākyamuni in the realm of the Pure Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­50
g.­2149

Yāṣṭi

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • yāṣṭi

One of the grahas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­94
  • n.­3764
g.­2150

Yātrā

Wylie:
  • ’gro ma
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • yātrā

One of the great dūtīs attending upon Lord Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • n.­3604
  • n.­5188
g.­2153

Yodhana

Wylie:
  • ’thab pa
Tibetan:
  • འཐབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • yodhana

One of the kings of the rākṣasas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­77
g.­2154

Yogapratiṣṭha

Wylie:
  • rnam ’byor ’gro
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་འབྱོར་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • yogapratiṣṭha

One of the rāśis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­98
g.­2155

Yogeśvara

Wylie:
  • rnal ’byor dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • རྣལ་འབྱོར་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • yogeśvara

One of the sages (ṛṣi).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­83
g.­2156

yogin

Wylie:
  • rnal ’byor dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣལ་འབྱོར་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • yogin

Practitioner of deity yoga; also a class of semidivine beings.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­75
  • 2.­209
  • 27.­62
  • 53.­126
  • 53.­234
  • n.­1672
  • n.­4338
g.­2158

Yugānta

Wylie:
  • dus kyi mtha’
Tibetan:
  • དུས་ཀྱི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit:
  • yugānta

One of the grahas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­94
g.­2159

Yugāntakara

Wylie:
  • dus mthar byed
Tibetan:
  • དུས་མཐར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • yugāntakara

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­53
g.­2160

Yugāntārka

Wylie:
  • dus kyi mtha’i nyi ma
Tibetan:
  • དུས་ཀྱི་མཐའི་ཉི་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • yugāntārka

A vidyārāja from the personal retinue of Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­53
  • n.­3581
0
    You are downloading:

    The Root Manual of the Rites of Mañjuśrī

    Click here to make a dāna donation

    This is a free publication from 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, a non-profit organization sharing the gift of Buddhist wisdom with the world.

    The cultivation of generosity, or dāna—giving voluntarily with a view that something wholesome will come of it—is considered to be a fundamental Buddhist practice by all schools. The nature and quantity of the gift itself is often considered less important.

    Table of Contents


    Search this text


    Other ways to read

    Download PDF
    Download EPUB
    Open in the 84000 App

    Spotted a mistake?

    Please use the contact form provided to suggest a correction.


    How to cite this text

    The following are examples of how to correctly cite this publication. Links to specific passages can be derived by right-clicking on the milestones markers in the left-hand margin (e.g. s.1). The copied link address can replace the url below.

    • Chicago
    • MLA
    • APA
    84000. The Root Manual of the Rites of Mañjuśrī (Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa, ’jam dpal gyi rtsa ba’i rgyud, Toh 543). Translated by Dharmachakra Translation Committee. Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025. https://84000.co/translation/toh543/UT22084-088-038-chapter-1.Copy
    84000. The Root Manual of the Rites of Mañjuśrī (Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa, ’jam dpal gyi rtsa ba’i rgyud, Toh 543). Translated by Dharmachakra Translation Committee, online publication, 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025, 84000.co/translation/toh543/UT22084-088-038-chapter-1.Copy
    84000. (2025) The Root Manual of the Rites of Mañjuśrī (Mañjuśrī­mūla­kalpa, ’jam dpal gyi rtsa ba’i rgyud, Toh 543). (Dharmachakra Translation Committee, Trans.). Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha. https://84000.co/translation/toh543/UT22084-088-038-chapter-1.Copy

    Related links

    • Other texts from Action tantras
    • Published Translations
    • Browse the Collection
    • 84000 Homepage
    Sponsor Translation

    Bookmarks

    Copyright © 2011-2024 84000 - All Rights Reserved
    • Website: https://84000.co
    • Contact
    • Privacy Policy